IHIi I ■ iir 1111181 ilHiH nil 1 ■ ■IF ■•■"■■'■■■■■■■. .•■■•■ ■ E H '■■■■ •" 8 Mil A v ^ ~r L * &' . *> V. G ,. V' "-" .HI. -/ *% <$>' $ ,v.« fc s . tf ^ KUHNEE'S LATIN GRAMMAR; EXERCISES, LATIN READER AND VOCABULARIES TRANSLATED AND REMODELLED BY J. T. CHAMPLIN, PEOPESSOa OP GREEK AND LATIN IN WATERVILLE COLLEGE. BOSTON: PHILLIPS, SAMPSON AND COMPANY. 18 50. ' ^ Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1 850. by J. T. Champlin, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. AN DOVER! JOHN D. FLA GO. BTlREOTrPlB AND PRINTER. PREFACE. xvm. This is not so much a new edition of Kuhner's Elementary Latin Grammar, as a new book, prepared in general accord- ance with his spirit and plan, and from materials drawn about equally from his Elementary and Larger Latin Grammars, and occasionally from other sources. The grammatical principles of the smaller Grammar have all along been enlarged and modified from the larger, while the greater part of the syntax is a condensed translation, with but slight omissions and modifications, directly from the larger work. The exercises are mostly from the smaller Grammar, but are very much abridged, especially on the syntax, and besides, have been separated from the grammatical principles and placed in a body after them. It was thought that by thus retaining something of the elementary character in the Etymology, and extending the grammatical principles of the syntax, the book would be adapted to all stages in the pro- gress of the student of Latin ; serving him at first as grammar, exercise-book and reader, and afterwards as a manual of re- ference for explaining the usages of the different authors which he is required to read. As the elementary character still prevails in the Etymo- logy, I have retained the poetical rules for gender, on the ground of their acknowledged utility, whatever may be said of them on the score of taste. A verse may be useful which is a mere doggerel, as is proved by many mnemonic verses of this kind in our own language, which we could hardly live without. For instance, that which informs us of the number of days in each month : Thirty days hath September, etc. — Be- sides, in the present case, as an alphabetical list of the except- ed words is always given in connection with the poetic rules, no one can complain, since, if he is not fond of poetry he can take to the prose. At the same time, as it was desirable that the book should be kept within moderate limits, the principles in the syntax are expressed as briefly as possible, and are 4: PREFACE. accompanied by barely sufficient examples to prove their truth and make their meaning plain. As, too, it is designed for a School Grammar, to be studied and committed to memory, and not merely for reference, it has not been thought neces- sary to increase its size by adding an Index. The book is constructed upon the principle of putting every- thing into practice as fast as acquired. Every grammatical form or principle of syntax, as soon as learned, is to be ren- dered practical and fixed in the mind, by translations first from the Latin into the English, and then from the English into the Latin. To prepare the pupil for these exercises in translation, such forms of the verb as are requisite for con- structing the simplest sentences are given at the outset, and a few simple rules of syntax as they are required, while all along in connection with the exercises, lists of Latin words with their definitions are given to be committed to memory, most of which, also, are collected and arranged in alphabetical Vocabularies at the end of the book. As many of the examples for trans- lation as possible, were selected unaltered from the classics, others were slightly altered to suit the cases for which they were employed, and the remainder composed by the author, yet always so as to embody classical ideas and turns of thought. The examples in English may be translated into Latin, either viva voce or by writing, at the discretion of the teacher. With regard to the mode of using the book the intelligent teacher will be the best judge. In some cases it will proba- bly be found best to take the pupil over the first and perhaps the second Course, omitting the English exercises at first, and then return and take them up in connection with a thorough review of the whole. Perhaps, also, a judicious teacher, fol- lowing out the general principle of the book, of diminishing difficulties by division and distribution, will think best, with very young pupils in particular, to omit some other things the first time over and take them up at subsequent reviews. But whatever course is pursued in teaching the book, a complete mastery of all that it contains should be aimed at from the beginning, and should be actually attained before it is left. Much labor has been expended in the careful revision of the sheets for the press, in which I have been greatly as- sisted by Mr. James H. Hanson, Principal of the Waterville Academy. TABLE OF CONTENTS. ETYMOLOGY. FIRST COURSE. THE SIMPLER PRINCIPLES OF ETYMOLOGY. CHAPTER I. Of the Sounds and Letters of the Language. Division of the Letters § 1 Pronunciation of the Letters 2 CHAPTER H. Of Syllables. Of the Measure or Quantity of Syllables 3 Of Accent • • . 4 Of the Division of Syllables 5 CHAPTER LTL Parts of Speech. — Inflection . • 6 Some Forms of the Verb 7-11 First Conjugation ........ 8 Second Conjugation 9 Third Conjugation 10 Fourth Conjugation 11 CHAPTER IV. Of the Substantive and Adjective. Classification of Substantives 12 Gender of the Substantive 13 A* 6 CONTENTS. Number, Case and Declension §14 Gender and Declension of the Adjective 15 First Declension 16 Second Declension 17 Third Declension 18-21 Paradigms of Adjectives of the Third Declension ... 22 Fourth Declension 23 Fifth Declension 24 Comparison of Adjectives and Participles .... 25 CHAPTER V. Of the Adverb. Classification and Formation of Adverbs 26 Comparison of Adverbs 27 CHAPTER VI. Of the Pronoun. Personal Pronouns 28 Demonstrative Pronouns ........ 29 Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 30 Indefinite Pronouns 31 Correlative Pronouns 32 CHAPTER VII. Of the Numerals 33 CHAPTER VIII. Table of the Prepositions 34 SECOND COURSE. GENDER AND IRREGULAR FORMS OF NOUNS. Greek Nouns and Peculiar Endings of the First Declension . 35 Greek Nouns and Gender of the Second Declension . . . 36 CONTENTS. 7 Greek Nouns and Special Case-endings of the Third Declension § 37 Of the Gender of the Third Declension 38-iO Masculine 38 Feminine 39 Neuter 40 Of the Gender of the Fourth Declension 41 THIRD COURSE. REGULAR VERBS. Classes of Verbs 42 Tenses of the Verb 43 Modes of the Verb 44 Infinitive, Participle, Supine, Gerund and Gerundive . . 45 Persons and Numbers of the Verb 46 Conjugation 47 Formation of the Tenses 48 Conjugation of the Auxiliary verb sum 49 Active of the Four Regular Conjugations • 50 Passive 51 Deponents of the Four Conjugations • . • 52 Periphrastic Conjugation 53 FOURTH COURSE. IRREGULAR AND IMPERSONAL VERBS. First Conjugation 54-56 Second Conjugation ........ 57-59 Third Conjugation 60-67 Fourth Conjugation % 68 Particular Irregular Verbs ....... 69-75 1) Possum 69 2) Edo 70 3) Fero 71 4) Volo, nolo, malo 72 5) Eo 73 6) Queo, nequeo 74 7) Fio 75 Defective Verbs 76 Impersonal Verbs 77 CONTENTS. FIFTH COURSE. Formation of words by Derivation §78 Formation of words by Composition 79 Exercises ox the Etymology. SYNTAX. SIXTH COURSE. SIMPLE SENTENCES. CHAPTER L Definition and General Treatment op Simple Sentences. Sentence. Subject. Attribute. Object • 80 Agreement . 81 Peculiarities in the use of Number 82 Kinds of Verbs 83 Tenses of the Verb 84 Modes of the Verb .85 CHAPTER IL Of the Attributive Relation in Sentences .... 86 CHAPTER ILL Of the Objective Relation in Sentences 87 The Genitive Case . . ■ . . 88 The Accusative Case 89 The Dative Case • • • 90 The Ablative Case 91 Construction of the Names of Cities .92 Use of the Prepositions 93 CHAPTER IV. Pronouns, Numerals and Participles in both the Attributive and Objective Relations. Of the use of the Pronoun 94 Of the Numeral 95 CONTENTS. 9 The Infinitive §96 The Supine 97 The Gerund 98 The Gerundive 99 The Participle 100 CHAPTER V. Or the Adverb 101 SEVENTH COURSE. COMPOUND SENTENCES. CHAPTER L A. Coordinate Sentences 102 CHAPTER H. B. Subordinate Sentences 103 Use of the Modes in Subordinate Sentences . . .104 Succession of Tenses in Subordinate Sentences . . 105 I. Substantive Sentences 106 — 109 Accusative with the Infinitive 106 Ut, ne, ut ne, ut non with the Subjunctive . . . 107 Quo, quominus and quin with the Subjunctive . . 108 Quod, that, with the Indicative 109 II. Adjective Sentences 110 IH. Adverbial Sentences 111-115 a. Adverbial Sentences of Time Ill b. Causal Adverbial Sentences 112 c. Conditional Adverbial Sentences . . . . 113 d. Concessive Adverbial Sentences 114 e. Adverbial Sentences of Comparison . . . 115 Interrogative Sentences 116 Direct and Indirect Discourse 117 Special Idiomatic Constructions 118 Exercises on the Syntax. APPENDIX. PROSODY. A. Prosody • 119-122 Quantity of Syllables 119 10 CONTENTS. Hexameter Verse §120 Scansion • . 121 B. Abbreviations • • 122 C. The Roman Calendar 123 Latin Reading Lessons. Vocabularies. INTRODUCTION. I. Origin of the latin language. 1. The Latin Language, which had its seat at Rome, and spread thence over Gaul, Spain, Britain, and a part of Africa, like the Greek, is an off-shoot of the Indo- Germanic parent- stock, which, from the interior of Asia, propagated itself east and west over Asia and Europe. 2. The language receives its name from the Latins, the leading people of the mixed inhabitants of Rome, which were chiefly Latins, Sabines and Etruscans. Of these the Latins were of Pelasgian origin, while the other two tribes were of an origin diverse from that of the Greeks. 3. The language possesses great unity of character, with few diversities, except such as arise from different degrees of development, which was greatly influenced by Greek litera- ture. II. List of the principal latin authors. 1. Writers in the formative-period of the language : Ennius (239 — 169 B. C.) Terence (born 192 B, C.) Plautus (227 — 184 B. C.) Lucretius (95 — 52 B. C.) 2. Writers of the Golden Age. — From 81 B. C. to 14 A.D.: Cicero, Livy, Virgil, Caesar, Catullus, Horace, Cornelius Nepos, Tibullus, Ovid. Sallust, Propertius, 12 INTRODUCTION. 3. Writers of the Silver Age. - Quintilian, Velleius, Seneca, Pliny, Pliny, the younger, Tacitus, Suetonius, Floras, Pomponius Mela, Curtius, Juvenal, Persius, From 14 to 180 A. D.: Martial, Lucan, Silius Italicus, Valerius Flaccus, Statius, Manilius. 4. Writers of the Brazen Age. — From 180 to 476 A. D,: Justinus, Ammianus Marcellinus, Ausonius, . Eutropius, Aulus Gellius, Ciaudian. Aurelius Victor, Macrobius, 5. The period subsequent to the fall of the Western Em-, pire, i. e. after A. D. 476, is called the Iron Age. From this time the Latin ceased to be a spoken language in common life, and being employed only as a learned language in writ- ing, speedily declined, and to a great extent even lost its ancient character. ETYMOLOGY. FIKST COURSE. THE SIMPLER PRINCIPLES OF ETYMOLOGY. CHAPTER I. Letters and Sounds. § 1. Letters, 1. The Latin language has the same vowels (a, e, i, o, u, y,) and the same consonants, except w, as the English. But the letter k is but little used, and y and z only in Greek words. Remark 1 * The ancient Romans used only the capital forms of the letters. The smaller forms began to come into use in the eighth or ninth century after Christ. Now all Latin books are written in the smaller letter, the larger forms being used only at the commencement of sentences, etc., very much as in English. Originally, too, i and v were used both as vowels, and consonants (in this latter case, being pronounced like y and w). The forms j and u have been introduced in modern times. 2. The vowels are either short or long. The sign * over a vowel indicates that it is short, the sign -, that it is long, and the sign ", that it may be either long or short, as : a, a, I, per- places. 3. There are the following diphthongs, in Latin : ae, oe, au ; and occasionally eu, ei, as in There are also a few exceptions to the last rule even in Latin words. 4. A syllable with a short vowel becomes long by position, when followed by two or more consonants, or by x (= cs, or gs) z, also j (except in the compounds of jugum, as : bijugus), as : perdo (from per,) judex (gen. judicis,) gaza, major (but magis). ./iT with a consonant does not make the preceding vowel long, nor, generally, a mute followed by a liquid, (see §§ 1, 4), ex- cept in compound words, and when I, m, or n follows b, d, or g. § 4. Accent of Syllables. 1. The Latin, like the Greek, has, properly, three accents : the acute, or rising tone, ('), the grave, or falling tone, ( x ), and the circumflex, or the rising ending in a falling tone, ("). But no special directions can be given for distinguishing the differ- ent kinds of accent in practice, other than what is naturally made by the voice in giving the emphasis required by the sense. Rem. 1. The only use which is made of the written accent is that made by some editors, in distinguishing, by the grave accent, certain words when used as adverbs and conjunctions from the same words used in their proper capacity (as : ante, quo, modo), and by the circumflex accent, a contracted syllable or a long final vowel, as: fructus, poena, etc. 2. In dissyllabic words the accent is on the penult (last syl- lable but one,) as : dea, musa. Rem. 2. A word can have the circumflex accml on the penult only when that syllable is long by nature and tLe last syllable short. § 5.] DIVISION OF WORDS INTO SYLLABLES. 5 3. In words of more than two syllables the accent is on the penult if long (whether by nature or position), but if not, on the antepenult (last syllable but two). In the last of these two cases the accent is always the acute, but in the first it may be either the acute or the circumflex, according to the quantity of the last syllable, as : historia, Homerus, Athenae. Rem. 3. Vocatives of the second declension ending in i, from having lost the final e, as: Yirgili (for Virgilie, see § 17, R. 3), Mercuri, etc., also genitives ending in i instead of ii, have the accent as they would if the rejected letters were annexed, i. e. the acute on the penult (although short), as: Mercuri, tuguri. Also the compounds of do and facio, with words of more than two syllables, which are not prepositions, as : calefacit, venum- dedit, pessumdedit. 4. A monosyllable short by nature takes the acute, and one long by nature, the circumflex accent, as : pix, fax ; dos, mus. Rem. 4. When the enclitics: que, ne, ve, ce, met. etc., are joined on to words with a short penult, they draw the accent to the final syllable of the word, as : scelera sceleraque, homines hominesque ; but when the penult of the word is long (and con- sequently takes the accent), the enclitic draws the accent to the last syllable only when that syllable becomes by the addition of the enclitic, long by position, as : scelestus scelestiisque, scelesta scelestaque, etc. § 5. Division of Words into Syllables.* 1. A single consonant after an accented antepenult, having any other vowel than u, should generally be joined to that * These rules are based upon the English analogy, and are such as are generally followed in this country, but there is good reason to believe that the ancient Romans observed the following: rule in the distribution of several consonants between two vowels : — When two or more conso- nants come between two vowels, they should be prefixed to the second, if they are such as may commence a Latin word, viz., any one of the mutes (see §§ 1,4, c) followed by I or r; an s followed by c, p, or t, (sc, sp, st) alone, or followed by one of these, together with I or r (scl or scr, spl or spr, stl or str) ; and finally, g followed by n, as : so-brius, a-gri, A-phro- dite, pe-stis ; a-stra, a-plu-stre ; ma-gnus. So the double consonant x is most naturally prefixed to the following vowel, as : a-xis. In all other cases the two consonants are divided one to the one and the other to the other vowel, as : an-nus, am-nis, mon-tes, scrip-tus. 1* 6 PARTS OF SPEECH. — INFLECTION. [§ 6. syllable, as : itin-era, volucris, rap-i-dus ; but, lu-ridus, etc. — But if the penult is e or i before another vowel, the preceding consonant is joined to it, as : ra-dius, do-ceo, hae-reo, etc. 2. A single consonant, in most other cases, should be pre- fixed to the vowel which follows it, as : ma-ter, sa-tur, etc. But tib~i and sib-i are generally excepted ; by some, also, the consonant following an accented penult is joined on to it in all cases where the vowel of the penult is short, as : pat-er, but, ma-ter, etc. 3. A mute, followed by a liquid, (except bl, gl, tl, and gn), are not generally to be separated in dividing a word into its syllables, but like a single consonant, are to be annexed or prefixed to the vowels which they come between, according to the two preceding rules, as : a-grestis, pa-trius, li-bratus ; but, Aeg-le, Ag-laus, At-las, At-lantides, mag-nus, mag-nanimus, etc. ; also, pa-tria (the penult being i before a vowel), etc. 4. Any two consonants, except a mute and a liquid, coming between two vowels, should generally be separated, one to the preceding and one to the following vowel, as : cal-lis, am-nis, cor-pus, etc. 5. When three consonants come between two vowels, the last two are generally a mute and a liquid, which should be joined to the vowel following, and the other to the preceding, as : pis-trina, fenes-tra, etc. Rem. Words compounded without change of the component parts, should be divided according to these parts, as : ab-avus, ab-eo, super-ero, res-publica. If a letter is inserted in the com- position, it is attached to the first word of the compound, as : prod-esse. CHAPTER III. § 6. Parts of Speech. — Inflection. 1. The Substantive or Noun designates or gives the name of an object (a person or thing), as : man, woman, house. §6.] PARTS OF SPEECH. INFLECTION. 7 2. The Verb expresses an action (something which an object does), as : to bloom, to dance, to sleep, to love, to praise, e. g. the rose blooms ; the boy dances ; the child sleeps ; God loves men ; the teacher praises the scholars. 3. The Adjective expresses a property or quality, as : small, great, beautiful, e. g. a swia# boy ; a beautiful rose ; a $rea£ house. 4. The Adverb expresses the way and manner in which an action takes place, as : beautifully, sweetly, e. g. the rose blooms beautifully ; the child sleeps sweetly. Rem. 1. There are adverbs also, which express the place where, and the time when the action takes place, as : here, there, yesterday, to-day. 5. The Pronoun points to an object without expressing the idea of it, as : I, thou, he, this, that 6. The Numeral expresses number or quantity, as : one, two, three, many, few. 7. The Preposition is a word which stands before a noun, and expresses the relations of place, of time and other relations which an object sustains to an action, as : the boy stands before the house ; the child laughs for joy. Nearly all the preposi- tions are used, at times, as adverbs. 8. The Conjunction is a word which serves to connect words and sentences, as : and, but, because. Rem. 2. Besides, there are other words which are barely signs of emotion, and are called Interjections, as : ecce, behold ! hei, alas ! etc. 9. Inflection is the variation or modification of a word in order to express a particular relation, as : thou \o\est, he loves, the child's clothes, the man's hat. The inflection of the sub- stantive, adjective, pronoun, and numeral, is called declension, that of verbs, conjugation. The adverb, also, is compared, which is a kind of inflection. The remaining parts of speech do not admit of inflection, and hence do not require to be treated of in etymology. 8 SOME FORMS OF THE VERB. §7—9. § 7. Some Forms of the Verb. All the verbs of the Latin Language are divided into four classes or conjugations, which are distinguished by the termi- nation of the infinitive as follows : First Conjugation : — are as : amdre, to love, Second " — ere " monere, to admonish. Third " — ere " regere, to govern, Fourth — ire " audire, to hear. § 8. First Conjugation : amare, to love. PRESENT ACTIVE. Indicative. PRESENT PASSIVE. Indicative. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. amo, I love sands, thou lovest amat, he, she, it loves sandmus, we love sundtis, you love sonant, they love. amor, I am loved amdris, thou art loved sandtur, he, she, it is loved sundmur, we are loved sundmini, you are loved amantur, they are loved. 2. 2. Imperative, amd, love thou amdte, love ye. Read Exercise I. {'page 108). § 9. Second Conjugation : monere, to admonish. PRESENT ACTIVE. Indicative. PRESENT PASSIVE. Indicative. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. moneo, / admonish moncs, thou admonishest monet, he, she, it admonishes monemus, we admonish monetls, you admonish monent, they admonish. mtmeor, I am admonished monem, thou art admonished monetur, he, she, it is admonished monemwr, we are admonished monemlni, you are admonished monentur, they are admonished. 2. 2. Imperative, mone, admonish thou monete, admonish ye. Read Exercise II. § 10, 11.] SOME FORMS OF THE VERB. § 10. Third Conjugation : regere, to govern. PRESENT ACTIVE. PRESENT PASSIVE. Indicative. Indicative. 1. 2. 3. rego, I govern regis, thou governest regit, he, she, it governs regor, / am governed regeris, thou art governed regltur, he, she, it is governed 1. regimus, we govern reglmur, we are governed 2. 3. regitis, you govern regunt, they govern. regimini, you are governed reguntur, they are governed. 2. 2. Imperative, rege, govern thou reglte, govern ye. Head Exercise III. § 11. Fourth Conjugation: audire, to hear. PRESENT ACTIVE. Indicative. PRESENT PASSIVE. Indicative. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. audw, / hear audis, thou hearest audi/, he, she, it hears audimtw, we hear audltis, you hear audiunt, they hear. audzor, I am heard Siudiris, thou art heard Siuditur, he, she, it is heard Siudimur, we are heard Siiidimini, you are heard audiuntur, they are heard. 2. 2. Imperative, audi, hear thou audite, hear ye. Besides, the following forms of the irregular verb sum should be noted : est, he, she, it is, erat, he, she, it was, sunt, they are, erant, they were. esse, to be. Read Exercise IV. 10 SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. [§§ 12, 13. CHAPTER IV. Of the Substantive and Adjective. § 12. Classification of Substantives. 1. The substantive (§ 6, 1.) is called concrete, when it desig- nates a person or thing which has an actual and independent existence, as : man, lion, flower, army ; it is called abstract, on the contrary, when it signifies an action or quality conceived of as independent of a subject, as : virtue, wisdom. 2. The Concretes are : a) Appellative nouns, when they indicate a whole species, or an individual of a class, as : man, woman, flower, lion ; b) Proper nouns, when they designate only single persons as things which do not belong to a class, as : Marius, Rome ; c) Material nouns, when they indicate the simple material, as : milk, dust, water, gold ; d) Collective nouns, when they designate a number of single persons or things as one whole, as : army, cavalry, fleet, herd. § 13. Gender of the Substantive. The Gender of Substantives, which is three-fold, as in Eng- lish, is determined partly by their meaning and partly by their endings. The rules of gender founded upon the endings will be treated of under the particular declensions. With refer- ence to the meaning, we have the following general rules : 1. Of the masculine gender, are the names and designations of males, nations, winds, months, most rivers, and mountains. 2. Of the feminine gender, are the names and designations of females, of most countries, islands, towns, trees, shrubs, and small plants. 3. Of the neuter gender, are the names of most fruits, the letters of the alphabet, the infinitive, all indeclinable words (except the names of persons from foreign languages), and every word used as the mere symbol of a sound, as : man is a monosyllable. §14.] SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. 11 4. Of the common gender, are the designations of persons which have but one form for the masculine and feminine, as : dux, a male or female leader. 1. Nations, males, rivers, winds, Mounts and months are masculines. 2. Females, isles, lands, trees, and town, These as feminine are found. 3. Whatever cannot be declined This is of the neuter kind. 4. Common is whatever can Include a woman and a man. Rem. 1. Variable substantives (designations of persons, and the more important animals) are those which vary their ending in or- der to indicate the natural gender, as : films, son, filia, daughter, magister, magistra, teacher (male and female), \eo, leaena, lion, lioness, rex, regina, king, queen, cervus, cerva. Rem. 2. Epicozne nouns are those (names of most animals) which have but one grammatical gender (mostly masc. except of the first declension) for designating both genders, as : corvus m. the crow, whether male or female ; ciconia, /. the stork, aqufla, /. the eagle, vulpes, /. the fox, anser, m. the goose, etc. But when the natural gender is to be distinguished, mas or masculus, mascula or femina are added to the nouns, as : corvus femina, vulpes mas or mascula ; or the gender may be distinguished by the ter- mination of an adjective attached to it, as : anser alba. Rem. 3. Some nouns have different genders (Heterogeneous) in the Sing, and Plur., as : jocus, PI. joci and joca ; carbasus, PI. carbasi and carbasa ; coelum, PI. coeli ; delicium, PL deliciae ; rastrum, PL rastri and rastra ; — also in the same number, as : bal- teus and balteum, essedum, i, esseda, ae. § 14. Number, Case and Declension. 1. The substantive and adjective, like the verb, have two numbers : the Sing., which denotes a unity, and the Plur., which denotes a plurality, and six cases in each number, viz. : 1. Nominative, answering the question who? or what? 2. Genitive, answering the question, whose ? of whom ? of what? 3. Dative, answering the question, to or for whom or what ? 4. Accusative, answering the question, whom ? or what ? 12 SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. [§ 15. 5. Vocative, the case of direct address ; 6. Ablative, answering the questions, whence ? wherewith ? whereby ? when f at what time, etc. Rem. 1. The Nom. and Yoc. are called casus recti; the other cases, casus obllqui. Substantives and adjectives of the neuter gender have the Nom. Ace. and Yoc. alike. Rem. 2. Some nouns are used only in one number (Defectives in number), as : Sing, most abstract and collective nouns and nouns of material (which are not used in the Plur. except to express different sorts, instances, etc.), as well as proper names, e. g. sua- vitas, sweetness, indoles, natural ability, aurum, gold ; Plur. arma, orum, arms, proceres, chiefs, nuptiae, a wedding, habenae, reins, etc. — Some nouns are not used in all the cases {Defectives in case), as: fors, chance (only in the Nom.. and Abl. forte), etc., and a few (both nouns and adjectives) are indeclinable, viz., names of the letters of the alphabet, pondo, a pond, fas, permitted ; Greek words in i, y, (u), as : hydromeli, asty, astu, and also gum- mi, etc. 2. The Latin language has Jive declensions, distinguished by the ending of the Gen. Sing. ; 1st Dec. ae, 2d t, 3d is, 4th us 5 th ei. Rem. 3. Some nouns are declined, either wholly or in part, according to different Dec. (Heterocliies) , as: vas, G. vasis, also vast of the second Dec, laurus, G. i and us (after the second and fourth Dec. in Gen. and Abl. Sing, and Nom. and Ace. Plur.), etc. § 15. Gender and Declension of the Adjective. 1. The adjective (and participle), in Latin, agrees with its substantive, in gender, number, and case, as : filia bona, the good daughter, filia est bona, the daughter is good, filiws bonus, the good son, filius est bonus, the son is good, bellwm malwm, the evil war, helium est malum, the war is evil. 2. Hence, the adjective (also the participle), like the sub- stantive, has a threefold gender. Still, not all adjectives have separate forms for the three genders, but many have only two distinct endings, viz. one for the Masc. and Fern, and the other for the Neut. ; some, indeed, have only one form for all gen- ders. I IB-] FIRST DECLENSION. 13 3. The declension of the adjective (and participle) corre- sponds with the first three declensions of nouns, the forms ending in the Nom. in a, belonging to the first Dec, all in us and um, and those in er which have a in the Fern. (i. e. all in er, except thirteen,) to the second Dec, and all others to the third. § 16. First Declension. Nouns of the first declension ending in a are all feminine. Rem. 1. Exceptions to this rule occur only out of regard to the general rules of gender (§ 13), thus, e. g. agricola, a husband- man, is Masc. ; so also are most names of rivers of this declen- sion, as : Matrona, the Marne, Trebia, Sequana, the Seine, also Hadria, Adriatic Sea. But the names of mountains, as: Aetna, Ossa, remain Feminine. C ase-E q dings. Singular Nominative a* Plural Nominative ae Genitive ae Genitive arum Dative ae Dative is Accusative am Accusative as Vocative a Vocative ae Ablative a Ablative Is Paradigms. Singular. Plural. Nominative mensa, the table mensae, the tables Genitive mensae, of the table mensdrum, of the tables Dative mensae, to the table mensis, to the tables Accusative mensdra, the table mensds, the tables Vocative mensd, table mensae, tables Ablative mensd, by the table. mensis, by the tables. Rem:. 2. As the Latin language has neither the definite article the nor the indefinite article a or an, mensa may signify either in a general sense table, or a table, or the table. * Let the quantity of these endings be thoroughly learned ; so also in the paradigms of nouns, adjectives, and verbs. 2 14 SECOND DECLENSION. [§ 17. Rem. 3. The dative and ablative plural have the ending dbus (for is) in : dea, a goddess, filia, a daughter, when they are to be distinguished from corresponding masculine forms, e. g. filiis et filiabus, to sons and daughters, diis et deabus, to gods and goddesses; occasionally, also, in a few other nouns. Rem. 4. For Greek nouns of the first Dec. see § 35. Rem. 5. In parsing a form of a noun, let the pupil proceed in the following order, and state, a) the case, b) the number, c) the declension, d) the gender, e) the nominative and the oblique cases till the form is made ; e. g. corporibus is a noun in the Dat. case, Plur. number, third Dec, neuter gender, from the nominative cor- pus, Gen. corporis, etc. (When further advanced he should also be required to give the government.) For the manner of parsing a verb, see § 47, R. 1. Read Exercise V. § 17. Second Declension. Words of the second declension (substantives and adjectives) end in the Nom. in us, er, (in ir and ur only vir with its compounds and satur), and um, of which those in us, er, and ir are of the masadine and those in um of the neuter gender ; (participles end only in us, a, um). For the exceptions see §36. Case-Endings. Singular Nom. Gen. us (er, ir), um Plural Nom. Gen. i; orum a Dat. 6 Dat. is Ace. um Ace. 6s;* a Voc. e (er, Ir) ; um Yoc. i; a Abl. 6 Abl. is Rem. 1. Most words in er of this Dec. (whether nouns or adjectives) reject the e (like ager) in all the cases except the Nom. and Voc. Only the following retain the e. The nouns : puer, gener, socer, vesper ; liberi, Liber, Malciber, Celtiber ; — and the adjectives: asper, exter, gibber, lacer ; liber, miser, prosper, tener ; frugifer, corniger, and the other compounds of fer and ger. Dexter has both forms, but rarely the form with e. * The ending os ) in Latin, is pronounced like os in host §17.] SECOND DECLENSION. Paradigms. 15 Singular. N. hortiis, the garden puer, the boy ager, the field vir, the man G horti, of the garden pueri, of the boy agri, of the field viri, of the man D. hortd, to the garden puerd, to the boy agrd, to the field vird, to the man A. hort&wi, the garden puerwrn, the boy agrwra, the field virum, the man V. horte, garden puer, boy ager, field vir, man A. hortd, by thegarden puerd, by the boy agrd, by the field viro, by the man. Plural. N. horti, the gardens pueri, the boys agri, the fields viri, the men G. hortdrftm, of the puerdrwm, of the agrdrwm, of the virorum, of the gardens boys fields men D. hortis, to the gar- puer is, to the boys agris, to the fields vir Is, to the men dens hortds, the gardens puerds, the boys agrds, the fields virds, the men A. V. horti, gardens pueri, boys agri, fields viri, men A. hortis, by the gar- puerls, by the boys, agris, by the fields virls, by the men. dens. Singular. N. belrum, the war boniis, good bona, good bomim, good G. belli, of the war bom bonae bonl D. belld, to the war bono bonae bono A. bellttm, the war bon&wi bondwi bonftwi V. belltim, war bone" bona bonum A. bello, by the war. bono bona bono Plural. N. belld, the wars bonl bonae bona G. belldrww, of the bonorum bonarwm bondrft»i D. wars bellls, to the wars bonis bonis bonis A. bella, the wars bonds bonds bona V. bella, wars bonl bonae bona A. bell is, by the ivars. bonis bonis bonis. Singular. free free free beautiful beautiful beautiful N. liber libera \iberum pulcher pulchrd pulchrum G. liberi liberae liberi pulchri pulchrae pulchri D. libero liberae libero pulchrd pulchrae pulchrd A. liberwm liberawi liberum pulchrum pulchrdm pulchrfr/Ti V. liber libera liberftm pulcher pulchrd pulchrftwi A. libero libera libero pulchro pulchrd pulchro Plural. N. liberi libSrae libera pulchri pulchrae pulchrd G liberorum liberarwm liberdrwm pulchrdr&m pulchrdrftm pulchrdruwi ~D. liberis liberis liber is pulchris pulchris pulchris A. liberds liberds libera pulchrds pulchrds pulchrd V. liberi liberae libera pulchri pulchrae pulchrd [ A. liberis liber?. 1 ? liberis. pulchris pulchris pulchris. 16 THIRD DECLENSION. [§18 In like manner the pupil may decline : Vir bonus, a good man, femlna bona, a good woman, exemplum bonum, a good example, hortus pulcher, a beautiful garden, rosa pulchra, a beautiful rose, ovum pulchrum, a beautiful egg, ager fecundus, the productive field, vir liber, a free man, scriba bonus, a good scribe. Rem. 2. The Gen. Sing, of nouns in ius and ium, had in the classical period, the contracted form I together with ii, as : films, G. fili and filii. But adjectives always have ii, as egregii from egregius, excellent. Rem. 3. The Yoc. Sing, of filius (a son) is fili, and that of meus (my) is mi, as : mi fili (but, O mea filia, O meum ofn- cium). This Voc. in I also, is found in proper names in lus, aius and eius, hence: l (for le), ai (for aie), el (for eie), as: Tullius Tulli, Virgillus Virgilz, Mercurlus Mercurl, Antonius Antoni, Gaius Gal, Pompeius Pompel. Rem. 4. The word deus (God) is deus also in the Yoc. ; in the plural it is thus declined : N. and Y. dii (rare dei), G. deo- rum, D. and Abl. diis (rare deis), Ace. deos. Rem. 5. The Gen. plural of some nouns, (mostly those desig- nating measure, weight, and money), has the ending um (for orum), e. g. nummum (from nummus), of money, talentum (from talentum), of talents, sestertium (from sestertius), etc. Read Exercise VI. § 18. Third Declension. 1. The third Declension has the following case-endings : Sing. Norn. Plur. Nom. es* Neut. a (ia) Gen. Is Gen. um (ium) Dat. i Dat. Ibus Ace. em, Neut. like Nom. Ace. es a (ia) Yoc. like the Nom. Yoc. es a (ia) Abl. 6(i) Abl. ibus Rem. 1. Neuter nouns of this Dec. generally present the pure stem in the Nom., but in masc. and fern, nouns, the pure stem is often changed, for the sake of euphony, by adding an s at the end (with an e or i before it in parisyllables [R. 4,] in es and is), # The ending es, in Latin, is pronounced like the English word ease. § 18.] THIRD DECLENSION. 17 and rejecting t, d, n, or nt when they would come before s. Also the final r, in nouns of all genders, often passes into s. But in all cases, the pure stem may be found by removing from the Gen. the ending (-is) of that case, as : rex (= reg-s), G. reg-zs, nub- e-s, G. nub-zs, av-i-s, G. av-zs, mos, G. mor-zs, rus, G. rur-zs, cor- pus, G. corpor-zs. Rem. 2. Nouns of all genders often change their final stem- vowels in the Nom. for the sake of euphony, 1) i into e, in sev- eral masculines ending in s, and neuters, in en and e, as : miles, G. mih't-is, judex, G. ju&ic-is ; nomen, G. nomm-is, mare, G. mar- is (for mari-zs) ; 2) i into u in caput, G. capit-fs ; 3) i into o in homo, G. homin-is, and others in o ; 4) o into u in corpus, G. cor- poris, ebur, G. ebor-ls ; 5) e into u in some words in us, as : genus, G. genera's. — Greek proper names ending in ont, reject the t in the Nom., as : Xenophon, G. Xenophon£-is. Greek words whose stem ends in t, reject the t in the Nom., as : poema, G. poemaM's; thus also the neuters, cor, G. cova4s, lac, G. lacM's, reject the t sound in the Nom. Rem. 3. For the endings e and i, a and ia, um and ium, see §37. 2. For the gender, we have the following general rules : 1) Of the masculine gender are the nouns in o, or, os, er, and imparisyllables, in es. Rem. 4. Parisyllables are words with the same number of syllables in the Gen. as in the Nom., as : nubes, a cloud, G. nubis ; imparisyllables, on the contrary, are words which have more sylla- bles in the Gen. than in the Nom., as : miles, soldier, G. militis. 2) Of the feminine gender are nouns in as, is, aus, us (Gen. utis or udis), x, s with a consonant before it, and parisyllables in es. 3) Of the neuter gender are nouns in a, e, c, I, en, ar, ur, ut and us (Gen. oris, eris, uris). Rem. 5. For the exceptions to these rules see §§ 38 — 40. 2* 18 THIRD DECLENSION. [§§ 19, 20. § 19. I. The Nominative presents the pure stem. colour (in .) goose (m.) father (m .) animal (n.^ spur (n.) S.N. color anser pater animal calcar G. colons anseris patrc's animaKs calcarzs D. colon anseri patri animaK calcari A. colorm anserm patrem animal calcar Y. color anser pater animal calcar A. colore ansere patre animaK calcar i P.N. colores anseres patres animaKa calcana G. colons anserum patrw?7i animalism calcarzwm D. colovihus anseri&ws •p&trlbus animaliZ/ws caXc&ribus A. color es an seres patres animaKa calcana V. colores anseres patres animalla c ale aria A. coloiibus anseribus ■p&tribus animaK&ws calcari&ws. Rem. Nouns in ter and ber, as : pater, father, mater, mother, frater, brother, as well as adjectives in ber and cer, as : celeber, celebrated, acer, sharp, reject the e in the oblique cases ; Exc. : later, eris. § 20. II. The Nominative presents the stem changed accord- ing to the laws of euphony. name (w.) lion (m.) body (n.) sea (n.) S. Nom. and Yoc. nomen leo corpus mare Genitive nornlms ledm's corporis maris Dative nomini leom corpori man Accusative nomen leonem corpus mare Ablative nomine leone corpora man P. N. Ace. and Y. nomlna leones corpora mark Genitive nomlnwm leonwm corporis mar mm Dat. and Abl. nomlm&ws leombus corpori&ws mari^ws. Rem. Greek proper names whose stem ends in on or on, in good prose, form their Nom. almost always in o, as : Agamemno, G. 6n-is ; Plato, Solo, Bito, G. dn-is ; those, on the contrary, whose stem ends in ont form their Ncm., in the best writers, in on, as : Xenophon, G. ont-is ; but there are variations from both these rules even in Cicero. §§ 21, 22.] THIRD DECLENSION. 19 § 2i. in. The Nominative adds s to the stem. root (/.) dty (/) praise (/.] cloud (/.) S. Nom. and Voc. radix urbs laus nub-e-s Genitive radlcw urbis laudzs nub-zs Dative radici urbi laud/ nubi Accusative radicem \xrhem laudem nubem Ablative radice urbe laude nube P. N. Ace. and Y. radices urbes laudes nub-es Genitive radicww urbium I'diidum nub-fum Dat. and Abl. radic2&ws urhibus l&udibus nub-}bus. Rem. There are a few nouns which form their Gen. (and one or two some of the other cases), like none of these paradigms, but these variations are always given in the vocabularies. See especially Vocabulary p. 145. Read Exercise VII § 22. Paradigms of Adjectives of the Third Declension. The following paradigms present the forms of the three classes of adjectives of the third Dec. with one, two, and three endings. Adjectives of one ending terminate in /, r, s, x, and pa?-t triples (Present Participles only) in ns, G. ntis, as : amans, loving, G. amantis. For the irregular adjectives of the second Dec. : units, ullus, etc., duo and ambo, see § 33. For adjectives and participles of the first and second Dec, see §§ 15, 17. N. and Y. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. N.V.&Ac. Genitive D. & Abl sharp. (m.) (f.) acer acris acris acris acri acri (n.) acre acris acri acrem acrem acre acri acri acri acres acres acria acrium acrium acrium acribus acribus acribus Singular. delightful. (m&f.) (n.) suavis suave suavis suavis suavi suavi suavem suave suavi suavi Plural. suaves suavia suavium suavium suavibus suavibusimajoribus majdrlbus greater. (m.&f.) (n.) major majus majoris majoris majori majori majorem majus majore majore majorcs major a majorum majdrum Singular. Nom. & Yoc.j audax {m.f. n.) bold Genitive atidacis audacium Dat. & Abl. | and lei audacibus Ace. I audacem (m. f), audax (;?.) audaces (Thus also present participles.) Plural, audaces (m.f.) audacia (n.) audacium audacibus audacia. 20 FOURTH DECLENSION. [§23. In like manner decline : N. G. N. G. N. G. N. G. odor acer, sharp odor, odoris acris campus viridis, green campi viridis [field, vir major, greater man, viri majoris miles audax, bold sol- milltis audacis [dier, aqua acris, sharp water, aquae acris silva viridis, green wood, silvae viridis femina major, greater femmae majoris [woman leaena audax, bold lion- animal audax, bold an- leaenae audacis [ess, animalis audacis [imal. acetum acre, sharp vin- aceti acris [sgar, pratumviride, green prati viridis [meadow, corpus majus, greater corporis majoris [body, Rem. 1. Adjectives in er (like acer) sometimes have is in the Masc. as : Celebris locus (instead of celeber 1.) Also several ad- jectives in is, e, sometimes take the form in us, um, as : hilaris, inermis, exanimis, etc. Rem. 2. For the Abl. Sing, in i and e, the Nom. Plur. in ia and a, and the Gen. Plur. in ium and um, see § 3 7. Read Exercise VIII. § 23. Fourth Declension. Nouns of the fourth Dec. have in the Nom. the two end- ings : us and u, of these the first is of the masculine and the last of the neuter gender. For the exceptions, see § 41. Case-Endings. Sing. Nom. us ; Neut. u Plur. Nom. us; Neut. ua Gen. us ; us or u Gen. uum Dat. ui or u ; u Dat. Ibus Ace. urn ; u Ace. us; via Yoc. us ; u Yoc. us ; ua Abl. u Abl. Ibus Paradigms. Singular. Plural. N. fructus (m.), fruit. comii (n.), horn. fructus cornua G. fructus (old, uis) comus or u fructuttm cornuum D. fructm or u cornu fructlbus covnibus A. f rue turn cornu fructus covnild V. fructus cornu fructus cornua A. fructu cornu fructibus comibiis. §24] FIFTH DECLENSION. 21 Rem. 1. In some words of this Dec. an associate form in i for us is found in the Gen. Sing, as : senati, instead of the common form : senatus. The Gen. Plur. in um for uum, as : currum, is found occasionally in the poets. Rem. 2. Ficus (f.) a Jig-tree, in the Dat. and Abl. Plur. has ficis after the second Dec. The following words have their Dat. and Abl. Plur. regularly in ubus instead of ibus, viz. : . ( (f.) needle, (m.) lake, Cm.) qrotto, acus, lacus, specus, arcus, . j v J ^ ^ ' V J * . ., . C (f.) a tribe, (f.) the oak, (m.) a tribus, quercus, artus, partus, J V ^ { ^ } \ J Urthj ( (n.) cattle, (as a species), (n.) a pecu, veru, j apt*; — sometimes, also, portus, sinus, tonitru, genu. Rem. 3. The word domus (f.) a house, is declined as follows : Sing. N. V. domus Plur. K V. domus Gen. domus Gen. domuum and domorum Dat. domm Dat. domlbus Ace. domuwi Ace. domos (rarely domus) Abl. domo Abl. doim&us The form doml (Gen.) is used only in the meaning at home, at the house ; thus : domi meae, domi tuae, domi alienae, at my, thy, another's house. The Dat. domo and Abl. domu are obsolete. Read Exercise IX. § 24. Fifth Declension. All nouns of the fifth declension end in the Nom. in es and are of the feminine gender. Exceptions : Masculine are, dies, a day, and meridles, mid-day ; yet dies in the Sing, is feminine when it signifies a definite day, a day fixed upon or appointed, as : dies dicta, dies constituta, a day appointed, also, when it signifies length of time, as : dies perixigua, a very short space ; still, in both these meanings it is sometimes used as masculine. 22 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. [§ 25. Case-Endings and Paradigms. S. N. es PI. es affair S. res, , thing. PL res die's, day. Pi. die's G. el D. §1 erum ebus rel ret rerum rebus die'z die'i dierum diebtis A. em es rem res diem die's V. es A. e es ebus res re res rebus die's die" die's diebus. Rem. 1. The e in ei, the ending of the Gen. and Dat., is short when a consonant stands before it, as : rei, fidei ; but long when a vowel stands before it, as : diei, faciei. Rem. 2. Only res and dies form all the cases of the Sing, and Plur. ; all the other nouns of the fifth declension are destitute of the Gen., Dat. and Abl. Plur., these cases being supplied by the corresponding cases of synonymous nouns of the other declen- sions. Rem. 3. The Gen. and Dat., in early times, was sometimes contracted into e~ and i, as : acie, die ; and the form i in the phrase tribunus plebi (== plebei), and in words whose stem ends in ie, as : pernicii (for perniciei). Rkm. 4. Many words of the first Dec. as : barbaria, duritia, luxuria, mollitia, etc., have, but generally only in the Nom. Ace. and Abl. Sing., an associate form after the fifth Dec, as : molliti-es, -em, -e ; still, these forms occur but rarely in the prose writers of the golden age. Read Exercise X. § 25. Comparison of Adjectives and Participles. 1. There are three degrees of quality: 1) The positive, as : the man is learned (vir est doctus) ; 2) The comparative, as : the father is more learned than the son (pater est doct-ior quam Jilius) ; 3) The superlative, as : Cicero was the ?nost learned of all the Romans (Cicero erat doct-issimus omnium Romanorum). 2. The superlative, in Latin, is also used to express in gen- eral, a very high degree of a quality, as : pater tuus est doct- issimus, thy father is very learned. § 25.] COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 23 3. For indicating the comparative and superlative, the Latin language has the following forms : a) For the comparative : tor, Masc. and Fern., ius, Neuter ; b) For the superlative : issimus, issima, issimum. 4. These endings are joined directly to the stem, which may- be found in all cases, by removing, in words of the second De- clension, the Nominative-ending -us, and in those of the third, the Genitive-ending -is, as : Laet-us, joyful doct-us, learned pudic-us, bashful, modest imbecill-us (later- is), feeble lev-is, light fertll-is, fertile dives (G. divlt-is,) rich prudens (G. prudent- is), prudent amans (G. amant-is), loving felix (G. felfc-is), happy Comp. laet-zor, ius Sup. \aet-issimus, a, um — doet-ior — doct-issimus — -pudic-ior — jmdic-issimus — imbeeill-zor — imbecill-issimws lev-ior fertil-ior divit-t'or prudent-wr amant-i'or felic-ior — \ev-issimus — fertil-issimus — di\it-issimus — prudent-2m?nus — am&nt-issimus — felic-issimus. 5. Adjectives in er have the ending rimus, a, um in the superlative, as: miser (G.miser-i), a, um (unhappy) celer (G. celer-is), is, e, (swift) miser-ior, ius celer- ior, ius mi&er-rimus, a, um; celer-rimus, a, um; pulcher (G. pulchr-i), a, um (beau- pauper (G. pauper-is,) (poor) tiful) pauper-ior, ius pulchr-ior, ius pauper-nmus, a, um. 'pulcher-r imus, a, um. So also : vetus, G. veter-is, old (Comp. veterxor, ius, is rarely used) Sup. veter-rimus ; and nuper-us, a, um, recent, (Comp. want- ing), Sup. nuper-rimus. 6. The six following adjectives in zlis, form the superlative by adding limus to the stem, viz ; facllis, easy, difficllis, diffi- cult, simllis, like, dissimllis, unlike, gracilis, slim, slender, and humllis, low, as : facil-is, e C. facil-ior, ius S. facil-limus, a, um. 24 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. [§ 25. 7. Compound adjectives in dicus, ficus and volus, form the comparative by adding entior, ius, and the superlative by add- ing entissimus, a, urn to the root, as : maledtcus, slanderous C. maledic-entior S. maled'ic-entissimus magniflcus, magnificent uiagmfic-entior magmfic-entissimus benevolus, benevolent beuevoi-entior benev o\-entissimus. But those in dicus (i long) are compared regularly, as : pu- dicus, bashful, modest, pudic-ior, pudic-issimus. 8. Besides, the following adjectives of irregular comparison are to be observed : bonus, good malus, bad niagnus, great parvus, small multus, much nequam, zoicJced dives, rich senex, old juvenis, young exterus, outward inferus, below superus, above posterus, hind . mel-ior, ius, better S. pej-or maj-or min-or plus (neutr.) more plures (m. and f.), plura (n.) more nequ-ior dit-ior (or reg.) sen-ior jun-ior exter-ior, infer-ior, super-ior, poster-ior, optlmus, a, um, best pessimus maximus minimus plufimus, most plurimi, most nequissimus ditissimus (or reg.) wanting wanting extrcmus, outermost infimus and imus, lowest supremus, and summus postremus, hindermost. 9. Finally, there are several adjectives of which the posi- tive is wanting, e. g. : (citra, on this side) (intra, within) (ultra, beyond) (prope, near) citer-ior, ius inter-ior, ius ulter-ior, ius prop-ior, ius citimus, nearest intlmus, inmost ultlmus, last proximus, next. Rem. 1. Instead of the comparison by terminations, the Latin language often expresses the comparative by the positive with magis (more), and the superlative by the positive with maxime (most.) This periphrastic form is necessary in those adjectives which want the terminational comparative and superlative. Rem. 2. Some adjectives have a superlative but not a compara- tive form, as : novus, new, novissimus ; invictus, invincible, invictis- simus; diversus, inclitus, sacer. On the contrary, others have a § 26.] CLASSIFICATION AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 25 comparative but not a superlative form, as : diuturnus, lasting, diu- turnior, maxime diuturnus ; proclivis, sloping, inclined, proclivior, maxime proclivis ; also, agrestis, alacer, propinquus, opimus, etc. ; and nearly all in His, His, alls, bilis, as : agilis, nimble, agilior, max- ime agilis. Rem. 3. To the adjectives which have not the terminational comparison, belong : a) those which have a vowel before the end- ing us, as : idoneus, Jit, magis idoneus, maxime idoneus ; pius, pious, affectionate; perspicuus, clear; egregius, excellent; neces- sarius, necessary (but those in qxius and guis are excepted) ; — b) nearly all in icus, imus, Inus, Ivus, orus, andus, bundus, as : lubrlcus, slippery ; legitlmus, lawful, matutlnus, early, fugitivus, fugitive, canorus, harmonious, venerandus, worthy of veneration, moribundus, dying (yet : festivius, divinius, divinissimus in Cic) — c) several of no particular class, as: almus, nourishing, canus, hoary, cicur, tame, claudus, lame, compos, powerful, impos, impo- tent of, curvus, bent, ferus, wild, gnarus, acquainted with, medio- cris, middling ; memor, mindful of, mirus, wonderful, par, equal, praedltus, endowed with, rudis, rude, etc. ; — finally, some, which, on account of their signification, admit of no degrees ; e. g. those which denote a material ; those compounded with per, prae (ex- cept praeclarus, praestans) and sub, as : aureus, golden, permagnus, very great, praedlves, very rich, subdifficllis, somewhat difficult; those having the diminutive form, as : parvulus, tiny, vetulus, oldish, garrulus, talkative. Read Exercise XI. CHAPTER V. Of the Adverb. § 26. Classification and Formation of Adverbs. 1. The common endings of adverbs (§ 6, 4.) are e and er (iter) ; those derived from adjectives of the second declension, are formed by annexing e to the root of the adjective, as : clarus, clar-e, liber (G. liber-i), liber-e, pulcher (G. pulchr-i), pulchr-e. Only bene (well) from bonus, and male (badly,) from malus, have a short e. 2. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension 3 26 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. [§ 27. are formed, by adding er to the stem of those in cms and ens, and iter to the stem of all others, as : clar-us, a, urn, clear, renowned clar-e liber, a, urn (G. liber-i), free liber-e pulcher, chra, chrum (G. pulchr-i) pulchr-e prudens (G. prudent-is), knowing prudent-er amans (G. amant-is), loving amant-er fortis (G. fort-is), brave fort-tter Audax (G. audac-is), bold, has audac-ter (for audac-iter). Rem. 1. Besides adverbs of the above-named endings, there are a number which have the termination of neuter adjectives in either the accusative or ablative case, as : multum, much, plurimum, most, solum and cantum, only, facile, easily, difficile (and difficulter), with difficulty, recens, recently ; — tuto, safely, raro, rarely, con- tinuo, immediately, crebro, frequently, falso, falsely, sublto, sud- denly, perpetuo, continually. Rem. 2. There are still other adverbial terminations, as : coei- ttus, from heaven, -penltus, deeply, entirely; sensim, by degrees, passim, everywhere ; catervata'm, troop by troop, by troops, grega- tim, by flocks ; also a few in -us (-cus), as: extrinsecws, from without, cominws, near by, eminws, at a distance, mordicws, with the teeth, etc. Rem. 3. For the pronominal adverbs, see under the para- digms of the pronouns, §§ 29 — 32. § 27. Comparison of Adverbs. Adverbs derived from adjectives use for the comparative, the neuter singular of the comparative of the adjectives from which they are derived, and in the superlative change us of the superlative of their adjectives into e, as : laet-e, joyfully Comp. laet-ms Sup. l&et-issime, most joyfully doct-e, learnedly doct-ms doct-issime lev-Iter, lightly \ev-ius \e\-issime felic-Iter, happily £e\ic-ius fellc-issime magniflc-e, magnificently magnific-oUnfS mvtigmfi.c-entissime simii-Iter, alike simil-ms svxiil-lime egregie (excellently) magis egregie maxime egregie. Rem. We have, besides, the irregular bene (well), melius, optime (best) : male (badly), pejus, pesslme ; multum (much), plus, plurimum; magis (more, rather), maxime (most). §28.-] TERSONAL PRONOUNS. 27 CHAPTER VI. Of the Pronoun (Comp. § G, 5). § 28. I. Personal Pronouns. a. Substantive Personal Pronouns. Singular. Nom. ego, I tu, thou wanting Gen. mel, of me tui, of thee sul, of himself her- Dat. mlhi, to me tibi, to thee self etc. Ace. me, me te, thee sibl, to himself etc. Abl. me, by me te, by thee se, himself etc. se, by himself etc. Plural. Nona. nos, we vos, you wanting Gen. nostrl, of us vestri, of you sui, of themselves nostrum, of among vestrum, of among us you Dat. nobis, to us vobis, to you sibl, to themselves Ace. nos, us vos, you se, themselves Abl. nobis, by us. vobis, by you. se, by themselves. Rem. 1. The Yoc. of all the pronouns, if used, is like the Nom. The preposition cum (with), which governs the Abl., is joined to me, te, etc., thus : mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum, with one, with thee, with one's self, with us, with you. The Dat. mihi is often contracted into mi, principally in poetry. Rem. 2. In order to give more emphasis to the personal pro- nouns, the syllable met is added to all the forms given in the above table, with the exception of tu and the Gen. Plur. of ego and tu, as : egomet, temet, siblmet, nosmet, vosmet ; — to tu is added te : tute, thou thyself; — se is doubled to render it more em- phatic : sese. For the difference of meaning between nostri, vestri and nostrum, vestrum, see § 94, 2. b. Adjective-Personal Pronouns, or Possessive Pronouns. Adjective-personal pronouns are formed from the Gen. of Substantive-personal pronouns. They are called possessive, 28 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. [§29. because they represent an object as the possession of an indi vidual of the first, second, or third person. From mei comes meus, me meum, my. (For the Voc. mi see § 17. Rem. 3.) — tui — sui — nostri — vestri tuus, tua, tuum, thy, thine. suus, sua, suum, his, her, its. noster, nostra, nostrum, our. vester, vestra, vestrum, your. Remark 3. For giving greater force and emphasis, the end- ing pte is joined to the Abl. Sing, of suus, as : suapte manu, with his (own, very) hand, suopte glad to (with his sword). For the same reason also, met (see Rem. 2) is joined to the oblique cases of suus, as : suismet capitibus. Read Exercise XII. § 29. II. Demonstrative Pronouns. Singular. Nom. is, ea, id, he, she, it; that i-dem, ea-dem, i-dem, the same Gen. ejus, of him, her, it ; of that ejus-dem, of the same Dat. ei, to him, her, it; to that ei-dem, to the same Ace. eum, earn, id, him, her, it; eun-dem, ean-dem, idem, the that same Abl. eo, ea, eo, by him, her, it; eo-dem, ea-dem, eo-dem, by by that. the same. Plural. Nom. ii (ei), eae, ea, they ; those. ii-dem eae-dem, eadem, the same Gen. eorum, earum, eorum, of eorun-dem, earun-dem, eo- them ; of those run-dem, of the same Dat. iis (eis), to them; to those iis-dem (els-dem), to the same Ace. eos, eas, ea, them; those eos-dem, eas-dern, ea-dem, the same Abl. iis (eis), by them; by those. iis-dem (eis-dem), by the same. Rem. 1. The pronoun is, ea, id may be translated as follows: l) he, she, it (that just mentioned) ; 2) Gen. e. g. Alius ejus, his or her son. Dat., to him, to her, to it. Ace. him, her, it; Plur. Nom. §29.] DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 29 they, Gen. e. g. filius eorum or earum, their son, Dat. to them, Ace. them; — 3) in connection with a noun : this, that, eum regem, this king; — 4) he, she, it (who). In the oblique cases, it is distin- guished from sui and suus in meaning, by not referring back, as they do, to the subject of the sentence. Rem. 2. From is is derived the adverbs inde, 'from this point or time' (just mentioned or to be mentioned), and ibi, 'in or at this place or time ' (just mentioned or to be mentioned) ; eo and ed are also used adverbially, in answer to the questions whither f and along what way? — Also the conjunctions: ltd, 'so,' 'thus' (as just mentioned, etc.), and jam, 'now' (relative to the time just mentioned, etc.), 'already' (sooner or later than expected), 'at last' Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Singular. iste, ista, istud, this, that istlus, of this, of that isti, to this, to that istum, istam, istud, this, that isto, ista, isto, by this, by that. ille, ilia, illud, that illlus, of tJixxt illl, to that ilium, illam, illud, that illo, ilia, illo, by that Plural (after the II. Dec.) N. isti, ae, a; G. istorum, arum, orum 5 D. and Abl. istis ; A. istos, as, a; N. illi, ae, a ; G. illorum, arum, orum ; D. and Abl. illis ; A. illos, as, a. Singular. Nom. hie, haec, hoc, this ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self Gen. hujus, of this ipsius Dat. huic, to this ipsi Ace. hunc, hanc, hoc, this ipsum, ipsam, ipsum Abl. hoc, hac, hoc, by this. ipso, ipsa, ipso. Plural. N. hi, hae, haec; G. horum, harum, horum: D. and Abl. his; A. hos. has,haec; » N. ipsi, ipsae, ipsa; G. ipsorum, arum.orum; D. and Abl. ipsis; A. ipsos,as,a. Rem. 3. The enclitic ce is joined to hie, haec, hoc in order to increase its demonstrative power : hicce, haecce, hocce, this here ; the following forms occur most frequently : hujusce, hosce, hisce. From these forms connected with the interrogative particle ne we have : hicclne, haecclne, hoccine, this ? but in general only after a foregoing c. Also from the connection of this ce with iste and ille we have the following forms, many of them used adverb- ially : Sing. N". istic, istaec, istuc ; illic, illaec, illuc ; Ace. istunc, istanc, istuc ; illunc, illanc, illuc ; Abl. istoc, istac, istoc ; illoc, iliac, illoc ; PI. N. and Ace. Neut. istaec, illaec ; also, the adverb- 3* 30 RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. [§ 30. m\ illinc, 'from that place' (yonder). Besides, we have from hie a series of adverbs, like those from is (see R. 2,), thus: hie, 'here' (near me or the latter), hue, 'hither' (up to near me), hinc, 'hence' (from me), ' from this point of time,' hdc, 'along this way ' (by me). — From hie, also, comes the conjunction sic ' thus ' (from my point of view). The student may decline : idem equus, the same horse, eadem rana, the same frog, idem vi- tlum, the same fault, G. ejusdem equi, ejusdem ranae, ejus- dem vitii ; iste vir, this man, ista femina, this woman, istud nomen, this name, istius viri, istius feminae, istius nominis ; hie puer, this boy, haec puella, this girl, hoc praeceptum, this pre- cept, hujus pueri, hujus puellae, hujus praecepti ; iile sensus, that feeling, ilia res, that thing, illud cornu, that horn, illius sensus, illius rei, illius cornus (u). Rem. 4. For the distinction between the demonstrative pro- nouns, see § 98, R. 2. Read Exercise XIII. § 30. III. Relative Pronouns. IV. Interrogative Pronouns. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Singular, qui, quae, quod, who, which cujus, whose, of whom, of which cui, to whom, to which quern, quam, quod, whom, which quo, qua, quo, by whom, by which. Plural, qui, quae, quae, who, which quorum, quarum, quorum. whose, of whom, of which quibus, to whom, to which quos, quas, quae, whom, which quibus, by whom, by which. quis (m.&f), quid, who? what? cujus, whose ? ofivhom ? of what ? cui, to whom ? to what ? quern, quam, quid, whom ? what ? quo, qua, quo, by whom, by what ? qui, quae, quae, who? what? quorum, quarum, quorum, whose ? of whom ? of what ? quibus, to whom ? to what ? quos, quas, quae, whom ? what ? quibus, by whom ? by what ? Rem. 1. There are the following obsolete or antiquated forms of the relative and interrogative pronouns : quojus, quoi, quels or quis, for cujus, cui, quibus ; also the Abl. qui for quo, both of which are often found united with the preposition cum, as : quocum, quicum. Rem. 2. In quisquis, (quaequae rare), quicquid (whoever, what- §31.] INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 31 ever), both pronouns are declined, as : quoquo, quibusquibus, e. g. quoquo modo res se habet, in whatever way the thing has itself; quicquid id est, whatever it is. On the contrary, in quicunque, quaecunque, quodcunque (whichsoever, whatsoever), cunque is barely annexed to the different cases of qui, quae, quod, as : G. cujus* cunque, etc. Rem. 3. Quis, quid, are used substantively (but quis sometimes stands in apposition with a noun), as : quis scribit ? quid scribitur ? So also in the Ace, as : quid agis ? The remaining forms do not differ from qui, quae, quod used interrogatively ; but qui, quae, quod in this case, is always an adjective, e. g. quern vides ? whom do you see f (from quis ?), quern hominem vides ? what man do you see ? (from qui f). For the purpose of strengthening the interroga- tion, nam is annexed to the above mentioned interrogative pro- nouns, as : quisnam clamat ? who cries out then ? quidnam agis ? what do you do then ? quinam homo clamat ? quaenam mulier venit? quodnam genus est? and so through all the cases. Rem. 4. From qui are derived the adverbs : unde, (originally cunde, i. e. quunde) l from what place or time* 'whence/ ubi (originally cubi, i. e. quubi), ' in what place, state, or time,' 1 where/ ' when ; ' quo and qua are used adverbially in a relative sense, like eo and ea in a demonstrative sense (§ 29, R. 2). — Also the conjunctions quum or cum, * when/ quando, ' when/ quam, i how ? ' quare (i. e. qua re), contracted, quur or cur, i why/ ut (originally cut) or utl, * how/ ' that/ * as/ and quod, i that/ 1 because/ Read Exercise XIV. § 31. V. Indefinite Pronouns. Preliminary Remark. The forms inclosed in a paren- thesis are used as adjectives with a substantive ; the forms not in a parenthesis are the substantive forms, but are used both substantively and adjectively. 1) Quis {qui), qua {quae), quid {quod), and aliquis {aliqui), aliqua, aliquid {aliquod), ' some one/ ' any one/ ' something/ ' anything/ G. cujus, aliciijus etc. Plur. qui, quae, qua ; aliqui, aliquae, aliqua etc. like the relative qui, quae, quod. (For their usage see § 95, 10) ; 2) Quispiam, quaepiam, quidpiam {quodpiam), i some one/ < any one/ ' something ' , ' anything ' (emphatic, like aliquis^ 32 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. [§ 32. opposed to < all,' < much,' 'none'), G. cujuspiam etc. ; aliquis- piam is rare ; 3) Quisquam, (quaequam rare), quicquam (quodquam rare), 'any,' ('if only one'), used in negative, interrogative, and comparative sentences ; G. cujusquam etc. Rem. 1. Quisquam is almost always used substantively, and ullus is used adjectively in the same meaning. There is the same relation, also, between nemo and nullus ; but the Gen. and Abl. neminis and nernine not being used, their place is supplied from nullus. 4) Ecquis (ecqui), ecqua (ecquae), ecquid (ecquod), 'can it be that any one, any thing?' G. eccujus etc. ; 5) Quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), ' some,' ' a cer- tain one' (not defined), cujusdam etc. ; 6) Quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), ' each one, < each ' (individually), G. cujusque etc. ; — unusquisque, una- quaeque, unumquidque (unumquodque), i each one,' i each thing' (emphatically), G. umuscuj usque etc. (declined like unus, § 33, R. 5, and quisque) ; — quivis, quaevis, quidvis (quodvis), 'any one, anything you choose,' G. cujusvis etc. ; — quiltbet, quaelibet, quidlibet {guod- libei), ' any one, anything you please,' G. cujuslibet etc. ; 7) Alius, alter, ullus, nuUus, neuter, see in § 33, R. 5. Rem. 2. Many adverbs are derived from these, as from the other pronouns, which take their shade of meaning from their respective pronoun, as alicubi, alicunde (from aliquis compounded with ubi and unde), etc. ; also ublque, ubivis, etc., the indefinite endings of the above pronouns being added to ubi and other rela- tive adverbs. Read Exercise XV, § 32. Correlative Pronouns. Under correlative pronouns are embraced all those pronouns which express a reciprocal relation (Correlation) to each other, and exhibit this relation by corresponding forms. Thus e. g. § 33.] OF THE NUMERAL. 33 Interrogative. Demonstrat. Indefinite. Relative. Indef. Relative qualis, of what talis, of suck qualis, of what qualiscunque, of kind ? a kind, such kind, as whatever kind quantus, how tantus, so aliquantus, quantus, as quantuseunque. great ? great somewhat great however great great quot,* how tot* so many aliquot* quot * as quotcunque,* or many ? totidem fijust some many quotquot,* how so many , ever many. Rem. A corresponding table of pronominal adverbial correla- tives might be formed also, from the adverbs derived from the interrogative, demonstrative, indefinite, and relative pronouns, as : ubi, where f ibi, there, alicubi, somewhere, ubi, where, ubique, wherever. And so, also, starting with unde, whence? quo, whither •? or qua, in what way ? See the remarks under the paradigms of the different classes of pronouns. Read Exercise XVT. CHAPTER Vn. Of the Numeral. § 33. Classification and Tabular View of the Numerals. 1. Numerals (§ 6, 6) according to their meaning, may be divided into the following classes : a) Cardinals, which answer the question, how many ? quot ? as : one, two, etc. Rem. 1. The first three cardinal numbers are declined (see R. 5 and 6, following the table) ; but from 4 to 100 they are indeclinable, while from 200 to 900 they are declined like the plural of adjectives of three endings in i, ae, a. For mille see R. 4. * All these words marked thus are indeclinable, and used only in the plural, as : quot homines sunt ? tot hominum numerus ; aliquot homini- bus; tot homines, quot video, so many men as I see; homines, quotcunque or quotquot video, omnes boni sunt. 34 OF THE NUMERAL. [§ 33. b) Ordinals, which answer the question, which in order ? which in a series ? quotus ? as : first, second, etc. They are all declined like adjectives of three endings in us, a, um. c) Distributives, which answer the question, hovj many at a time ? how many a-piece ? quoteni ? as : one by one, two by two, etc. d) Numeral adverbs, which answer the question, how many times ? quoties ? as, once, twice, etc. Rem. 2. The numeral adverbs derived from the ordinals; viz. : primum (rarely primo), secundo (for which iterum is gener- ally used; secundum is very rare), tertium, quartum, etc., answer the question, what place in order f as : in the first place, second place, etc. e) Midtiplicatives, which answer the question, how many fold ? quotuplex ? They end in plex and are declined after the third Dec. as : duplex (for all genders), two fold, double, G. dupllcis. f ) Proportionals, which answer the question, how many times as great ? quotuplus ? They end in plus, pla, plum, as : duplus, a, um, twice as great (as something else taken as a unit of measure). Rem. 3. Besides the numeral signs given in the right-hand column of the following table, it seems necessary to remark, that la (= 500) becomes a thousand by placing a c before it (do = 1000), but by annexing o's to it, it is increased, by each, ten fold (Io = 500; loo = 5000, etc.) But do (1000) is increased ten fold each time, by adding, at the same time, a c before and a o after it, as : do = 1000 ; cdoo = 10,000, etc. 2. All these classes of numerals, except the last two, which are but little used in comparison with the others, are exhibited in parallel columns in the following table. § 39.] NUMERALS. 35 Remarks.* 1. The compound numbers into which 8 and 9 enter as one of the components, are generally expressed in a subtractive form, as : 38 duodequadraginta, duodequadragesimus, 39 undequadraginta, undequadragesimus, 48 duodequinquaginta, duodequinquagesimus, 59 undesexaginta, undesexagesimus, etc. 2. In the other compound numbers from 13 to 17, the smaller number is generally placed first without et, as : sedecim, sextus decimus; but from 20 to 100, either the smaller number is placed first with et following it, or the larger without et, as : 23 tres et viginti or viginti tres tertius et vicesimus or vicesimus tertius. 8. In compounding smaller numbers with hundreds and thou- sands, the smaller number follows either with or without et, as : 103 centum et tres or centum tres, centesimus et tertius or centesimus tertius. If, however, such a number contains a unit and a ten, the unit is placed last without et, as : 486 quadringenti et octoginta sex or quadringenti octoginta sex, quadringentesimus et octo- gesimus sextus or quadringentesimus octo- gesimus sextus. 4. Mille, a thousand (i. e. one thousand) is generally an inde- clinable adjective, as : dux cum mille militibus ; but the Plur. milia (always of more than one thousand), is a neuter noun of the third Dec. and is followed (unless a smaller number comes after thou- sands,) by a noun in the Gen. case, as : tria milia hominum, cum tribus milibus miliium. * These remarks properly belong after the table, but are introduced here that the columns of the table may be printed on opposite pages, so as to be exhibited at one opening. 36 NUMERALS. [S3 TABLE OF Cardinal (how many?) | Ordinal (what one in order?) 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. unus, a, urn, one duo, ae, o, two tres, ia, three quattuor, four quinque, five sex, six septem, seven octo, eight novem, nine 20. 21. 22. 28. 29. 30, 40. 50. 60. 70 80. 90. 99. 100. 101. 102. 200. 300. 400. 500. 600. 700. 800. 900. 1000. 2000. 100,000. 1,000.000. 2,000,000. decern, ten undecim, duodecim, twelve tredecim, thirteen quattuordecim, fourteen quindecim, fifteen sedecim, sixteen septcndecim, seventeen duodeviginti, eighteen undeviginti, nineteen viginti, twenty unus (a, um) et viginti or v. un duo (ae, o) et viginti or v. d. duodetriginta undetriginta triginta quadraginta quinquaginta sexaginta septuaginta octoginta nonaginta undecentum. primus, a, um, first secundus, second tertius, third quartus, fourth quintus, fifth sextus, sixth Septimus, seventh octavus, eighth nonus, ninth decimus, tenth undecimus, eleventh duodecimus, twelfth tertius (a^m) decimus (a,um) quartus decimus, fourteenth quintus decimus, fifteenth sextus decimus, sixteenth Septimus decimus, seventeenth duodevicesimus, eighteenth undevicesimus, nineteenth centum centum et unus (a, um) or c.un. centum et duo (ae, o) or c. d. ducenti, ae, a trecenti quadringenti quingenti sexcenti septingenti octingenti nongenti mille duo milia ; 3000 tria milia, etc. ' centum milia 1 decies centum milia i vicies centum milia. vicesimus, twentieth unus (a,um) et vicesimus (a,um) alter (a,um)et vicesimus (a,um)' duodetricesimus undetricesimus tricesimus quadragesimus quinquagesimus sexagesimus septuagesimus octogesimus nonagesimus undecentesimus centesimus [pr. c. ( a, um ) et primus ( a, um ) or c. c. (a, um ) et alter (a, um) ore. alt. ducentesimus trecentesimus quadringentesimus quingentesimus sexcentesimus septingentesimus octingentesimus nongentesimus millesimus bis millesimus ; 3000 ter m. etc, centies millesimus decies centies millesimus vicies centies millesimus. 1 Or vicesimus (a, um) et alter (a, um). 3-] NUMERALS. 37 NUMERALS. Distribu. (how many at a time ?) | Adverbial (how many times ?) | singuli, ae, a, 2 one at a time semel, once L bini, ae, a, fww a* a time bis, twice ■ H. terni, £Aree a* a time ter, thrice in. quaterni, four at a time quater, four times IV. quini, Jive at a time quinquies, five times v. seni, six at a time sexies, six times VI. septeni, seven at a time septies, seven times VII. octoni, eight at a time octies, eight times VIII. noveni, nine at a time novies, nine times IX. deni, ten at a time decies, ten times X. undeni, eleven at a time undecies, eleven times XI. duodeni, twelve at a time duodecies, twelve times XII. terni deni, thirteen at a time terdecies or tredecies XIIL quaterni deni, fourteen at a time quaterdecies XIV. quini deni, fifteen at a time quindecies XV. seni deni, sixteen at a time sedecies XVI. septeni deni, seventeen at a time septiesdecies XVII. duode viceni, eighteen at a time duodevicies XVIIL undeviceni, nineteen at a time undevicies XIX. viceni, twenty at a time vicies, twenty times XX. viceni (ae, a) singuli (ae, a) vicies semel or semei et vicies XXI. viceni (ae, a) bini (ae, a) vicies bis XXII. duodetriceni duodetricies xxvrn. undetriceni undetricies XXIX. triceni tricies XXX. quadrageni quadragies XL. quinquageni quinquagies L. sexageni sexagies LX. septuageni septuagies LXX. octogeni octogies LXXX. nonageni nonagies xc. undecenteni undecenties IC. centeni centies c. eenteni (ae, a) singuli (ae, a) centies semel CI. centeni (ae, a) bini (ae, a) centies bis CII. duceni ducenties cc. treceni trecenties ccc. quadringeni quadringenties CD. quingeni quingenties D. sexceni sexcenties DC. septingeni septingenties DCC. octingeni octingenties DCCC. nongeni nongenties DCCCC. singula milia millies M. or do. bina milia ; 3000 ternam., etc. bis millies ; 3000 ter m., etc. IIM; 1IIM. centena milia centies millies ccclooo. decies centena milia decies centies millies ccccIdooo. vicies centena milia. vicies centies millies. he Singular. 2) Singulus, a, urn is not used in \ 4 NUMERALS. [§33. 5. The nine following numeral adjectives in us, a, um, and er, a, um form their Gen. Sing, in all three genders in lus* and their Dat. Sing, in I : unus, ullus, nullus, solus, totus, alius, uter, alter, neuter, and the compounds of uter, as : uterque, alteruter ; E. g. solus, a, um, G. solius, D. soil. — Alius has aliud in the neu- ter and in the Gen. alius (for aliius), in Dat. alii. In the com- pounds : uterque, utervis, utercunque, uterllbet, uter is declined and que, cunque, etc. are joined to the different cases, as : utrius- que, utrivis, utrumcunque utralibet. In alteruter (one of the two), commonly only uter is declined and alter is placed before it with- out change ; but sometimes both alter and uter are declined, thus : commonly : alteruter, alterutra, alterutrum, G. alterutrlus, occasionally : alter uter, altera utra, alteram utrum, G. alterius utrius. Alius, alia, aliud, an- other. alter, era, erum, the one or the other of two. neuter, tra, trum, neither of the two. nullus, a um, no one; no. solus, a, um, alone. totus, a, um, the whole. ullus, a, um, any one. unus, a, um, one. uter, tra, trum, which of the two f utercunque, utracun- que, utrumcunque, whoever, whichever of the two. uterllbet, utralibet, utrumllbet, who- ever, whichever (you please) of the two. uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of the two, both. 6. The numerals : duo, two, ambo, both, and tres, three, are de- clined as follows : Nom. and V. Gen. D. and Abl. Ace. duo, two duae, duo duorum, duarum, duorum duobus, dudbus, duobus duo and duos, duas, duo. So : ambo, ae, o, both. Read Exercise XVII. tres, three N. tria. trium tribus tres, tria Like tria is declined the PI. of mille : milia. * So also alterius, not (as is inferred from the poets) alterius. (§ 120. h.) § 34] TABLE OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 39 CHAPTER VIII. § 34. Table of the Prepositions. 1. Prepositions governing the Accusative. Ad, to, unto, accord- propter, near by, on ac- ante, before. ing to, for, at. count of. post, behind, after. apud, at, by, among, penes, with (in the pow- secundum, after, juxta, next to, by. er of some one). along, ace or ding to. prope, near by. ob,before, on account of. versus, towards. adversus and adver- cis, citra, on this side, extra, beyond, with- sum, towards, against, trans, over, on that out. contra, contrary to, side. infra, beneath, below. on the contrary, ultra, beyond, on that supra, over, above. against. side. per, through. erga, towards. inter, between, among, praeter, hard by, be- circa, circum, about, intra, within. sides. around. Rem. I. Versus generally stands in connection with the prepo- sitions ad or in ; the Ace. is placed between ad (in) and versus, as : in Italiam versus, ad Oceanum versus, towards Italy, towards the Ocean. But with names of cities ad and in are omitted, as : Romam versus, towards Rome. 2. Prepositions governing the Ablative. A, ab, abs, from, by. prae, before, by rea- cum, with. de, down from, away son of. sine, without. from, of, concern- pro, before, for. clam, without the ing, over. coram, before, in the knowledge of. e, ex, out of, from. presence of. tenus, up to. Rem. 2. A and e never stand before a vowel or h, while ab and ex may stand before vowels and most consonants ; abs is rarely used, most frequently before t. — Tenus is placed after the Abl. For the forms mecum, tecum, quocum etc., see § 28. Rem. 1. and § 30. Rem. 1. 3. Prepositions governing the Abl. (in answer to the question where f) and the Ace. (in answer to the question whither?) In, c. abl. in, at, by upon ; c. ace. super, over, concerning (gener- into, upon, against, towards. ally with ace. in answer to sub, under. both questions). subter, beneath (generally with ace. in answer to both ques- tions). Bmd Exercise XVIII. 40 GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. [§ 35. SECOND COURSE. GENDER AND IRREGULAR EORMS OF NOUNS § 35. Greek Nouns and Peculiar Endings of the First De- clension. Several nouns adopted from the Greek, have in the Nom., the endings, e Fern., as and es Masc. The declension of these differs from the Latin first Dec, only in the Sing. ; in the Plur. they are the same. Paradigms. Feminine. , Masculine, Sing. N". crambe", cabbage 'Aeneas, JEneas Anchises,Anchises G. crambes, of cabbage Aeneae Anehisae D. crambae, to cabbage Aeneae Anehisae A. cramberc, cabbage V. crambe, cabbage A. crambe, by cabbage Aeneam (poet.-anj Anchlse'n Aenea Anchise (poet.-tf) Aenea. Anchise". Rem. 1. Most appellatives and many proper names (mostly fern.) of this Dec, derived from the Greek, have more commonly the Latin than the Greek endings (i. e. a instead of e, as or es), in the strictly classical writers ; but there are several which have the Greek endings almost invariably, and, of proper names, espe- cially Patronymics (§ 78, II, 9). Most other proper names in es follow the third Dec ; but many of them have the Ace and Voc. according to the first Dec Rem. 2. The ancient ending of the Gen. Sino\ as (contracted from ais), is retained in common use in the forms : pater-, mater-, filius-, filia familias (with the same termination also in the Plur., as : patres familias) ; yet pater familiae is also used. — Instead of ae, the poets use also the genitive ending at, as : aulai (for aulae). — The ending arum of the Gen. Plur., in the case of cer- tain Gentile names and Greek Patronymics (see § 78, II, 0), and also in compounds with -cola and -gena, was contracted by the poets into um, as : Lapithum, Dardanldum, agricolum (for arum) ; in prose this ending occurs rarely except in amphora and drachma in connection with a numeral. Read Exercise XIX. 4* §36.] GENDER OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 41 § 36. Greek Nouns* and Gender of the Second Declension. Rule for the Gender. Us, er and ir are masculine, But um is of the neuter kind. Exceptions. Isles, lands, towns and trees in us, These are feminine in use. Also alvus, colus, humus, Vannus, periodus and carbdsus, Diphthongus too and dialectus. The neuter has but three in us : Virus, vulgus, peldgus. Alvus, i, f. belly. periodns, i, f. period. virus,i, n. juice, poison. colus, i, /. distaff. carbasus, i, /. linen. vulgus,i, n. the common humus, i, f ground, diphthongus, if.diph- people. earth. thong. pelagus, i, n. ( a po- vannus, i, /. corn fan. dialectus, \,f. dialect. etic word) sea. Also arctus, the bear, is fem. and a few others, mostly of Greek origin, and principally in poetry. Remark. The following are masculine contrary to the general rule (§ 13.) for countries, towns, and trees : Pontus, Hellespontus, Isthmus, Bosporus ; also plurals in ?, as : Delphi, Delphorum, also names of trees in er, and many plants in us, as : oleaster, tri, wild olive tree, asparagus, calamus, etc. Besides, all names of countries, cities, and mountains in um (on), G. i, and plurals in a, G. orum are neuter, as: Latium, Saguntum, Pelion, Leuctra (orum). Read Exercise XX. * Some Greek nouns of the second Dec, but rarely except in poetry, have the ending os (Ace. on) masc. and fem. and on for the neut., as : llios, Ilion. — The Greek Nom. plur. in ae (= oi) is rare, as: Canephorae; — also the Greek Gen. plur. in on (= cov) for orum is rare, as: Georgicon libri. — Greek words in eus (one syllable) are thus declined: N. Orpheus (two syllables), G. Orphei (contracted Orphi), D. and A. Orpheo, Ace. Orpheum; also, after the third Dec: D. Orphei (two syl.), contr. Orphi, and Ace Orphea (rare ea), and Orphea. — The Voc Sing, of Greek names in us (= ovc) ends in u, as: Panthus, Panthu; — Greek words of the Attic second Dec in e)rds, thou hadst loved amd- (ve) rat, he, she. it had loved amd-(i7e)ram«Sj we had loved amd-(ue)rd^s, you had loved amd-(i;e)ra^, they had loved amd-(vi)ssem, I might have loved sund-(vi)sses, thou mightest have 1. amd- ( vi )sset,he,she i it might have 1. amd-(vt)ssemus, we might have loved amd-(vi) ssefr's, you might have loved amd-{i7i)ssent, they might have loved. VI. Future Perfect. 2 amd-(ve)ro, I shall have loved amd-(ve)rls, thou wilt have loved amd-(ve )rlt, he, she, it will have loved ama-ucjr'iwizs, we shall have loved amd-(ve)riiis, you will have loved amd-(ve)rint, they will have loved. Imperative. 3 amd, love thou amfl-to, thou shouldest love amd-fo, he, she, it should love amfl-ie, love ye amd-tote, you should love amd-nto, they should love. Supine. 1 ) amd-iftm, in order to love 2) amfl-fw, to love, be loved. Infinitive. Pres. amd-re. to love Perf am d-(vi)sse, to have loved /W. amd-furfis, a, w/?i, esse, to will love, 4 (that one) will love. Participle. Pres. ama-ns, loving Fut. amd-turus, a, um, intending, wishing, about to love. Gerund. Nom. ama-??eft/?rtest,one(we) mustlove Gen. ama-ndi, of loving, or to love Oat. ama-udo, to loving, or to love Ace. ama-)idu/n (e. g. ad), loving Abl. ama-ndo, by loving. II. Moneo, month', momtum, monere. Characteristic : e long. Indicative, Subjunctive. V. Pluperfect. monueram, I had admonished m on ue ras, thou hadst admonished monuissejn, I might have admonished monuisses, thou mightest have ad. monuerat, he, she, it monuisset, he, she, it had admonished | might have ad. monuerdmus, we monuisscmus, we had admonished ; might have ad. momierdtis, you momussetis, you had admonished might have ad. momcerant, they monuissent they had admonished might have ad. VI. Future Perfect. 2 monuero, I shall have admonished monwms, thou wilt have admonished monuerit, he, she, it will have admon. monuerimus, we shall have admonished monueritis, you will have admonished monuerint, they will have admonished. Imperative. mone, admonish thou monefo, thou shouldest admonish moncfo, he, she, it should admonish monete, admonish ye monetote, you should admonish monento, they should admonish. Supine. 1 ) momtum, in order to admonish 2) monitu, to admonish, be admon. Infinitive. Pres. monere, to admonish Perf. monuisse, to have admonished Fut. moniturus, a, um, esse, to will admonish, (that one) will ad. Participle. Pres. moTiens, admonishing Fut. moniturus, a, um, intending, wishing, about to admonish. Gerund. N. monendinn est, one (we) must ad. G. monendi, of admonishing, or to ad. D. monendo. to admonishing, or to ad. A. monendum (e. g. ad), admonishing A. monendo, by admonishing. The Subjunctive Future is expressed periphrastically : amaturus, monitu- rus, recturus, auditurus (si, um) sim, sis, etc., / will love, thou wilt love, etc., or amaturus, etc., essem, / would love. 2 ) Also the Future Perfect has no Sub- § 50.] ACTIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 63 III. Rego, rexi rectum, regere. IV. Audio, audii; i auditum, audire. Characteristic : e short Characteristic : i long. Indicative. Subjunctive. Indicative, Subjunctive. V. Pluperfect. V. Pluperfect. rexeram, I had gov.- rexissem, I might audi(v)eram, I had audi(?;i)s-sem, I erned have governed heard might have heard xexeras, thou hadst rexisses, thou audi (v) eras, thou audi(vi)sses, thou governed mightest have g. hadst heard mightest have h. rexerat, he, she, it rcxisset, he, she, it audi(v)erat, he, she, audi[vi)sset, he. she, had governed might have gov. it had heard it might have h. rexerdmus, we had rexissemus, we audi(v)erdmus, we audi(i:i)sse?7ii/s, we might have heard governed might have gov. had heard rexerdtis, you had rexissetis, you audi(v)erdtis, you audi(vi)ssetis, you governed might have gov. had heard m ight have heard rexfrant, they had rexissent, they audi (v)erant, they audi{vi)ssent, they governed might have gov. had heard might have heard. VI. Future Perfect. 2 VI. Future Perfect. 2 rexero, I shall have governed a,udi(v)ero, I shall have heard rexeris, thou wilt have governed audi(v)eris, thou wilt have heard vexerit, he, she, it will have governed audi(v)erit, he, she, it will have heard rexerlmus, we shall have governed audi(v)erimus, we shall have heard rexerltis, you will have governed aud i (v )erltis, you will have heard rexerint, they will have governed. audi^erint, they will have heard. Imperative. 3 Imperative. reg-e, govern thou audi^ hear thou regita, thou shouldest govern audita, thou shouldst hear regita, he, she, it should govern audita, he, she, it should hear regite, govern ye audlte, hear ye regitote, you should govern audltote, you should hear regunto, they should govern. audiunto^ they should hear. Supine. Supine. 1) rectum, in order to govern 1 ) audltam, in order to hear 2) recta, to govern, be governed. 2) audita, to hear, be heard. Infinitive. Infinitive. Pres. regere, to govern Pres. audire, to hear Perf. rexisse, to have governed Perf. audi(vi)sse, to have heard Fut. recturus, a, um esse, to will gov- Fut. auditurus, a, um esse, to will ern, 4 (that one) will gov. hear, 4 (that one) will hear. Participle. Participle. Pres. regens, governing Pres, zudiens, hearing Fut. rectarws, a, um. intending, wish- Fut. auditurus, a, um, intending, wish- ing, about to govern. ing, about to hear. Gerund. Gerund. N. regendum est, one (we) must gov. N. audiendum est, one (we) must hear G. regendi, of governing, or to govern G. audiendi, of hearing, or to hear D. regendo, to governing, or to govern D. audiendo, to hearing, or to hear A. regendum (e. g. ad)., governing A. audiendum (e. g. ad), hearing A. regendo, by governing. A. audiendo, by hearing. ' junctive. 3 ) These four imperatives without e are to be noted : die, due, foe, fer, from : dico. duco, facio, fero. 4 ) The English language has no Infin. Fu- ture (to will love) but uses in its stead the Inf. Present. 64 PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. [§ 51. 51. PAS Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. amor, I am loved art amans, thou loved amdtur, he, she, is loved amomfir, we are loved amdmrni, you are loved amantur, they are loved amer, I may be loved ameris(e), thou may est be loved ameiflr, he. she, it may be loved ameraw, we may be loved amemini, you may be loved amentur, they may be loved. was thou am dbar, I loved amdbdns(e), wast loved amdbdtur, he, she, it was loved avadbdmur, we were loved amdbdminlj you were loved amdbantur, they were loved II. Imperfect. IV. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. moneor, I am ad monished monen's, thou art admonished mone^wr, he, she, it is admonished monemur, we are admonished monemini, you are admonished monentur, they are admonished amdrer, I might be loved amarem(e) thou mightest be 1. amdretur, he, she, it might be loved amdremur, we might be loved am dremini, you might be loved amdrentur, they might be loved. III. Future, amdbor, I shall be loved amdberis (e), thou wilt be loved amdbitur, he, she, it will be loved amdbimur, we shall be loved amdbimini, you will be loved amdbuntiir, they will be loved. IV. Perfect. a) Indicative. monedr, I may be admonished moneam(e), thou mayest be ad. m on edtur, he, she, it may be ad. monedmur, we may be admonished monedmini, you may be admon. moneantur, they may be admon. XT. Imperfect, monebar, 1 was ad- monerer, I might monished be admonished moneoam(e), thou monerem(e), thou wast admonished mightest be ad. moiaebdtur, he, she, moneretur, he, she, it was admon. it might be ad. monebdmur, we moneremur, we were admonished might be ad. monebdmini, you moneremini, you were admonished might be ad. monebantur, they monerentur, they were admonished! might be ad. III. Future. mone&dV, I shall be admonished monebms(e), thou wilt be admonished moncbitur, he, she, it will be admon. mcmebimur, we shall be admonished monebiniini, you will be admonished mon&buntur, they will be admonished. amatus. a, um amati, ae, a sum, I have been loved, was 1. es, thou hast been loved, etc. est, he, she, it has been loved sumiis, we have been loved estis, you have been loved [sunt, they have been loved b) Subjunctive, monitus,'sM«i, I have been admonished es, thou hast been admonished est, he, she, it has been ad. sujuus, we have been admon. estis, you have been admon. sunt, they have been admon. um moniti, ae, a amatus,s?m, I may have been loved a, sis, thou mayest have been 1. um \sit, he, she, it may have been 1. amati, slmus, wc may have been 1. ae, js7,/is, you may have been loved a \sint, they may have been loved. monitus, sim, I may have been admon- a, sis, thou mayest have been ad- um sit, he, she, it may have been a- moniti, simus, we may have been ad. ae, \sitis, von may have been ad. a \sint, they may have been ad. § 51.] PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 65 SITE. III. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. regor, lam govern- |regar, I may be ed | governed regeris, thou art regam.(e), thou governed ! mayest be gov. regltur. he, she, it vegdtur, he, she, it is governed I may be governed regii?iu?\ we are \regd?nur, we may governed be governed reglmini, you aieregdmini, you may governed be governed regunXur, they are regantur, they may governed be governed. II. Imperfect, regebar, I was gov- regerer, I might be erned regebdris(e), thou wast governed regebdtur, he, she, it was governed j governed reg«reris(e), thou mightest be gov. regeretur, he, she, it might be gov. regebdmur, we were regeremw, we governed j might be gov. regebd?nini, you regeremini, you were governed ; might be gov. regebantur, they vegerentur, they were governed I might be gov. III. Future, regdr, I shall be governed regem(e), thou wilt be governed regej^, he, she, it will be governed regemur, we shall be governed regemini, you will be governed regentur, they will be governed. IV. a) IV. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. audior, I am heard jaudia?*, I may be | heard audlm. thou art jaud*am(e) thou heard mayest be heard audlft/r, he, she, itiaudjofm*, he, she, it is heard may be heard a.udi?nur, we are aucfc'dnhir, we may heard be heard SLXx&imini, you are audza??n'?2?',youmay heard be heard audiuntur, they are audiantu r, they may heard i be heard. II. Imperfect. rectus, sum, I have been governed a, es, thou hast been governed um est, he, she, it has been governed recti, sumus, we have been governed ae, estis, you have been governed a [sunt, they have been governed audiebar, I was audirer, I might be heard heard audiebdris(e), thou audirem(e), thou wast heard mightest be heard audiebdtur, he, she, audiretur, he, she it was heard it might be heard audiebdmur, we audiremur, we were heard might be heard audi£bd?ni?ii, you axxdlremini, you were heard might be heard audiebantur, they \audlrentur, they were heard | might be heard. III. Future. aud'idr, I shall be heard aud?em(e), thou wilt be heard audietur, he, she, it will be heard audiemur, we shall be heard audiemini, you will be heard ! audientur, they will be heard. Perfect. Indicative. audltus, sum. I have been heard, was h a. um audlti, ae, a b) Subjunctive. rectus, a, um recti, ae, a sim, I may have been governed sis, thou mayest have been gov. sit, he, she, it may have been g. ^simus, we may have been gov. sitis, you may have been gov. jsiitf, they may have been gov. 6* audit us. a, um auditi, ae, a thou hast been heard, etc. est, he, she. it has been heard sumus. we have been heard estis, you have been heard sunt, they have been heard sim, I may have been heard sis, thou mayest have been h. sit, he, she, it may have been h. simus, we may have been heard sitis, you may have been heard sint they may have been heard. G6 PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. [§ 51. V. Pluperfect. a) Indicative. amatus, a, um amati, ae, a amatus, a, um amati, ae, a amatus, a, um amati, ae, a eram, I had been loved eras, thou hadst been loved erdt, he, she, it had been loved erdmus, we had been loved erdtls, you had been loved erant they had been loved monitus, a, um moniti, ae, a eram, I had been admonished eras, thou hadst been ad. erat, he, she, it had been ad. eramus, we had been ad. eratis, you had been ad. erant, they had been ad. essem, I might have been loved esses, thou mightest have been loved esset, he, she, it might have been loved essemus, we might have been loved essetis, you might have been 1. essent, they might have been 1. b) Subjunctive. monitus. a, um moniti, ae, a essem, I might have been ad. esses, thou mightest have been admonished esset, he, she. it might have been admonished essemus, we might have been admonished essetis, you might have been ad. essent, they might have been ad. ero, I shall have been loved wilt have been VI. Future Perfect, (Indicative). monitus, ero, I shall have been admon- ished a, eris, thou wilt have been ad- monished um erit, he, she, it will have been admonished moniti, erimus, we shall have been ad- monished ae, eritis, you will have been ad- monished a erunt, they will have been ad- monished. ens, thou loved erit, he, she, it will have been loved erimus, we shall have been loved eritis, you will have been loved erunt, they will have been loved. Imperative. am are, be thou loved sandtor, thou shouldest be loved ama'or, he, she, it should be loved amdmini, be ye loved amamindr, you should be loved amantor, they should be loved. Infinitive. Pres. amdrl, to be loved Perf. amatus, a, um esse, to have been loved Fut. amdtum irl, 1 to will be loved, (that one) will be loved. Participle. Perf amatus, a, um, loved Fut. amandusj a, um, what should be loved. Imperative. monere, be thou admonished monefor, thou shculdst be admonished monefor, he, she, it should be admon. monejnini, be ye admonished moneminor, you should be admonished monentor, they should be admonished. Infinitive. Pres. moneW, to be admonished Perf monitus, a, um, esse, to have been admonished Fut. monitum in', 1 to will be admonish- ed, (that one) will be admonished. Participle. Perf monitus, a. um, admonished Fut. monendus, a, um, what should be admonished. l ) amatum, monitum, rectum, audltum are Supines and hence cannot be de- Bead Erer § 51.] PASSIVE OF THE FOUK REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 67 V. Pluperfect, a) Indicative. rectus, a, um recti, ae, eram, I had been governed eras, thou hadst been governed erat, he, she, it had been govern. era i it us , we had been governed eratis, you had been governed erant they had bee* governed. auditus, a, um auditi, ae, a eram, I had been heard eras, thou hadst been heard erat, he, she, it had been heard eramus, we had been heard eratis, you had been heard { erant, they had been heard. b) Subjunctive. TQCtnSj ] esse?n, I might have been gov. a, jesses, thou mightest have been I governed um |esse£, he, she. it might have been governed recti, ^essemus, we might have been j governed ae, ■essetis, you might have been gov. a \essent, they might have been gov. auditus, a, auditi, ae, a essem, I might have been heard esses, thou mightest have been heard esset, he, she, it might have been heard essemus, we might have been heard essetis, you might have been h. essent, they might have been h. VI. Future Perfect, (Indicativ rectus ; a, um recti, ae, a ero, I shall have been gov- erned eris, thou wilt have been gov- erned erit, he, she, it will have been governed erimus, we shall have been gov- erned eritis, you will have been gov- erned erunt, they will have been gov- erned. Imperative. regeYe. be thou governed regitoi*, thou shouldst be governed regltor, he, she, it should be governed regimini, be ye governed regiiuiaor, you should be governed reguntor, they should be governed. Infinitive. Pres. regi, to be governed Perf rectus, a, um, esse, to have been governed Fut. rectum iri, 1 to will be governed, (that one) will be governed. Participle. Perf rectus, a, um, governed Fut. regendus, a, um, what should be governed. auditus, ero, I shall have been heard eris, thou wilt have been heard erit, he, she, it will have been heard auditi, erimus, we shall have been heard eritis, you will have been heard erunt, they will have been heard. Imperative. audlre, be thou heard auditor, thou shouldst be heard auditor, he, she, it should be heard SLU&lmijii, be ye heard axidiminor, you should be heard audiuntor, they should be heard. Infinitive. Pres. audlH, to be heard Perf. audits, a, um esse, to have been heard Fut. audltum iri, 1 to will be heard (that one) will be heard. Participle. Perf audits, a, um, heard Fut. midiendus, a, um, what should be heard. clined. That the English language has no Inf. Fut. has already been stated. cise XXV, 7 68 DEPONENTS OF TJHE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. r§52. §52. DEPO Of the four I. Hortor, hortatus sum, hortari. Characteristic : a long. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. hortor, I exhort horta-m, thou ex hottest hortd-tur, he, she it exhorts ■horta-wwr, we ex hort hortd-mini, you ex hort horta-ntur, they ex- hort II. Imperfect. horte-r, I may ex- hort horte-m(e), thou mayest exhort horte-^wr, he, she. it may exhort horte-mwr, we may exhort horte-mzwi, you may exhort horte-ntur, they may exhort. II. Vereor, vsvitus sum, verm. Characteristic : e long. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. I re er- rev- horta-6ar, I exhort- ed, was exhorting horta-6am(e), thou exh., wast exh. hortd-batur, he, she, it exh., was exh. horta-6am&r, we exh., were exh. hor td-bdminl, you exh., were exh. I might hovtd-rer exhort hortd-rer?s(e), thou mightest exhort hortd-retur, he, she. it might exhort horta-remwr, we might exhort hortd-remini, you might exhort hortd-bantur, they \hortd-re?itur, they exh., were exh. I might exhort. III. Future (Indicative). 1 hortd-bor, I shall exhort h.ortd-beris{e), thou wilt exhort hor td-bitur, he, she, it will exhort riortd-bimitr, we shall exhort hortd-bimlnii, you will exhort hoi'td-buntftr, they will exhort. vere-er, ence vere-ns, thou erencest vere-tar, he, she, it reverences vere-T/zwr, we rev- erence vere-mtm, you rev- erence yere-ntur, they rev- jver e-antur, they erence ! may reverence. II, Imperfect. vere-5ar, I rever-vere -rer, I might enced, was rev. reverence vere-6dm(e), thouivere-reWs(e) thou rev. 'dst. wast rj mightest rev. veve-bdtur, he, she, vere-rester, he, she, it might rev. vere-er, I may rev- erence vere-am(e) thou mayest rev. vere-dtur, he, she, it may reverence vere-dmur, we may reverence vere-dmira, you mav reverence vere-remur, we might reverence vere-r§mfwt, you might reverence \ere-rentw\ they might reverence. it rev., was rev. vere-bdmur, we rev were rev. vere-bdmini, you rev., were rev. vere-bantur, they rev., were rev. III. Future (Indicative)} vere-bor, I shall reverence rere-beris(e), thou wilt reverence vere-Btwr, he, she, it will reverence vere-bimur, we shall reverence yere-bimini, you will reverence xerc-buntur. they will reverence. horta-tus, a, um horta-ti, ae, a IV. Perfect. a) Indicative. sum, I have exhorted, exhor is, thou hast exhorted, etc. est, he, she, it has exhorted sumus, we have exhorted estis, you have exhorted sunt, they have exhorted veri-tus sum, I have reverenced, rev. a, es, thou hast reverenced, etc. um est, he, she, it has reverenced verl-ti, sumus, we have reverenced ae, estis, you have reverenced a sunt, they have reverenced horta-tus, 'sim, I may have exhorted a, jSis, thou mayest have ex. um sit, he, she, it may have ex. horta-ti, simus, we may have exhorted ae, sills, you may have exhorted a sint, they may have exhorted. h) Subjunctive. veri-tus's/m, I may have reverenced a, sis, thou mayest have rev. um sit, he, she. it may have rev. verl-ti, simus, we may have reverenced ae, sitis, you may have reverenced a sint, they may have reverenced. § b2.~\ DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 69 NENTS Conjugations. III. Fungor, functus sum, fungi. Characteristic : e short. IV. Partzor, partitas sum, partirz. Characteristic : i long. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. Indicative. Subjunctive. I. Present. fung-or, I manage fung-ms, thou managest fung-itur, he, she, it manages fung-imwr, we manage fung-imini, you manage fimg-untur, they manage fung-ar, I may manage fung-am(e), thou mayest manage fung-dtur, he. she, it may manage fung-dmur, we may manage fxmg-dmini, you may manage i\mg-antur, they may manage. partz-or, I divide di- ll. Imperfect. fung-e&ar, I man- aged, was m. fxmg-ebdris (e), thou managedst,was m. fxmg-ebdtur, he, she, it m., was m. fxmg-tbdmur, we managed,were m. fung-ebdmini, you managed,were m. fxmg-ebantur, they managed,were m. III. Future (Indicative). 1 fung-ar, I shall manage fung-em(e), thou wilt manage fung-etar, he, she, it will manage fung-emwr, we shall manage fimg-emini, you will manage fxmg-entur, they will manage. fung-erer, I might manage fung-ererzs(e), thou mightest manage fung-eretar, he, she, it, might manage fung-eremur, we might manage fxmg-eremini, you might manage fung-erentar, they might manage. parti-rzs, thou videst parti-far, he, she, it divides parti- mur, we di- vide partl-minz, you di- vide -p&rti-untur, they divide II. Imperfect. parti-e&ar.Idivided, parti-rer, I was dividing divide parti-e6dm(e),thouparti-rerzs(e,) thou dividedst, was d. mightest divide parti-etowr, he,she, partf -retar, he, she, partz-ar, I may di- vide partz-an's(e), thou mayest divide partz-atar, he, she, it may divide partz-amzzr, we may divide parti- dmlni, you may divide -p&rti-antur, they may divide. might it divided, was d. parti- ebdmur, we divided, were d v&rti-ebdmini, you divided, were d, it might divide partt-remwr, we might divide vsLrti-remini. you might divide func-tus. a, um func-ti, ae, a func-tus, a, um func-ti, ae, a v&rti-ebantur, they|parti-mztar, they divided, were d. | might divide. III. Future (Indicative)} parti-ar, I shall divide partz-erzs(e), thou wilt divide partz'-etar, he, she, it will divide partz-emwr, we shall divide partz-ewii/zz, you will divide •parti-entur, they will divide. IV. Perfect. a) Indicative. sum, I have managed, manag. es, thou hast managed, etc. est, he, she, it has managed sumus, we have managed estis, you have managed sunt, they have managed. parti-tus a, um partl-ti, ae, a sum, I have divided, divided thou hast divided, etc. est, he, she, it has divided sumus, we have divided estis, you have divided sunt, they have divided. sim, I may have managed sis, thou mayest have m. sit, he, she, it may have m. simus, we may have managed sitis, you may have managed sint, they may have managed. b) Subjunctive. parti-tus, \sim, I may have divided a. \sis, thou mayest have divided um \sit, he, she, it may have d. partl-ti, simus, we may have divided ae, [sitis, you may have divided a \sint, they may have divided. 70 DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. [§52. V. Pluperfect. a) Indicative. horta-tus. a, um horta-ti, ae, a horta-tus. a, um horta-ti, ae, a erdm, I had exhorted eras, thou hadst exhorted erdt, he, she, it had exhorted erdmus, we had exhorted erdtis, you had exhorted erant, they had exhorted ven-tus, a, um veri-ti, ae, a b) Subjunctive. eram, I had reverenced -as, thou hadst reverenced erat. he, she, it had reverenced eramus, we had reverenced eratis, you had reverenced erant, they had reverenced. essem, I might have exhorted esses, thou mightest have ex. esset, he, she, it might have ex. essemus, we might have ex. essetts, you might have ex. essent, they might have ex. veri-tus,jessem, I might have reverenced a, esses, thou mightest have rev. um esset, he, she, it might have rev. veri-ti, essemus, we might have rev. ae, essetis, you might have rev. a \essent, they might have rev. VI. Future Perfect (Indicative). 1 horta-tus, erd, I shall have exhorted a, eris, thou wilt have exhorted um erit. he, she, it will have ex. horta-ti, erimus, we shall have ex. ae, iritis , you will have exhorted a erunt, they will have ex. Imperative. horta-re, exhort thou h.OYtd-tor, thou shouldest exhort hoYtd-tor, he, she, it should exhort hoYtd-minl, exhort ye hortd-mindr, you should exhort hoYta-ntor, they should exhort. Infinitive. Pres. horta-ri, to exhort Perf. hoYtd-tus, a, um esse, to have exhorted Fut. hoYtd-turus, a, um esse, to will exhort 2 , (that one) will exhort. Participle. Pres. horta-?zs, exhorting Perf. hoYtd-tus, a, um, having exhorted Fut. 1 ) Act. hortd-turus, a, um, intend- ing, wishing, about to exhort Fut. 2) Pass. hoYta-ndus, a, um, what should be exhorted. Gerund. N. horta- ndum est, one (we) must ex. G. hortiz-ndi, of exhorting, to exhort D. horta-ndo, to exhorting, to exhort A. hoYta-ndum (e. g. ad), exhorting, to exhort A. horta-ndo, by exhorting. Supine. Ace. hoYtd-tum, in order to exhort Abl. hoYtd-tu, to exhort, be exhorted. veri-tus, ero, I shall have reverenced a, eris, thou wilt have reverenced um erit, he, she, it will have rev. veri-ti, erimus, we shall have rev. ae, eritis, you will have rev. a erunt, they will have rev. Imperative. vere-re, reverence thou vere-for, thou shouldest reverence % vere-for, he, she, it should reverence vere- mini, reverence ye YeYe-minor, you should reverence veYe-ntor, they should reverence. Infinitive. Pres. vere-n, to reverence Perf. veY-ttus, a, um esse, to have rev- erenced Fut. veYi-tiirus, a, um esse, to will reverence* 2 , (that one) will rev. Participle. Pres. vere-ws, reverencing Perf \QYi-tus, a, um, having reverenced Fut. 1 ) Act. VQYi-turus, a, um, intend- ing, wishing, about to reverence Fut. 2) Pass. \GYe-ndus, a, um, what should be reverenced. Gerund. N. veYe-ndum est, one (we) must rev. G. veYe-ndi, of reverencing:, to rev. D. \eYe-ndo, to reverencing, to rev. A. veYe-ndum (e. g. ad), reverencing, to reverence A. \ere-ndo, by reverencing. Supine. Ace. vert-turn, in order to reverence Abl. veYi-tu, to reverence, be reverenced. *) The Subjunctive of both the futures is wanting. See Remark 1) and 2) to § 50. — 2 ) See Read Exer § 52.1 DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 71 V. Pluperfect, a) Indicative. func-tus, eram, I had managed partl-tus, a, eras, thou hadst managed a, um erat, he, she, it had managed um func-ti, eramus, we had managed partl-ti, ae, eratis, you had managed ae, a era?it, they had managed. a b) Subjunctive. func-tus, 'essem, I might have managed esses, thou mightest have m. esset, he, she, it might have m. essemus, we might have m. essetis, you might have m. essent, they might have m. a, um func-ti, ae, a partl-tus, a, um partl-ti, ae, a era???, I had divided eras, thou hadst divided era£, he, she, it had divided eramus, we had divided eratis, you had divided erant, they had divided. essem, I might have divided esses, thou mightest have d. esset, he, she, it might have d. essemus, we might have d. essetis, you might have d. essent, they might have d. VI. Future Perfect {Indicative)? func-tus, 'ero, I shall have managed a, eris, thou wilt have managed um erit, he, she, it will have man func-ti, erimus, we shall have managed ae, eritis, you will have managed a erunt, they will have managed. Imperative. fung-ere, manage thou fung-zfor, thou shouldest manage fung-itor, he, she, it should manage fung-vmini, manage ye fxmg-iminor, you should manage fung-imfor, they should manage. Infinitive. Pres. fung-*, to manage Perf func-tus, a, um esse, to have managed Fut. fxmc~turus, a, um esse, to will manage 2 , (that one) will man. Participle. Pres. f\mg-e?is, managing Perf func-tus, a, um, having managed Fut. 1) Act. func-furus, a, um, intend- ing, wishing, about to manage Fut. 2) Pass, fxmg-endus, a, um, what should be managed. Gerund. N. fxmg-endum est, one (we) must man. G. fung-endi, of managing, to manage D. fung-e??c/o, to managing, to manage A. fuug-endum (e. g. ad), managing, to manage A. fung-endo, by managing. Supine. Ace. func-turn, in order to manage Abl. func-^w, to manage, be managed. Remark 4) to § 50. partl-tus, ero, I shall have divided a, eris, thou wilt have divided um erit, he, she, it will have div. partl-ti, erimus, vre shall have divided ae, eritis, you will have divided a erunt, they will have divided. Imperative. parti-re, divide thou partl-for, thou shouldest divide parti-for, he, she, it should divide partz-wzW, divide ye partl-minor, you should divide •paxti-untor, they should divide. Infinitive. Pres. parti-n, to divide Perf. parti-tas, a, um esse, to have divided Fut. -psirti-twuSj a, um esse, to will divide 2 , (that one) will divide, Participle. Pres. -parti-ens, dividing Perf. yj&Yti-tus, a, um, having divided Fut. 1 ) Act. parti-tunts, a, um, intend- ing, wishing, about to divide Fut. 2) Pass, iparti-endus, a, um, what should be divided. Gerund. N. vaxti-endum est, one (we) must d. G. partz-e??oY, of dividing, to divide D. psii'ti-endo, to dividing, to divide A. -psLYti-endum (e. g. ad), dividing, to divide A. -p&Ytl-endo, by dividing. Supine. Ace. -psLYti-tum, in order to divide Abl. -p&Yti-tu, to divide, be divided. cise XXVIII 72 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. [§ 53. § 53. Periphrastic Conjugation. By joining the verb esse with the participles and with the gerund, a new conjugation is formed, called the periphrastic conjugation ; under this the following forms are to be noted : 1) Amaturus, a, um sum, / wish, intend, am destined, am about to (will) love. Indicative. Subjunctive. Present. amaturus sum, / am about to amaturus sim, / may be about to amaturus es, [(will) love, amaturus sis, [(will love. amaturus est, amaturus sit, hortaturi sumus, we are about to hortaturi simus, we may be about hortaturi estis, [(will) exhort, hortaturi sitis, [to (will) exhort. hortaturi sunt. hortaturi sint. Imperfect. moniturus eram, / would ad- moniturus essem, / would ad- [?nonish. [monish. Perfect. veriturus fui, I would have rev- veriturus fuerim, I would have [erenced. [reverenced. Pluperfect. recturus fueram, / would have recturus fuissem, I would have [governed. [governed. Future. functurus ero, I shall be about to wanting. [manage. Future Perfect. auditurus fu wo, I shall have been wanting, partiturus fueris. [about to hear. Infinitive. Pres.\ amaturus esse, to be about to (will) love [loved. Perf.\ amaturus fuisse, to have been about to love, would have Fut. | amaturus fore, to will be about to love, (that one) will be l [ready to love. 53.] PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 73 2) Amandus, a, um sura, I must be loved, one must love me : Pres. Indicative. Subjunctive. amandus sum, I must Je'amandus siui, Imustbe loved. loved, one must love me amaudus es, thou must be loved, one must love thee amandus est, he must be loved, one must love him hortandi sumus, we must be exhorted, one must exhort\ us Imperf. Per/. Plupf. Fut. F.P. Pres. Per/. Fut. one must love me amandus sis, thou must be loved, one must love thee amandus sit, he must be loved, one must love him hortandi simus, we must be exhorted, one must exhort us hortandi estis, you must be hortandi sitis, you must be exhorted, one must exhortl exhorted, one must exhort you you hortandi sunt, they must be hortandi sint, they must be exhorted, one must exhort exhorted, one must exhort them. them. monendus eram, I was to be monendus essem, I might be admonished, one was to to be admonished, one admonish me. might be to admonish me. verendus fui, I should have verendus fuerim, I may have been reverenced, one should been to be admonished, one have reverenced me. regendus fueram, I ought to have been governed, one ought to have governed may have been to admonish me. regendus fuissem, 7 might have been to be admon- ished, one might have been to admonish me. wanting. persequendus ero, I shall be to be pursued, one will be under obligation to pursue me. audiendus fuero, I shall have wanting. been to be heard, one will have been under obligation to hear me. metiendus fueris, thou wilt have been to be measured, one will have been under obligation to measure thee. Infinitive. amandus esse, to be under obligation to be loved. amandus fuisse, to have been under obligation to be loved. amandus fore, to wdl be under obligation to be loved, (that one) etc. 74 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. [§53. 3) Amandum est one must love, mihi amandum est, I must love, Comp. Synt. § 98. . Indicative. Subjunctive. Pres. amandum est, one must love amandum sit, one should love mihi amandum est, I must mihi amandum sit, / should love love tibi hortandum est, thou tibi hortandum sit, thou must exhort shouldst exhort ilii timendum est, he must illi timendum sit, he should fear fear nobis fatendum est, we must nobis fatendum sit, we should confess confess vobis legendum est, you vobis legendum sit, you must read should read illis loquendum est, they WMs loquendum sit, they must speak \ should speak puero audiendum est, ftbgpuero audiendum sit, the boy must hear J boy should hear viro experiendum est, the viris experiendum sit, men man must try, shoidd try. Imperf amandum erat, one was to amandum esset, one might love. be to love. jmihi amandum erat, / was mihi amandum esset, / might to love. i be to love. Perf. amandum fuit, one should amandum fuerit, i" may have have loved. been to love. Plupf. amandum fuerat, one ought amandum fuisset, / might to have loved. have been to love. Fut. amandum erit, one shall be\ wanting. to love. F. P. amandum fuerit, one shall wanting. i have been to love. Remark. So also in Deponents, as : hortandus sum, I must exhort, hortandum est, one must exhort. — Also, the Pres. Part, is used with esse in order to express a continuing action, as : amans sum, eram etc. ; still this usage is common only when the participle supplies the place of an adjective, as : amans (= studiosus) sum literaruin. Finally, the Perf. Part., when it signifies a state or condition, as : ornatus, one who is adorned (in a state of adorn- ment), may be connected with all forms of esse and form a peri- phrastic Conj. as : ornatus sum, eram, fui, fueram, ero, fuero, / § 53.] IRREGULAR FIRST CONJUGATION. 75 am, ivas etc. adorned ; also ornatum fore (would be adorned), in- stead of the more common ornatum iri. Patria amanda est, ' one's native country should be loved, one should love his native country;' patria nobis amanda est, i we should love our native country ;' hie liber tibi legendus est, ' thou shouldst read this book ;' milites duci adhortandi fuerunt, ' the general should have incited the soldiers/ Examples for the Gen., Dat., Ace. and AbL of the Gerundive. Comp. Synt. § 99. Ars navis gubernandae, ' the art of governing a ship ;' peritus sum equorum regendorum, ' I am skilful in governing horses ; ' asinus idoneus est magnis oneribus portandis, ' the ass is fitted for bearing great loads,' or, 4 to bear great loads.' corporis exercitationes plurimum valent ad valetudinem firman- dam, l exercise of the body avails much for confirming the health.' Uteris tractandis animus excolitur, l by the pursuit of letters the mind is cultivated.' FOURTH COURSE. IRREGULAR AND IMPERSONAL VERBS* Preliminary Remark. Yerbs are said to be irregular, either when they vary in the formation of their tenses from the great body of the verbs of a language (as those in the follow- ing list do from the paradigms given in §§ 50 and 51), or when they vary in their inflection,®? fail to form some parts which verbs commonly have (as is the case with the 'particular irreg- ular verbs and defective verbs which follow this list, §§ 69 — 76). * Most of the irregular verbs in the following classes are contained, also, in the Latin Vocabulary at the end of the book, where they may be found in alphabetical order. 76 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§§ 54, 55. — Impersonal verbs are those which are used only in the third person Sing. FIRST CONJUGATION. § 54. L The Perfect with Reduplication. Remark. The reduplication in do, consists in repeating the first consonant of the stem with e ; but in sto, in repeating the first two consonants of the stem with e, and then the s is dropped from the stem, hence : steti for ste-sti. Comp. spondeo, spopondi (§ 58, 7). 1. Do, dedi, datum, dare, to give. The a of the stem-syllable is short throughout, as : dabam, dabo, darein ; except das and da. So its compounds of which the first part is a word of two sylla- bles, as : circumdo, circumdedi, circumdatum, circumdare, to sur- round. Its compounds with monosyllables, on the contrary, chang- ing a into i (but into e before r), have : -do, -dldi, -ditum, -dere, and follow the third Conj., as : addo, addidi, addltum, addere, to add. 2. Sto, steti, stdtum, stare, to stand ; (c. abl. to be gained at the expense of, cost). Its compounds with monosyllabic prepositions have sfiti in the Perf., as : adsto (I stand by), adstiti, but those compounded with dissyllabic prepositions retain the steti, as : circumsto (I stand around), circumsteti. The Sup. of only a few of the compounds is used and is stdtum; only praesto (to stand before, bestow), has both praestitum and praestdtum. The Part. Fut. on the contrary, is always stdtiirus^ as : praestaturus, constaturus, obstaturus, etc. Read Exercise XXIX. § 55. II. Perfect: — ui ; Supine: — itum. 1. Crepo, crepui, crepitum, crepare, to creak. So commonly: increpo, ui, Itum, rarely dvi, dtum ; but dis- crepo, without Sup., generally has avi in the Perf. 2. Cubo, cub u i, cub itum, cubare, to recline. 56.'] FIRST CONJUGATION. 77 3. Domo, domui, (domavi old poet), domitum, domare, to tame, curb, subdue. 4. Mico, mi cut, Sup. wanting, micare, to glitter; So : errnco, emicui, emlcdtum, emicdre, to gush forth ; but, dimlco, I fight (a general battle), has dimicavi, atum, are. 5. Plico, plicavi and pit cut, plicdtum and plicitum, plicdre, to fold. This verb is used only in composition, as : explico, avi and ui, atum and itum, are, to explain. Cicero prefers the regular form : — avi, atum. (Those derived from adjectives in plex are of the first Conj., as : supplico (from supplex), duplico (from duplex). 6. Sono, sonui, sonitum, sonar -e, to sound, (but Part. Fut. sonaturus). 7. Tono, tonui, (Sup. wanting), tonare, to thunder. 8. Veto, vetui, vetitum, vet are, to forbid. Read Exercise XXX. §56. III. Perfect: — ui; Supine: — turn. 1. Frico, fricui, fricdtum (rarely frictum), fricdre, to rub. Refrico has refrictum, but refricaturus. 2. Neco, avi, atum, are, to kill; but eneco, enecui, ene- ctum, enecare, to kill by inches, to vex to death, to en- tirely exhaust. 3. Seco, secui, sectum, secare, to cut, (but Part. Fut. seca- turus). IV. Perfect: — i; Supine: — turn. 1. Juvo, jitvi, jutum, juvdre (c. ace), to aid, assist, (Part. Fut. juvaturus) But adjuvo has Fut. Part, adjuturus. 2. Lavo, lavi, lautiim, lavdre, to wash. The Infin. lavere is mostly poetic, and the Sup. lotum, after the classical period. Poto, potavi, potum, and potatum, potare, to drink. Bend Exercise XXXI. 7* 78 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 57. SECOND CONJUGATION. §57. I. Perfect: — ui; Supine: — turn. Preliminary Remark. Many verbs of the second Conj. have no Sup., viz. those from which adjectives in use, chiefly in idus, are formed, as : horreo, ui, to shudder, horrldus, hideous, paveo, pavi, to dread, pavldus, timid. 1. Arceo, arcui, (Sup. wanting), arcere, to keep from. The Part, artus (strait), is used as an adjective. The compounds, in which a of the stem passes into e, follow mo- neo, as : coerceo, ui, Itum, ere, to keep together. 2. Doc co, docui, doc turn, do cere (with two ace), to teach. 3. Misceo, miscui,mixtum and mi stum, miscere, to mix. 4. Teneo, tenui, (tentum in compos.), tenere, to hold. The compounds have: — tlneo, as: contineo, continui, contentum, continere. 5. Torreo, torrui, to stum, torrere, to dry, bake. II. Perfect : — ui ; Supine : — um, only : Censeo, censui, c en sum, censere, to rate, judge. So its compounds, but with the associate form of the Sup. in itum, as : recenseo, recensui, recensum and recensitum, to examine ; except succensere (to be displeased), percen- sere (to examine accurately, go through), which have no Sup. — Here belongs frendeo, frendui, fresum (fressum), frendere, see its corresponding form, § 61, 18. Remark. Taedet (it disgusts), has together with taeduit, also taesum est, but this is not used in the classical language ; the com- pound pertaedet, has in the Perf. only pertaesum est, e. g. pertae- sum est (me) levitatis, whence by later writers pertaesus, a, um (c. gen. or ace), disgusted, HI. Perfect: — evi ; Supinum : — etum. 1. Delco, evi, etum, ere, to destroy. 2. Flere, to weep. § 57.] FIRST CONJUGATION. 79 3. Nere, to spin. 4. The compounds of the obsolete plere (to fill), as : com- plere. Here belongs the compound of the obsolete oleo (I grow) : 5. Aboleo, abolevi, abolitum, abolere, to abolish; still this verb does not occur till after the Augustan period. Finally we have in this class : 6. Cieo, civi, citum, ciere, to rouse, raise, call (by name). So also the compounds, as : concieo, Ivi, Itum, iere, or regular, according to the fourth Conj.: concio, Ivi, Itum, ire, to excite, excieo, ivi, Itum, iere or excio, ivi, Itum, ire, to arouse, percieo, ivi, Itum, iere or percio, ivi, Itum, ire, to stir up, raise; but, accio, accivi, accitum, accire, to send for, de- sire to come, is of the fourth Conj. alone and always has the i of the Sup. long. IV. Perfect: — i; Supine: — turn. Preliminary Remark. The short vowel of the stem is lengthened in the Perf. 1. Caveo, cdvi, cautum, cavere, to be on one's guard (ab aliquo, against some one) ; to give security, provide. 2. Faveo, fdvi, (fautum rare), favere (c. dat.), to be favorable, to favor. 3. Foveo, fovij fotum, fovere, to warm, nurse, cherish. 4. Moveo, mo vi, mo turn, mover e, to move. 5. Voveo, vovi, votum, vovere, to vow, offer. Also the following without a Supine : 6. Ferveo, fervi (in comp. generally ferbui), fervere, to boil. 7. Paveo, pdvi, pavere, to dread (commonly expavescere), 8. Conmveo, (-nzvi and -nixi, neither of them used in good prose), conmvere, to close (the eyes), wink. Read Exercise XXXIL 80 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 58. § 58. V. Perfect: — i ; Supine — sum. (Comp. Prelim. Kem. to § 57. IV.) 1. Prandeo, prandi, p ran sum, prandere, to breakfast. 2. Sedeo, sedi, sessum, sedere, to sit. So the compounds with dissyllabic prepositions, as : cir- cumsedeo, edi, essum, ere, to sit around, to beset; but those with monosyllabic prepositions change the e of the stem-syl- lable into i, as : assideo, assedi, assessum, assidere, to sit by. 3. Strideo, s tridi, (Sup. wanting), stridere,to whiz (poet, also, strido, ere). 4. Video, vidi, visum, videre, to see. Also the following, whose Perf. takes the Reduplica- tion. 5. Mordeo, momordi, morsum, mordere, to bite, afflict. 6. Pendeo, pependi, (Sup. uncertain), pendere, to hang. 7. Spondeo, spopondi, sponsum, spondere, to promise, to become responsible for. 8. Tondeo, totondi, ton sum, tondere, to shear, cut. The reduplication in these verbs consists in a repetition of the first consonant of the stem with the first vowel of the stem. Concerning spopondi, see § 54. Rem. — The com- pounds of these verbs follow the simples, but are without the reduplication, as : admordeo, admordi, admorsum, to bite at ; praependeo, praependi, to hang before, respondeo, respondi, responsum, to answer ; detondeo, detondi, detonsum, to shave off- VI. Perfect: — si; Supine: — turn. 1. Augeo, auxi, auctum, augere, to increase. 2. Indulgeo, indulsi, (indultum rare), indulgere, to be indulgent, to give one's self up to. 3. Lugeo, luxi, (without Sup.), lugere, to mourn, lament. 4. Torqueo, torsi, tor turn, tor autre, to twist, torture. Read Exercise XXXIII. §§ 59, 60.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 81 § 59. VII. Perfect : — si ; Supine : — sum. 1. Mulceo, mulsi, mulsum, mulcere, to stroke. 2. Mulgeo, mulsi, m til sum, mulgere, to milk. 3. Tergeo, tersi, tersum, tergere, to wipe. 4. Ardeo, arsi, arsum, ardere, to burn, take fire. 5. JRldeo, risi, risum, rider e, to laugh. 6. Suddeo, sua si, sua sum, suddere, to advise. 7. Maneo, man si, man sum, manere, to remain. 8. Jubeo, jus si, jus sum, jubere, to bid, command, order. 9. Haereo, ha est, haesum, haerere, to bang, stick. Tbe following also without a Supine : 10. Algeo, alsi, algere, to suffer from cold, freeze. 11. Fidgeo, fulsi, fulgtre, to glitter, lighten. 12. Turgeo, tursi, turgere, to swell. 13. Urgeo, ursi, urgtre, to press, oppress. 14. Frigeo, (frixi rare), frig ere, to freeze. 15. Luceo, luxi, lucere, to shine. Viil. Perfect with passive form (Neuter Passives) ; without a Supine. 1. Audeo, ausus sum, audere, to dare. 2. Gaudeo, gdvlsus sum, gaudere, to rejoice. 3. Soleo, solitus sum, solere, to be accustomed (to do something). Read Exercise XXXIV. THIRD CONJUGATION. § 60. I. Perfect : — si ; Supine : — sum ; a) The stem ends in d or t: 1. Claudo, clausi, clausum, claudere, to close. In the compounds au passes into u, as : includo, (isi, usum, udere, to include. 82 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 60. 2. Divido, divisi, di visum, divider e y to divide. 3. Laedo, laesi, la e sum, laedere, to hurt. In the compounds ae passes into i, as : illido, isi, isum, Idere, to strike against. 4. Ludo, lit si, III sum, ludere, to play. 5. Plaudo, plausi, plausum, plaudere, to clap. So also applaudo (I applaud) ; in the remaining com- pounds au passes into 6, as : explodo, osi, osum, odere, to clap off, drive off. 6. Rddo, rdsi, rdsum, rddere, to shave, shear. 7. Rodo, rdsi, rdsum, rddere, to gnaw, slander. 8. Trudo, trusi, trusum, trudere, to thrust. 9. Vado, vddere, to go ; without Perf. and Sup. But the compounds have hoth, as : evado, evasi, eva- sum, evadere, to come out, escape. To these succeed the following : 10. Gedo, cessi, cessum, cedere, to give way. 1 1 . Mitto, mi si, mis sum, mittere, to send. 12. Qudtio, (Perf. wanting,) quassum, quatere, to shake. The compounds change qua into cu and form the Perf., as : decutio, decussi, decussum, decutere, to shake down. b) The stem ends in g y c, or ct: 13. Mergo, mersi, mersum, mergere, to plunge. 14. Spar go, spar si, spar sum, spar g ere, to scatter (sow). In the compounds a of the stem passes into e, as : con- spergo, ersi, ersum, ergere, to besprinkle. 15. Tergo, tersi, tersum, iergere, to wipe, (kindred form of tergere § 59. VII. 3). 16. Figo, fixi, fixum, figere, to fix. 17. Flecto, flexi, flexum, fleeter e, to bend. 18. Necto, nexui (nexi rarely), nexum, nectere, to unite, plait. 19. Pecto, pexi y pexum, pecUre, to comb. 20. Plecto, (plexi rare), plexiim, plectfre, to plait. S 61.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 83 c) Finally the two following belong here. 21 . Premo, pressi, pressum, premere, to press. In the compounds e of the stem before m passes into t, as : comprtmo, essi, essum, Imere, to press together. 22. Fluo (for fluvo), fluxi, (fluxus as adj.), fluere, to flow. Read Exercise XXXV. §61. II. Perfect : — ui ; Supine : — ta, — itum, — sum. 1 . Ah, alui, altum (later alttum) , ale re, to nourish. 2. Colo, colui, cultum, colere, to attend to, cultivate, honor. 3. Consulo, consului, consultum, consulere, to deliber- ate ; c. ace, to consult some one ; c. dat., to consult for some one. 4. Occulo, occului, oc cultum, occulere, to conceal. 5. Rdpio, rapui, rap turn, rap ere, to snatch, plunder, carry off. Compounds : — ripio, — ripui, — reptum, — ripere, as : arrlpio, i" seize, appropriate to myself. 6. Sero, serui, sertum, serere, to join together. 7. Texo, texui, textum, texere, to weave. 8. Depso, depsui, depstum, depsere, to knead. 9. Cumbo, cubui, cubit um, cumbere, to lie. The simple verb is not used, but its compounds, as : dis- cumbere, to lie down. 10. EUcio (from Obs. lacio), elicui, elicitum, elicere, to draw out. But the other compounds are regular, as : alli- cio, allexi, allectum, allicere, to allure. 11. Premo, fremui, f remit um, fremere, to murmur, grumble. 12. Gemo, gemui, ge ml turn, gemere, to groan, deplore. 13. Gigno, genui, genltum, gignere, to beget, produce. S4 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 62. 14. Molo, molui, molitum, molere, to grind. 15. Pinso, pinsui, pinsitum (and pinsum), pinsere, to bray, pound. 16. Pono, posui, posltum, ponere (in c. abl.), to place, lay. Pono arises from posmo, and posui from posivi. 1 7. Vomo, vomui, vo mi turn, vomer e, to vomit. 1 8. Frendo, frendui, fresum or f res sum, frendere, to gnash. (See also § 57. II.) 19. Meto, messui, me s sum, met ere, to mow, reap. Remark. The following want the Sup. : sterto, stertui, ster- tere, to snore, strepo, ui, ere, to rustle, sound, resound ; tremo, ui, ere, to tremble ; the compounds of pesco, as : compesco, compes- cui, compescere, to restrain ; volo, ui, velle, to wish ; and the com- pounds of cello except percellere: excello, antecello, praecello I excel, Pf. cellui ; excelsus and praecelsus (lofty, distinguished) are used adjectively. Read Exercise XXXVI. § 62. HI. Perfect: — vi ; Supine: — turn. The stem of the Pres. is strengthened by n or r : 1. Ui-n-o, levi, litum, liner e, to besmear, (also linio,li- n'xre, late). 2. Si-n-o, sivi, si turn, sinere, to let, permit. 3. Se-r-o, sevi, s a turn, serere, to sow. In the compounds, a of the Sup. passes into i, as : conse- ro, consevi, consitum, conserere, to seed down, plant. The following have suffered a transposition of letters in the Perf. and Sup. : 4. Cer-n-o, (crevi, c return, only in comp.), cernere, to sift, discern. 5. Sper-n-o, spr e'v i, spr etum, spernere, to spurn. 6. Ster-n-o, strdvi, stratum,, sterntre, to spread. § 63.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 85 Finally there belong here the following in sco (comp. § 67.) 7. Cre-s-co, crevi, c return, crescere, to grow. So : accrescere, to grow to, increase, excrescere, to grow up, decrescere, to decrease, recrescere, to grow again, con- crescere, to grow together ; the remaining compounds want the Sup. 8. No-sc-o, no vi, (not us as adj.), noscere, to be acquaint- ed with. So : internoscere, to distinguish, ignoscere, to pardon, per- noscere, to become thoroughly acquainted with, praenoscere, to become acquainted with before ; but, cognoscere, to become ac- quainted with, agnoscere (Part. Fut. Act. agnoturus), to per- ceive, praecognoscere, to become acquainted with previously, recognoscere, to become acquainted with again, to review, form the Sup. in xtum, as : cognxtum, 9. Pa-sc-o, pdvi, pas turn, pascere, to pasture, feed. 10. Quie-sc~o, quievi, qui e turn, quiesc ere, to rest. 11. Sci-sc-o, scivi, scitum, sciscere, to decide. 12. Sue-sc-o, sue vi, suetum, suescere, to be accustomed. Read Exercise XXXV1L § 63. IV. Per/. : — ivi ; Supine : — Hum (like the fourth Conj.) 1. Cupio, c up tv i, c up itu m, cupere, to desire, wish. 2. Peto, p etlvi, petltum, petere, to seek, strive after something, to attack something : ab aliquo, to request of some one. 3. Quaero, quaesivi, quaesztum, quaerere, to seek. In the compounds, ae passes into I, as : exquiro, isivi, isi- tum, irere, to examine, trace out, 4. Rudo, rudivi and rudi, ruditum, rudere, to roar. 5. Tero, trivi (for terivi), trltum (for terltum), terere, to rub. Here belong also sapio, sapxvi (Sup. wanting) sapere, to taste; also desipio without Perf. or Sup.) 86 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 64. The following also in esso : 6. Arcesso, arcessivi, arcessitum, arcessere, to bring. 7. Capesso, Ivi, Hum, ere, to seize. 8. Facesso, ivi, It urn, ere, to make (negotium facessere, to make trouble, to vex) ; to take one's self off. 9. Incesso, I v i, (Sup. wanting), ere, to attack. 10. Lacesso, Ivi, itum> ere, to provoke. Read Exercise XXXVIIL § 64. V. Perfect: — %; Supine: — turn. a) The stem ends in b or p : 1. Cdpio, cepi, cap turn, caper e, to take, seize, receive. Compounds : — cipio, — cepi, — ceptum — clpere, as : perci- pio, / perceive, incipio, / begin ; but antecapio, — cepi, — cep- tum, — capere. 2. Rumpo, r up i, r up turn, rumpere, to break. Scabo, sedbi, sedbere, to scratch, wants the Supine, and lambo, Iambi, lambere has its Sup. in xtum, lambltum. b) The stem ends in c, g, or qu : S, Ago, eg i, actum, agere, to lead, drive, do, act, make; of time, to spend. So: circumagere, to drive round, peragere, to carry through; the other compounds on the contrary, have : — Igo, egi, ac- tum, Igere, as : ablgo, I drive away, exigo, / expel, (of time) I pass, sublgo, I subjugate ; cogere, to compel (from coigere), has coegi, coactum. 4. Fdcio, fe c i, fa ctum, fdcere, to make, do. Concerning the Pass. : fio, factus sum, fieri, and its com- pounds, see § 75. The compounds with prepositions have in the Imper. — -ftce, as perf ice ; the rest retain fac ; from calfacere, however, we have calfdce. § 64.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 87 5. Ico, lei (anteclassic), ictum, icere, to strike; of a league, to conclude. Only the third pers. icit is found in the Pres., the other forms being supplied from ferire. 6. Jdcio, j e c i, j actu m, jacere, to throw. Compounds : — jlcio, — jeci, — jectum, — jlcere, as : rejicio, I throw back, reject, subjicio, I throw under, subject. 7. Lego, legi, ledum, Ugere, to collect, read. So: allego, I elect to, perlego, i* read through, praelego, I read before, relego, I read again, sublego, / gather from be- low : the following, on the contrary, have in the Pres ,— llgo, as : colligo, / collect, (collegi, collectum, colligere), dellgo and elfgo, / choose, recolllgo, i" collect again, seligo, / select ; but, dillgo, I love, intelllgo, / understand, negligo, / neglect, have in the Perf. exi, as : dillgo, dilexi, dilectum, diligere. 8. Frango, fr e g i, fr actum, f rang ere, to break. The compounds: — fringo, — fregi, — fractum, — fringere, as: perfringo, perfregi, perfractum, perfringere, to break through. 9. Lin quo, llqui, lictu m, linquere, to leave. 10. Vinco, v'xci, vie turn, vinctre, to conquer, overcome. Fugio, fug i, fug ere, to flee, is without Supine, but has fugiturus. c) The stem ends in m : 11. Emo, emi, em turn, e??? ere, to buy. Compounds : — imo, vnere, as : eximo, exemi, exemtum, exlmere, to exempt ; but in coemo, / buy in quantities, the e remains. d) The stem ends in u or v : 12. Acuo, a cut, a cut urn, acuere, to sharpen. The compounds want the Supine. 13. Arguo, argui, (argutum), arguCre, to accuse (but Part. Fut. Act. arguturus). 88 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 65. Instead of argiitum, argutus, convictum, convlctus, are used except by bad or late writers. 1 4. Exuo, exui, exut u m, exuere, to put off. 15. Induo, etc. I put on, clothe. 16. Imbuo, etc. I dip in ; c. abl. I imbue with. 17. Luo, lui, (Sup. wanting, but luiturus), luere, to wash. 18. Minuo, etc. I diminish. 19. JVuo, etc. I nod (only in compounds, as : adnuo, 1 nod to), without Sup., but has ahnuiturus. 20. Buo, rui, rutum, ruere, to rush, (but Part. Fut. rui- turus). 21. Spuo, spui, sputum, spuere, to spit. 22. Statuo, etc. I place firmly. The compounds change the a of the stem into i, as : des- tituo, / desert. 23. Suo, etc. I sew. 24. Tribuo, etc. I give. 25. Solvo, solvi, so lu turn, solvere, to loose. 26. Volvo, volvi, v olutum, volvere, to roll. Remark. Metuere (ui), to fear, pluere (plui), to rain, con- gruere, to agree, sternuere (ui), to sneeze, want the Supine. Read Exercise XXXIX. § 65. VI. Perfect : — t ; Supine : — sum. a) The stem ends in d or t : 1. Cando in compounds, as: occendo, accendi, ace en- sum, accendere, to kindle, inflame. 2. Cudo, cudi, cusum, cud ere, to forge. 3. JEdo (e), edi, is tun, edere, to eat. 4. Fendo in compounds, as: defendo, defendi, defen- s u m, defendere, to defend. 5. Fodio, fo di, fo ssu m, fodere, to dig. 6. Fundo, fa d i, fu sum, ftmdere, to pour. 7. Mando, mandi, man sum, mandere, to chew. § 65.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 89 8. Pando, pandi, pan sum and pas sum, pandere, to spread. 9. Prehendo, prehendi, prehensum, prehendere, to grasp. 10. Scando, scandi, scan sum, scandere, to mount. In the compounds : — scendo, — scendi, — scensum, — scen- dere, as : adscendere, to ascend, scale, descendere, to descend. 11. Sido, sedi (rarely sidi), Sup. wanting, sldere, to sit. In the compounds : — sido, — sedi, — sessum, — sidere, as : considere, to sit down. 12. Strido, strldi, (Sup. wanting), stridere, to hiss. 13. Verto, verti, versum, vert ere, to turn. Finally, there belongs here the neuter passive : 14. Pi do, flsus sum, fidere, to trust. So : confidere, to confide in, and diffidere, to distrust, de- spair. b) The stem ends in I, r or s: 15. Velio, velli (rarely vulsi), vulsum, vellere, to pluck. Convello has only con velli in the Perf., but avello and evello have both forms of the Perf., though but rarely that in vulsi. 16. Psatto, psalli, (Sup. wanting), psaUere, to play the lyre. 17. Sallo, (no Sup.), salsum, sallere, to salt. 18. Verro, verri, (Sup. wanting), verrere, to sweep. 19. Viso, Yisi, (visum, from video), visere, to visit. Remark. It is to be noticed, that the stem-vowel of these verbs, when short in the other parts, is long in the Perf. The two following verbs form an apparent exception : Findo,/?c?i, fissum, findere, to split, (so also its compounds). Scindo, scidi, scissum, scindere, to cut (so also its compounds). But both these verbs originally took the reduplication. The same is true of the compound : percello, perculi, perculsum, per- cell€re, to strike violently (from the obsolete cellere, to impel). See § 61, c. Rem. Read Exercise XL. 8* 90 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 66. § 66. VIII. Perfect with the Reduplication. Preliminary Remark. The Reduplication consists here, in those verbs of which the first vowel of the stem is i, o, or u, in the repetition of the first consonant of the stem with this vowel, but with the remaining verbs, in the repetition of the first stem- consonant with e. The compounds do not take the reduplication, except those from curro, disco, and posco. 1. Cado, cecidi, cdsum, cadere, to fall, to happen. Compounds : — cido,-— cldi, — casum, — cldere ; so : occido, i* go to ruin, incldo, I fall upon, and recldo, I fall back ; the others want the Supine, as : concido, Idi, Idere, to fall to- gether. 2. caedo, cecidi, caesum, caedere, to fell, kill. Compounds : — cido,— cldi, — cisum, — cidere, as : occido, I hill 3. Cano, cecini, cantum, canere, to sing. Compounds : — cino, — cinui, — cinere, as : concino^ ui, ere. 4. Curro, cucurri, cursum, currere, to run. Most of its compounds are found both with and without the reduplication, but oftener without. 5. Disco, didlci, (Sup. wanting), discere, to learn. So also its compounds, as : perdisco, perdidici, perdiscere, to learn thoroughly. 6. Fallo, fefelli, falsum, f alter e r to deceive. Fallit me, it escapes me. — The Part, falsus is commonly used as an adjective, false. Compound : refello, refelli, (Sup. wanting), refellere, to refute. 7. (Pango), pepigi, pactum, pang ere, to bargain, agree to on condition. The Pres. in this meaning is always expressed by pacis- cor ; but pango, in the meaning, I strike, fasten, has panxi (rarely pcgi), panctum (pactum). Compound : — pingo, — pegi, — pactum, pingere, as: compingo, to fasten together. § 66.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 91 8. Parco, p eper ci (parsi rare), parsum, parcere (c. dat.) ? to spare. 9. Pario, peperi, partum, par ere, to bear (ova parere, to lay eggs), to acquire. Parti cip. Fut. pariturus (for parturus). 10. Pello, pep ult, pulsum, pellere, to drive, repel. Compounds : — pello, — puli, — pulsum, — pellere, as : ex- pello, expiili, expulsum, expellere, to drive away. 11. Pendo, pependi, pensum, pendere, to suspend, weigh, to pay, compensate. The compounds have no reduplication, as : appendo, ap- pendi, appensum, appendere, to hang to, append. 12. Posco, poposci, (Sup. wanting), poscere, to demand. So also its compounds, as : exposco, expoposci, exposcere, to demand of, request of. 13. Pungo, pupugi, punctum, pungere, to prick, harass. The compounds have punxi in the Perf., as : interpungo, punxi, interpunctum, to divide. 14. Tango, tetigi, taction, tang ere, to touch. Compounds : — tingo, — tlgi, — tactum, tingere, as : attingo, attjgi, attactum, attingere, to touch, reach. 15. Tendo, teten di, tentum and tensum, tendere, to stretch, spread, extend, (tendere insidias, to lay snares). The compounds are without the reduplication and gene- rally have the Sup. : — tentum, as : contendo, contendi, con- tention, contendere, to draw together, exert one y s self strive ; yet we find retentum and retensum, extentum and exten- sum, but detendo and ostendo have only -sum. 16. Tundo, tutudi, tunsum, tundere, to beat, stun. Compounds : — tundo, — tudi, — tusum, — tundere, as : con- tundo, contudi, contusum, contundere, to break in pieces, crush. Rem. 1. The two following verbs have the reduplication in the Pres. and retain it in the other tenses : 92 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 67. bibo, bibi, bibttum, bibere, to drink (so also its compounds), sisto, stiti (in comp. — steti, from sto, being used for the simple), statum, sistere, to place, stop. Rem. 2. The compounds of dare with monosyllabic words (comp. § 54, 1.), also belong to this class, as: addo, addidi, addi- tion, addere, to add. Read Exercise XLL § 67. VIII. Inchoative Verbs. All inchoative or inceptive verbs (in sco), i. e. verbs which express a becoming or beginning of the idea contained in the primitive, follow the third Conj. and coincide in the Perf. and Sup. with their primitives, as : inveterasco (from inveterare), inveteravi, inveteratum, in- veterascere, to grow old ; exardesco (from ardere), exarsi, exarsum, exardescere, to become inflamed, to be kindled ; indolesco (from dolere)? indolui, indolitum, indolescere, to feel pain ; revivisco (from vivere), revixi, revictum, reviviseere, to come to life again, revive ; concupisco (from cupere), concupivi, concupltum, concupis- cere, to desire (earnestly) ; obdormisco (from dormire), obdormivi, obdormitum, obdor- rniscere, to fall asleep. Remark. The inchoative verbs from the absoletc oleo, ui, olere, to grow, (§ 57, III. 4.), vary in their formation in the fol- lowing way : adolesco, adolevi, adultum, adoleseere, to grow up. exolesco, exolevi, exoletum, exolcscere, to become old. inolesco, inolevi, (Sup. wanting), inolescere, to grow into. Also, obsolesco, obsolevi, obsoletum, obsolescerc, to grow old, ob- solete, varies from its primitive solere. Very many inchoative verbs want the Sup., as : incalesco, incalui, incalcscere, to become warm (from caleo, ui, itum, ere, to be warm). Some want both Perf. and Sup., as : augesco, / increase (from augeo, xi, ctum, ere). Here especially belong the inchoatives which are derived § 68.] FOURTH CONJUGATION. 93 from substantives and adjectives, as : repuerascere, to become a boy again; only a small number of these form the Perf. which is in ui, as : maturesco, maturui, maturescere, to become mature. Read Exercise XLU. FOURTH CONJUGATION. § 68. I. Perfect: — wi and — ui ; Supine: — turn. 1. Sepelio, sepellvi, sepultum, sepelire, to bury. 2. Salio, salui, (without Sup.), satire, to leap. The compounds have : — silio, — silui, — sultum, — silire, as : asstlio, assilui, assultum, assilire, to leap upon. U. Perfect: — t; Supine: — turn. 1. Comperio, comperi, compertum, comperire, to as- certain. 2. Peperio, reperi, repertum, reperzre, to find, discover. But : aperio, rui, rtum, rire, to open, uncover, operio, and cooperio, rui, rtum, rire, to cover. 3. Venio, veni, ventum, venire, to come. III. Perfect: — ft; Supine: — turn. 1. Amicio, (amixi and amicui, both rare), amictum, amtcire, to clothe. 2. Farcio y fa r s i, fa rtum (farctuni), farclre, to stuff. The compounds have : — fercio, — fersi, — fertum, fercire, as : refercire, to stuff full, fill up. 3. Fulcio, fulsi, fultum, fulclre, to support. 4. Haurio, hausi, haustum {hausurus poet.), haurire, to draw. 5. Sancio, sanxi, sancitum (rare sanctum; but sanc- tus, a, um, as adjective, sacred), sanclre, to sanction. 6. Sarcio, sarsi, sartum, sarcire, to patch, repair, re- store. 7. Sepio, s ep si, septu m, seplre, to hedge around. 8. Vincio, v i n xi, vinctum, vinclre, to bind, confine. 94 PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. [§69. IV. Perfect: — si; Supine: — sum. Sentio, sen si, sen sum, sentire, to feel, think, suppose. Remark. Of the preceding list of the irregular verbs in the different conjugations, several have some of their parts alike : l) Those which have their Perfects and Supines alike : cieo cio, cubo cumbo, pendeo pendo, sedeo sido. 2) Those which have like perfects : cerno cresco, deleo delino, frigeo frigo, fulgeo fulcio, luceo lugeo, liqueo linquo, mulceo mulgeo, paveo pasco, sto sisto. S) With like Supines : cerno cresco, maneo mando, pando patior, pango paciscor, teneo tendo, video vlso, vivo vinco. — Some words also have the same form in the Present (differing, however, in some cases in quantity), but are of different conjugations, as: fun- do 1 and 3, educo 1 (bring up), ediico 3 (lead forth), etc. Read Exercise XLIIL PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. § 69. 1) JPos-stim, p6t-ui, pos-se, to be able (can). Preliminary Remark. Possum is composed of pot-is, e (able), and the verb sum. Indicative. Subjunctive. Indicative. Subjunctive. Present Perfect. pos-sum, I am pos-sim, I may pot-ui, I have pot-weV/m,Imay able (can) be able been able i have been able pot-es, pos-sis, pot- wis ft, pot- wens, pot-esf, pos-sif, pot-i«7, \pot-uerit, pos-sumus, pos-swms, pot-uvn us, pot-uerimus, pot-estis, pos-sltis, pot-uistis, pot-uerifis, pos-sunt. ipos-sint. pot-uerunt(ere) pot-uerint. Imperfect. Pluperfect. pot- era m, I was pos-sem, I might pot-ueram,I had pot-uissem, I m't able (could) be able been able 1 have been able pot-ems, etc. ipos-ses, etc. pot-weras, etc. pot-?Y /sse's, etc. Future. Future Perfect. pot-en>, I shall be able pot-uero, I shall have been able pot-ens, etc. pot-wen's, etc. Infinitive. Participle. Prcs. pos-se, to be able pot-ens (only as adjective), able. Perf pot-uisse, to have been able The remaining Participles are Fut. wanting. | wanting. Imperative wanting. §70.] PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. 95 Remark. In the ancient language and in the poets, forms of this verb are often found without any contraction in potis, as : potissum (i. e. potis-sutu), etc. Read Exercise XLIV. § 70. 2) Edo, edi, esum, edere and esse, to eat. The whole irregularity of this verb arises from its having forms like those beginning with es of the verb sum, which are used at the same time with the regular form ; but the form es from edo is long, from sum short. Pres. Indie. edo, edis and es, edit and est, edimus, editis and estis, edunt Imperf. Subj ederem and essem, ederes and esses, ederet and esset, ederemus and essemus, ederetis and essetis, ederent & essent. Imperative. Sing. 2. ede and es Plur. 2. edite and este. 3. edunto. 2 & 3. edito and esto. editote and estote. Remark. So also its compounds, as : comedo, / eat, consume, comedis and comes, etc. The forms not given in the above table are regular; yet estur (for editur), is sometimes found in the poets. Read Exercise XLV. § 71. 3) Fero, tvli, latum, ferre, to bear, bring. Present Active. Indie, fero, fers, fert, ferimus, fertis, ferunt. Present Passive. Ind. feror. ferris, fertur, ferimur, ferlmmi, feruntur. Infinitive. fe?Te, to bear. Infinitive, feni, to be borne. Im- per. S. 2.fer,ferto PL 2. ferte.fertote 3. ferto. 3. ferunto. S.2.ferre,fertor PI. 2. ferimini, 3. fertor. 3. feruntor. Imperf. Subj. Active, f err em, ferres, ferret, Jerremus, ferrttis, ferrent. Imperf. Subj. Passive, ferrer, ferre ris (e), ferretur, ferremur, ferremini, ferrentur. Rem. 1. The remaining forms are derived regularly from fero, tuli, latum : Subj. Pres. feram, as, ferar, aris (e) ; Ind. Imperf. ferebam, ferebar ; Put. feram, es, ferar, eris (e) ; Subj. Perf. tu- 96 PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 72. lerim ; Plpf tuleram, tulissem ; Inf. Per/, tulisse ; Inf. Fut. latu- rus, a, um esse ; Part. Act. ferens, ntis, laturus, a, uni ; Pass, la- tus, a, um, ferendus, a, um ; Ger. ferendum. Rem. 2. In the same manner the compounds, as : offero, obtilli, oblatum, offerre, to offer. From the stem of the Perf. (tuli) is de- rived : tolio, sus-tuli, sub-latum, tollere, to raise, take away, carry off. The Perf. and Sup. are from suffero (i. e. sursum fero, / carry aloft), from which, suffero (sub. and fero), sustuli, sufferre, to bear, endure, is to be carefully distinguished. Attollo wants both Perf. and Sup. ; the Perf. and Sup. of extollo are supplied from effero. Read Exercise XI VI. § 72. 4) Volo, volui, velle, to will, wish. nolo, (from ne volo), noliii nolle, to be unwilling ; malo (from magis volo), mcllui, matte, to choose (would) rather. Indicative. Subjunctive. volo nolo malo vZlim nolim mdlim VIS non vis mavis veils noils malls % vult non vult mavult vellt nolit malit c \o\umus nolujnus m&lumus vellmus nolimus mallmus Q* vultis non vultis mavultis velitis nohtis malltis volunt nolunt malunt velint nolint malint. "^ volebam nolebam malebam vellem nollem mallem ^ volebas, etc . nolebas, etc. malebas, etc. velles, etc. nolles, etc. malles, etc. ~ volam. es, etc. nolam, es, etc. malam, es, etc. ^ Imperative (of volo and malo wanting). S. 2. nol I, nol 1 1 o ; 3. nol 1 1 o ; PL 2. nol 1 1 e, nol i t o t e ; 3. nolunto. Participle. volcns, ntis i nolens, ntis; of malo it is wanting. Rem. 1. The forms derived from the Perf. are regular: volui, nolui, malui ; voluerim, noluerim, maluerim ; Inf. voluisse, nolu- isse, maluisse ; Plupf. volueram, nolueram, malueram ; voluissem, noluissem,.maluisscni ; Fut. Perf. voluero, noluero, maluero. The remaining forms are wanting. Rem. 2. In the ancient Latin some forms of these verbs are §73.] PARTICULAR IRREGULAR YERBS. 97 found less contracted, as : mavolo, mavelim, mavelle, nevelle, etc., and sometimes more contracted, as : nevolt, noltis (for non vult, non vultis). Instead of si vis and si vultis, we find sis and sultis. Read Exercise XLVTI. § 73. 5) Eo y Im, itum. Ire, to go. Tenses. Indicative. Subjunctive. Pres. Impf. Futur. Perf. Plupf. F.Perf. eo, Is, it, I-mus, Ids, eunt i-bam. i-bas, l-bat, etc. l-bo, l-bis, l-bit, etc. l-bunt I-vi, I-visti, I-vit, etc. I-veram, I-veras, I-verat, etc. I-vero. I-veris, I-verit, etc. earn, eas, eat, edmus, edtis, eant i-rem, l-res, i-ret, etc. i-turus, a. um sim, etc. I-verim, I-veris, I-verit, etc. I-vissem, I-visses, I-visset, etc. Imperative. S. 2. I, I-to, 3. I-to P. 2. Ite, I-tote, 3. eunto. Supine. t-tum, ?-tu. Participle. Pres. I-ens, Gen. euntis. Fut. I-turus, a.um. Gerund. eundum, e*ndi, eundo, etc. Rem. 1. In the same manner the compounds are declined, as : exeo, I go out, go forth, abeo, I go away, redeo, I return. So also: ven-eo, ven-Ii, (see Rem. 2), ven-itum, ven-ire, to he sold (Imper. Part. Pres. and Ger. wanting). To veneo, vendo (=venumdo) serves as Act. ; so also does facio to fio, and verbero (I strike), to vdpulo (I am struck). The Pass, of vendo, with the excep- tion of venditus and vendendus, and the forms derived from them, is not used. Amblre, to go around something, surround, forms an exception, it being entirely regular according to the fourth Conj., as : Pres. ambio, ambiam, Impf. sanbiebam, ambirem, Part, ambiens, G. ambientis, Perf. eimbV'i, Sup. ambltum, Part, am- bltus (but the substantive is : ambitus, us, a going around), Ger. &mb iendwn. Rem. 2. The compounds generally drop the v in the endings of the Perf. and the parts derived from it, and vi if an s follows it, as : abii, abisti, abiit, abierim, abisse, abissem, etc., venii, venieram, veniero. Rem. 3. In the simple verb of this class, only the third Pers. Sing, is used of the passive forms, as : itur, one goes, ibatur, one went, Itum est, one has gone ; the Infin. Fut. Pass, of all verbs is formed by the Infin. Iri joined to their Supines, as : amatum iri. But the compounds with a transitive meaning, form a complete 9 98 PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. [§§ 74, 16. Pass, like other transitive verbs, as : praeterlre, to pass by before, pass over, praetereor, / am passed by, praeteriris, — itur, — Imini, — euntur; praetenbar, etc. ; anibior (ambiuntur, ambiebar) is regu- lar also in the Pass, according to the fourth Conjugation. Read Exercise XL VIII. § 74. 6) Queo, qulvi, quMum, quire, to be able (can) ; and ne- queo, nequ'ivi, nequitum, nequlre, not to be able (can not). Both these verbs are inflected throughout like eo, ivi, ltum, ire, to go. Many of their forms, however, occur but rarely and, in- deed, in good prose, not at all. These forms are omitted in the following table. Indicative. Subjunctive. Pres. queo nequeo nequls nequit nequlmus nequitis queunt nequeunt queam nequeam queas nequeas queat nequeat queamus nequeamus queatis nequeatis queant nequeant Impf. nequlbam nequirem Perf. qulvi nequlvi qulverim nequlverim Plpf. quiveram nequiveram quivissem nequissem F. Perf. quivero nequlvero wanting. Infinitve. Participle. Perf. quivisse nequivisse nequiens nequeuntis, etc. Supine : forms qui turn, quitu, (of nequeo i are wanting, or occur but ran t is wanting). The remaining ily. Remark. The passive forms : quitur, queuntur, quitus sum, nequitum est, are all antiquated except the first, which is occa- sionally found in good prose. § 75. 7) Flo, /actus sum, fieri, to become, to happen. Preliminary Remark. This verb forms the Pass, of facto. (See § 64, 4.) §76.] DEFECTIVE VERBS. 99 Indicative. Subjunctive. Infinitive. Pr. Imp. Fut. Prf. Plpf. Fut. Prf. f I-o, f I-s, fi-t, f r-unt fi-ebam, fi-ebas, etc. f I-am, f I-es, fl-et fi-emus, fi-etis, f I-ent factus, a, um sum factus, a, um eram factus, a, um ero fr-am, fl-as, fl-at f I-amus, f I-atis, f I-ant f l-erem, fi-eres, etc. Pres. fieri ; Pf. factus, a, um esse ; Put. factum iri, or fu- turum esse, or fore. Participle. Pres. wanting. Perf. factus, a, um Put. faciendus (a, um), what should or must be done. futtirus (a, um), what will come to pass. All the remaining forms are wanting or occur but rarely. Remark. The compounds of facio, which are formed from verbs , retain facio in the Act. and fio in the Pass, (though all are not used in the Act. and Pass, form), as : calefacio, calefeci, cale- factum, calefacere, to make warm (calere), calefio, calefactus sum, calfleri, to become warm; but the compounds with prepositions have in the Act. — ficlo, — feci, — fectum, — flcere, and in the Pass. — ffcior, — fectus sum, — flci, as : perficio, perfeci, perfectum, perf leere, to accomplish, perf Icior, perfectus sum, perf Ici. Only a few compounds with prepositions form the Pass, with fio and these only in particular forms, as : confit (for conficitur), it is ac- complished, confieri ; defit, it is wanting, defiet, etc. Read Exercise XLIX. § 76. Defective Verbs, i. e. verbs of which only a few forms are used. 1) Aio, I say, affirm, say yes, assent. Pres. Ind. aio, ais, ait and aiunt. Subj. aias, aiat and aiant. Impfi. Ind. aiebam, bas, bat ; bamus, batis, bant. (Subj. wholly wanting.) Part, aiens, aientis (as adjective, affirming, affirmative). Rem. 1. Instead of aisne (meanest thou?), ain 9 is often used ; —-we find ne, also, contracted thus with some other verbal forms, as : nostin', vidin\ — The form ait is used also as Perf. — Anti- quated forms : ai (Imper.), aibant for aiebant. 2) Inquam, I say. Pres. inquam, inquis, inquit ; inqulmus, inquiunt. Subj. inquiat. 100 DEFECTIVE VERBS. [§76. Impf. inquiebat or inquibat, inquiebant. (Subj. wanting). Fut. inquies and inquiet. Per/, inquisti and inquit. Imper. in- que, inqulto. Rem. 2. Inquam is also used in the sense of the Perf. in nar- rating. — Also/aW (to speak), and its compounds, are found in but very few forms, and mostly in the poets, as : fatur, fari (Infin.), fare (Imper.), fabor, fatus sum, etc., fatu, fanti (Pres. Part. Dat.), fatus, fandus, often fando (Ger.) 3) [ Memini, meminisse (c. gen. or ace), to remember. 42 J Odi, odisse, to hate. ^ Coepi, coepisse, to have begun. cSJ [ Novi, novisse (nosse), to be acquainted with, know. All four perfects and the forms derived from them are entirely regular. Per/. Ind. memmi, I re- odi, I hate eoepi, I have novi, / know member begun Subj. meminerim, I oderim coeperim noverim (no- rim) Pip/ Ind. memineram, 7 oderam, I ha- coeperam, I noveram (no- remembered ted had begun ram), I knew Subj. meminissem odissem coepissem novissem (nos- sem) Fut. Ind. meminero, /odero, / will coepero, I shall novero (noro), shall remem- hate have begun I shall know ber Imperat. memento, re- wanting. member thou mementote, re- member ye wanting. wanting. Inf. Perf. meminisse odisse coepisse novisse (nosse) Fut. wanting. osurus esse coepturns esse wanting Particip. wanting. osus, exusus, coeptnras, one wanting. perosus. one u-ho mil begin ivho hates, or coeptus, begun. has hated very much. Rem. 3. Novi is nothing else than the Perf. of nosco (I am ac- quainted with). Instead of coepi, coeperam etc., coeptus sum, coeptus eram etc., must be used, when the accompanying Inf. is in the Pass., as : urbs aedificari coepta est, the city has begun to be built. The same is the case with desino. Rem. 4. Besides the defective verbs already introduced, there are still a few others, as : quaeso, / beseech, quaesfunus, we beseech; § 77.J IMPERSONAL VERES. 101 salve, ave or have (hail, farewell), vale, farewell (from valere), salveto, aveto, valeto, Plur. salvete, avete, valete ; Infin. salvere, avere, valere ; Fut. salvebis, valebis, used instead of salve, vale ; cedo, give, tell, with an obsolete Plur. cette. Read Exercise L. § 77. Impersonal Verbs (§ 46. Rem.)* 1) Verbs which indicate certain appearances of Nature. fulgurat, it lightens, gelat, it freezes, ningit, xit, it snows. (it fashes). grandinat, it hails. pluifc, it rains. fulmlnat, it lightens, illucescit, uxit, it be- vesperascit, ravit, it thunders. comes light, dag. becomes evening. Rem. 1. These verbs are sometimes used personally. They are regularly inliected through all the modes and tenses, as : tonat tonet tonuit tonuerit tonare tonabat tonaret tonuerat tonuisset tonuisse. 2) Verbs which express an ethical relation. decet, uit (c. ace.), it licet, it is allowed. pertaesum est, it dis- is becoming. miseret^ uit, it excites gusts. dedecet, uit (c. ace), (one's) pity. piget, uit, it irks. it is not becoming, miseretur, rltum est, poen!tet,uit, it repents. libet or lubet, uit, it it excites pity. [_fuL pudet, uit, it shames, pleases. oportet, uit;, it is need- taedet, uit, it disgusts. 3) There are also many personal verbs used as impersonal in a particular meaning, as : accedit, esse (ut or constat, stltit, it is escapes (me). quod), it is added known. fugit, fugit (me), it (that), [favorably), contingit, Igit, it falls escapes (me), it is &ccidit,it happens (un- to one's lot (favor- unknown. apparet, uit, it is evi- ably). interest, fait, it con- dent, convenit, enit, it is ft. cems. attinet, uit, it pertains evenit, enit, it hap- juvat, jiivit, it delights, to. pens. liquet, quit, it is clear. conducit, xit, it is ser- expedit, it is useful, patet, uit, it is obvious, viceable. fallit, fefellit (me), it placet, uit, it pleases. * Tliis and the following sections on the formation of words may be omitted by the youthful pupil, the first time going over. 9* 102 FORMATION OF WORDS. [§ 78. praestat, Itit, it is bet- refert, retulit, it corv- sufficit, ecit, it is suf- fer, [escapes (me). cerns. jicient. praeterit, iit (me), it restat, it remains. superest, it remains. Rem. 2. These impersonate, also, can be inflected in all the modes and tenses. 4) Finally there belong here the third Pers. Sing. Pass, of all verbs, especially of intransitive verbs, through all the modes and tenses, as : Aratur, they plough, aretur, they may plough ; arabatur, they ploughed, araretur, they might plough ; aratum est, they have ploughed, aratum sit, they may have ploughed ; aratum erat, they had ploughed, aratum esset, they might have ploughed, aratum erit, they vnll have ploughed; Inf. in dependent discourse : arari, (that) they plough, aratum esse, (that) they have ploughed', aratum iri, (that) they will plough. — Ridetur, they laugh ; ludebatur, they played ; dormietur, they will sleep ; itur, they go ; ventum est, they have come. FIFTH COURSE. FORMATION OF WORDS. § 78. Derivation. I. Verbs. Preliminary Remark. When the stem of the primitive word ends in a consonant which cannot be joined to the initial consonant of the ending by which the derived word is formed, t (rarely u), is introduced as a connecting vowel (as mon-2-tor), and often the stem itself is changed. 1. Frequentatives, i. e. verbs which express a repetition of the action, are formed from other verbs by adding xto to the stem of the Pres. (occasionally the Supine), as: ago, I drive, ag-ito, I drive hither and thither, clam-o, / cry, clam-ito, / cry continually, vent-ito (vent-um). 2. Intensives, i. e. verbs which express a permanence or con- § 78.] FORMATION OF WOEDS. 103 tinuancc of an action, are formed from other verbs by adding o to the stem of the Sup., and end in to or so, as : canto, I sing continuously (from cant-um, Sup. of cano), verso, 1 keep tu?-n- ing (from vers-um, Sup. of verto). These and the preceding follow the first Conj. 3. Desideratives, i. e. verbs which express a desire or striv- ing after the thing indicated by their primitives, are formed from other verbs by adding urio to the stem of the Sup., as : es-urio, I desire to eat (from edo, edi, esum), coenat-urio, 1 long for supper (from coeno, avi, atum). They follow the fourth Conj. but form neither the Perf. nor Sup. 4. Inchoatives, i. e. verbs which express a becoming or begin- ning of that which their primitives express, are formed by ad- ding to the last consonant of the Pres. of their verbs, the end- ing asco, if the primitive is of the first Conj., esco, if of the second, and isco if of the third or fourth, as : inveter-asco, (from inveterare), exhorr-esco, 1 shudder (from horreo), con- cup-isco, / desire (from cupio) ; also from nouns and adjec- tives, as : repuer-asco, / become a boy again (from puer). They follow the third Conj. 5. Diminutives, i. e. verbs which express a diminution of the idea expressed by their primitives, add the ending, iUo, to the stem of the Pres., as: (canto) cant-illo, I chant. Remark. Many verbs, also, are derived from substantives and adjectives, as : (judex, icis), judicare, (finis) Jinire ; (levis) le- vare, (laetus) laetari, etc. II. Substantives. 1. Nouns in tor (fern, trix), are formed from the supines of verbs and designate persons in active relations (actors), as : victor, victrix, a conqueror (from vinco, vici, victum). 2. Those in io, are formed from the supines of verbs, and like English substantives in ing, express the action of the verbs from which they are formed as taking place, as : laesio, an in- juring (from laedo, laesi, laesum), emendatio, an emending (from em en do, avi, atum). 3. Those in o, on is, are derived either from verbs or nouns, 104 FORMATION OF WORDS. [§ 78. and designate persons with an idea of contempt, as : capito (from caput), blockhead, 4. Those in us (Gen. us) are derived from supines, and sig- nify mostly a completed action, an effect, as : morsus, a bite (from mordeo, momordi, morsum). 5. Those in ulus, via, iilum ; dlus, ola, olum ; ellus, ella, el- lum ; Ulus, ilia, ilium, indicate an object as small (diminutives), as : hortulus, a little garden, vocula, a slight voice (from vox) ; filio-lus, a little son, filiola, a Utile daughter, assellus, an ass colt. Rem. 1. The gender of diminutives follows the gender of their primitives. 6. Those in etum, signify a place abounding in that express- ed by their primitives, as : quercetum, an oak-grove, dumetum, a thorn-thicket (from dumus, a thorn bush). 7. Those in %a (itia), G. xae ; — tds, G. talis ; tus, G. tutis ; tudo, G. tudinis ; edo and ido, G. inis, express an abstract quality, as : audacia (from audax), boldness, sapientia (from sa- piens), wisdom ; laetitia (from laetus),yoy, avaritia (from ava- rus), avarice; — bonitas (from bonus), goodness, celeritas (from celer), swiftness ; — servitus (from servus), servitude ; — fortitu- do (from fortis), bravery, magnitudo (from magnus), greatness ; — dulcedo (from dulcis), sweetness, cupldo (from cupidus), de- sire. 8. Gentile Nouns, i. e. names of peoples and countries. Names of countries are mostly formed from the names of peoples, with the ending ia, as : (Macedo, o-nis) Macedonia ; (Thrax, ac-is) Thracia, etc. On the contrary, names of peo- ples having the adjective-endings : tus, anus, Inus, enus, ensis (^iensis), as (G. atis), leus, iacus, aicus are formed either from names of countries or cities, as : (Cyprus) Cyprius ; (Roma) Romanus ; (Venusia) Venuslnus ; (Pergamus) Pergamenus ; (Athenae) Atheniensis ; (Arpinum) Arpinas ; (Colchis) Col- chicus; (Aegyptus) Aegyptiacus ; (Thebae) Thebaicus. 9. Patronymics, i. e. personal appellations derived from one's descent. These have the endings : ides, G. idae, Fern, is (from primitives in us and or); ides, F. eis (from primitives in eus) , § 78.^ DERIVATION. 105 tides or lades, F. as (ias) (from primitives in as or es of the first Dec. or in ius), as : (Priamus) Priamldes ; (Agenor) Age- norldes ; (Tantalus) F. Tantcdis ; — (Peleus) Pelides ; (The- seus) F. Theseis ; — (Aeneas) Aeneddes ; (Thestius) Thestia- des, F. Thestias. Rem. 2. There are several other classes of derived nouns, formed with terminations more or less regular and having some- thing of a definite meaning, but the above seem sufficient for an elementary treatise. HE. Adjectives. 1. Those in eus, a, um, are adjectives of material, as : ferre- us, iron, ligneus, wooden, marmoreus, of marble. 2. Those in inus, a, um, and neus, a, um, are principally de- rived from the names of "plants and minerals, as : faglnus, beech- en, of beech, querneus, of oak, crystallinus, of crystal; ebur- neus, of ivory. 3. Those in nus, a, um, emus, a, um, and xnus, a, um, relate to designations of time and place, as : vermis, belonging to spring; externus, external; hodiernus, of to-day ; aeternus, eternal; diutinus, of long duration. 4. Those in xnus, a, um, relate mostly, to the different hinds of animals, as ; leporlnus (lepus, leporis, the hare), of the hare, caro anserina, goose-meat 5. Those in ilis and bilis, express a capability or fitness, as : utilis, useful, docilis, teachable ; amabilis, amiable. 6. Those in bundus, express the idea of a present participle, but with more intensity, as : populabundus, ravaging (stronger than populous), mirabundus, full of wonder ; those in cundus express a permanent quality or habit, as : facundus, fluent, ira- cundus, passionate, verecundus, respectful. 7. Those in osus, tus, ohntus or vlentus, xdus, express ful- ness, abundance or excess, as : arenosus, sandy (abounding in sand), auritus, long-eared, auratus, gilt (furnished with gold), onestus, loaded down, vetustus, ancient, violentus, impetuous, turbulentus, full of commotion, herbidus, covered with grass. Remark. For the derivation of adverbs see § 26. 106 COMPOSITION. [§ 79. § 79. Composition. 1. The Latin language compared with the Greek, is barren in compound words. Instead of forming new words by compo- sition, it generally resorts either to derivation by adding new endings, as: sicarius (from sica), pedes (from pes), etc., or to the use of two separate words, one of which is a substantive and the other either an adjective or a noun in the Gen., as : bellum civile, civil war, patriae amor, love of country. 2. The word which limits or defines the other (i. e. the ad- jective, Gen., or other qualifying w r ord), generally forms the first part of the compound, as : signifer, ' standard-bearer,' (bearer of what ? of the standard). 3. In forming words by composition, one or both of the com- ponent words is generally changed. Commonly, the first loses its termination, or stands in the Gen., and the second not un- frequently changes its vowel, or if it begins with a consonant, takes a vowel (commonly i) before it as a union letter be- tween the two words, as : a^n-cola, ex^-pers, arW-fex. 4. It is very rare that both w r ords remain unchanged, as : forcevolus. When two nouns are thus compounded with each other in the Nom. without change, they are both declined, as : respublica, jusjurandum, G. reipublicae, jurisjurandi. But these words are often written separately, and are not unfrequent- ly separated by small words, as : que, vero, auiem, igitur, etc. Rem. 1. The final consonant of the prepositions in composition is generally changed before the initial consonant of the word with which they arc compounded, viz., d into c before qu (acquiro) ; m into /, n, r, respectively, before each of these consonants (collo- quor,conniveo, corrodo) ; n into m before &, p, m (impello) ; X into /before f (eftero) ; b in oh and sub into c,f, p, respectively, before these letters, and b in sub into #, m, r, before each of these (occino, sufFero, surripio) ; cum becomes com or con before a consonant, and co before a vowel or h. Hem. 2. In the composition of prepositions with verbs there is often a change of vowel in the verb, viz. : l) a into c, as: coerceo (from cum and arceo) ; 2) a into t, as: abigo (from ab and ago) ; 3) ae into i, as: occido (from ob and caedo) ; 4) a into?/, as: con- § 79.] COMPOSITION. 107 cutio (from cum and quatio) : 5) e into «, as : redfmo (from re — red — and emo) : 6) au into e, o, u, as, obedio, explodo, concludo. Rem. 3. Nearly all the prepositions (often with slight changes in form), are used in composition. Their force in composition will generally be best learned from observation and from consid- ering the ideas (both literal and metaphorical), involved in their proper meaning when standing alone. It will thus be seen that even their most remote meanings in composition, are directly de- rivable from their fundamental meaning. Thus the meaning of per (very), in perdificilis, and other adjectives, arises directly from the general meaning through, throughout, wholly ; so the meaning of prae (very), in praedlves, etc., comes directly from the meaning before, preeminent ; so again the meaning of sub (slight- ly), in subdificilis, subvideo, is but a modification of the general meaning under, and so in other cases. Rem. 4. Besides the proper prepositions, there are certain prefixes, used only in composition, called inseparable prepositions, as: amb (am,>in), ' around,' 'on both sides,' dis (dif, di), 'asun- der,' 'apart,' re (red before a vowel), ' again,' 'back,' se, ' aside,' 'apart,' sus, 'up,' 'upwards,' in (' un,' privative), ne (negative), as : amb-'ire, am-plector, an-ceps ; dis-cedo, dif-Udo, cfo'-labor ; re- verter, red-ire ; se-pono ; sus-eipio ; ig(m)-notus (unknown), ne- scio. 108 EXERCISES. EXERCISES. EXERCISE I. Words to be learned* and Examples for translation. Aro 1. I plough. orno 1. I adorn. vexo 1. I annoy. deleeto 1. I delight. pugno 1. I fight. vigllo 1. I watch. educo 1. I bring up. salto 1. I dance. vitupero 1. I censure. laudo 1. I praise. tento 1. I try. vulnero 1. I wound. Laudo. Yituperas. Saltat. Yigilarnus. Pugnatis. Arant. Lauda. Pugnate. Tentat saltare. Delector. Yulneraris. Yexatur. Laudamur. Vituperamlni. Ornantur. Laudaris. Educamlni. Yituperamur. Eddcor. Educantur. Delectamur. Ornaris. Saltatis. Yulnerantur. Laudamlni. Yigila. Saltate. I watch. Thou tightest. He ploughs. We praise. You censure. They dance. Fight thou. Praise ye. They try to fight. I am praised. Thou art censured. He is adorned. We are delighted. You are wounded. They are annoyed. They are praised. Thou art brought up. They are censured. We are brought up. You praise. We are adorned. He is wound- ed. They praise. EXERCISE II. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Debeo 2. Imust, ought. gaudeo 2. / rejoice, rideo 2. I laugh. doceo 2. / teach, instruct, maneo 2. I remain, taceo 2. I am silent. exerceo 2. / exercise. mordeo 2. I bite. terreo 2. I frighten. fleo 2. / weep. moveo 2. / move. et, and. floreo 2. / bloom. pareo 2. / obey. si, if. Doceo. Taces. Ridet. Gaudemus. Exercetis. Flent. * These lists of words should be so committed by the pupil, that he can give the English for each Latin word, and the Latin for each English word, also, its gender, etc., as asked him hy the teacher. EXERCISES. 109 Tace. Manete. Tacere debes. Terreor. Exerceris. Move- tar. Docemur. Mordemlni. Docentur. Doces. Tacemus. Doceris. Parere debent. Florent. Exercemur. Manetis. Educaris et doceris. Moventur. Tacent. Parete. Si paretis, laudamlni. Si tacemus, laudamur. Saltamus et gaudennis. Ten- tate docere. Mordentur et vulnerantur. I rejoice. Thou exercisest. He weeps. We teach. You are silent. They laugh. Remain thou. Be ye silent. You must remain. I am bitten. Thou art frightened. He is in- structed. You teach. I am silent. We are moved. We must be silent. I exercise myself (=am exercised). Rejoice ye. You are brought up and instructed. I am instructed. I laugh. Obey thou. If thou obeyest, thou art praised. You dance and rejoice. We try to teach. We are bitten and wounded. If you weep, you are censured. EXERCISE IH. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Bibo 3. I drink. edo 3. I eat. pungo 3. 1 prick, sting. cano 3. I sing. fallo 3. I deceive. scribo 3. J write. cedo 3. / give away, laedo 3. I hurt. vinco 3. / conquer, defendo 3. I defend, lego 3. I read. vanquish. diligo 3. / esteem, ludo 3. I play. bene, adv., well, love. pingo 3. I paint. male, adv., ill, badly. Scribo. Legis. Laedit. Canlmus. Editis. Bibunt. Pin- ge. Scriblte. Scrlbere debes. Fallor. Vinceris. Defendl- tur. Diligimur. Pungimini. Laeduntur. Ede et bibe. Lude. Leglte. Canere tentat. Pingis. Defendlmur. Diligeris. Yin- cimlni. Si vincitis, laudamlni. Bene scribunt. Laederis. Edunt. Si cedis, vinceris. Si male scribis, vituperaris. Si bene pingltis, laudamlni. I sing. Thou eatest. He drinks. We write. You read. They defend. Write thou. Paint ye. You must read. I am esteemed. Thou art stung. He is hurt. We are deceived. We are vanquished. You defend. They esteem. Eat ye and drink. He is conquered. Play ye. They try to read. You paint. They are defended. You are esteemed. If thou singest well, thou art praised. He writes well. You are hurt. If you write well, you are praised. If you give way, you are conquered, If you write badly, you are censured. 10 110 EXERCISES. EXERCISE IY. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Custodio 4. I guard, garrlo 4. I chatter. venio 4. I come. dormlo 4. I sleep. nutrlo 4. I nourish. vestio 4. I clothe. erudlo 4. I instruct, punlo 4. I punish. vincio4. 1 bind, chain. ferlo 4. / beat, strike, reperlo 4. / find. valde adv. greatly. fulcio 4. / support. sallo 4. i" leap. Erudlo. Garris. Dorrnit. Ferlmus. Punitis. Salrunt. Veni. SaUte. Ten to reperire. Yinclor. Custodiris. Feritur. Yesti- mur. Nutrimlni. Fulciuntur. Audi. Dormlte. Bene erudi- mur. Si bene erudis, laudaris ; si male erudis, vituperaris. Si vinceris, vinclris. Yestiuntur. Si male scriblmus, punimur. Bene custodimlni. Dormimus. Salitis. Bene erudiuntur. Audlte. Yinclmus. Yinclmus. Yalde ferlmur. Yalde vituperamlni et punimlni. I strike. Thou punishest. He leaps. We instruct. You chatter. They sleep. Leap thou. Come ye. They try to in- struct. I clothe myself (= am clothed). Thou art nourished. He supports himself (=is supported). We are bound. You are guarded. They are beaten. Hear ye. You are well instructed. He leaps. He is well instructed. If you are vanquished, you are bound. We are well guarded. He clothes himself (= is clothed). They are badly instructed. I praise, I teach, I give way, I guard. Thou praisest, thou teachest, thou givest way, thou guardest. He praises, he teaches, he gives way, he guards. We censure, we exercise, we read, we sleep. You censure, you exercise, you read, you sleep. They censure, tbey exercise, they read, they sleep. Adorn thou, obey thou, write thou, punish thou. Adorn ye, obey ye, write ye, punish ye. We must adorn, we must obey, we must write, we must pun- ish. I am annoyed, I am bitten, I am pricked, I am bound. Thou art annoyed, thou art bitten, thou art pricked, thou art bound. He is annoyed, he is bitten, he is pricked, he is bound. We are well brought up, we are greatly frightened, we are greatly es- teemed, we are well instructed. You are well brought up, you are greatly frightened, you are greatly esteemed, you are well in- structed. They are well brought up, they are greatly frightened, they are greatly esteemed, they are well instructed. EXERCISES. Ill EXERCISE V. Words to he learned and Examples for translation* Agricola, husband- aqua, water. \jnan. ciconia, a stork. copla, abundance, multitude. herba, an herb. planta, a plant. procella, a storm. querela, complaint, a plaintive cry. rana, a frog. terra, the earth. coaxo 1. I croak. devoro 1. I devour. turbo 1. I disturb. noceo 2. I injure. gigno 3. I beget, pro- duce, [fatty' pulchre, adv. beauti- quam, how ! a, ab (with the abl.), by, (a never stands before a vowel or h). Rule of Syntax. Every sentence, e. g. the plant blooms, the meadow is green, has two parts : a) The subject, i. e. the person or thing of which something is asserted (the plant; the meadow) ; b) The predicate, i. e. that which is asserted of the subject (blooms ; is green). The subject is commonly a substantive and stands in the nom- inative case ; the predicate is commonly a verb (e. g. blooms), or an adjective in connection with the verb to be (e. g. is green). Rana coaxat. Agricola delectatur querela ranae. Ciconla nocet ranae. Ciconla devorat ranam. O rana, coaxa ! Aqua turbatur a rana. Plantae florent. Terra vestltur copia planta- rum. Procellae nocent plantis. Terra gignit plantas. O plantae, quam pulchre ornatis terram ! Terra vestitur plantis. The plant blooms. The herb of the plant blooms. The storm injures the plant. I love the plant. O plant, how beautifully thou bloomest ! I am delighted with (abl.) the plant. The frogs croak. The plaintive cry of the frogs delights the husbandmen. The storks injure the frogs. The storks devour the frogs. O frogs, croak ye ! The water is disturbed by the frogs. EXERCISE VI. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Equus, i, m. horse. frumentum, i, n. grain. granum, i, n. a. corn. juba, ae, /. mane. muse a, ae, f. fly. fecundus, a, um, pro- ductive. molestus, a, um, trou- committo 3. / commit blesome. varius, a, um, various. vireo 2. I flourish. colo 3. / attend to, cultivate, honor, re- vere. to. curro 3. I run. hinnio 4. / neigh. celeriter, adv. swiftly. in (with the abl.), in, upon. 112 EXERCISES. Rule of Syntax. A noun in the Gen., Dat., or Ace, which is connected with the predicate and limits or defines it more exactl} r , is called the object ; e. g. in the sentence : the man guides the horse, "man" is the subject and "horse" the object which limits " guides." When the noun is in the Ace. it is called the suffering object (receiving the direct action). Equus hinnit. Juba equi est pulchra. Muscae sunt molestae equo. Vir regit equum. Eque, celeriter curre. Equo pulchro delector. Agri sunt fecundi. Herbae agrorum sunt variae. Agricola committit agris grana frumenti. Agricola colit agros. Agri, quam pulchre viretis ! In agris multae herbae florent. * The field is productive. The herbs of the field are various. The husbandman commits the corns of grain to the field. The husbandman cultivates the field. O field, how beautifully thou flourishest ! Various herbs bloom in the field. The horses neigh. The mane of the horse is beautiful. Flies are troublesome to horses. Men govern horses. O horses, run swiftly. We are delighted with (abl.) beautiful horses. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Deus, see §17. Rem. 4. socer, eri, m. father- praesidium, i, n. pro- dea, see § 16. Rem. 4. in-law, tection, aid. filius,see§17.Rem. 3. gener, eri, m. son-in- templum, i, n. tern- filia, see § 16. Rem. 4. law. pie. levir, iri, m. brother- mundus, i, m. world, benevolentia, ae, f in-law. benevolence. * With regard to the arrangement of the words in forming a Latin sen- tence, the teacher must be the principal guide. The rigid laws of arrange- ment in the English language, allowed of but little being done in the way of imitating the Latin arrangement in the English exercises. Something, however, has been attempted in this way, which, together with a desire to preserve a strictly literal and grammatical expression of the thoughts, will account for the apparently awkward construction of many of the sen- tences. — It may be suggested, also, that a close study of the position of the words in the Latin exercises, will very often guide the student in translating the English exercises. As to particular rules on this subject, it would not be proper, perhaps, to state more than the following, appli- cable where no emphasis rests upon any word in the sentence. In this case: 1) The predicate follows the subject, as in English, 2) the adjective (except the demonstrative pronoun), or noun in the Genitive, comes after its noun, 3) the verb follows the case or cases which it governs, and of two cases the Ace. comes last, 4) the Infin. and the adverb precede the word which they limit, 5) the negative non (also ne) stands before the word it negatives, 6) a word in apposition with another, follows it. But when one or more of these words thus related are emphatic, the order in each case is reversed. For fuller directions on this subject, see Krebs' Guide for writing Latin, §§ 468—514. EXERCISES. 113 cams, a, um, dear. propitius, a, urn, pro- miser, era, erum, improbus, a, um, pitious, favorable. wretched. wicked. meus, a, um, see § 1 7. praebeo 2. I afford. magnus, a, um, great. Rem. 3. exstruo 3. / build. Dii mundum regunt. Deos propitlos colite. Praebe, o deus bone, miseris praesidium. Dii improbos punlunt. Diis et deabus templa exstruuntur. Benevolentia deorum est magna. Filius leviri bene legit. Socero est hortus pulcher. Boni viri bonis viris cari sunt. Filia generi pulchre pingit. The gods are propitious to men. Good men are dear to the gods. The wicked are punished by (ab) the gods. The world is governed by (ab) the gods. Afford, O good gods, protection to the wretched. Honor ye the temples of the gods. The gods love the good. O god, punish the wicked. Sons-in-law are dear to fathers-in-law. God is propitious to good sons and good daughters. Write, my son, paint, my daughter. I love the sons of [my] brother-in-law. EXERCISE VII. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Dolor, oris, m. pain, tormentum, i, n. tor- noster, tra, trum, our. suffering. ture. vester, tra, trum, orator, oris, m. orator, acerbus, a, um, pun- your. animus, i, m. soul, gent. praedlco 1. I extol, mind, courage. disertus, a, um, elo- tolero 1. I endure. eloquentia, ae, f. elo- quent. succumbo 3. / sink que nee. ignavus, a, um, indo- under. facundia, ae, /. flu- lent, cowardly. gravlter, adv. heavily, ency of speech. praeclarus, a, um, violently. numerus, i, m. num- noble. patienter, patiently. her, quantity. tuus, a, um, thy, ob, on account of. populus, i, m. people. thine. Orator est disertus. Eloquentia oratoris movet animos nostros. Oratori paret populus. Oratorem praedicamus ob facundlam. O orator, quam praeclara est tua eloquentia ! Ab oratore populus regitur. Dolores sunt acerbi. Numerus dolorum est magnus. Doloribus succumbltis. Vir patienter tolerat dolores. O dolores, quam gravlter pungitis ! Doloribus vincuntur ignavi viri. The pain is pungent. Bear ye the tortures of the pain. Thou 10* 114 EXERCISES. sinkest under the suffering. The man endures the pain patiently. O pain, how violently thou stingest. A cowardly man is van- quished by (abl.) pain. Orators are eloquent. The eloquence of the orator moves our minds. The people obey the orators. Orators are extolled on account of their fluency of speech. O orators, how noble is your eloquence ! The world is governed by (ab) the orators. EXERCISE VIII. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Alacer, cris, ere, live- litterae, arum, f. lit- virtus, utis, /. virtue. ly, spirited. erature. vox, ocis, f. voice. fortis, e, brave. discipulus, i, m. consto 1. / consist gravis, e, severe, seri- scholar. in, of. ous. fundamentum, i, n. habeo 2. / have. mortalis, e, mortal. foundation. incumbo 3. (with in immortalis, e, immor- avis, is, f. bird. and the ace.) / tal. homo, tnis, m. man. apply myself to. omnis, e, each, the hostis, is, m. enemy. noh, adv. not. whole; plur. all. mos, oris, m. custom, ne (with the Imper.), industria, ae, /. in- pietas, atis, /. piety. not. dustry. Miles forti animo pugnare debet. Suavi avium voce delecta- mur. Discipiili laus constat bonis moribus et acri industria. Pietas est fundamentum omnium virtutum. Yiri fortes non vin- cuntur doloribus gravibus. Ne cedlte hostibus audacibus. Puer alacri animo in litteras incumbere debet. Homines corpora mor- talia habent, animos immortales. EXERCISE IX. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Luctus, us, m. grief. and abl. vt),fpow- gratus, a, urn, agree- lusus, us, m. sport. er, force, might. able, grateful. sensus, us, m. sense, voluptas, atis, f. praedltus,a,um, (with feeling. pleasure. abl.), endowed with. bestla, ae, f. ani- genus, eris, n. gen- quantus, a, um, how mal. der, kind. great. vis (only ace. vim amarus, a, um, bitter, puerilis, e, childish. EXERCISES. 115 sapiens, tis, wise ; frango 3. / break, lingly, with de- subst. a wise man. break down. light. evito 1. I avoid. succumbo 3. i" sink suavlter, adv. pleas- paro 1. I provide. under. antly. indulgeo 2. I give my- libenter, adv. wil- vehenienter, adv. vio- self up to. lently. Lusus pueris l gratus est. Genera lusus sunt varia. Pueri libenter indulgent lusui. Vir gravis evitat lusum puerilem. O lusus, qnam suavlter anlnios puerorum delectas ! Pueri delectan- tur lusu. 2 Sensus sunt acres. Yis sensuum est magna. Vir for- tis non succumbit sensibus 3 doloris. Bestiae habent sensus acres. O sensus, quantas voluptates hominlbus paratis ! Animalia sunt praedita sensibus. 4 The feeling of pain is bitter. The power of grief is great. The brave man does not sink under grief. The wise man endures grief patiently. O grief, how violently thou tormentest the minds of men ! The wise man is not broken down by (abl.) grief. The sports of children are agreeable. There are various kinds of sport. The boys give themselves up to sports with delight. The serious man avoids childish sports. O sports, how pleasantly you delight the minds of boys ! In (abl.) sports the boys are de- lighted. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Fremitus, us, m. noise, valtdus, a, um, strong, permoveo 2. / move. genu, us or u, n. knee, horribilis, e, frightful, antecedo 3. i" pre- tonftru, us or u, n. terribilis, e, terrible. cede. thunder. supplex, icis, suppli- extimesco 3. I fear. vigor, oris, m. power. ant; subst. the sup- flecto 3. I bend. fulmen, Inis, n. light- pliant. procumbo 3. / fall ning. indlco 1. I indicate. down. robur, oris, n. strength, resono 1. I resound, in (with ace. and multus, a, um, much, vacillo 1. I waver. abl.), in, upon. many. Tonitru terribile animos hominum permovet. Fremitus toni- trus (tonitru) est horribilis. Fulmen antecedit tonitru. Multi homines extimescunt tonitru. O tonitru, quam horribilis est fremitus tuus. Domus resonat tonitru. Genua virorum sunt valida. Vigor genuum indlcat robur corporis. Magna vis est genibus. Supplices procumbunt in genua. O genua, ne vacil- late ! In genibus est magna vis. 1 § 90, 1. b). 2 § 91, 1. M 90, 1. c). 4 § 91, 1. b). 116 EXERCISES. The knee of man is strong. Power of the knee indicates strength of body. The knee has great power (= to the knee there is great power). The suppliant bends the knee. O knee, waver not I In the knee is great power. The thunder is terri- ble. The noise of the thunder is frightful. Lightnings precede the thunders. Fear thou not the thunder. O thunder, how ter- rible is thy noise. The house resounds with (abl.) frightful thun- derings (= thunders). 3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Pinus, us, f. pine. continuus, a, um, con- contorqueo 2. I hurl, puella, ae, f girl. tinuous. shoot. sagitta, ae, f arrow, perniciosus, a, um, sedeo 2. / sit. aestas, atis,/. summer. destructive. cingo 3. I gird, sur- frater, tris, m. brother, timldus, a, um, timid. round. soror, oris, f. sister, insignis, e, remark- contremisco 3. 7" imber, bris, m. rain. able. tremble, quake. piscis, is, m. fish. aediflco 1. I build. pingo 3. I paint ; acu rex, regis, m. king. habito 1. I dwell. pingo, I embroider. venator, oris, m. hun- adjaceo 2. (with dat.), saepe, adv. often, ter. Hie by. sub (with abl.), un- der. Aestate sub quercubus et in specubus libenter sedemus. Hor- tus regis ] ornatur multis pimbus, ficis et lacubus. Puellae acu- bus 2 pingunt. Oratores timldi saepe omnibus artilbus contre- miscunt. Venatores arcubus sagittas contorquent. Domus altitudo est insignis. Domui 3 nostrae adjacet lacus. Frater aediflcat domum. Magnus numerus est domuum (domorum) in urbe. Domlbus 4 perniciosi sunt imbres continui. Domos 5 regis cingunt multae pinus. Oaks and pines surround our house. The king dwells in a beautiful house. We dwell in beautiful houses. The height of the houses is remarkable. In the lake are fishes. The king has many and beautiful houses. I tremble in all [my] limbs. A great lake lies by our houses. My sisters embroider. Many houses are built in the city. My brothers sit in the garden under oaks, and my sisters in grottos. Many arrows are shot by bows. M88, 13. b). 2 §91,1. 3 §90, R. 5. 4 § 90, 1. a). 5 § 89, 1. EXERCISES. 117 EXERCISE X. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Spes, e\,f. hope. verse; res adver- vanus, a, urn, vain. aerumna, ae, /. hard- sae, adversity. dulcis, e, sweet. ship, trouble. ccrtus, a, urn, cer- felicior, m. and/, fe- vita, ae,/! life. tain. licius, n. oris, more solatium, i, n. conso- incertus, a, um, un- fortunate. lation. certain. afflicto 1. 1 overwhelm. conditio, onis, f. con- dubius, a, um., doubt- recreo 1. / refresh. dition, state. ful. amitto 3. / lose. tempus, oris, n. time, humanus, a, um, hu- oppono 3. i" oppose. adversus, a, um, ad- man. facile, adv. easily. Spes incerta et dubia est. Yis spei est magna in animis homi- num. Homines facile indulgent spei vanae. Spem feliciorum temporum non debemus amittere in aerumnis vitae. O spes, dul- ci solatio animos miserorum hominum recreas ! Spe vana saepe falllmur. Res humanae sunt incertae et dubiae. Conditio rerum humanarum est dubia. Rebus adversis opponlte virtutem. Ne extimesclte res adversas. O res humanae, quam saepe animos hominum fallltis ! Animus sapientis non afflictatur rebus ad- versis. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation* Fides, ei, /. fidelity, rarus, a, um, rare. servo 1. I preserve. amicitla, ae, f. friend- serenus, a, um, bright, debeo 2. / owe. ship. tutus, a, um, safe. coriquiesco 3. I find exemplum, i, n. ex- verus, a, um, true. satisfaction. ample. twstis, e, lowery, sad. succedo 3. I follow. salus, utis, /. safety, avolo 1. I fly away, cito, adv. swiftly. welfare. vanish. cuplde, adv. eager- ver, eris, n. spring. convoco 1. i" call to- ly. adventus, us, m. arri- g ether. etiam, conj. cdso. vol. exspecto 1. I expect, modo, — modo, now, portus, us, m. haven. await. — now. incorruptus, a, um, uncorrupted. * Let the teacher here, and so at the end of every ten pn^cs, give out a general review of the preceding vocabularies, and require the pupil to give promiscuously as asked, the Latin of any English word, or the English of any Latin word, which they contain. 118 EXERCISES. The fidelity of friends refreshes our minds in the hardships of life. Examples of true fidelity of friendship are rare. To the fidelity of our friends we owe our safety. The true friend preserves [his] fidelity also in adversity. O fidelity, thou pro- videst for unfortunate men a safe haven ! In the fidelity of friends we find satisfaction. The days are now bright, now lowery. The arrival of the bright days of spring is to all men agreeable. Lowery days follow bright days. We eagerly await the bright days of spring. O ye beautiful days of spring, how swiftly you fly away ! In (abl.) the bright days of spring we are delighted. Mid-day is bright. On (abl.) a certain day, the sol- diers of the city are called together. EXERCISE XL 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Beneficentia, ae, /. liberalltas, atis, f. lib- garriilus, a, urn, chat- beneficence. erality. tering 7 loquacious. luna, ae, /. the moon, lux, lucis, f. light. munif icus, a, um, mu- natura, ae,/. nature, ratio, onis, f. reason. nificent. sapientia, ae, /. wis- simulatlo, onis, f.pre- secundus, a, um, fa- dom. tence. vorable; res secun- odlum, i. n. hatred. sol, solis, m. sun. dae, prosperity. amor, oris, m. love. sonitus, us, m. sound, amabilis, e, amiable. hirundo, inis, f. steal- accommodatus, a, um, velox, ocis, swift. low. suited to. nihil, i?idecl., nothing. quam, conj., than. Nihil est naturae hominis accommodatius^ quam beneficentia. Nihil est amabilius, quam virtus. Lux est velocior, quam soni- tus. Nihil est melius, quam sapientia. Multi rnagis garruli sunt, quam hirundmes. Pauperes saepe sunt munificentiores, quam di- vites. In adversis rebus saepe sunt homines prudentiores, quam in secundis. Divitissimorum vita saepe est miserrima. Simula- tio amoris pejor est, quam odium. Nihil est melius, quam ratio. Sol major est, quam terra; luna minor est, quam terra. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Patrla, ae, f. native Syracusae, arum, f. murus, i, m. a wall. country. Syracuse. Homerus,i,??z. Homer. poeta, ae, m. a poet, corvus, i, m. a crow. Lacedaemomus, i, m. simia, ae,/. an ape. malum, i, n. evil. a Lacedemonian. EXERCISES. 119 labor, oris, m. labor, virgo, Inis, f: a young niger, gra, grum, adulatlo, onis, f. flat- woman. black. tery. cms, uris, n. shin, leg. celeber, bris, bre^fre- similitudo, Inis,/! sim- beatus, a, um, peace- quented. ilarity. ful, happy. brevis, e, short. valetudo, Inis, f. beneficus, a, um, be- simplex, icis, simple. health. nrficent. valeo 2. i" am strong, affinltas, atis, f. rela- Graecus, a, um, Greek. avail. tionship. svius,a,um,his,her,its. contemno3. 1 despise. Omnium beatissimus est sapiens. Homerus omnium Graeco- rum poetarum est veterrfmus. Adulatio est pessimum malum. Urbs Syracusae maxima et pulcherrima erat omnium Graecarum urbium. Pessimi homines sunt maledicentissimi. In amicitia plus valet similitudo morum, quam affinltas. Nothing is better than virtue. God is the greatest, best and wisest of all. The customs of the Lacedemonians were very sim- ple. The horse is very swift. Crows are very black. The ha- ven is very much frequented. The father is very benevolent and very beneficent. The king is building a very magnificent palace (=house). Young women should (=must) be very modest. The ape is very much like man. The leg of the stork is very slender. Nothing is sweeter than friendship. The Lace- demonians were very brave. Light is very swift. Nothing is worse than the pretence of love. The sun is very great. The life of man is very short. The richest are often the most wretched. The poorest are often the happiest. The labor is very easy. The customs of men are very unlike. The king is very munificent. The worst men are often very fortunate. The best men are often despised by (ab) the worst. The health of my friend is very feeble. The garden of thy father is very beautiful. The labor is very hard. The walls of the city are very low. Most men love their native country. EXERCISE XII. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Magister,tri, m. teach- praeceptor, oris, m. Veritas, atis, f. truth. er. teacher. gratus, a, um, agree- praeceptum, i, n. pre- tractatlo, onis, /. able. [_ed, angry. cept, principle. handling, pursuit, iratus, a, um, offend- 120 EXERCISES. aequalis, e, equal, imperium, i, n. com- disco 3. / learn. salutaris, e, salutary. mand, dominion. ludo 3. I play. canto 1,1 sing, laboro 1. / labor. attente, adv. atten- clamo 1. I cry. narro 1. I relate, twely. imperol. (with dat.), voco 1. I call. inter, praep. (with I command, govern, doleo 2. I grieve. ace), between, among. Rule of Syntax. The personal pronouns in the Norn., ego, tu, etc., are used only when there is some emphasis to be placed upon them, hence especially in antitheses. The same is true of the possessive pronouns, mens, tuus, etc., e. g. mens frater dili- gens est, tuus piger ; but : frater me amat (not : frater meus me amat). Ego canto, tu clamas, amicus vocat. Nos narramus, vos salta- tis, fratres laborant. Ego fleo, tu rides, frater dolet. Nos, prae- ceptores, docemus; vos, discipuli, discltis. Ego ludo, tu discis, so- ror acu pingit. Nos scriblmus, vos legitis, fratres pingunt. Ego salio, tu feris, puer dormit. Nos, magistri, vos, o discipuli, eru- dlmus ; vos, boni discipuli, attente auditis praecepta nostra. Vir- tutes inter se aequales sunt. Imperare sibi maximum imperium est. Iratus non est apud se. Tractatio litterarum nobis saluta- ris est. Veritas semper mihi grata est. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Modus, i, m, measure, par, aris, equal. I creep up, steal manner. dimlco 1. I fight. upon. vitlum, i, n. a fault, discordo 1. I am at acrlter, adv. spiritedly. civis, is, m. citizen. variance with. per, praep. (with parentes, mm, m. pa- porto 1. 1 bear, carry. ace), through, rents. faveo 2. I favor. propter, praep. (with caput, Itis, n. head. splendeo 2. I shine. ace.) , on account of . cantus, lis, m. song. expeto 3. / strive to de, praep. (with abl.), reditus, us, m. return. obtain. of, conceiving, over, proxlmus, a, um, next, obrepo 3. (with dat.), at. Vitia nobis virtutum nomine obrepunt. Nos favemus vobis, vos favetis nobis. Tu me amas, ego te amo. Mihi mea vita, tlbi, tua cara est. Virtus splendet per se semper. Cantus nos delec- tat. Parentes a nobis diliguntur. O mi fili, semper mihi 1 pare ! Frater me et te amat. Egomet mihi 2 sum proximus. Tute tibi 3 impera. Virtus propter sese colitur. Suapte natura 4 virtus ex- 1 h 00. 1. («). 2 § 90, 1 (1). 3 § 90, 1 c). * § 91, 4. fcXEttCISTSS, 121 petituf. Gives de ssiisniet capitibus dimicant. Sapiens omnia sua secum portat. Nos vobiscum de patris reditu guadeinus. Tu tecum pugnas. Oratio tua tecum pugnat. Beus tecum est Saepe animus secum discordat. Hostes nobiscum aerltur pug- nan t. I relate, thou dancest, the brother labors. We sing, you write, the friends call. I, the teacher, teach ; thou, the scholar, learn- est. We weep, you laugh, the brothers grieve. I write, thou readest, the brother paints. We play, you learn, the sisters em- broider. I, the teacher, instruct thee, O scholar ; thou, O good scholar, hearest attentively my precepts. The enemies fight spiritedly with you. Angry [men] are not in their right mind (=by themselves). God is with us. You rejoice with us at the return of [our] father. I carry all my [secrets] with myself. O my son and my daughter, always obey me ! You love us, we love you. Our life is dear to us, yours to you. Bad men are always at variance with themselves. The pursuit of literature is salutary to me. Truth is always agreeable to us. Our parents love thee and me in (abl.) like (=equal) manner. Men love themselves. Virtue is beautiful in (per) itself. I favor thee, thou favorest me. Our native country is dear to us. 3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Cura, ae, /. care, con- industrtus, a, um, in- immemor, oris, un- cern. dustrious, diligent. mindful of, ira, ae, f, anger, mirus, a, um, wonder- potens, ntis, power- desiderium, i, n. long- ful, extraordinary. ful, master of ing, desire, perfldus, a, um, faith- impotens, ntis, not conservatrix, icis, f less. powerful, not mas- preserver, absens, ntis, absent. ter of. judex, icis, m. judge, insipiens, ntis, unwise, teneo 2. i" hold, pos- benignus, a, um, kind, memor, oris, mind- sess. ful of. ango 3. i" trouble. Omnis natura est conservatrix sui (preserver of herself). Mir rum desiderium urbis, meorum et tui me tenet (longing after the city, etc). Pater vehementer tua sui memoria delectatur (by thy remembrance of him). Ira est impotens sui. 1 Sapiens semper potens sui est. Yestri cura me angit (concern for you). Omnes homines sunt benigni judlces sui. Vehementer grata mihi est 11 122 EXERCISES. meraoria nostrl tua (thy remembrance of us). Amicus mci et tui est memor. Pater absens magno desiderio tenetur mei, et tui, mi frater, et vestri, o sorores. Amlci sunt nostri memores. Multi vestrum mihi placent. Plurimi nostrum te valde diligunt. The absent father has a great concern for us (=of us). The unwise [man] is not master of himself. The faithless friend is unmindful of me. Your remembrance of me is very agreeable. Care about thee (=of thee) troubles me. The most of you, my scholars, are diligent. The most of us love [our] native country. EXERCISE XIIL 1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Diligentia, ae, /. dili- auctoritas, atis,/. au- mendax, acis, lying, gence, exactness. ihority. liar. ignavla, ae, /. indo- tarditas, atis, f. slow- hebeto 1. I blunt, en- lence. ness, indolence* feeble. litterae, arum, f. a dux, ucis, m. leader, firmo 1. I make firm, letter. general. strengthen. memorla, ae, /. mem- carmen, Inis, n. poem, vito 1. / avoid. org. addictus, a, um, de- placeo 2. I please. schola, ae, f. a school. voted to. displlceo 2. / dis- sententia, ae, /. opin- fidus, a, um, faithful. please. ion, view. saevus, a, um, fierce, faveo 2. I am favor- Sallustlus, ii, m. Sal- cruel. able to. lust. elegans, ntis, elegant, credo 3. / believe, scriptor, oris, m. wri- iners, ertis, awkward, trust. ter. inactive. Sallustius est elegantissimus scriptor ; ejus libros libenter lego. Amicum fidum habeo ; ei 1 addictissimus sum. Fratris carmen valde mihi placet ; lege id. Ignavia corpus habetat, labor firmat ; illam vita, hunc expete. Hae litterae graviter me movent. Haec carmlna suavissima sunt. Isti homini 2 mendaci ne crede. Huic duci milites libenter parent. Illi viro omnes favent. Praecla- rum est istud tuum praeceptum. Haec sententia mihi 3 placet, ilia displlcet. Hoc bellum est saevissimum. Hie puer industrlus est, ille iners. Memoria teneo praeclarum illud praeceptum. Iste tuus amicus est vir optimus. Ista vestra auctoritas est maxima. Hujus discipuli diligentiam 4 laudo, illius tarditatem vitupero; illi schola est gratissima, huic molestissima. l §90, l.b). »§90, l.c). M90,l.b). 4 § 89, I. EXERCISES. 123 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation* FortCma, ae, f for- opus, eris, n. work. cbsideo 2. / besiege. tune. clarus, a, urn, clear, studeo 2. I strive. Alexander, dri, m, renowned. fklo 3. / trust. Alexander. Delphicus, a^ urn, diffido. I distrust. Pompeius, i, m. Pom- Delphic. nosco 3. I am ac- pey. inirnlcus, a, urn, hos- quainted with, factum, i, n. deed. tile; subst. enemy. know. merltum, i, n. desert, seditiosus, a, urn, se- agnosco 3. i" under- oractilum, i, n. or- ditious. stand. acle. adinirabllis, e, toon- resisto 3. I resist. Caesar, aris, m. Cae- derful. sentio 4. I feel, think, sar. laudabilis, e, praise- judge. imperator, oris, m. worthy. pro, praep. (with general. expugno 1. I capture. abl.), for. virtus, utis,y. bravery, traeto 1. I pursue. quia, con j. because. Multi homines de iisdem rebus eodem die non eadem sentiunt. Insipiens eidem sententiae modo fidit, modo diiFidit. Ipsi impera- tori sedltiosi milites resistunt. Animus ipse se movet. Virtus est per se ipsa laudabilis. Saepe nihil est homini inimicius, quam sibi ipse. Omne animal se ipsum diligit. Carior nobis esse debet patria, qnam nosmet ipsi. Praeclarum est illud praeceptum ora- culi Delphici : Nosce te ipsum. Mendax saepe sibi ipsi diiudit. Sallast is a very elegant writer, I read him with \ery great de- light (libentissime). The brother and his friend are very dear to me. The teacher praises and censures the scholars according to (pro with abl.) their desert. We perceive God from his works. We honor [our] parent?, because their deserts to (de with abl.) us are very great. The enemies besiege the city and strive to capture it. This book I read with delight. This poem pleases me, that displeases. I praise the industry of this scholar. The exploits of that great Alexander are extolled by (ab) ail writers. Caesar and Pompey were very renowned generals ; to that, fortune was more favorable than to this ; the bravery of this and that [one] was wonderful. The king himself is leader of the army. Thou dost not always judge the same concerning the same thing. The father and the son pursue the same literary studies (= literature). The virtues are of (per) themselves praiseworthy. Man loves him- self. [Thy] native country ought to be dearer to thee than thou 124 EXERCISES. thyself. Understand yourselves. Liars often distrust them- selves. EXEKCISE XIV. 1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Civitas, atis, f state, probus, a, urn, up- guberno 1. I govern, lex, egis, /. law. rigid. \cred. rule. mors, rtis, /. death. sanctus, a, urn, sa- honoro 1. / honor. irnmaturus, a, urn, tin- mitis, e, mild. gero 3. I carry on. timelu. enrol, (with ace), / sueenrro 3. I assist. Justus, a T om, just. care for, look out exaudio 4. i" listen to. malef feus, a y urn, evil; for. ardenter, adv. ardent- subst. evil-doer. devastol. I lay waste. ly, eagerly. Eex, qui civitatem gnbernat, civium salutem curare debet. Kegi, cujus imperium mite et justum est, omnes cives libenter parent. Hegem, cui 1 leges sunt sanctae, cives colunt. Felix est rex, quern omnes cives amant. O rex, qui civitatem nostram gu- bernas, honora bonos cives, terre maleficos, succurre miseris, 2 ex- audi probos ! Acerba et immatura est mors eorum, qui immortal e opus parant. Non semper est illud bonum, quod ardenter expeti- mus. Beati sunt ii, quorum vita virtutis praeeeptis 3 regitur. Hostis, quocum bellum gerltur, terrain 4 nostram devastat. The kings who govern the states, ought to look out for (ace.) the welfare of the citizens. The kings, whose government is mild and just, all citizens obey with delight. The kings, to whom the laws are sacred, are obeyed by all the citizens. The kings are fortunate, who are loved by all the citizens. O kings, who govern our states, honor the good citizens, frighten the evil, assist the wretched, listen to the upright ! The enemies, with whom we carry on war, lay waste our land. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Luscinta, ae, f. night- falsus, a, urn, false. cogito 1. / think of. ingale. [fault, ingratus, a, mn, disa- excrucio 1. I torment. peccatum, i, n. sin, grceable, ungrateful, repugno 1. i" am re- apmiQ,Q.nis,fopinioM. utilis, e, useful. pugnant to. honest us, a, um, vir- amb.ulo 1. I go to habeo 2. I have ; me tuous. walk, take a walk. habeo, I have myself. i & 5 90,1. 2 §90,1. a). 3 $91 t A. I. i 4 89, 1. EXERCISES. 125 indulgeo 2. / am in- ago 3. / drive, do, quaero 3. I seek, diligent to. treed. cur, why. dico 3. I say, telL Quis me vocat ? Quid agis, mi amice ? Quis scribit has lit- teras ? Quid cogltas ? Quid ago ? cur me excrucio ? Quae amicitia est inter ingratos ? Quod carmen legis ? Quis homo venit? Quis poeta dulcior est, quam Homerus ? Cujus vox suavior est, quam vox lusciniae ? Quibus peccatis facillime in- dulgemus ? Quicquid est honestum, idem est utile. Quicquid vides, currit cum tempore. Quoquo modo res sese habet, ego sententiam meam defendo. Quaecunque opinio veritati repugnat, falsa est. What sayest thou ? Who is that man ? Who is that woman ? With whom does thy friend go to walk ? Whom seekest thou ? What book readest thou ? To whom dost thou write this letter ? In whatever manner the thing has itself, we praise thy view. EXERCISE XV. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Graecia, ae,/. Greece, dignltas, atis, /. dig- impendeo 2. I threat* pecunia, ae, f. money. nity. en. lecus, i, m. a place, mens, tis, /. under- inhaereo 2. I inhere, situation. standing, intellect adlmo 3. I take away. augurium, i, n. pres- jus, Oris, n. what is tribuo 3. I give. age. just. idcirco, adv. on this saeculum, i, n. hun- justitia, ae, /. justice. account. dred years, an age. futurus, a, um, future, quasi, adv. as if terror, oris, m. terror, insltus, a, um, inborn. Si mortem timemus, semper allqui terror nobis impendet. Si cuipiampecuniam fortuna adlmit, idcirco miser non est. Graecia parvum quendam locum Europae tenet. Inhaeret in mentibus nostris quasi quoddam augurium futurorum saeculorum. In uno- quoque virorum bonorum habitat deus. Justitia jus unicuique tribuit pro dignitate cuj usque. Cuique nostrum amor vitae est insltus. 11* 126 EXERCISES. EXERCISE XVI. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Bonum, i, n. the good. respublica, reipubll- pecco 1. I sin, commit Aristides, is, m. Aris- cae, the state. a fault. tides. permultus, a, um, soleo 2. / am accus- grex, egis, m. a herd. very much, many. tamed. imitator, oris, m. imi- fragilis, e, perishable, exsisto 3. I exist, am. tator. princeps, Ipis, m. quod, conj. because, ©ratio, onis, f. speech. first, prince. that. Quot sunt homines, tot sunt sententiae. Non tan turn malum est hoc, quod peccant princlpes, quantum illud, quod permulti imi- tatores principum existunt. Quot genera orationum sunt, totldem oratorum genera reperiuntur. Quales sunt duces, tales sunt mill- tes. Qualis est rex, talis est grex. Quales in republlca sunt prin- clpes, tales solent esse cives. Ne contemne homines miseros, qualescunque sunt. Corporis et fortunae bona, quantacunque sunt, incerta ac fragilia sunt. Quotquot homines sunt, omnes vitam amant. Quotcunque sunt scriptores, omnes Aristidis justi- tiam praedlcant. EXERCISE XVII. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Hora, ae, f. hour. mensis, is, m. month, pono 3. / place, ar- summa, ae, f. sum. hebdomas, adis, f. range. annus, i, m. year. week. sepono 3. I lay aside. calculus, i, m. a peb- nux, ucis, f. nut. jam, adv. already, ble. in promtu esse, to be now. Carolus, i, m. Charles. in readiness. memorlter, adv. from codicilli, orum, m. exspecto 1. / wait, memory. writing tablet. await. paulisper, adv. a lit- thaierus, i, m. dollar, respondeo 2. / an- tie. cerasum, i, n. cherry. swer. recte, adv. correctly. malum, i, n. apple. responsio, onis, f. an- deinde, adv. then, pirum, i, n. pear. swer. thereupon. prunum, i, n. plum, addo 3. / add to. denique, adv. finally. exemplum, i, n. ex- attendo 3. / give at- porro, adv. besides. ample. tendon. turn, adv. then. Pater. Attende, mi fili ! Scribe in codicillos tuos hoc exem- plum : Si habes decern mala, fcria prima, unum pirum, sex cerasa ; EXERCISES. 127 et his addimtur duo mala, quattuor prima, septem pira, octo cera- sa ; deinde quinque mala, novem prima, sedecim pira, undecjm cerasa ; turn duodecim mala, quindecim prima, tredecim pira, quat- tuordeeim cerasa ; porro viginti mala, imdeviginti prima, duodevi- ginti pira, septendecim cerasa ; denlque quattuor et viginti mala, unum et viginti pruna, duo et viginti pira, tria et viginti cerasa: quot sunt mala? quot pruna? quot pira? quot cerasa? Carditis. Exspecta paulisper, mi pater ! Jam responsio est in promtu. Sunt tria et septuaginta mala ; unum et septuaginta pruna ; sep- tem et septuaginta pira ; novem et septuaginta cerasa. P. Eecte, mi Carole ! Jam sepone codicillos et memonter mihi responde : Quot menses habet unus annus ? C. Duodecim. P. Quot heb- domades habet unus mensis ? C. Quattuor. P. Quot dies habet unus annus ? C. Trecentos sexaginta quinque. P. Quot horas habet unus dies ? C. Quattuor et viginti. P. Quot dies habent tres anni ? C. Mille nonaginta quinque. P. Quot horas habet unus annus ? C. Octo milia septingentas sexaginta. P. Si tres nuces quater ponis, quanta summa exsistit? C. Duodecim. P. Si quinque calculos ter millies sexcenties quinquagies septies ponis? C. Duodeviginti milia ducenti octoginta quinque. P. Si septingenta quadraginta tria milia trecentos quinquaginta duo tha- leros bis ponis ? C. Decies centum milia quadringenta octoginta sex milia septingenti quattuor. Father. Give attention, my son ! write upon your writing- tablet the following (= this) example: If thou hast 20 apples, 6 plums, 2 pears, 12 cherries, and to these are added 4 apples, 8 plums, 14 pears, 16 cherries ; then 10 apples, 18 plums, 32 pears, 22 cherries ; then 24 apples, SO plums, 26 pears, 28 cherries ; be- sides, 40 apples, 38 plums, 36 pears, 34 cherries ; finally, 48 apples, 42 plums, 44 pears, 46 cherries : how many apples are [there] ? how many plums ? how many pears ? how many cherries ? — Charles. Wait a little, my father ! already is the answer in readi- ness. There are 146 apples, 142 plums, 154 pears, 158 cherries. — Father. Correctly, my Charles ! 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Incola, ae, m. inhabi- moderator, oris, m. societas, atis, f. alli- tant. \tory. governor. ance. [army. victoria, ae, /. vie- eques, Itis, m. horse- exercitus, us, m. pretium, i, n. value. man. natus, us, m. birth ; vitium, i, n. fault. pedes, Itis, m. foot- major (natu) old- assentator, oris, m. man. er, minor (natu) flatterer. pars, tis, f part, side. younger. 128 EXERCISES. fides, ei, /. fidelity : turn, after the birth nunc, ado. now. fidem habeo, I have of Christ. vix, ado. scarcely. confidence in. quotus, a, um, ichat de (with abl.), of cognltus, a, um, one ? what f concerning. known. ago 3. I drive, pass; ex (with abl), /row. infidus, a, um, un- annum ago, / am post (with ace.), after. faithful. in the year. et — et, both — and. natus, a, um, born ; irrumpo 3. I make an neque, and not ; post Christum na- irruption. neque — neque, neither — nor. Quota hora est? Decima. Annus, quo nunc vivimus, est milleslmus octingentessimus quadragesimus tertius post Christum natum. Pater meus agit annum quartum et sexagesiinum (or sexagesimum quartum) ; mater duodequinquagesimum ; frater major natu l tertium et tricesimum (or tricesimum tertium) ; frater minor natu alterum et tricesimum (or tricesimum alterum) ; soror major duodetricesimum ; soror minor vicesimum. In urbe sunt mille milites. Duo milia hostium urbem obsldent. The enemy makes an irruption into our country (== land), with 10,000 soldiers. A thousand soldiers defend the city. 28,000 footmen and 13,000 horsemen defend the country. My father is in his seventy-fifth year (= is passing his seventy- fifth year) ; my mother in her sixty-second ; my older brother in his forty-first ; my younger brother in his thirty-ninth ; my older sister in her thirty-fourth and my younger sister in her twenty- sixth. What hour is it ? the eleventh hour. How old art thou ? (== what year art thou passing ?), fifty-eight years old (= I am passing the fifty-eighth year). Aliud alii placet (one thing pleases one and another another), 2 aliud alii displicet. Milites utriusque exercitus sunt fortisslmi. Utrumque est vitium : et omnibus credere, et nulli. Perfldus homo vix ulli fidem habet. Unius fidi hominis amicitia habet plus pretii (has more value), 3 quam multorum infidorum societas. Soli sapienti 4 vera vis virtutis est cognlta. Incolae totius urbis de victoria exercitus laeti erant. Nullius hominis vita ex (in) omni parte beata est Habeo duo amicos ; ambo valde dillgo. Ami- cus meus habet duo filios et duas filias. We trust to neither of the two, neither to the wicked [man] nor the flatterer. The life of no man is more peaceful than the life of the wise [man]. God is the governor of the whole world. '§91,2.0). 2 § 94, 15. 3 §88, 13. c). 4 § 90, 1. EXERCISES. 129 The father goes to walk with [his] two sons and [his] two daugh- ters. Two faithful friends are as it were (quasi) one soul in two bodies. Two thousand soldiers (gen.) defend the city. EXERCISE XVIII. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Ripa, ae, f, bank, libertas, atis, f. free- effundo 3. I pour out, via, ae, f, way, dom. discharge, castra, orum, n. camp, altus, a, um, high, fugio 3. I flee, agger, eris, m. mound, deep, pello 3. I drive, repel. pes, edis, m, foot, video 2. I see, rnunio 4. I fortify. duco 3. I lead. Exercises on the Prepositions with Nouns of all the Declensions, Frogs live in the water and upon (in) the land. The soldiers fight spiritedly against (in) the enemy. The enemies make an irruption into our borders. In the fields bloom various herbs. In (abl.) summer we sit with delight under oaks. The enemies flee within (== among) the walls. Parents are loved by (ab) good sons and daughters. Orators we extol on account of (ob) fluency of speech. The earth moves (= is moved) around the sun. Repel cares from [your] minds. Suppliants fall down upon the knees. Eloquence adorns those with (penes) whom it is. Live thou according to nature. The soldiers fight before (pro) the camp. The river is discharged over the banks. Virtue has all [things] beneath (subter) itself. Who is peaceful without virtue ? Above the city is a very high oak. Below our garden a very magnificent house is built. The army marches (iter facit) towards Rome. The general leads the soldiers against the city. Near by the walls of the city, the enemies fortify the camp. The enemies build a high mound around the city. Our soldiers fight with the enemies very spirit- edly. The citizens fight spiritedly for the freedom of their native country. The enemies flee over the river. On account of vir- tue men are esteemed. The enemies within the walls of the city fortify a camp. The love of parents towards [their] children is very great. Many men act contrary to (contra) the precepts of virtue. On this side of the city a camp is fortified by (ab) the enemies. Frogs live within and without the water. All the citizens were joyful concerning (de) the victory of our soldiers. 130 EXERCISES. The way, which leads from (ab) the city up to our garden, is very beautiful. Avoid the man, who by reason of (prae) anger is not in his right mind (— with himself). Before (ante) our house are many pines, behind the same, is a very beautiful gar- den. Often do we not see that which is before (ante) our feet. Between the city and our garden are very beautiful fields. The enemies flee through the city. Who is peaceful besides the wise [man] ? EXERCISE XIX. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Aloe, es, f. the aloe. planetes,ae,m.jr?/an^. tener, era, erum, ten- Circe, es, f. Circe. Boreas, Epaminon- der. astutia, ae, f cun- das, GorgTas, Py- celebro 1. I celebrate, ning. \cook. thagoras, Orestes, abstlneo 2. (with abl.) coqua, ae, f (female) Pylades, ae, m. are / abstain from. culina, ae, f kitchen. proper names and strideo 2. I whistle. gloria, ae, f renown. remain as in Latin, antepono 3. I prefer. historia, ae,/*. history crimtus, a, um, with coquo 3. I cook. stella, ae, f. star. long hair. pie, adv. tenderly, pi- nauta, ae, m. sailor, erraticus, a, um, wan- ously. cometes, ae, m. comet. dering. Aloe est amara. Aloes herba est amara. Crambae est tenera herba. Cramben coqua in culina coquit. O Circe, quanta erat astutia tua ! Crambe tenera delectamur. Boreas vexat nautas. Boreae procellae nautis perniciosae sunt. Boream fuglunt nautae. O Borea, quam vehementer strides ! A Borea vexantur nautae. Planetes est stella erratlca. Cometes est stella crinita. Oresten et Pyladen ob amicitiam praedicamus. O Epaminonda, quanta est tua gloria! Anchises pie amatur ab Aenea. Pythagorae sapientia praedicatur. O Anchise, quam pic amaris ab Aenea ! Epaminondam et Pelopldam omnes scriptores celebrant. Cabbage is tender. The herb of cabbage is tender. The aloe is a biiter herb. We prefer the tender cabbage to the bitter aloe. O Circe, how by (abl.) thy cunning thou deceivest the minds of men ! We abstain from the bitter aloe. Gorgias had {erat with dat.) great eloquence. The cunning of Circe was great. JEneas loves Anchises tenderly. Pythagoras we extol on account of [his] wisdom. O Orestes and Pylades, how great was your friendship ! Concerning (de) Orestes and Pylades, concerning Epaminondas and Pelopidas history relates. EXERCISES. 131 EXERCISE XX. Words to be learned mid Examples for translation. Lingua, ae, /. tongue, pirus, i, pear-tree. ignavus, a, urn, indo- language. prunus, i, plum-tree. lent, lazy, cowardly. sllva, ae, f. a wood. ulmus, i, an elm. ligneus, a, um, wood- cibus, i, m. food. avldus, a, um, (with en, of wood. Aegyptus, i, Egypt. gen.), greedy. longus, a, una, long. T) f fight, magistrate, magis- quamdlu, adv. and battle. tracy. conj. how long ; so arma, orum, n. arms, foris, adv. without. (as) long as. oratio, onis, f. speech, heri, adv. yesterday. ubi, adv. where, discourse. longe, adv. far. dum, conj. while- magistrates, u$, m. peregre, adv. abroad, nisi, conj. unless. quum, conj. ichen y as, Deus omnibus locis adest. Parvi pretii sunt foris arma, nisi est consilium domi. Contemnuntur ii, qui nee sibi, nee alteri pro- sunt. Ut magistratlbus 1 leges, ita popiilo praesunt magistratus. Ratio et oratio eonciiiant inter se homines, neque ulla re longlus absumus a natura ferarum. Ego laetus sum, tu tristris es. Si sorte vestra contenti estis, beati estis. Dum ego, tu et amicus in schola eramus, sorores nostrae in hor- to erant. Quum tu et Carol as heri domi nostrae erdtis, ego pere- gre eram. Quamdlu tu et frater tuus domi 2 nostrae erdtis, tu lae- tus eras, sed frater tuus tristis erat. Quamdlu tu et pater aberti- tis, ego et frater tristes eramus. Cur heri in schola non fuisti ? Quia cum patre peregre fui. Quamdlu tu et pater tuus domo 2 abfuistis ? Sex menses 3 abfuimus. Cur milites nostri pugnae non interfuerunt ? Quia longius abfue- runt. Ubi heri fueras, quum domi tuae eram ? I am useful to thee, and thou to me. Wherefore are you sad ? We are joyful. If thou art contented with thy lot, thou art hap- py. While I was in the school, my sister was in the garden. As yesterday thou wast at home, I was abroad. Why were (perf.) you not in the school yesterday ? Because we were (perf) abroad. How long hast thou been absent from (abl.) home ? Ten months (ace.) have I been absent. Where had you been yesterday, as we were in your house ? While we and you were in the school, our sisters were in the garden. While you and Charles were in our house yesterday, we were abroad. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Desum, defui, deesse, periculum, i, n. dan- aetas, aiis,f. age, gen- I am ivanting. ger. erat ion. obsum, fui, esse, / am praedium, i, n. farm, nemo (inis), no-body, against, injure. adolesce ns, tis, m. no one. oecupo 1. i" take p>os- young man, youth, aegrotus, a, urn, sick, session of seize. 1 § 90, R. 5. 2 § 92, R. 3. 3 § 89 ; 5. 148 EXERCISES. a varus, a, urn, avari- postea, adv. after- propterea, adv. for cious. \cible. wards. this reason. invictus, a, um, invin- nuper, adv lately. quo — eo (with com- atrox, ocis, terrible, repente, adv. sudden- parative), the — so bloody. ly. much the. antea, adv. before. Quamdlu felix eris, multi tibi 1 erunt amici. Tota ci vitas in summa laetitia fuerat, quum repente ingens terror omnium amnios occupat. Pugna fuit atrocissima, propterea quod utriusque exer- citus milites fortissimi fueraut. Ante belli initium in urbe fuera- mus. Demosthenis aetate multi oratores magni et clari fuerunt, et an tea fuerant, nee postea defuerunt. Ante tres annos apud amicum fui, in cujus praedio nuper per duo menses fueratis. Haec res non profuit nobis, 2 sed obfuit. Quo minus honoris apud Romanos erat poetis, eo minora stadia fuerunt. Si quis virtdtis compos erit, semper beatus erit. Quarndfu sorte mea contentus ero, felix ero. Qualis in alios fueris, tales hi in te erunt. Si in hae vita semper virtutis studiosi fuerlmus, etiam post mortem bead erlmus. So long as you shall be fortunate, you will not want friends. The upright always benefit the upright. My enemies (inimicus) have not injured but benefited me, If men will be virtuous, they will be happy. So long as we shall be contented with our lot, we shall be happy. If men always shall have been virtuous, the reward of virtue will not be wanting to them. Rule of Syntax. In questions, to which the asker expects an answer by yes or no, the interrogative particle ne is attached to the word upon which the emphasis of the question is placed, as : Fuist'ine heri in schola ? wast thou in school yesterday V Erasne in schola, quum heri domi tuae eram ? Eram. Mi- serne sapiens erit, quum pauper erit ? Non erit. Laetusne, an tristis es ? Unusne, an plures sunt mundi ? Cur heri in schola non fuisti ? Aegrotusne fuisti ? Non, sed quia cum patre pere- gre eram. Fuerasne nuper in horto nostro ? Deeritnc tibi hominum laus, si semper probus fueris ? Were you in school, as* we were at your house yesterday ? * It seemed convenient to retain as in these exercises, somewhat in a German sense, in order to indicate a definite jxisf action expressed either by the Impeif. or Pluperf., and also, in order to secure a meaning for quum. with these tenses, distinct from that of dum and postquam. See $ 111. 1 $ 90, I. b). 2 $ 90, 1. a). EXERCISES. 140 Yes (= we were). Will the wise be unhappy, when they shall be poor ? No (= they will not be). No one of (gen.) us is the very same in old-age, which he was (perf.) [as] a young man. Pelopidas was in (perf.) all dangers. Aristides was in (perf.) the battle of Salamis (pugna Salaminta). Poets not merely delight, but also benefit us. Yesterday I was (perf.) at thy house, but thou wast abroad. The avaricious, in the abundance of all things, will be very poor. Thou, thy father and thy mother have benefited us much (mili- tant). We, you and your sister were very joyful yesterday, as we were at your house. Were you yesterday abroad, as I was at your house ? Yes (= we were). While my brother was in the garden, I was in the school. Were our soldiers in the battle ? No (= they were not in it). We were (perf) not at home yes- terday, but abroad. Our soul after death will be immortal. So long as we shall be contented with our fortune, we shall be happy. Where had you been yesterday, as I was at your house ? We had been abroad. So long as thou hadst been fortunate, thou liarht had (— there had been to thee) many friends. The more modest thou shalfc be, so much the more agreeable thou wilt be to men. If I shall benefit others, they [also] will benefit me. As (qualis) I shall have been to (in with ace.) others, so (talis) they will be to me. If we shall have benefited others, they [also] will benefit us. If thou, in this life, shalt have zealously pursued virtue, thou shalt also, after death, be happy. 3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Coglto 1. / think, re- nescius, a, um, igno- attentus, a, um, atten- ded upon. rant ; non sum ne- tine. dubito 1. I doubt. scius, / know per- praeteritus, a, um, pondero 1. / weigh, fectly icell. past. consider. parsimonia, ae, ffru- eras, adv. to-morrow. pro video 2. I foresee; gality. parum, adv. too little. c. Dat. look out for. mens, tis, /. state of prius, adv. previously. intelllgo 3. / under- mind. plane, adv. wholly, stand. vectlgal, alis, n. tax, ne — quidem, not in- repeto 3. I run over. income. deed, not even. scio 4. / know. victor, oris, m. con- turn, then. nescio 4. / do not queror. non solum— sedetiam, know. not merely, but also. Rule of Syntax. In questions which depend upon a fore- 13* 150 EXERCISES. going sentence (indirect questions), the subjunctive* is always used, as: Narra mihi, ubi /wens, relate to me, where thou hast been. — In indirect questions the enclitic ne is translated by whether, as : Dublto, laetusne sis, / doubt, whether thou art joyful. — For the succession of the tenses in interrogative and other subordinate sentences, see § 105. Non sum nescius, qua mente tu et prius in nosfueris, et nunc sis, et semper futurus sis. Non eram nescius, qua mente tu et prius in nos fuisses, et turn esses, et semper futurus esses. Qualis sit animus, ipse animus nescit. Deus non est nescius, qua mente quisque sit, Cogita, quantum nobis exempla bona prosinL Prae gaudio, ubi sbn, nescio. Non inielligunt homines, quam magnum vectlgal sit parsimonia. Non, quantum quisque prosit, sed quanti pretii quisque sit, pondera. Quo quisque animo futurus sit, nescio. Incertus eram, profuturusne tibi essem. Saepe ne utile quidem est scire, quid futurum sit. Pecunia, honores, valetudo quamdlu affu- tura sint, incertum est. Incertus eram, et ubi essetis, et uhifuis- setis. Narro tibi, et ubi heri fuerimus, et ubi eras futuri simus. Dubitamus, fuerintne milites nostri in pugna laude digni. Du- bium erat, civesne nostri, an hostes in ilia pugna victores fuissenL Dubium erat, profuissetne Alcibiades patriae suae, an obfuisset. What to-day is and yesterday was (perf.), we know ; but what will be to-morrow, we know not. How long we shall be in this life, is uncertain. I knew perfectly well, both of what state of mind towards us you then were, and had been previously, and always would be (= were about to be). I rejoice, when I think, how much you have benefited the state, both now and before, and still will benefit [it]. It was uncertain, where the enemies were and had been, and where they would be. Adestote omnes animis, 1 qui adestis corporibus ! Attenti este, discipuli ! Homines mortis 2 memores sun to. Contenti estote sorte 3 vestra ! Parum provident multi tempori futuro, sed plane in diem vivunt. Yir prudens non solum praesentia curat, sed etiam praeterlta mente repetit et futura ex praeterltis provldet. Scholars not merely with (abl.) the body (plur.), but also with the mind (plur.), should be in the school. Man should be mind- ful of death. In school, you should be attentive, O scholars ! Thou should- * As the subjunctive form is not so extensively used in English as in Latin, the Subj. must often be translated into English by the forms of the Indie, as will be seen in the following examples. 1 § 91, G. 2 § 88, 3. 3 § 91,4. b). EXERCISES. 151 est be contented with (abl.) thy lot! mindful of the precepts of virtue. Men should always be EXERCISE XXVII. 1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Decerto 1. I contend. elaboro 1. (in c. abl.), I labor (zealously). flo 1.7 blow, wave. intro 1. (c. ace), / go into, enter. liber, era, erum, free. libero 1. / deliver. navo 1. 1 pursue some- thing ardently ; ope- ram navo (c. dat), I occupy myself with. numero 1. / number. opera, ae, f toil, labor. somnus, i, m. sleep. venrus, i, m. wind. timor, oris, m. fear, cuplditas, atis, f. de- sire, passion. intentus, us, m. de- struction. aptus, a, um, fitted. placldus, a, urn, gen- tie. vehemens, tis, violent potissimum, adv. es- pecially. quomodo, in what manner, how. A) Active of the first Conjugation. Quum milites urbem intrabant, omnes cives timoris pleni erant. Quum in silva anibulabamus, vehemens ventus per altas quercus flabat. Quamdlu tu in horto ambulabas, ego domi litteris operam navabam. Dum nos placldus somnus recreabat, vos vigilabatis. Quomodo is libero imperabit, qui non suis cupiditatibus imperat ? Ad quas res aptissimi erimus, in iis potissimum elaborabimus. Quamdlu eris felix, multos amicos numerabi*. Bonos semper laudabo, improbos semper vituperabo. Si acrlter armis decerta- bitis, o milites, patriam ab inteiitu liberabitis. Si virtutem ama- bis, omnes boni te amabunt. 2. Words to be Com par o 1. I pre- pare, acquire. conjugo 1. / join to- gether, unite. devoco 1. / call down. migro 1. I migrate. emigro 1. / move out. evolo 1. / fly out from, escape. interrogo 1. / ask. observo 1. / observe. learned and Examples for translation. philosophla, Sie,fphi- adhuc, adv. still. losophy. perpetuo, adv. contin- carcer, eris, m. prison. ually. narratio, onis, f. nar- tanquam, as if, as. rative, num (an interroga- ns, ruris, n. country; tive word used ruri, in the country, rure, from the coun- try, ace. rus, into the country. jucundus, a, um, plea- sant, agreeable. when a negative answer is expect- ed), is it possible that ? 152 EXERCISES. Ea est jucundissima amicitia, quam similitude morum conjuga- vit. Vivunt ii, qui ex corporum vinsulis, tanquam carcere r evo laverunt. Socrates primus philosophiam devoeavit e coelo. Quia semper virtutis praecepta observastis, magnam vobis * laudem com- parastis. Cur per totam noctem vigilasti ? Praeceptores meos semper amavi. Aciiter contra hostes pugnavimus. Quum mili- tes urbem intraverant, ingens terror omnium civium animos occu- pabat. Narratio, quam mihi nuper narraveras, vehementer me delectaverat. Quum exercitus hostilis urbem oppugnaverat, nos jam emigraveramus. Si animum virtutibus 2 ornaveris, semper beatus eris. Ut alios homines tractavenmus, ita hi nos tractabunt. Si quis te interrogaverit, qualis sit animus, num dubia erit respon- sio ? Si perpetuo in hac vita virtutem servaverltis> etiam in altera vita beati erltis. Quum hostes agros devastaverint, urbem ipsam oppugnabunt. Quum ego rus 3 migravero, tu adhuc in urbe eris. 3, Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Kecito 1. I read to. Germanus, i, m. a ostentatio, onis, f. os- re voe o 1. I recall. German. tentation. caussa, ae, f. cause ; supplicium, i, n. capi- scelus, eris, n. offence, abl. caussa with tal punishment, 2) crime. gen., on account of. (any severe) pun- quaestus, us, m. gain. sophista, ae, m. ishment. diligenter, adv. dili- sophist. Atheniensis, is, m. an gently, carefully. Francogallus, i, m. Athenian. fortiter, adv. bravely. Frenchman. approbatio, onis, /. studiose, adv. zealous- approbation, ly. How many has the fear of the divine punishment reclaimed (= recalled) from crimes ! The Germans have fought bravely against the French (= Frenchmen). So long as we frequented school, we pursued literature diligently. The Athenians called those sophists, who for the sake of ostentation or gain pursued phi- losophy. To-morrow we will celebrate the birth-day of our father. So long as you shall be fortunate, you will number many friends. The more any one (quis) shall love virtue, so much the more peaceful he will be. The more zealously thou shalt occupy thy- self with literature, so much the more agreeable wilt thou be to thy teachers. When [their] native country shall be in danger, the citizens will fight spiritedly against the enemies. As thou shalt have treated others, so will they treat thee. We have always loved our teachers. Because thou hast always kept 1 § 90, R. 1. 2 $ 91, l.b). 3 § 92, K.3. EXESCISES. 153 the precepts of virtue, thou hast acquired for thyself great praise. Afl the hostile army were entering the city, all the citizens were full of (gen.) fear. You have fought spiritedly against the ene- mies. When we shall have migrated into the country, you will still be in the city. When the hostile army shall have laid waste the fields, it will assault the city itself. If you shall have adorned [your] souls with virtues, you will always be happy. As the enemies had assaulted the city, a great part of the citi- zens had already moved out. While thou wast watching, me gentle sleep refreshed. While we were taking a walk in the gar- den, you occupied yourselves with literature. The whole day I have eagerly expected my friend. When the enemies shall have assaulted the city, the condition of the citizens will be very- wretched. If I shall have carefully observed the precepts of vir- tue, the approbation of the good will never be wanting to me. Scarcely hadst thou read to me the letter of the friend, as he en- tered (perf.) my house (ace). If thou shalt pursue literature diligently, I shall praise thee. 4. Words to he learned, and Examples for translation. Opto 1. I wish. rae mihi est, I am utilitas, atis,/. advan- persano 1. I cure per- anxious. tage. feci!//. fabula, &e,f. fable, static, onis, f. post. postulo 1. I demand, opera, ae, /. pains; animal, alis, n. living redamo 1. i" love in operam do, / take being. return. pains, occupy my- rectus, a, um, right; rogo 1. I entreat, ask. self with. conscientia recta, supero 1. / surpass, condiscipulus, i, m. a good conscience. overcome. fellow- student. persaepe, adv. very evenit 4. it happens, medicus, i, m. physi- often. conscientia, ae, f cian. \_ledge. ut (with Subj.), that consciousness, con- cogxnt\o,6ms, flcnow- in order that. See science. honestas, atis, f up- Svnt. § 107. cura, ae, f. care ; cu- rightness. (For *he Mode of the verb with ut and ne. see Synt. § 107, 1.) Persaepe evenit, ut utilitas cum honestate certet. Tide, ne pecces contra virtutis praecepta. Omnes parcntcs optant, ut filii litteris diligenter operam navent. Ita vivere debemus, ut in umni re rectam conseientiam servemus. Omnibus viribus elaborate, ut litteras diligenter tractetis. Medicus omnem curarn adhlbet, ut aegrotum persanet. ~Si\nl magis mihi curac est, quam ut animum virtutibus ornem. Amo te, ut me redames. Cura, ut condisci- pulos bonis moribus et diligentia superes. Dux imperavit, ut mili- 154 EXERCISES* tes stationes suass servarent. Quamdln scliotam frequentahamus, nihil magis nobis curae erat, quam at animos bonarum rerum cog- nitione ornaremus. Heri ambulabam, ut tristera an i mum exhila- rarem. Exercitus noster aeerrime pugnabat, ut urbem ab in- terltu servaret. Every living being looks to this (id agit), that it may preserve itself. You ought to take pains, that you acquire for yourselves the praise of the good. You love us, in order that we may love you in return. I labored (perf.) with all [my] powers, in order that my teachers might praise me. The laws of this state de- mand, that the citizens obey them (sibi). I entreat thee, that thou wouldst relate to me the fable. I pursue literature very zealously, in order that I may delight my parents. We ought always so to live, that we may observe the precepts of virtue. We fought very spiritedly, in order that we might save our native country from destruction. Y"ou were more anxious for nothing, than that you might adorn [your] souls with virtues. The general commanded (perf.), that the army might enter the city (ace). So long as I frequented the school, I labored with all [my] powers, that I might adorn [my] mind with (abl.) the knowledge of literature. 5. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Accelero 1. 1 hasten, gusto 1. I taste, relish. tioscholastica,scAo- &d\ento 1. 1 approach, perturbo 1. I throw I a stic instruction. arrive. into confusion. multitude, inis, f. eastigo 1. I reprove, specto 1. I behold, con- multitude. punish. template. oppugnatio, onis, f colloco 1. (in aliqua vasto I. I lay waste. attacking. re), I place, bestow mitto 3. / send, des- ortus, us, m. rising. (upon something). patch. risus, iis ? m. laugh. eongrego 1. / assem- u\ a, tic, f. grape. praepropere,ac/*;.jrre- b'e. argumen turn, i, n. con- cipitatehj. delibero 1. / delibe- tents (of a book), religiose, adv. scrupu- rate. aux ilium, i, n. aid. loztsly. expllco 1. I explain, institutio, onis, f. in- ubi, ivhere; when, so struction ; institu- (as) soon as. Rule of Syntax. The conjunction quin, with the meaning that, takes the subjunctive after: non dubito, / do not doubt, nemo dubitat, nobody doubts, dubium non est, it is not doubtful, and quis dubitat? who doubts? See Syntax § I08 r 3. Kon est dubium, quin cives, ubi patria in periculo futura sit, EXERCISES. 155 fortiter pugnatfiri sint. Quis dubltat, quin e scholastica institu- tione pulcherrimus ad pueros redundatiirus sit fructus ? Dubiurn non est, quin bonorum animi post mortem in sedem beatorum mi- graturi sint. Non dublto, quin milites nostri hostes superaverint. Non dubitabam, quin vos patriafn a servitute liberaturi essetis. Cui dubium erat, quin exercitus noster omnes labores et aerumnas facile toleraturus esset ? Quis dubitat, quin Hannibal contra Ro- manos . fortissime pugnarerit? Non dubitabltis, quin ego vos semper amaverim. Quis dubitat, quin bonos semper laudaverl- mus, malos semper vituperaverlmus ? Non est dubium, quin in omni vitae conditione fidem servarltis. Non dublto, quin litteris max imam operam navaris. Nemo dubitabat, quin hostes urbem expugnavissent. Nemini civium dubium erat, quin pro patriae libertate acerrime pugnavissetis. Nemo dubitabat, quin omnem operam in eo collocavissemus, ut hostes superaremus. Quum hos- tes urbem oppugnabant, non erat dubium, quin ingens terror om- nium civium animos occupavisset. Nemo dubitabat, quin tu risum ilium excitasses. Nemini eorum qui aderant, dubium erat, quin recte de illius libri argumento judicavissem. It is doubtful to no one of those who are present, that concern- ing (de) the character of that man, thou hast judged correctly. Nobody doubts, that the enemies have taken the city. It is not doubtful, that from scholastic instruction the fairest advantages (= fruits) redound to the young. Who doubts, that we shall deliver the land from servitude ? Nobody doubted, that all citi- zens, so soon as their native country should be in danger, would fight bravely. Who doubts, that you have raised a laugh ? No- body doubts, that our army will endure all the toils and hardships of war patiently. It is not doubtful, that the attacking of the city, has thrown all the citizens into confusion. No one of (gen.) us doubted, that our soldiers had overcome the enemies. No one of the Itomans doubted, that Hannibal had fought very bravely against them (se). Who doubts, that we have bestowed all pains upon this (in eo), that we might overcome the enemy? Who v doubts, that I have always loved thee ? Nobody doubted, that we had always praised the good, [but] had always censured the bad. Who doubts, that I have kept my word (= fidelity) ? Nobody doubted, that thou hadst occupied thyself earnestly with litera- ture. To no one was it doubtful, that you had always kept the precepts of virtue. Diligenter cura, mi amice, valetudlnem tuam ! Ne praepropere de rebus judicate, o pueri ! Ne dubita de animoruin immortali- tate ! Perpetuo servato, mi fill, conscientiam rectam ! Diseipulus 1~jG exercises. amato praeceptores. Laudatote probos homines, castigatote im- probos ! Onmes homines amanto deum. Look out carefully, friends, for your health ! Judge not pre- cipitately concerning men and things, O boy ! Doubt ye not concerning the immortality of the soul (plur.) ! Scholars should love their teachers. Thou shouldest praise the upright, [but] reprove the wicked. You should always, my sons 7 preserve a good conscience. (Comp. Synt. § 97.) Parentes mei in nrbem migraverunt habitatum. Legati in nrbem nostram acceleraverunt auxilium postulatum. Hannibalem invictum cives sui ex Italia revocaverunt patriam ab hostibus liberatum. Hostes pacem postulatum legatos ad nos mittunt. Exercitus hostllis adventavit agros nostros vastatum. Ingens hominum multitudo in urbem congregatur ludos publieos specta- tum. Uva immatura est peracerba gustatu. Multa sunt dura toleratu. Quaestio de animi natura difficillima est explicatu. Sitis non facllis est toleratu. Pira dulcia sunt gustatu. The soldiers hastened (perf.) r in order to relieve the city from the siege of the enemies. The ambassadors assembled themselves (== were assembled), in order to deliberate concerning the peace. The hostile army approached, in order to assault the city. To- morrow my parents will go (= migrate) into (ace.) the country, in order to dwell [there] through the summer. A ripe grape is sweet to taste. The rising of the sun is beautiful to behold. This thing is easy to explain. 6. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Duro 1. i" endure, avaritia, ae, f. avarice, ornatus, us, m. orna- continue. momentum, i, n. cir- merit. exprobro 1. I re- cumstance, particu- alienus, a, um, for- proach (one) for. lar. eign. investigo 1. I trace officium, i, n. duty, exiguus, a, um, little. out, investigate. service. odiosus, a, um, odious. mico 1 . I glitter. calamltas, atis, /. loss, teter, tra, trum, foul. obtempero 1. / obey. misfortune. coelestis, e, heaven- sudo 1. I sweat. actio, onis, /. action. ly. supphco 1. / im- potio, onis, /. drink- praesertim, adv. espe- plore. ing, drink. daily. [For the manner of translating the Part, see Synt. § 100, 2. b),c), d).] Luscinia cantana animos nostros delectat. Coelum plenum est EXERCISES. 157 stellarum micantiuni. Nullum vitium tetrius est, quam avaritia, praesertim in principibus rem publicam gubernantibus. Cogi- tantes coelestla, haec nostra ut exigua et minima contemnlmus. Odiosum est genus hominum officia exprobantium. Ex (after) iabore sudanti frigldae aquae potio perniciosissima est. Yir bonus viro bono non supplieanti succurrit. Rei veritatem mvestigaturi omnia ejus momenta ponderare debemus. Sapiens bona sibi com- parare studet perpetuo duratura. Ciconiae, in alienas terras migraturae, in unum locum congregantur. Ingens hominum mul- titude, in urbem congregatur ludos publicos spectatura. How great is the wisdom of God who governs (= governing) the whole world! The larks sing as they Jly (= flying). Man does not love God, when he does not observe (= not observing) the precepts of virtue. The power of virtue is very great, since it adorns (= adorning) the souls of men with the fairest ornaments. How great are the benefits of the sun, since it illuminates (= illu- minating) the whole earth ! The citizens fought spiritedly with the enemies, ivho were assaulting (= assaulting) the city. The hostile army came up in order to assault (= intending to assault) the city. The invincible Hannibal, his fellow-citizens (= citi- zens) recalled from Italy, that he might deliver (= about to de- liver) his native country from the enemies. Rule of Syntax. The Gerund takes the same case as its verb. In the Nom. with est and the Dat. of the agent, it should be translated by : / (thou, he) must, ought, should, we (you, they) must, ought, should, etc. ; but without the Dat. of the agent by : one (tee) must, ought, should (comp. Synt. § 98). De animorum immortalitate nobis non est dubitandum. Obtem- perandum est virtutis praeceptis. Propter belli calamitates rnul- tis civibus e patria in alienas terras migrandum est. Si beati esse studemus, diligenter nobis est elaborandum, ut in omni actione virtutis praecepta observemus. Quis dubltat, quin nobis pro pa- triae libertate pugnandum sit. 7. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Avoco 1. I call away. fortem), / show occasio, onis, /. occa- dijudico 1. I distin- myself (brave). sion. guish. teneo 2. / hold, un- planities, ei, f plain. nato 1. I swim. derstand. idoneus*, a, um, suited. praebeo 2. / afford; dialectica, ae, /. dia- prudenter, adv. wisely practoo me (e. g. lectics. 14 158 EXERCISES. Rule of Syntax. The oblique cases of the Gerund form the cases of the Infinitive ; the Ace, however, can be used only in connection with a preposition. Comp. Synt. § 98, 3. Nom. Natdre est utile, swimming is useful. Gen. Natandi sum peritus, / am skilful in swimming, or to swim ; natandi ars utilis est, the art of swimming or to swim is useful. Ars civitatem gubernandi difficllis est y the art of governing a state is difficult, Dat. Natando homo aptus est, man is fitted to swimming, or to swim. Ace. Natdre disco, / learn swimming or to swim, but : ad naiandum homo aptus est, man is fitted for swimming or to swim. Abl. Natando corporis vires exercentur, hy swimming the powers of the body are exercised. Navigare utillissimum est, sed ars navigandi est difficillima. Boni discipuli cupldi sunt litteras diligenter tractandi. 1 PrincTpes civitatis periti esse debent civitatem gubernandi. Dialectica est ars vera ac falsa dijucandi. Haec planities apta est pugnando. 1 Ego fratrem tuum natare doceo, gaudeoque, quod tarn aptum se praebet ad natandum. Pauci homines idonei sunt ad aliis imper- andum. Virtus homines avocat a peccando. Acrlter pugnando milites urbem ab interltu liberaverunt. To govern a state, is very difficult ; [only] a few understand the art of governing a state wisely. Avoid thou every occasion of sinning. Thy brother is very skilful in (gen.) riding. The human intellect is nourished by (abl.) thinking. 8. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Crucio 1. I torment. of thing), / de- efFusus, a, um, unre- cruciatus, us, m. tor- prive of strained. ture. poena, ae, /. punish- piger, gra, grum, in- emendo 1. I improve. ment. dolent, slothful. nuntio 1. I announce, morbus, i, m. disease, benevole, adv. kindly, obscuro 1. / obscure, incendium, i, n. con- benevolently. probo 1. / approve; flagration. hodie, adv. to-day. probor (c. dat.) / oblivio, onis, /. obliv- misere, adv. wretch- please, ion. edly, in a wretched spolio 1. (with ace. decus, oris, n. honor. way. of person and abl. 1 § 98, 3. EXERCISES. 159 B.) Passive of the First Conjugation. Quum urbs ab hostibus oppugnabatur, omnium civium animi ingenti terrore occupabantur. Dum ego eantandc delectabar, tu saltando 1 delectabare (deleciabaris). Quum pugna atrocissirna erat, sol nublbus obscurabatur. Quamdiu virtus decore 2 ct digni- tafce sua non spoliablttir, tamdiu homines virtutis compotes etiam in summis cruciatibus beati erunt. Malefici post mortem justis poenis castigabuntur. Ut alios tractaveritis, i-ta ab iis tracta- bimini. Si litteris diligenter operam navaverlmus, a parentibus nostris pulchris munerlbus 3 donabTmur. Quo religiosius virtutis praecepta servabo, eo magis deo probabor. Quum urbs ab hosti- bus expugnata erat, omnes cives acerbissimo dolore cruciabantur. Si liberi vestri bene a vobis educati erunt, magna -ad vos laus redundabit. As yesterday thou wast with me, I was tormented by (abl.) violent pains, but to-day I am delivered from them. If thou lov- est (= shalt love) men, thou wilt be loved by them. The remem- brance of renowned men is obscured by (abl.) no oblivion. The wise will even then be happy, when they shall be tormented by the severest (acerbus) pains. While we delighted ourselves (= were delighted) in (abl.) song (Gerund), you delighted yourselves in the dance (Gerund). The more scrupulously you shall observe the precepts of virtue, so much the more will you please God. As the victory of our army was announced, unrestrained joy prevailed (agitari) through the whole city. As the city had been taken possession of by the enemy, at (abl.) the same time three conflagrations were raised. Rejoice, boys, to-morrow Christmas (= the birth day of Christ) will be celebrated, and by your good parents you will be presented with (abl.) beautiful presents. If thou shalt pleaso (fut. perf.) all good men, thou wilt also please God. The more kindly I shall have treated oth- ers, so much the more kindiy shall I also be treated by them. As thou onteredst the house (ace.) thou wast delighted by (abl.) the arrival of thy father. 9* Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Conformo 1. I form, reporto 1. I hear off. expleo 2. I fulfil. obsto 1. I oppose, am solllcito 1. I disturb, prohibeo 2. I prevent. a hindrance. sollicltus, a, um, dis- metuo 3. / appre- praeparo 1. / pre- turbed, apprehen- hend, fear. pare. sive. 1 § 98, 3. 2 § 91, 9. b). 3 { 91, 1. b). 160 EXERCISES. metus, us, m. appre- mien to est, it ii a timiditas, atis, f. tinx- hension, fear. hindrance. idity. officio 3. I hinder, constantia, ae, f. divinus, a, una, divine, stand in the way. firmness. immanis, e, cruel. pergo 3. / go on, can- ignavia, ae, f. cow- terrestris, e, earthly. tinue. ardice. temere, adv. incon- impedio 4. I prevent, oiium, i, n. ease. shlerately, without impedimentum, i, n. infirmitas, atis r f. reason. hindrance ; imped- weakness. Rule of Syntax. The conjunction quoimnus (that the less, that not) with the Subj. stands after the verbs and phrases which signify a hindrance, and may often be translated into English by that, or the prepositions of, from, to, with a corresponding modi- fication of the words which stand in connection with it. (Comp. Synt. § 108, 2). Levitas animi moltis pueris impedimento est, quominus eorum mores emendentur et ingenia litterarum studio 1 conformentur. Militum ignavia obstabat, quominus hostilis exercltus superaretur. Unlus dncis constantia obstabat, quominus cives ab immanibus militibus misere vexarentur. Terrestrium rerum cura saepe pro- hlbet, quominus res divinae a nobis 2 curentur. Infirmitas vocis et timiditas animi saepe oratori :i officiimt, quominus laude dignus judicetur. Senectus non impedit, quominus litterarum studia studiose a nobis tractentur. Timiditas saepe impedit r quominus animus noster contra perieiila, quae nobis imminent, praeparetur. Weakness of voice stood in the way of your being accounted (= hindered you, that you should be accounted) a great orator. The firmness of the general alone prevents the citizens from being- annoyed by the cruel soldiers. Already has levity been an hin- drance to many boys, that their manners should be improved and their minds be formed by the study of literature. The coward- ice of the soldiers hindered, that the hostile army should be over- come. Rule of Syntax. After the words and phrases which ex- press fear or apprehension, ne with the Subj. is to be translated by that, and ut with the Subj. by that not. (Comp. Synt. § 107, 3.) Piger discipulus semper metuit, ne a praeceptoribus castigetur. Metuo, ne a te vituperer. Tiineo, ut victoria ab exercitu nostro 1 §9I,I.b). ■ § 91,K,2. * § 90, l.d). EXERCISES. 161 de hostibus reportetnr. Si tarn fortlter contra hostein dimicare perginius, non est periculum, ne ab iis supereniur. Si officia ves- tra semper religiose expletis; ne metulte, ut omnibus probemlni. In metu eramus, ut morbo liberaremfni. Yehemens cura animos nostros sollicitabat, ne ab hostibus vexaremur. Sollicitus eram, ne in otio turbarer. I was in apprehension that I should be censured by thee. I apprehended, that I should be disturbed in my ease. The sol- diers were in apprehension that victory over the enemy would not be borne off. A violent apprehension (= care) disturbs our minds, that we may be annoyed by the enemies. Why did they apprehend, that they should not be delivered from sickness ? If thou hast always fulfilled thy duties, do not fear that thou mayest not please (probor) all. If our army continues to fight so bravely against the enemies, there is no (= not) fear, that it may be overcome by them. Indolent scholars always fear, that they shall be punished by [their] teachers. We were in apprehension, that we should be accounted ungrateful by you. Not without reason so oppressive an apprehension seized you, that you would be an- noyed by the enemies. 10. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, Contamino 1. / con- reparo 1. I repair. ship, right of ciii- taminate. ignominia, ae, f igno- zenship. exoro 1. / prevail miny. aequus, a, um, equal; upon by entreaty. flagitium, i, n. foul aequus animus, migro 1. c. ace. i" deed. equanimity. \_ed. transgress. prodltor, oris, m. sceleratus,a,uni,z#icZ> multo 1. I punish. traitor. sancte, adv. sacredly. noto 1. / 7nark, splendor, oris, m. sanctitas, atis, f. sa- brand. splendor. credness. occo 1. / harrow. civltas, atis,y. citizen- sin, conj. but if. Si industrius es, laudator ; sin piger, vituperator ! Si leges civitatis migraveritis, multaminor ! Ager justo tempore arator et occator ! Proditores patriae civitate spoliantor ! Yos, o scelerati cives, ignominia notaminor ! Leges divinae ab hominibus sancte observantor ! Si quid peccaveris, aequo animo vituperare ! Ex- oramlni, o mei parentes ! O mi puer, delectare litterarum studio ! Precibus nostris exorare, o judex ! Ne flagitiis contaminamlnor ! Be prevailed upon by entreaty, my father ! O my boys, delight yourselves (= be delighted) in (abl.) the study of literature. If you have committed a fault (fut. perf.) allow yourselves to be (= 14* 162 EXERCISES. be ye) censured with equanimity ! Thou shouldest not be con- taminated with foul deeds. If you are diligent, you will be praised ; but if you are indolent, you will be censured. Virtue should always be sacredly observed. The fields, at the right time, should be ploughed and harrowed. If thou transgressest (fut. perf.) the laws of the state, thou shouldst be punished. Thou, O wicked citizen, shouldst be branded with ignominy ! 11. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Adaequo 1. I level. spero 1. I hope* solum, i,n. the ground. appropinquo 1. lap- violo 1. I violate. humanltas, atis, f. proach. succenseo 2. / am humanity. exstirpo 1. I extir- offended. pernicies, ei, /. de- pate, accido 3. I happen. struction. extermlno 1. I expel, dimitto 3. I dismiss, eximius, a, .um, dis- fundo 1. I found. effloresco 3. I flour- tinguished, excel- labefacto 1. I shake. ish. lent. ruuto 1. I change, ex- ruo 3. I rush. jam pridem, adv. change. pueritia, ae, /. boy- long since. regno 1. I rule, reign. hood. interdlu, adv. by day. Melior est certa pax, quam sperata victoria. Terra mutata non mutat mores. Multa in hac vita accldunt non exspeetata. Omnes dolores patienter tolerati minus acerbi sunt. Dux dimittit milites ob eximiam virtutem laudatos. Multi juvenes, in prima pueritia a parentibus male educati, in perniciem ruunt. The friendship formed (= united) between good and wise [men] is disturbed by (abl.) nothing (= no thing). Dangers, which icere not expected (= not expected) by us, discompose our minds more (magis) than dangers which were long since expected. When thou art censured (= having been censured) on account of a fault, be not offended at the censurer (= the one censuring). After the walls had been levelled (= the walls having been levelled) to the ground by the enemies, they are repaired by the citizens. By day we do not see the stars, because they are obscured (= they having been obscured) by the splendor of the sun. (Concerning the Ablative absolute Comp. Synt. 100, 4. b.) Regnante Xerxe, 1 Graeci de Persis splendidissimam victoriam reportaverunt. Inter bonos viros et deum amicitia est, conciliante 1 While Xerxes reigned, or: under the reign of Xerxes. EXERCISES. 163 natura. 1 Appropinquante hieme, 2 mnltae aves mitiores region es petunt. Recuperata pace, 3 artes efflorescunt. Regibus exterminates, 4 Romani liberam rempublicam fundaverunt. Terra mutata, 5 mores hominum non mutantur. Legibus divlnis sancte observatis, vita nostra beata erit. While Kuma Pompilius reigned, the Romans were very pros- perous. While the larks sing, we go to walk over (per) the plains. While Augustus reigned, the splendor of the empire was the greatest. AVhen a just king administers the state, the laws also are just. When the swallows migrate into milder regions, winter approaches. After the plains were laid waste, the enemies assaulted (perf.) the city. When the sacredness of the laws is violated, the founda- tion of the state is shaken. When the city had been taken, an immense conflagration was raised. 12. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Coerceo, ui, Itum 2. detego xi, ctum 3. to oculus, i, m. eye. I restrain. detect. incendium, i, n. con- deleo, evi, etum 2. / excello, ui 3. to be jlagration. destroy. distinguished. conjuratio, onis, f pareo, ui 2. I obey, instruo, uxi, uctum conspiracy. am obedient, fol- 3. to furnish, to aditus, us, m. ap- low arrange. proach. pateo, ui 2. / stand scribo, psi, ptum 3. acies, ei, f. 1) edge; open. to write. 2) tinc-of -battle. valeo, ui, Itum 2. / esurlo 4. I hunger. tenuis, e, thin. am strong, well. sitlo 4. I thirst. quoad, conj. so long absumo,smnpsi,sump- corona, ae, f. gar- as. turn 3. to consume. land. fere, adv. almost. cingo, nxi, nctum 3. membrana, ae, f. probe, adv. excellently, to surround. membrane. properly. C) Parallel Exercises for all the Conjugations. a) Indicative Present, Imperfect, and Future Active of all the Conjugations. Laudo, exereeo, duco, erudio. Laudas, exerces, ducis, erudis. 1 Since nature forms (it). ' 2 When the winter approaches, or: on the approach of winter. :i After peace is restored, or : on the restoration of peace. 4 After the kings had been expelled, or: after the expulsion of the kings. b When the country has been exchanged, or : after an ex- change of countries. 6 When the divine laws are sacredly observed. 164 EXERCISES. Laudat, exercet, ducit, erudit. Laudabam, exercebam, ducebam, erudiebam. Laudabas, exercebas, ducebas, erudiebas. Lauda- bat, exercebat, ducebat, erudiebat. Laudabo, exercebo, ducam, erudlam. Laudabis, exercebis, duces, erudfes. Laudabit, exer- eebit, ducet, erudiet Gaudebam, quod tu et pater tuns valcbatis. Dum ego pinge- bam, tu scribebas, et frater legebat. Milites nostri castra munie- bant. Hostes aciem instruebant. Praeceptor gaudebat, quod vos ejus praeceptis parebatis. Dum nos legebamus, vos scribebatis et sorores acubus pingebant Quum hostes urbem nostram obsidione cingebant, cives earn custodiebant. Tibi placebas, aliis displice- bas. Dum tu dormiebas, ego te custodiebam. Omnes boni legi- bus divinis semper parebunt. Quoad vives, bene vivos. Dum tu dormies, ego te custodiam. Yirtutis honorein nulla oblivio dele- bit. Si virtu tern coletis, adltus in coelum vobis patebit We praise, we exercise, we lead, we instruct. You praise, vou exercise, you lead, you instruct. They praise, they exercise, they lead, they instruct. We praised, we exercised, we led, we in- structed. You praised, you exercised, you led, you instructed. They praised, they exercised, they led, they instructed. We will praise, we will exercise, we will lead, we will instruct You will praise, you will exercise, you will lead, you will instruct. They will praise, they will exercise, they will lead, they will instruct. We rejoiced, that (quod) thou wast well. While we wrote, you read, and the brothers painted. While the enemies were arranging the line-of-battle, our sol- diers fortified the camp. The teachers rejoiced, that (quod) the scholars obeyed their (eorum) precepts. While I was singing, thou wast learning, and the sister embroiderino'. While the ene- my surrounded our city with a blockade, we guarded it You pleased yourselves, others you displeased. While you slept, we guarded you. So long as you shall live, you will live well. While you shall sleep, we will guard you. b) Indicative Perfect Active of all tlie Conjugations, Laudavi, exercui, duxi, erudivi. Lauda(vi)sti, exercuisti, dux- isti, erudi(vi)sti. Laudavit, exercuit, duxit, erudivit Graecia omnibus artibus floruit. Hostes aciem instruxerunt Milites per totum diem sitierunt et esurierunt. Laudo vos, quod mentes ves- tras in litterarum studio probe exercuistis. Multas litteras hodie scripslmus. Natura ocillos tenuisslmis membranis vestivit. Duces cupidilates milltum coercuerunt. Bellum atrocissimum gesslmus. Cur domus vestrae parietes coronis ornavistis et vestivistis ? Cur tacuistis ? Bellum urbis nostrae opes absumpsit. Cicero conju- EXERCISES. 165 rationem Catilinae detexit. Incendium totam fere urbem ab- sumpsit. We have praised, we have exercised, we have led, we have instructed. You have praised, you have exercised, you have led, you have instructed. They have praised, they have exercised, they have led, they have instructed. The general has arranged the line of battle before (ante) the city. The Greeks were (perf.) distinguished by (abl.) the glory of [their] arts and litera- ture. I praise thee, that (quod) thou hast exercised thy mind properly in the study of literature. I had written the letter. The general has restrained the passions of the soldiers. We have car- ried on a very bloody war. Wherefore hast thou adorned and hung (= clothed) the walls of thy house with garlands ? Why hast thou been silent? The wars have consumed our resources. 13. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Convolo 1. I fly to- educo, xi, ctuin 3. to obedio 4. I obey, gether, hasten to- lead out. temerltas, atis, f. geiher. excolo, olui, ultum 3. inconsiderateness r specto 1. I behold, to cultivate. rashness. have in view. metuo, ui 3. to fear, diu, adv. long time. caveo, cavi, cautum negllgo, exi, ectum vix, adv. scarcely. 2. to be on one's 3. to neglect. priusquam {or prius, guard. expedio 4. I disen- quam) conj. sooner contemno, mpsi, tangle, get ready. . . . than. mptum 3. to de- finio 4. / end, con- simulatque, conj. so spise. elude. (as) soon as c) Indicative Pluperfect Active of all the Conjugations. Lauda(ve)ram, exercueram, duxeram, erudi(v)eram. Lauda- (ve)ras, exercueras, duxeras, erudi(v)eras. Lauda(ve)rat, exer- cuerat, duxerat erudi(v)erat. Haec civltas diu floruerat, quia semper legibus paruerat. Vix Caesar aciem instruxerat, quuin hostes in unum locum convolaverunt. Praeceptoribus vestris placueratis, quia semper eorum praeceptis obedieratis. Tu nobis valcle nocueras, quia temeritatem tuam non coercueras. Incen- dium totam fere urbem absumpserat. Yix milites nostri castra muniverant, quum Caesar aciem instruxit. We had praised, we had exercised, we had led, we had in- structed. You had praised, you had exercised, you had led, you had instructed. They had praised, they had exercised, they had led, they had instructed. Why hadst thou been silent? Scarcely 166 EXERCISES. had the enemies arranged the line of battle, as Caesar led out (perf.) the soldiers from the camp. The war had consumed the resources of our state. Thou hadst pleased thy teacher, because thou hadst always obeyed his precepts. You had injured that [man] greatly, because you had not restrained your rashness. d) Indicative Future Perfect Active of all the Conjugations. Lauda(ve)ro, exercuero, duxero, erudi(v)ero. Lauda(ve)ris, exercueris, duxeris, erudi(v)eris. Lauda(ve)rit, exercuerit, dux- erit, erudi(v)erit. Nisi virtutis praeceptis paruerltis, adltus in coelum vobis non patebit. Divites eritis, si divitias contempserltis. Non prius dormiemus, quam negotia nostra finierlmus. Si cupidi- tates vestras coercueritis, beati eritis. Simulatque litteras scrip- serlmus, ambulablmus. Quum milltcs castra muniverint, ad pug- narn se expedient. We shall have praised, we shall have exercised, we shall have led, we shall have instructed. You will have praised, you will have exercised, you will have led, you will have instructed. They will have praised, they will have exercised, they will have led, they will have instructed. If thou shalt have obeyed (parere) the precepts of virtue, thou wilt be loved by all. Thou wilt be rich, if thou shalt have despised riches. Not sooner shall I sleep, than I shall have concluded my business (piur.) If thou shalt have restrained thy passions, thou wilt be peaceful. So soon as I shall have written the letter, I will go to walk. So soon as the soldiers shall have got ready for battle, the general will lead them out of the camp. e) Subjunctive Present and Imperfect Active of all Hie Conju- gations. Curo, ut pueri mores emendem, corpus exerceam, animum ex- eolam, mentem erudlam. Curo, ut pueri mores emendes, corpus t. Repente Roman is Sulla exorius et atrocissimum bellum civile exorsus est. Sapiens nunquam malis homlnibus 1 blandietur, nunquam ali- quid falsi ementietur, nunquam fortunam experietur, nunquam aliis calamitatem molietur. Si celerlter hostem adoriemur, non est dubium, quin brevi tempore urbe 2 potituri simus. Simulat- que sol ortus erit, proficiscemur. ISTe blandire malis hominibus. Ne opperimlni fortunam ! Hostes advolaverunt urbe potitum. Numerus aequalis facilis est partltu. 3 Sole oriente, profecti su- mus. Ccorta saeva tempestate, omnes nautas ingens pavor occu- pavit. Solem oriturum cum maxima voluptate spectamus. The sun does not always rise and set in the same place. Scarcely had the enemy been discovered, as we arose (pcrf.) and attacked (perf.) them spiritedly. Men measure the year by (abl.) the return of the sun. Nothing prevented you, that you should begin your business. TJiree days long (= through three days) have we awaited the arri- 1 k 90.1. b). 2 $ 91,l.g). 3 § 97, 2. a). 16* 186 EXERCISES. val of the friend. Every living being, as soon as it is bom (== sprung), loves (dillgo) both itself and all its parts. Many having travelled through many countries, have stated falsely many wonderful things. History relates, that Sulla arose (perf.) suddenly against (dat.) the Romans and began (perf.) the civil war. Tell me, why thou hast not assented to my opinion. Hast thou heard that the enemies have tried all [means], in order to possess themselves of (= ad with gerund) the city ? We will not begin a new business, before that the previous f business] shall have been completed. When the camp shall be fortified, the soldiers will attack the enemy. If thou shalt lie, no- body will trust thee, even if (etiamsi) thou speakest (subj.) the truth. Our soldiers did not doubt, that, if they attacked (subj.) the enemy quickly, they might in (abl.) a short time possess themselves of the city. Await thou not fortune ! Flatter ye not bad men ! As the sun rose (abl. abs.), the soldiers marched against the enemies The sun, on the point of rising (= about to rise), presents a splendid sight. I hope, that thou wilt never lie. All believed, that a storm would arise. EXERCISE XXIX. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Circumdo, dedi, da- praesto, Iti, Itum and classis, is, f fleet. turn, dare (c. dat. iiiuml. to stand be- vestis, is, f garment et ace, or c. ace. fore, be distinguish- conservatio, onis, f. et abl.), to place ed; c. dat. to sur- preservation. (something around pass, to make good, invitus, a, um, unwil- something), to sur- pay ; se praestare ling, round (something (e. g. fortem) to insperans, tis, not hop- with something). show one's self ing, contrary to ex- eonsto, Iti, atum 1. (brave). pectation. (c. ab!.), to consist forum, i, n. market. uber, eris, c. rich, val- of, to be gained at stipendium,i, n. wages. uable. the expense of, cost, interfector, oris, m. certo, adv. certainly. persto, iti, atum 1. to murderer. extrinseeus, adv. from persist. propugnator, oris, m. without, without, champion. Deus nobis dedit animum, quo 1 nihil est praestantius. Multo sanguine nobis victoria stetit. Mater omnium bonarum artium 1 than which (soul). EXERCISES. 187 sapientia est: qua 1 nihil a deo immortali uberius, nihil praesta- bilius haminti ni vitae datum est. Deus corpus, ut quandam ves- tem, amino eirciimdedit et vestivit extrinsecus. Quorum patres, aut majones aliqua gloria praestiterunt, ii student plerumque eo- dem in genere laudis excellere. Parentes carissimos habere de- bemus, quod ab iis nobis vita tradita est. Non dedit beneficium, qui invitus proftlit. Quinam niagis sunt tui, quam [iij quibus tu salutem iusperantibus reddidisti ? The Athenians gave (perf.) to Miltiades a fleet of (gen.) 70 ships. No pest has cost the human race (= race of men) more (pluris) than anger. Darius promised, that he would give 1000 talents to the murderer of Alexander. What of (gen.) time is given to each one for living, with (abl.) this he should be content- ed. Who does not know, that Socrates surpassed (perf.) all the philosophers of antiquity in (abl.) wisdom ? I fear, that the vic- tory will cost us much blood. The body, as a garment, has been placed by God around (dat.) the soul. EXERCISE XXX. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Increpare, to reproach. to apply one's self evolvo, volvi, volu- •percrep&re, to resound, (to something). turn 3. to unfold. accubare, to recline complicare, to fold to- verecundia, ae, f re- by : to sit at table. gether ; complica- spect. excubare, to keep tus, complicated, ob- notlo, orris, f notion. watch. scure. scaturigo, Inis, f. perdomare, curb, sub- replicare, to roll back, spring. due. recall. gemltus, us, m. groan. apphcare, to lean up- cremo 1. I burn up. nutus, us, m. nod, com- on : se applic, to aduro, ussi, ustum 3. mand. approach, to attach to set on fire, to ploratus, us, m. erg. one's self (to one), burn up. ■ passim, adv. far and y;ide. Quis venit ? Fores crepuerunt. Dux milites vehementer in- crepuit. Tota urbs vocibus civium de victoria ex hostibus repor- tata exsultantium percrepuit. Age, cubitum discedamus ! Ro- mani multas gentes ac nationes armis perdomuerunt. Docemur auctoritate nutuque legum, domltas habere libidines, coercere om- nes cupiditates. Ex hoc fonte ingentes seaturiglnes aquae emi- 1 than which (wisdom), § 91, 2.b). 188 EXERCISES. cuerunt. Indorum sapientes, quum ad flammam se applicaverunt, sine gemitu aduruntur. Cicero Rhodi * ad Molonem philosophum se applicdvit. Sapiens studet animi sui complicdtam notionem evolvere. Quum memoriam temporum replicaveris, et virtutum et vitiorum multa exempla reperles. Quum urbs expugnata esset, omnia passim mulierum puerorumque ploratibus sonuerunt. Ter- remur, quum serena tempestate tonuit. Nitlmur in vetltum. Au- gustus carmina Yirgilii cremari contra testamenti ejus verecun- diam vetuit. I have forbidden thee to go to walk, but precisely because (ob id ipsum, quod) I have forbidden [it], thou hast striven against (in) what has been forbidden (= the forbidden). The question concerning (de) the immortality of the soul (plur.), is nobly ex- plained by Cicero in the first book of the Tusculan Disputations. Cicero applied (perf.) himself with [his] whole soul to the study of eloquence. Three hundred soldiers kept watch before the camp. Who does not know, that many nations and peoples were subdued by the Romans ? If thou shalt have curbed thy passions (libido) and restrained (teneo) thy desires, thou wilt live happi- ly. Already we were sitting (pluperf.) at tne table, when sud- denly a flame gushed forth (perf. of emico) from the roof. Scarce- ly had we retired (discedere) to sleep (= in order to recline, Sup?), when the whole city resounded (perf. of persono) with dis- cordant cries. Thy brother related to me, that it thundered (perf.) yesterday in (abl.) clear weather. As the doors had creaked (subj.), I doubted not (perf.) that thou wast coming (subj.). EXEECISE XXXI. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Adjuvare (c. ace), to attingo, tlgi, tactum 3. purus, a, um, pure, aid, assist, support. to touch. solutus, a, um, tin- desecare, to cut off. peto, ivi, Itum 3. to bound. resecare, to cut off, seek, fetch. summus, a, um, high- remove, oleum, i, n. oil. est ; summa aqua, perfneare, to rub thor- principium, i, n. be- surface of the water, oughly. [renew. ginning; principio, vivus, a, um, liv- refricare,fo rub again, in the beginning. ing, fresh. alllgo 1. I bind. garrulltas, atis, /. Zo-frustra, adv. in vain. coeno 1. / sup. quacity. 1 at Rhodes. See Synt. § 92. EXERCISES. 189 Vereor, ne refrlcuerim meis litteris desiderium ac dolorem tuum. Dubium non est, quin tuis sceleribus reipubllcae praete- rlta fata refricaturus sis. Tantalus summam aquani attingens, enectus siti fingltur a poetis. Nescisne, quantopere garrulus iste homo me garriendo enecuerit ? Cams Marius quum secaretur, principio vetuit se alligari, nee quisquam ante Marium solutus di- cftur esse sectus. Agricolae frumenta desecta in horrea conge- runt. Nisi libidfnes resecueris, frustra studebls beate vivere. Quis nescit, quantopere Cicero patriam suam juverit ? Non solum fortuna, sed etiam tua industria te in negotio tuo adjuvit. Si quid fortuna milites nostras adjuverit, non dubitamus, quin splen- didam de hostibus reportaturi simus victoriam. Exercitus maxl- mis itineribus profectus est, cives obsidione cinctos adjutum. Ne prius coena, quam maims laveris. Corpus lavaturus aquam pu- ram e vivo flumine pete. Boys, rise right early (bene mane), wash yourselves, and, when you have washed (fut. perf.), proceed immediately to your busi- ness. This (iste) man- has vexed me to death by his loquacity. After the soldiers had marched (perf.) the whole day, they were (perf.) entirely exhausted by hunger and thirst. It is known, that the gladiators of the Romans and Greeks, rubbed (perf.) their bodies thoroughly with oil. If we shall be assisted (fut. perf.) by fortune, we shall bear off a splendid victory over (de) the enemy. It is known, that Cicero assisted (perf.) his native country very much (permultum). By (abl.) the war carried on between Caesar and Pompey, the recollection of the horrid (foe- dus, a, um) war of Marius and Sulla was (perf) renewed. The farmers have already cut the grain. Unless the passions and de- sires are removed, we strive in vain to live happily. EXERCISE XXXIL Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Admiscere, to inter- respiro 1. I breathe. vigWiae, arum, f.zcotch- mingle. sedo 1. I quiet, es, night watches. distlnere, to hold amplexor 1. / em- pullus, i, m. the young apart, occupy. brace. (of animals), c h ick- sustlnere, to bear. deprehendo, di, sum en. removere, to remove. 3. to seize, take. clades, is,/, defeat. dedico 1. I conse- excludo, si, sum 3. to gravltas, atis, f. gran- crate, exclude, hatch. ity, dignity. impllco 1. / involve. gallina, ae, f. a hen. testis, is, c. witness. 190 EXERCISES. ascensus, us, m. as- horno, adv. this year. state, at the expense cent. publico, ado. publicly, of the state. anxie, adv. anxiously. on the part of the Ciceronem Minerva omncs artes edocuifc. Gravltas modestiae J mista maxime admirabllis est. Tot tantisque negotiis distentus sum, ut mihi nan liceat tibere respirare. Nescisne, quot labores, quot pericula, quot miserias milites in itinere sustinuerint ? Si virtus te a malis cupiditatibus arcuerit, vita tua beata erit. Cice- ro, per legates cuncta edoctus, praetoribus imperat, ut in ponte Allobroges deprehendant. Quo 2 minus animi se admiseuerint atque implicaverint hominum vitiis atque erroribus, eo 3 facilior illis ascensus in coelum erit. Simplex animi natura est, nee ha- bet in se quicquam admixtum. Duae urbes potentissimae, Carthago et Numantia, a Scipidne sunt deletae. Graecorum llomanorumque gloriam nulla unquam oblivio delevit, nee unquam delebit. Deus bonis omnibus mun- dum implevit, mail nihil admiscuit. Dum abest dux, milites sedi- tionem civerunt. Nuntiata clades majorem, quam res erat, terro- rem in urbe excivit. Catilina neque vigiliis, neque quietlbus seda- batur : ita conscientia mentem excitam vastabat. Cautum est legibus, ut mortui post tertium diem sepelirentur. Non dublto, quin semper ab hominum impurorum consuetudine caveris. Non ignoro, te mihi meisque semper favisse. Pulli a matribus exclusi fotique anxie custodiuntur. Dubitabisne, quin summum semper in te foverim amorem ? Me sic amplexati estis, sic in manibus habuistis, sic fovistis, ut nunquam illius diei obli- viscerer. Cicero was instructed (perf.) by Minerva in (ace.) all litera- ture. Tell me, who has taught thee (ace.) grammar. If thou shalt have joined (= mixed) dignity with modesty, thou wilt please all. If thou hadst abstained from the intercourse of bad men, thou wouldst now be contented with thy lot. If virtue had re- strained thee from bad passions, thou wouldst now be happy. All the senators judged (perf.), that they should (Gerund) lend aid to the citizens of the city destroyed by the enemies. It is known, that Scipio destroyed (perf) two very powerful cities, Carthage and Numantia. Tell me, why thou hast wept. The death of the good king has been lamented (= wept) by all the citizens. When I shall have spun two hours, I will take a walk. The world is filled (eomplere) by God with all good [things]), nothing of evil is intermixed. When I shall have sent for (aceio) you, you will not delay to 1 \ 90, K. 6. 2 \ 115, 3. 3 \ 91, 0. a). EXERCISES. 191 come. My brother, sent for by a letter, will come to-morrow. Philip, king of the Macedonians (Macedo, onis), sent for (perf.) Aristotle [as] teacher for his son Alexander. The laws have es- tablished, that (ut) the dead should be buried after the third day, I know, that thou hast always been on thy guard against the in- tercourse of bad men. It was established (perf.) by the will of the king, that grain should be distributed to the citizens on his birth- day. I rejoice, that (quod) thou hast always favored me and my studies. I know that thou hast always cherished great love for (in c. ace.) me. The hen anxiously guards the chickens which she has hatched and nursed. EXERCISE XXXni. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Extorquere, to wrest lacrlma, ae, f tear. occasus, us, m. setting. from. sica, ae, /. dagger. rabies, ei, /. madness. pervldere, to contem- sicarius, i, m. assassin, rabiosus, a, um, mad. plate, examine. collum, i, n. neck. exterus, a, um, exter- resldere, to remain tonsor, oris, m. barber. nal, foreign. behind. tonstricula, ae, /. a anciilaris, e, ofamaid, iocupleto 1. I enrich. female barber. servile. barba, ae, f. beard. probltas, atis, f up- acute, adv. sharply, epistola, ae,/. letter. rightness. acutely. Postquam prandero, ambulabo. Audistlne, nos eras in horto pransuros esse ? Quoad ulla spes in animo meo resedit, pro pa- triae libertate dimicavi. Jam tres menses obsederunt hostes nos- tram urbem. Non ego sum ille ferreus, qui (= ut ego) non mo- vear horum omnium lacrlmis, a quibus me circumsessum videtis. Multi putant, se beneflcos in suos amicos visum iri, si locupletent eos quacunque ratione. Ne prius de re aliqua judica, quam earn diligenter pervideris. Epistolae tuae valde me momorderunt. Si quis a cane rabioso morsus est, rabies eum occupat. Quoad tu locutus es, puer ab ore tuo pependit. Spopondistine pro amico ? Spopondi. Multa a Laelio et in senatu et in foro vel provisa prudenter, vel acute responsa sunt. Callisthenem Alexander non tan turn necavit, sed etiam torsit. Romanae reipublicae magni- t.'ido atque amplitudo bellis cum exteris gentibus ac nationibus gestis mirum in modum aucta est. Sicario sica de manibus est extorta. Quo magis indulseris dolori, eo intolerabilior erit. Occa- sum atque interltum reipublicae Romanae optimi quique maxime luxcrunt. 192 EXERCISES. Came to tne to-day, in order to breakfast (Sup.). When we shall have breakfasted, we will take a walk. Our city has already been beset three months by the enemies. The enemies have beset the whole city. Hast thou already seen the friend ? no, but I hope that I shall see him to-morrow. I grieve, that my let- ter has afflicted thee. I fear that the dog will bite me. So long as thou hast been absent, we have felt anxiety for thee (pendere animis de te). History relates, that Callisthenes was (perf.) not only killed by Alexander, but before also was tortured. The soldiers wrested (perf.) a dagger from the hands of the assassin. Catiline emboldened (== increased) [his] fierce mind and [his] consciousness of foul deeds by wicked arts. By the discourse of the generals, the courage of the soldiers was increased (perf.). I rejoice, that thou hast not been indulgent towards (dat.) the faults of thy son. Thou knowest, how very much we have lamented the death of our friend. EXERCISE XXXIY. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Abstergere, to wipe permulcere, to stroke, perpetior, pessus sum, off, dispel, remove. charm, soothe. peti 3. to endure. deter gere, to wipe off. remanere, to remain scintilla, ae,yi a spark. affulgere, to shine up- behind, remain. exsilium, i, n. banish- on. oblecto 1. I delight. merit. deridere, to deride. convivor 1. i" eat in caducus, a, urn, des- dissuadere, to dis- common. tined to fall, falling, suade. lateo, ui 2. / remain confectiojonis^wa/o elucere, to shine forth. concealed. ing, composition. Dux mitibus verbis excttos militum animos permulsit. Legendo Virgilii carmina animus meus mirif Ice oblectatus et permulsns est. Ita jucunda mihi hujus libri confectio fuit, ut omnes absiefserit senectutis molestias. Non prius ad te veniam, quam luctum om- nem abstersero. Detersane jam est tabula? Quadraginta milia librorum Alexandriae 1 arserunt. Non dubi'to, quin brevi tota Germania bello arsura sit. Quis est, cui semper arriserit fortuna ? Neseio, cur a te derisus sim. Sic mihi persuasi, sic sentio, non esse animos nostros mortales. Quis credat, cives pacem dissua- suros esse ? Milites in itineribus multos labores perpessi sunt, sudaverunt et alserunt. Superatis hostibus, nova spes salutis civi- tati affulsit. Pater litteris me ursit, ut primo quoque tempore 1 at Alexandria. See Synt. § 92. EXERCISES. 193 Iitteras ad se darem. Quomodo in viro latebit scintilla ingenii, quae jam in puero eluxit ! Tu me tantis benefices auxisti, quanta nnnquam ausus sum optare. De amici tui comitate valde gavisus sum. Athenis l optimo cuique accidere solltum est, ut in exsilium pelleretur. The poems of Virgil have delighted and charmed my mind wonderfully. The orator hoped, that he should soothe the excited minds of the citizens by mild words. Hast thou wiped off the table ? it has already been wiped off. I give (ago) thee very great thanks, that thou hast removed from me all pain by thy consolation. Under the reign (imperare, abl. abs.) of Napoleon (Napoleo, onis) nearly all Europe burned (perf.) with war. I hope, that all citizens, will burn with a desire, to fight (gen. of gerund) for the safety of [their] country. Who knows, whether fortune will always smile upon him (sibine). I know not, why 3'ou have derided me. I have not dissuaded the peace, and have been convinced, that neither will you dissuade it. The hunters have sweated and frozen. After it has lightened, it thunders. The soldiers have pressed the enemies very much. From the countenance of the man, shone (perf.) dignity and moderation. I have rejoiced, that (quod) thou hast dared to speak thy opinion freely. The Carthaginians were accustomed (perf.) formerly to use elephants in war. EXERCISE XXXV. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, Committere, to com- elidere, to dash, break, spectator, oris, m.spec- mit. imprlmere, to impress. tator. concedere, to concede, copulare, to join. cachinnatio, onis, /. allow. locare (in c abl.), to an unrestrained connectere, to join place, set. laugh. together, connect. libra, ae, f. a pound, histrlo, onis, m. actor, corradere, to scrape modius, i, m. a bushel, perpetultas, atis, f. together. regnum, i, n. reign, stability, perpetuity. deludere, to deceive. kingdom. imprudens, tis, una- eludere, to mock. praecordia, orum, n. wares. disci udere, to separ- diaphragm. viritim, adv. man by ate. man. Templum Jani bis post Numae regnum clausum est. Si ridere 1 at Athens. See Svnt. § 92. 17 194 EXERCISES. concessum sit, vituperatur tamen cachinnatio. Si concesseris> esse deum ; confitendum tibi est, ejus consiHo raundum adminis- trari. In omnium animis dei notion em impressit ipsa natura. Magna vis est conscientiae, et magna in utramque partem, ut neque timeant [iij, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante oculos versari putent [iij, qui peccarint. Virtutes ita copulatae eonnexaeque sunt, ut omnes omnium participes sint. Caesar populo praeter frumenti denos modios ac totldem olei libras tre- eenos quoque nummos viritim divlsit. Qui diffidit perpetuitati bonorum suorum, timeat necesse est, ne aliquando, amissis illis, sit miser. 2. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Concludere, to in- emergere, to emerge, exanimare, to MIL elude, rise up, work one's exsibllare, to hiss off. confluere, to flow to- self out. fugare, to put to gether, assemble. detrudere, to thrust flight. diffluere, to flow asun- down. liasta, ae, f. spear. der, run into. extrudere, to thrust nebula, ae, f a mist. defigere, to fix, render from. clypeus, i, m. a shield. firm, to turn upon discutere, to drive stimulus, i, m. goad. something. away, dispel. caligo, Inis, f. dark- transfigere, to trans- dispergere, to dis- ness. fix. perse. salvus, a, um, safe. deflectere, to deviate, dispiclo, spexi, spec- mobilis, e, changeable. demergere, to plunge turn 3. to open the quondam, adv. for- under, sink, sup- eyes. merly. press. exagltare, to disquiet. Te in tantum luctum et laborem detrusum esse, gravlter doleo. Cur aedibus istum extrusisti ? Spero, amicum aegrotum e morbo evasurum esse. Si animus e corpore evaserit, turn demum vivet et vigebit. Sole orto, caligo discussa est. Omnia pericula, quae urbi impendebant, ducis fortitudo et consilium discussit. Marius senile corpus paludibus demersum occultavit. Animus coelestis ex altissimo domicilio depressus et in terram quasi demersus est. Leges, per longum tempus hostium vi demersae, tandem emerse- runt. Deus immortalis sparsit animos in corpora humana. Om- nia, quae nunc artibus conclusa sunt, quondam dispersa et dissi- pata fuerunt. The Romans closed (perf.) the temple of Janus twice after the reign of Numa, If it is conceded to me by thee, that there is a God, thou must confess that the world is managed by his coun- sel. What thou hast promised, thou must hold to (tenere, gerun- dive). The idea (= notion) of God, is impressed upon (abl.) EXERCISES. 195 the souls of all men by nature herself. Men, by whom crimes have been committed, are disquieted by the goads of conscience. God has connected all parts of the world together (inter se). Hast thou heard, that grain has been distributed to (dat.) the poor by the king ? Immortal souls have been placed (=sown) by God, in mortal bodies. Our soldiers attacked (perf.) the enemies dispersed, and put them to flight. All the cares and thoughts of Cicero were turned upon the welfare of the republic. I know, that thou wilt never deviate from the path of virtue through wickedness. For (dat.) whom is this crown plaited ? I believe there is a great multitude of men assembled in the city, in order to behold (Sup.) the public games. It is known, that the Romans of later (poste- rior) times, ran into (diffluere) luxury. EXERCISE XXXVL Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Arrlpere,fo seize upon, depugnare, to fight sepulcrum, i, n. grave, dirlpere, to plunder. (for life or death). burial. conserere, to join to- jurare, to swear. tegumentum, i, n. cov- gether, to be hand suo, sui, sutum 3. to er, covering. to hand. sew. commutatio, onis, f demetere, to cut progredior, gressus change. doivn. sum, gredi 3. to migratio, onis, f. mi~ demittere, to let down, step forth, proceed. gration. let fall. caerimonia, ae, /. recordatio, onis, f re- disserere, to discuss, sanctity, religious collection. speak. ceremony. mutus, a, um, dumb. ingignere, to implant, praetorium, i, n. gen- supremus, a, um, last. praeponere, to place eraVs tent. mature, adv. speedily. before. In omnibus negotiis, priusquam aggrediare, consul to opus est 1 ; ubi autem consulueris, mature rem ipsam aggredere. Soc- rates supremo vitae die multa de immortalitate animorum disse- rfrit. Manibus consertis, milites nostri fortitudlne exeelluerunt Animus moderatur et movet id corpus, cui praeposltus est. Zeno in una virtute beatam vitam posuit. Natura ingenuit homini cupiditatem verum inveniendi. Omnibus animalibus a natura ingenlta est conservandi sui custodia. Alexander, victor tot regum 4 there is need of one's deliberating. See § 9i, 1. f). 196 EXERCISES. atque populorum, irae succubuit. Spero, te semper maximo stu- dio in litteras incubiturum esse. Caerimonias sepulcrorum homi- nes, maximis ingeniis praediti, non tanta euro, coluissent, nisi haereret in eorura mentions, mortem non interltum esse omnia delentem, sed qnandam quasi migration em commutationemqae vitae, quae in elaris viris et femlnis dux in coelum soleret esse. Si ingenium tuum artibus litterisque excultum exit, et tibi et aliis utllis eris. Dux, ne milites animum demitterent, vulnera sibi in- flicta occuluit. Ne crede, ullum peccatum deo oceultum manere. I rejoice, that thou hast applied thyself with so great zeal to literature. I doubt not, that the wise [man] will never sink under the pains of the body. If thou shalt have cultivated thy genius by arts and literature, thou wilt be useful both to thyself and to [thy] native land. I hope, that thou wilt always honor thy pa- rents. Why hast thou concealed thy faults from me ? didst thou think, that thou wouldst always conceal them from me ? The enemies, after they had taken the city (abl. abs.), killed (perf.) the citizens and plundered their goods. The wise [man] will be happy, even when all the gifts of fortune may be snatched from him. Gratefully we remember the place (ace.) where we were nourished and brought up. EXERCISE XXXVII. 1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation, Decernere, to deter- under, place under, obtrectatio, onis, f. mine, to discern. to subject detraction, grudge. secernere, to sever, import-are, to import, venustas, atis, f. love- separate, concionari, to ha- liness. inserere, to sozo in, rangue the people, corporeus, a, um, cor- implant. invidia, ae, f. envy, poreal. oblinere, to besmear, hatred. communis, e, com- daub. vinea, ae, f. the vine. mo?i, known by all. prosternere, to pros- butyrnm, i, n. butter, ibi, adv. there. trate. comitia, orum, n. as- opportune, adv. op- consternere, to strow. sembly of the people. portunely. substernere, to spread messis, is, /. crop. sublto, adv. suddenly. Insita est nobis corporis nostri carltas. Ibi messis non est, ubi sat.um non est. Omne, quod erat concretum atque corporeum, deus substravit animo. Vita tua malevolorum obtrectatrones et invidins prostravisti. Probus, imperator, Aureum montem a pud EXERCISES. 197 Moesiam superiorem vineis consevit. Proelio commisso, omnia longe lateque tells, armis, cadaveribus constrata erant. Scclcra- tnm hoir.mem conscientia spretae virtutis exagitat. Die, cur con- silium meum spreveris. Audi, pueri Mater te rogat, cur panem butjro oblltum oblitus sis edere. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Adsciscere, to adopt, deponere, to lay aside, luxuries, ei, f. extrav- assuescere (c. dat.), sacra, oruni, n. sacred agance. to accustom one's rites. alienigena, ae, for- self, to be accus- auctor, 6ris,ra. author, eign, from another tomed (to some- adviser; me auc- country. thing). tore, on my advice, assiduus, a, um, un- consucscere, to accus- religio, onis, f reli- remitting, constant, torn one's self, to be gion, scrupulous- dilucldus, a, um, accustomed. ness. clear. approbare, to approve, superstitio, onis, f. quotidianus, a, um, levare (c. abL), to re- superstition. daily. lieve, free. suavltas, atis, /. amia- futllis, e, frivolous. privare (c. abl.), to bleness, amiable dis- paululum, adv. a iit- deprive. position. tie, Multi homines, labori assiduo et quotidiano assueti, quum tempes- tatis caussa prodlre prohibentur, ludis delectantur. Demosthenes summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare consuevit. Nu- mam Pompilium, regem alienigenam, patribus auctoribus, sibi ipse populus adsclvit. Cereris sacra populus Romanus a Graecis ad- sclta maxima religione coluit. Ubi animus paululum e negotiis requieverit, ad te advolabo, in cujus amore et suavitate spero me conquieturum omnesque curas doloresque depositurum esse. Si amici mei mores pernoveris, spero, te ejus innocentiam agniturum eique ignoturum esse. Si luxuriem orationis tuae depaveris, magni oratoris laudem tuebere. It is certain, that the rivers which have decreased in winter, will increase in the spring. I am accustomed (perf. act. of con- suesco), to read something from (gen.) Homer daily. Numa Pom- pilius was adopted (perf.) by the Roman people [as] king. It is known, that the Roman people adopted (perf.) the sacred rites of Ceres from the Greeks. Cicero, deprived of public offices, found satisfaction in the study of literature. When thou shalt have become intimately acquainted with my brother, I doubt not, that thou wilt perceive his preeminence. The sheep have eaten down the herbs of the field. The shepherd drives (agere) the sheep to pasture (=in order to pasture, Sup.). 17* 198 EXERCISES. EXERCISE XXXVIIL Saepe homines res, quas vehementer cupiverunt, adepti fastidi- unt. Audistine, ut leones rudiverint ? Bellum ita suscipiatur, ut nihil aliud, nisi pax quaeslta videatur. Quum omnem antiquita- tem memoria repetiveris, tria vix amicorum paria invenies, qui alter pro altero vitam deponere parati erant. Ne judica de re prius, quam earn accurate exquisiveris ! Erechthei filiae cupide mortem expetiverunt pro vita civium. Omnis Romanorum philo- sophia repetlta est a Graecis. Socrates totam vitam atque aetatem contrivit in emendandis aliorum moribus. Praecepta virtutis, quamvis contrlta sint et communia, tamen a paucis observantur. History relates, that death was sought by the daughters of Erec- theus for the life of the citizens. We read, that the consuls were brought from the plough by the Romans. It is known that the Romans have brought many sacred rites from foreign nations. As soon as the enemies attacked (perf.) our soldiers, they seized their arms and fought. I have taken myself so hastily from the city, because troublesome men vexed (perf.) me daily. I fear, that thou hast provoked the friend by thy licentious jests. It is known, that the power (opes) of Italy was (perf.) formerly wasted by Hannibal. EXERCISE XXXIX. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, AfFicere, to affect ; transigere, to spend foedus, eris, n. league, affectus, affected. (time). potestas, atis, /. pow- delinqu&re, to do some- excerpere, to make er. tiling wrong, to be extracts from. furiosus, a, um, mad, delinquent. • benefactum, i, n. fa- insane. disjlcere, to throw vor. \_sway. modo, adv. only, just, asunder, scatter. dominatio, onis, f. Quid est tarn furiosum, quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis, nulla subjecta sententia ? Pecu- niam si cuipiam fortuna ademit, tamen, dum existimatio est inte- gra, facile consolatur honestas egestatem. Milites, captis armis, impetum fecerunt in hostes ; hi autem propere fiigam ceperunt. Hostes, foedere, quod modo icerant, rupto, subito in castra nostra irruperunt. Si quid philosophus in ratione vitae dcliquerit, eo turpior est, quod artem vitae profitetur. Plinius nullum librum EXERCISES. 199 legit, quern non excerperet. Cives, ab hostibus subacti, omni libertatis recuperandae spe adempta, miseram transegerunt vitam. Milkes hostium aciem perfregerunt et disjecerunt. Foedera icta ab hostibus fracta sunt. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Destituere, to desert, respuere, to reject. pallium, i, n. cloak. leave behind, gloriari, to glory. discrimen, Inis, n. dis- instituere, to instruct, indulgentia, ae, f. in- Unction. effugere (c. ace.), to dulgence. prosperltas, atis, f. escape. tunica, ae, /. under prosperity. exacuere, to sharpen. garment. contrarius, a, um, op- involvere, to involve, annulus, i, m. ring. posite. envelope. soccus, i, m. socle, shoe, liberalis, e, liberal. redargilere, to dis- obsequium, i, n. obe- ingenue, adv. nobly, prove. dience. respectably. Quis, honesta in familia institutus et educatus ingenue, non ipsa turpitudlne, etiamsi eum laesura non sit, offenditur? Car- thago diruta est, quuni stetisset annos sexcentos sexaginta septem. Pacis nomine bellum involutum reformido. Philosophi involutam multarum rerum naturam evolverunt. Num tibi unquam placebit, quod omnium mentes aspernatae sunt et respuerunt ? Milites in ipso discrimine periculi cives inermes destituerunt. Quum ani- mus, cognltis perceptisque virtutibus, a corporis obsequio indul- gentiaque discesserit, voluptatemque oppresserit, omnemque mortis dolorisque timorem effugerit, cultumque dei et puram religionem susceperit, et exacuerit ingenii aciem ad bona deligenda et reji- cienda contraria : turn vita nobis erit beatissima. Num credis, improborum prosperitates redarguisse dei bonitatem ? Dejanira Herculi sanguine Centauri tinctam tunlcam induit. 3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Deflcere, to fail. dissolvere, to relax. designare, to desig- praef icere, to set over, persolvere, to pay. note. deminuere, to dimin- eruere, to dig up. extenuare, to extenu- ish. obruere, to cover ate, lessen. diluere, to dilute, up. se Veritas, atis, f. se- wealcen. verity. Homines metalla terra obruta eruerunt. Milites in expugnatae urbis cives ita savierunt, ut omnem humanitatem exuisse videren- tur. Divlna lex non scripta est, sed nata : qua non institiiti, sed imbuti sunuis. Nemo est tarn immdnis, cujus mentem non imbu- 200 EXEKC1SE3. e.rit deorum opinio. Pueri animum tcncrum virtutis praeceptis imbulmus. Cogitatio, omnes res humanas fragiles et caducas esse, omnes me as molestias extenuavit et diluit. Quae observata sunt in usu ac tractatione dicendi, haec ab hominibus doetis verbis designata et partlbus distributa sunt. Divitiae, quae ab exteris nationibus Romam confluxerunt, morum disci plinam severita- temque dissolverunt. Stipendiis, quae dux militibus promiserat, non persolutis, seditio concitata est The passions ought to be subjected to the reason. If thou shalt have spent thy life according to (ex) the precepts of virtue, the entrance to heaven will stand open to thee. It is hard to retain (tenere) friendship, when thou shalt have fallen from virtue. God has set the soul over the body. Some doubt, whether the world may be made by chance (ne, whether, attached to casu) or (an) by the divine reason. It was uncertain, whether the Romans had (subj.) conquered, or had been conquered. Then (turn) first (demum) will the soul enjoy a happy life, when it shall have de- serted the body. The enemies have broken (rumpere) the con- cluded league. The soldiers fled, because they feared (perf. of metuo) that they should be conquered by the enemies. The metals, which nature has hid in (abl.) the earth, are dug up by man. Who is not im- bued with the belief in (gen.) God ? Parents, who have imbued the minds of their children with the principles of virtue and have instructed them in literature, deserve well, not only of (de) their children, but also of the state. We have weakened the wine by (abl.) water. I hope that this reflection will weaken all thy troubles. Already the powers of our soldiers were diminished, when the enemies made (perf.) an attack. EXERCISE XL. 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Comprehendere, to ofFundere, to flow lacerare, to lacerate, embrace. against, diffuse, tear. confodere, to stab. spread over. digerere, to dispose, effodere, to dig out. exedere, to consume, digest. difiundere, to diffuse, corrode. inscribere (c. dat.), to disperse, incendere, to enkindle, inscribe, write upon. efFundere, to pour inflame. liquefacere, to make forth ; 2) throw off procudere, to forge ; liquid. (the rider). (of money) to coin, proflccrc, to ban jit. EXERCISES. 201 pervebi, to bear velum, i, n. sail. conspectus, us, m. through, convey. furor, oris, m. mad- sight. colonla, ae, f colo- ness. antic; uTtus, adv. an- ny. vetustas, atis, f. age. ciently, formerly. Constat, Tyrioruin colonlas paene tolo orbe 1 terrarum diffusas fuisse. In morte portum nobis paratum [esse] et perfugium pute- mus. Quo utinam velis passis pervehi liceat ! Hannibal patriam defensum ex Italia revocatus est. Nihil proftciunt praecepta, quarndiu menti 2 error offusus est. Beate vivendi cupiditate in- censi omnes sumus. Ingens nunimorum numerus hoe anno 3 pro- cusus est. Aegritudo animum meuni laceravit, exedit planeque confecit. Epigrammatis, monumento inscripti, litterae vetustate exesae erant. Milites urbem, ab hostibus oppugnatam, acerrime defenderunt. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Convellere, to tear rescindere, to tear, to motus, us, m. motion. away, convulse. break down. motus terrae, earth- desidere, to sink transgredi, to pass quake. down. over. quoc\inqi\e,adv.ichith- diffindere, to split. mora, ae, f delay. ersoevtr. discindere, to tear in nodus, i, m. a knot. scilicet, adv. namely, pieces. scrupulus, i, m. anx- doubtless, iety. Quocunque te vel oculis, vel animo converters, divinae boni- tatis plena esse omnia, intelliges. Alexander, rex Macedonum, Gordii nodum ense diffidit, scilicet diffisus, eum a se solutum iri. Quum Hannibal Alpes transgrederetur, multa ingentis magnitu- dlnis saxa diffissa sunt. Quis tibi vestem discldit ? Quid V dis- cissane est ? Pompeii terrae motu desederunt. Quis ncscit, apud Romanos eloquentiam ad summum honorem adscendisse ? Caesar, militum virtuti confisus, sine mora hostilem exercitum adortus est. Litterae tuae omnem scrupulum mihi ex animo evellerunt. Est boni regis officium, quum rempubllcam labefactatem convulsamque videt, opitulari patriae. The goodness of God is diffused through (abl.) the whole world. The sails are spread. Superstition has spread (oiTun- dere) darkness over (dat.) the souls of men. The king has coined a great quantity of money this year. My mind is torn and consumed by grief (aegritudo). When we shall have eaten, we will take a walk. The city, which was assaulted by the ene- 1 S 91, 9. * § 90, 11. 5. 3 S 91, 10. 202 EXERCISES. my, was (perf.) very bravely defended by the citizens. Ancienth r , the Spaniards (Hispanus, i) dug up much gold and silver (= much of gold and silver). By thy bravery, thou hast turned all eyes and minds upon (in) thee. How often has the faculty of speak- ing (gen. of Ger.) been turned to (ad) the destruction of men ! The enemies have broken down the bridges. Mountains and cities have been sunk down by earthquakes. We had already descended from the mountain, as we heard (perf.) that you were ascending (subj.) it. All anxiety has been removed (evellere) from my mind by thy letter. Who does not know, that the long war has shaken the state violently ? Caesar by a few words in- flamed the soldiers for the battle. EXERCISE XLL 1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Concinere, to sing to- evertere, to overthroio, proverbium, i, m.pro- gether, sound to- demolish, verb, geiher. insplcere, to look up- fides, is, /. string ; excidere, to cut off, on, view. fidlbus canere, to destroy. recede re, to go back, play with a stringed obtingere, to fall to retire. instrument. one y s lot. restituere, to restore, frigus, oris, n. cold. confirmare, to render emollirej to soften. innoxius, a, urn, in- permanent, epillae, arum, f. a nocenU devolare, to fly away. meal, feast. noctu, adv. by night. populari, to lay waste. praesto, adv. present. Et discas oportet, et, quod didicisti, agendo confirmes. Male parta male dilabuntur. Ut hirundlnes aestivo tempore praesto sunt, frigore pulsae recedunt ; ita falsi amici sereno vitae tempore praesto sunt; simulatque hiemem fortunae viderint, devolant omnes- Quid casurum sit, incertum est. Quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat. Clitum amicum senem et innoxium a se occi- sum esse, Alexander dolebat. Ingenuas didicisse fidellter artes, emollit mores, nee sinit esse feros (eos). ISTon tarn utilltas, parta per amicum, quam amici amor ipse delectat. Hannibalem non fefellit, ferocius, quam consultius rem hostes gesturos esse. Ex quo (sc. tempore) pecunia in honore fuit, verus rerum honor oc- cidit. Siiva vetus cecidlt, ferro quam nemo cecidit. Cleomenes, Lacedaemonius, quum triginta dierum essent cum hoste pactae indutiae, noctu populabatur agros, quod dierum essent pactae, non noctium indutiae. Dux, quum urbem cepisset, acdi- EXERCISES. 203 fieiis omnibus, pnblicis et privates, sacris et profanis, sic pepercit, quasi ad ea defendenda, non expugnanda cum exereitu, urbem intrasset. Urbe expugnata, milites, furore capti, juraverunt se non aetate confectis, non mulieribus, non infantibus parsuros esse. Ovorum inter se similitudo est in prove rbio ; tamen Deli 1 fuerunt complures, qui, permultas gallinas alentes, quum ovum inspexerant, quae id gallina peperisset, dicere solebant. Mihi crede, te tua virtute maximam laudem tibi pariturum esse. 2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, Compungere,fopnc£, conclamare, to cry out adversarius, i, m. ad- mark, together. versary. condere, to found, stimulare, to goad. doliarium, i, n. cellar, preserve. sustentare, to pre- festivltas, atis, f. distinguere, to distin- serve, sustain. agreeableness. guish. erumpere, to break loquacitas, atis, f. lo- percurrere, to run forth. quacity. through. nota, ae, f. sign, potus, us, m. drink. perdere, to destroy, mark. spurius, a, um, spuri- ruin. ous. Conclamabant omnes Carthaginienses, satis suppliciorum a se pro temeritate unius hominis, Hannibalis, pensum esse. Milites, urbem ingressi, non cibum, aut potum poposcerunt, non armorum onus deposuerunt. Tu ex animo scrupulum evellisti, qui me dies noctesque stimulavit ac pupugit. Philosophta, si paupertas momor- dit, si ignominia pupugit, si quid tenebrarum offudit exsilium, sin- gularum rerum proprias consolationes adhibet. Festivitatem habet narratio, distincta person is et interpuncta sermonibus. Aristarch- us, grammattcus, eos Homeri versus, qui spurii ei videbantur, notis quibusdam eompunxit. Omnes cives, belli calamitatibus confecti, pacem expoposcerunt. Romani in doliariis condita habebant vina, pipere et melle condita. Graeciae civitates, dum imperare singu- lae cupiunt, imperium omnes perdiderunt. Perditis rebus omni- bus, ipsa virtus se sustentat. The Gauls (Gallus, i,) have learned from the Greeks, to sur- round [their] cities with walls. If any one has acquired (fut. perf.) riches in a bad way (male), he will also lose them in a bad way. The thing has turned out otherwise than (atque) I had expected. Alexander, seized (capere) by anger, killed (perf.) [his] friend Clitus, an old man. Thy friendship has always afforded me the greatest pleasure. The faithless friend has de- 1 at Delos. See Svnt. 6 92. 201 EXERCISES. ceived me. After my sister had sung (perf.) alone (solus), we all sang together (perf.). The citizens of the city hoped, that Caesar, who had already spared other captured cities, would also spare theirs. It is not to be doubted, that our army, which under the conduct of a bad gen- eral (duce malo imperatore) has acquired for itself great praise by its bravery, under the conduct of a good general, will acquire for itself still (etiam) greater praise. A victory gained by treach- ery, redounds (= is) to (dat.) the conqueror not for praise but for disgrace. The rashness of Catiline was crushed by the pru- dence of Cicero. The dart will be discharged (emittere) so much the more violently, the more (magis) the bow has been drawn together (contendere) and drawn up (adducere). The firmness of the general and the bravery of the soldiers, have weakened the attack of the forth-breaking enemies. Scarcely had I reached the house, when it was (perf.) struck (= touched) by lightning (de coelo). Our soldiers repulsed the enemies at (abl.) the first attack. The whole book has been run through by me [in] reading (abl. of gerund). The traitor has paid just pun- ishment for his offence. As soon as the horns sounded (perf. of cantre), all the soldiers ran (perf.) together. Virtue sustains itself, even if (etiamsi) it may have lost all. EXERCISE XLII. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Coalesco, lui, lltum illucesco, luxi 3. to advertere, to turn 3. to grow together, become light, dawn. (hither). coalesce. recrudesco, dui 3. to auditor, oris, ?n. hear- consanesco, nui 3. to break out afresh. er. become well. rescisco, ivi or ii, itum viscus, eris, n. bowels. consenesco, nui 3. to 3. to ascertain. adulterinus, a, um, grow old. condemnare, to con- adulterated, coun- convalesco, lui 3. to demn ; capitis, to terfeit. become better, re- death. contra, adv. on the cover. permanare, to flow contrary, other side. defervesco, vi 3. to through, flow along, quando, ado. when. burn out. subside. Crede, omnem diem tibi illuxisse supremum. Socratis responso eic judlces exarserunt, ut capitis hominem innocentissimum con- demn arent. Ratio, quum adolevit atque perfecta est, nominatur rite snpientia. Quacrltur, si sapiens adulterinos nummos acceperit EXERCISES. 205 imprudens pro bonis, quum id rescierit, soluturusne sit eos pro bonis. Incrediblle memoratu est, quam facile Romani et Aborigi- nes coaluerint. Quum est concupita peeunia, nee adhibita con- tin uo ratio, quae sanet earn cupiditatem : permanat in venas et inliaeret in visceribus illud malum. Endymlo, nescio quando, in Latmo, Caiiae monte, obdormivit, necdum est experrectus. Ora- tori abstinendum est verbis, quae propter vetustatem obsoleverunt. Convaluistlne tandem ex morbo, quo tamdiu laborasti ? Illius oratoris ardor animi, qui prius omnium auditorum animos ad se advertebat rapiebatque, jam plane defervit. Yulnus meum, quod jam consanuisse videbatur, nunc recruduifc. Scarcely had the day dawned, when I commenced {perf. of aggredi) my journey. A bloody war broke out (= was kindled) between (inter) the Romans and Carthaginians. Catiline ad- dressed (perf.) his associates with these words : Our (= to us) age is vigorous (vigere), the soul is strong (valere) ; on the other side, all is grown old by years and riches. As soon as Caesar ascertained (perf.) that the enemies were approaching, he led out (perf.) the soldiers from the camp. In a short time, the minds of all had coalesced into (abl.) so great (tantus) friendship, that every distinction of rank (ordo et locus) was forgotten. I have perceived with great pleasure from thy letter, that thou hast re- covered from thy long continued sickness. The sedition of the soldiers, which had been quieted by the wisdom (consilium) of the general, broke out afresh (perf.) during his absence (eo ab- sente). EXERCISE XLIIL Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Consentire, to agree munificentia, ae, f. rector, oris, m. gov- with. munificence. ernor. dissentire, to disagree, documentum, i, n. coetus, us, m. assem- dissent. proof. Uy. desllire, to leap down, dumetum, i, n. thicket, affluenter, adv.plenti- transllire, to leap over, ludibrium, i, n. sport. fully- exhaurire, to exhaust, parricidium, i, n. par- immortallter, adv. im- indagare, to search ricide. mortally. out. curatio, onis, f cure, rursus, adv. again. dispellere, to drive explorator, oris, m. a undlque, adv. from all asunder , disperse. spy. sides. catena, ae, /. chain. 18 206 EXERCISES. Regis sepulcro haec verba inscripta sunt: Probe vixit, imprd- bos vinxit, hostes writ. Hostes victl et eaten is vincti in servitutem abducti sunt. Imperium justis legibus fultum esse debet. Rex, pace composita, rempublicam labefactatara sua virtu te fulsit. Virtus diffieilis inventu est : rectorem dueemque desiderat. Artes innumerablles repertae sunt, doeente natura. Vita, si undlque referta bonis est, beata dicitur. Homines urbes moenibus sepse- runt. Occultae inimicitiae magis timendae sunt, quani apertae. Quis est tarn miser, ut non dei munifieentiam senserit ? Dii, in- duti specie humana, fabulas poctis suppeditaverunt, hominum au- tem vitam superstitione omni reierserunt- Continues bellis reipub- licae opes exhaustae sunt. Quo quis affluentius voluptates undique hauserit, eo gravius ardenti usque sitiet. Caesar, ubi per explora- tores comperit, hostes adventare, protinus milites e castris eduxit. Nebula, bora quarta sole dispulsa, aperuit diem. Plato Athenis ] in Academla sepultus est. Eodem loco nostra memoria sepultus est Carolus Odofredus Miillerus, professor Gottingensis, vir praes- tantissimus et de antiquitatis disciplina immortaliter merltus. The state shaken by the Avar, has been supported by the virtue of the king. Trajan alone of (gen.) all the citizens is buried within (intra) the city [of] Rome. Men have invented innumer- able arts, nature teaching them (abl. abs.). Cicero's writings upon (de) philosophy, are filled up with the most excellent principles of virtue. The just king has supported his government by just laws. O king, thou art to be pronounced (= extolled) happy, who hast always lived uprightly, hast bound the wicked, hast conquered the enemies. The cities are surrounded (= hedged around) with walls. All the former (superior) losses are repaired by one victory. Whence hast thou ascertained, that my brother will come to-day ? Just as physicians, when they have discovered the cause of the sick- ness (abl. abs.) believe that they have discovered the cure, so shall we, when the cause of sorrow is discovered, find the ability of curing (gen. of gerund) [it]. As the old man entered (subj.) the assembly, all uncovered (perf.) [their] heads ; but as he left (subj.) it, all covered (perf.) [their] heads again. God has en- closed (= hedged in) and covered the eyes with (abl.) very deli- cate membranes. 1 at Athens. See Synt. § 92. EXERCISES. 207 EXERCISE XLIV. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Celare (aliquem ali- constituere, to estab- effector, oris, m. crea~ quid), to conceal lish, constitute. tor. (something from desistere, to desist, situs, us, m. condition, some one). [ate. cease. situation. enumerare, to enumer- inducere, to lead to, adeo, adv. so, so very. meditari (c. ace.), to induce. injuste, adv. unjustly, think (of some- mitescere (without primum, adv. first. thing). \_falsely. Perf. or Sup.), to proinde quasi, just pejerare, to swear become mild, tame. as if. PergTte, pueri, atque in id studium, in quo estis, incurnbite, ut et vobis 1 honori, 1 et amicis utilitati, et reipublicae emolumento esse possitis ! Nemo adeo ferus est, ut non mitescere possit. Hoc quotidie meditare, ut possis aequo animo vitam relinquere. Qui- dam idcirco, deum esse, non putant, quia non apparet, nee cerni- tur : proinde quasi nostram ipsam mentem videre posslmus. Uni- versum mundum quum cernimus, possumusne dubitare, quin ei praesit aliquis effector et moderator? Nihil tarn difficile est, quin (=ut non) quaerendo investigari possit. Sic cogitandum est, tanquam aliquis in pectus intlmum inspicere possit ; et potest. Satis nobis persuasum esse debet, etiamsi deum hominesque celare possimus, nihil tamen injuste esse faciendum. Potestisne dubitare, quin deus universum mundum gubernet ? Non possu- mus. Cur nobiscum ambulare non potes ? Omnes mundi partes ita constitutae sunt, ut neque ad usum meliores potuerint esse, neque ad speciem pulchriores. Ante occu- patur animus ab iracundia, quam providere satis potuit, ne occu- paretur. Yix Caesar milites e castris educere potuerat, quum hostes impetum fecerunt. Quid enumerem artium multitudinem, sine quibus vita omnis nulla esse potuisset ? Quern, ut mentiatur, inducere possumus ; [eum], ut pejeret, exorare facile poterlmus. Dolorem, si non potero frangere, occultabo. Facile intelligltur, nee figuram situmque membrorum nostrorum, nee ingenii men- tisque vim effici potuisse fortuna. Hoc primum sentio, nisi in bonis, amicitiam esse non posse. If you earnestly apply (fut.) yourselves to the study of litera- ture, you will be able to be useful, as well to yourselves as to (your) friends and the state. Socrates thought daily of this, that he might be able to die with equanimity. Canst thou tell me, 1 & 90, 5. 208 EXERCISES. why thy brother is not able to come to me to-day? No. When you contemplate the whole world, you are not able to doubt, that it is ruled by a divine mind (mens). The wise can be happy, even when they are tortured. If we cultivate (colere) virtue, we can always be happy. Why cannot thy brothers come to me to-day ? I do not know, why they cannot. But why could they not come yesterday ? They could not come yesterday on account (per) of much busi- ness (plur.). What could have been (== has been able to be) given to the human race, fairer and more noble than reason ? The enemies had not as yet been able to draw their troops to- gether, as Caesar made (perf.) an attack upon (in) them. Who believes, that the world can have been (= may have been able to be) made by chance ? EXERCISE XLV. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Symbola, ae, /. a con- argentum vivum, n. familiaris, e, belonging tribution of money quicksilver. to the family ; res or food; de sym- spatium, i, n. space, familiaris, estate. bolis edere, to eat curculio, onis, m. perrumpere, to break at common expense. corn-worm. through. adolescentulus, i, m. moles, is, /.. mass., vae, inter j. alas J young man, youth. Esse oportet, ut vivamus ; non vivere, ut edamus. Modlce bibite et este. Heri aliquot adolescentuli convenerunt, ut de symbolis essent. Haec herba acerba esu est. Aegritudo lacerat, exest animum planeque conflcit. Curculiones frumentum exesse incipiunt. Argentum vivum exest ac perrumpit vasa. Majores nostri cavere non potuerunt, ne vetustas monumenta exesset. Quae unquam moles tarn firma fuit, quam non exessent undae ? Yae vobis, qui omnem rem familiarem luxuria comestis ! Satur- nus ex se natos comesse fingitur solitus, quia consumit aetas tem- porum spatia. Eat thou and drink moderately. Ye should eat moderately. Age consumes all monuments. Where dost thou eat to-day ? I came, that (ut) I might eat with thee. I know not, where you ate yesterday. My brother had called us in order to eat (Sup.). An unripe grape is bitter to eat (Sup. in «). I feared that the sorrow (aegritudo) would consume thy mind. Alas to thee, who consumest thy whole estate ! EXERCISES. 209 EXERCISE XLVI. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. AfFero, attiili, allatum 3. to bear fortli, decedere, to go forth, 3. to bring to, bring. bury. die. aufero, abstuli, abla- infero, intiili, illatuin, doctor, oris, m. teach- turn 3. to bear to bring against; er. away, take away. bellum infero ali- gigas, antis, m. giant. confero, contuli, col- cui, / make war aeternltas,atis,/ eter- latum 3. to bring upon one. nity. together, compare, praefero, tali, latum funditus, adv from the defero, detuli, dela- 3. to prefer. foundation, wholly. turn 3. to bring refero, tilli, latum 3. qui (for quo), how, by down, offer. to bring back, refer. whom, by what, etc. effero, extuli, elatum Ferte misero atque inopi auxilium. Confer nostram longissi- mam aetatem cum aeternitate, et brevissima videbitur. Quid quaeque nox, aut dies ferat, incertum est. Incumbe in earn curam ct cogitation em, quae tibi summam dignitatem et gloriam aflerat. Fcrre laborem consuetudo docet. Pecuniam praeferre amicitiae sordid um est. Ut quisque maxime ad suum commodum fefert, quaecunqne agit ; ita miuime est vir bonus. Bonum civem reipublicae dignitatem suis omnibus commodis praeferre oportet. Hoc doctoris intelligentis est, videre, quo ferat natura sua quem- que. Is denlque lionos milii videtur, qui non propter spem futuri beneficii, sed propter magna merlta claris viris defertur et datur. Aristides in tanta paupertate decessit, ut, qui efferetur, vix reli- querit. Poetae ferunt, gigantes bellum diis intulisse. Socrates eundem vultum domum referebat, quern domo extulerat. Quod auri, quod argenti, quod ornamentorum in urbibus Siciliae fuit, id Verres abstulit. Multi etiam naturae vitium meditatione atque exercitatione sustulerunt. Pietate ad versus deum sublata, fides etiam et societas humani generis tollitur. Qui, deum esse, negant, nonne omnem religionem funditus sustulerunt ? Caritate benevo- lentiaque sublata, omnis est e vita sublata jucunditas. Bring thou aid to the wretched and the destitute ! If we com- pare our longest age with eternity, it will be necessary that we acknowledge (subj.) that it is very short. What can bring to us a fairer joy, than virtue. The noble (probus) youth bore (fero) and did all, he sweated and shivered (perf. in each case). Julius Caesar took away (perf.) from king Ptolemy, almost six thousand talents (gen.). What bringest thou, my bov ? I bring a present 18* 210 EXERCISES. which my father presents to thee. Dost thou not know, that Epi- curus has referred all [things] to (ad) pleasure ? Pleasure is preferred by many to virtue. All (plur.) that we do, must be referred to virtue. The giants are said (feror) to have made war upon the gods. Cicero relates, that immense treasures were taken by Verres from the cities of Italy. A fault of nature has often been removed (= taken away) by exercise. The enemies were so cowardly, that they did not even bear an attack of our soldiers. I did not doubt, that you would (imperf.) bear the injustice offered (affero) you with equanimity. Through cruelty we are borne [on] to the foulest crimes. We feared, that war would be preferred by you to peace. Thou wilt be borne (away) by avarice to base gain. Solitude takes away the enjoyment of all pleasures. Thou shouldst not be borne (away) by avarice to base gain. When the news was brought (subj.) that the enemy approached, Caesar led out (perf.) his soldiers from the camp. The wretched (man) asked us, that we would bring aid to him (sibi). EXERCISE XLYII. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. Defatlgare, to weary, sectari (c. ace), to necessltas, atis, f. ne- make weary ; pass. follow after, pur- cessity. to become weary. sue. serius, a, um, serious. nobilitare, to make adstringere, to bind, ejusmodi, of this sort, known, renowned. to make binding. of this nature. publlcare, to make public. Qui virtutem suam publicari vult, non virtuti laborat, sed glo- riae. Nonne poetae post mortem nobilitari volunt ? Ego non eadem volo senex, quae volui, adolescens. Si vis amari, ama. Bono mentis fruendum est, si beati esse volumus. Docllis est, qui attente vult audire. Omnia benefacta in luce se collocari volunt. Si acres ac diligentes esse vultis, magna saepe intelligetis ex par- vis. Quern docllem velis facere, simul attentum facias oportet. Sic cum inferiore vivamus, quemadmodum nobiscum superiorem velimus vivere. Praeclare Socrates hanc viam ad gloriam proxi- mam dicebat esse, si quis id ageret, ut, qualis haberi veliet, talis esset. Si quis veram gloriam adipisci volet, virtutis officiis fungi debebit. Si quid per jocum dixi, nolito in serium convertere. Libcro EXEIICLSE3. 211 sum judicio, nulla ejusmodi adstrietus necessitate, ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa tuenda sententia. Socrates noluit ex careere eduei, quum facile posset. Ego me Phidiam esse mallem, quam vel optimum fabrum lignarium. Utrum corporis, an ingenii vires tibi augeri mavis ? Multi sibi malunt melius esse, quam alteri. Virtute in alia alius mavult excellere. Quibus id persuasum est, ut nihil malint se esse, quam bonos viros ; iis reliqua facllis est doctrma. Amicitiae est ea vis, ut, simulatque sibi alfquid, quam alteri, maluerit, nulla sit. Vae vobis, qui divitias, quam virtutem sectari mavultis ! Malumus cum virtute paucis contend esse, quam sine virtute multa habere. Aristides, Atheniensis, bonus esse malebat, quam videri. If we wish to bear (fero) our virtue before (prae) ourselves, we do not labor for virtue but for glory. Men [when] old, do not wish the same which they wished (perf) [when] young. If you wish to be loved by others, you must also love others. If thou wishest to be happy, thou must cultivate virtue. Why does not thy brother wish to take a walk with us ? Thou askest why he does not wish ; he does wish indeed, but he cannot on account of (per) business. If you wish to undertake a great undertaking (negotium), you must make (adhibere) diligent preparation. Wilt thou come to us to-day, or (an) wilt thou not? we wish (Sub. pres.) to know. May you (= you will Subj. pres. of volo) also [when] absent, love us as you are accustomed to love. Be thou unwilling to become weary in the preservation (gerund) of good men. We are unwilling, that the same [man] should excel in several things. They, who are bound by a certain (cer- tus) sentiment, must defend it, [whether] they will [or] not. Wouldst thou live in the country, rather than in the city? Many would (= choose to) acquire riches, rather than virtue. Timoleon chose (perf.) to be esteemed, rather than to be feared (metuo). The wise choose to stand upon (abl ) their own judgment, rather than [upon that] of anothe-r. Who would not rather be virtuous (= partaking of virtue, compos), than rich? Would you rather live in the city, than in the country ? Ave would rather live in the country. EXERCISE XL VIII. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Adire, lo come to, oblre, to die. translre, to pass over, circumire, to go a- perlre, to go to ruin, through, away. round, surround. perish. emori, 3. to die. interire, lo decay. casa, ae, f. a hut. 212 EXERCISES. angustiac, arum, f. praealtus, a, urn, very intern pestl ve, adv.un- narrow pass. high, very deep. timely. silentium, i, n. si- aliquando, adv. some- obvlavn, adv. against, lence. time. to meet. excessus, us, m. de- foede, adv. basely, in sero, adv. late, too parture. a base way. late. Qui ad nos intempestive adeunt, molesti saepe sunt. Pleraque, ante oculos poslta, translmus. Abeunt hirundlnes hibernis mensi- bus. Corpus mortale allquo tempore interire necesse est. Pere- unt aliquando innocentes ; quis neget ? nocentes tamen saepius pereunt. Omnes homines summa ope niti decet, ne vitam silentio transeant. Quis dubitet, quin ex casa vir magnus exire possit ? Potius sero, quam nunquam, obviam eundum est audaciae temeri- tatique. Omnes cives militibus, qui e bello domum redibant, laeti obviam ibant. Si ita natura paratum esset, ut ea dormientes age- rent, quae somnlarent, alligandi omnes essent, qui cubltum irent. Illud erat insltum priscis, esse in morte sensum, neque excessu vitae sic deleri hominem, ut funditus interlret. Angustias Themis- toeles quaerebat, ne multitudine hostium eircumiretur. Romulus ad deos transisse creditus est. Augustus obiit septuagesimo et sexto aetatis anno. Mihi nunquam persuaderi potuit, animos, dum in corporibus essent mortalibus, vivere ; quum exissent ex iis, emori. Quicquid transtit temporis, perlit. Quum rure rediero, etatim te adibo. Pompeius multique alii clari viri foede perierunt. I, quo te fata vocant. Abiit ad deos Hercules : nunquam abisset, nisi, quum inter homines esset, earn sibi viam munivisset. Muros turresque urbis praealtum mare ambiebat. Be on thy guard, that thou dost not go to one untimely. Very much which is set before our eyes, is passed over by us. Our body will decay at some time ; but that our soul will decay, we cannot believe. Go spiritedly against self-confidence and rash- ness. Who does not know, how often great men come (=go) forth from huts ! As the soldiers were returning (subj.) home from the war, all the citizens went (perf.) to meet them. In the spring the swallows return to us, in the autumn they go away. As Caesar was coming out (subj.) of the woods, he was (perf.) surrounded by the enemies. When the soul shall have left the body, it will be happy. We shall go out to meet our parents, who are returning from the country to the city. Hast thou not heard, that Pompey has perished in a base way ? The orators pass over all (plur.) that appears base to speak (Sup. in u). The men, who pass (part, of transire) their lives in silence, die (obire) without fame. EXERCISES. 213 EXERCISE XLIX. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. Exulcerare, to irri- adversus, a, urn, oppo- fatallter, adv. con- tate, make worse. site. formably to fate. generare, to make. cogitato, adv. with interdum, adv. some- retmere, to hold back, premeditation. times. prevent. crebro, adv. frequent- polite, adv. elegantly. eloqui, to pronounce. ly. Intueri solem adversum nequimus. Decori vis ea est, ut ab honesto non queat separari. Risus interdum ita repente erumpit, ut eum cupientes tenere nequeamus. Die, utrum queas, an nequeas mecum ire. Quum hostes exereitum nostrum fundere nequlrent, in castra munita sese receperunt. Quum dux precibus retinere militem nequiret, vim adhibendam censuit. Saepe im- periti medici ea, quae sanare nequeunt, exulcerant. Quum De- mosthenes "rho" dicere nequiret, exercitatione fecit, ut planis- sime diceret. Ex inimico cogLta posse fieri amicum. Nemo fit casu bonus. Si fato omnia fiunt ; nihil nos admonere potest, ut cautiores fiamus. Nemo ignavia i mm 01 talis factus est. Permultum interest, utrum perturbatione aliqua animi, quae plerumque brevis est, an consulto et cogitato fiat injuria. Homo, quod crebro videt, non miratur, etiamsi, cur fiat, nesciat. Non ita generati a natura sumus, ut ad ludum et jocum facti esse videamur, sed ad severitatem potius et ad quaedam studia graviora atque majora. Prudentior fis, acce- dente senectute. Nego esse fortunam, et omnia, quae fiunt, quaeque futura sunt, ex omni aeternitate definlta dico esse fatali- ter. Qua de caussa dicebas, omnia, quae fierent futurave essent, fato contineri ? Fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, et id, quod sentit, polite eloqui nequeat. Men cannot look upon the opposite sun. The virtues are so (ita) connected and joined together (inter se), that they cannot be separated from each other. Often we cannot prevent a laugh, although (quamvis with Subj.) we would. Say, whether you can go with us, or cannot. There are many diseases which cannot (subj.) be cured. Demosthenes could not (perf.) at first pro- nounce " rho," but by exercise he effected ( = made), that he pronounced [it] very plainly. If thou wishest to be learned, learn early. From an enemy, [one] often becomes suddenly a friend. Men do not become good by chance. If all [things] happen (subj.) by chance, all (omnis) 214 EXERCISES. foresight is useless. Dost thou believe, that a man may ever be- come immortal by cowardice ? Men become wiser by age. Some philosophers were uncertain, whether all (omnifine) might happen by chance ; I am convinced, that nothing happens by chance. EXERCISE L. Words to be learned and ^Examples for translation. Abommari, to exe- comoedia, ae, /. com- credulus, a, um, cred- crate. edy. ulous. commemorare, to men- institutum, in, an in- invldus, a, um, envi- tion, call to mind. stitution. ous. evanesco, nui 3. to probrum, i, n, re- dum, conj. (with the disappear. proach. Subj.), provided hebesco (without haruspex, icis, m. that. Perf. and Sup.), soothsayer. sive (seu), or; sive I am inoperative. bellus, a, um, beauti- (seu) — sive (seu), proferre 3. to pro- ful. whether — or ', either duce. consentaneous, a, um, — or. sapio, ui 3. to be wise. suitable. Rule of Syntax. When the words of some one are quoted precisely as he spoke them, inquam is used, and is introduced among the words quoted ; but if only the sense of what one has said is quoted, aio is used. Contraria ea sunt, quorum alterum ait quid, alterum negat. Cato mirari se aiebat, quod non rideret haruspex, harusplcem quum vidisset. Ut quimus, aiunt, quando, ut volumus, non licet. Sus, ut aiunt, docet Minervam. Tu ais, ego nego. Negat Epicurus, quenquam, qui honeste non vivat, jucunde posse vivere. Quasi ego id curem, quid ille aiat, aut neget ; illud quaero, quid ei, qui in voluptate summum bonum putat, consentaneum sit dicere. Sive tu hoc ais, sive negas ; ego tuebor sententiam meam. Negantia contraria sunt aientibus. Ain' (for aisne) tu? quum res occultissi- mas aperueris in lucemque protuleris : negabis, esse rem ullam, quae cognosci possit ? Aisne ? Aio. Negasne ? Nego. I deny that, which thou assertest. If I say yes, he [also] says yes ; if I say no (deny), he also says no. It is said, that thou wilt leave the city. I know not, whether thou affirmest the thing, or deniest [it]. Affirmative (= affirming) opinions (sententia), are contrary to negative (= denying) [opinions]. They said, EXERCISES. 215 that thy father set out for (ad) Rome. It is delightful and be- coming, says Horace, to die for one's country. Thou hast erred, thou wilt say perhaps. Never, says he, is a friend troublesome to me. Meminerlmus, etiam ad versus inflmos justitiam esse servan- dam. Animus memlnit praeteritorum, praesentia cernit, futura provldet. Beneficia meminisse debet is, in quern collata sunt, non commemorare, qui contulit. Illud semper memento : Qui ipse sibi sapiens prodesse nequit, nequicquam sapit. Quod tu mihi dixisti, pulchre meminero. Qui patriae beneficia meminerint, semper pro ejus salute arma capessere parati erunt. Memento mori. Omnes oderunt eum, qui immemor est beneficii. Libertatis inimicos, efFlci non potest, quin (= ut non) oderim. Invldi virtutem et bonum alienum oderunt. Virtus necesse est res sibi contrarias aspernetur atque oderit. Probos amamus, improbos odlmus. Non dubito, quin mali me oderint. Vox dira et abomi- nanda : Oderint, dum metuant. Cicero penltus oderat Clodium. Judicem neque studere cuiquam decet, neque odisse, neque irasci. Non ita amare debemus, ut si aliquando osuri simus. Romani regum nomen perosi sunt. Dimidium facti, qui bene coepit, habet. Oracula evanuerunt, postquam homines minus creduli esse coeperunt. Postquam divi- tiae honori esse coeperunt, et eas gloria, imperium, potentia seque- batur : hebescere virtus, paupertas probro esse coepit. Turpe est, rem bene coeptam male finire. Undlque in murum lapldes conjici coepti sunt. Urbs obsideri coepta est. Deum colit, qui novit. Nihil mihi stultius videtur, quam exist- imare eum studiosum tui, quern non noris. Qui se ipse norit, aliquid sentiet se habere divinum, tantoque munere dei semper dignum aliquid et faciet et sentiet. Quam quisque norit artem, in hac se exerceat. You should forget favors conferred, [but] remember those re- ceived. We shall remember thee, even when thou art absent. If we remember the favors conferred upon us (in nos) by our parents, we shall never be ungrateful towards (adversus) them. When we remember youth happily passed (agere), we are de- lighted. As often as (quotiescunque) I remembered the good principles of my teachers, a desire after (gen.) those excellent men seized (occupare) me. We hate the men, who are unmindful of favors received. Who is there, who does not (quin) hate (subj.) the enemies of freedom ? We did not know, why he hated us. Men love the upright, [and] hate the wicked. I doubt not, that the wicked hate me. The [is] 216 EXERCISES. friend is not agreeable (gratus) to us, who loves us as one about to hate us. It is known, that the Romans hated (perf.) the name of kings very much. Him, who is unfortunate, all hate. Thou hast begun the thing well, but ended badly. Scarcely had the soldiers begun to fortify the camp, when the enemies were (perf) discovered. Already had the enemies begun to assault the city, as suddenly our soldiers came (perf.) for (dat.) aid to the citizens. After the banishment of the kings , (abl. abs.), two consuls began to be chosen yearly. I know not, whether (ne attached to the verb) thou art ac- quainted with my friend, but if thou shalt become acquainted with him, thou wilt love him. Judge not concerning a man, before you know him. Do you know the way ? we do not know it. When any one wishes to preside over the republic, he should (oportet with Subj.) be acquainted with its laws and institutions. Art thou personally (= from appearance, de facie) acquainted with my friend ? 1 am not acquainted with him, but I desire (opto) to know (— that I may know) him. SYNTAX. SIXTH COURSE. SIMPLE SENTENCES. CHAPTER I. Definition and General Treatment of the Simple Sentence. § 80. Sentence. — Subject. — Predicate. — Attribute. — Object 1 . Syntax treats of the structure of sentences. A sentence is the expression of a thought in words. A thought consists of two or more ideas (or conceptions) bear- ing a given relation to each other and to the speaker. Thus, "rose," "bloom," express two different ideas. Put together in the form of a sentence, they become, " the rose blooms." So also, " man," " mortal," become, " man is mor- tal ; " " horse," " feed," " pasture," become, " the horse feeds in my pasture." All the ideas are expressed by the words before they are combined, and combining them into a sentence is only expressing their relations to each other and the speaker, which is done partly by the addition of certain small words, and partly by changes in words. The words by which ideas are expressed (viz. nouns, adjectives, verbs — except the copula "to be" — and adverbs derived from these) are called idea-words, those by which rela- tions are expressed, formal or relational words, and the changes in words are called inflexions. 2. Every sentence has two parts, a subject and a pre- dicate. The subject is that of which something is said, and 19 218 SENTENCE. SUBJECT. PREDICATE. ['§ 80. the predicate that which is said of the subject. E. g. in the sentences : rosa floret ; homo mortalis est, rosa and homo are the subjects, floret and mortalis est, the predicates. 3. The subject always expresses a substantive idea, and must be either a substantive or some word used substantively, as, a pronoun, numeral, adjective, parti- ciple, Infin., and in short, any word, phrase, syllable, or let- ter, taken by itself and used as a substantive. The subject of a fmite verb is in the nominative, but with the Infin. it is in the Ace. (See § 106). Rem. 1. In the following cases the subject is not expressed by any particular word: l) When the subject is a personal pronoun, and is not contrasted with anything so as to make it emphatic; 2) With impersonal verbs where we use it (but with many impersonal verbs the accompanying Infin. or subordi- nate sentence is to be considered as the subject) ; 3) When the subject is easily supplied from the connection, espe- cially with dicunt, alunt, appellant, etc. — here, as with intransi- tive impersonals in the third person Sing. Pass, (see § 106, E,. 5), we employ the indefinite pronouns one, ice, they. 4) Often with the third Pers. Sing. Act., in the subordinate clauses of sentences employed in expressing general thoughts or definitions, the indefinite quls is omitted. Rkm. 2. Res is used for our indefinite it, when that pronoun is used loosely for " thing," " matter," " affair," as : res eo per- venit, " it (the affair) has come to this." 4. The predicate always expresses a verbal idea, and must be either a finite verb, or else esse in conjunction with an adjective (participle), substantive (in- finitive), pronoun, or numeral. As esse connects the adjective, etc. with the subject, it is called, in such cases, the copula (bond). Rem. 3. The copula (est or sunt) is sometimes omitted : 1) In general expressions and proverbs; 2) With the ge- rund and gerundive; 3) Often in sentences expressing a conclusion; 4) Often in animated discourse; 5) The Infin. form esse is often omitted with participles and adjec- tives, especially after verbs of perception and commu- nication; G) The Subj. Pres., also the Imp erf. and Perf. are occasionally, and only occasionally, omitted. § 81.J AGREEMENT. 219 5. The sentence, consisting, in its simplest form, of a sub- ject and a predicate, may be enlarged by adding words either to the subject, or predicate, or both, for the purpose of restricting their application, or as qualifica- tions, limitations, or nearer definitions. The limitations of the subject, which are called attributives, may be either an adjective, a noun in the Gen. (at- tributive Gen.), or a noun in the same case as the subject (i. e. in apposition), as: rosa pulchra ; hortus regis ; Cicero con- sul. The limitations of the predicate, which are called ob- jects, may be either a noun in an oblique case, a preposition with its noun, the In fin., parti ciple, or an adverb, as: virtutem amo ; pro patria pugnamus ; scri- bere cupio ; vehementer doleo.* § 81. Agreement. 1. The verb agrees with its subject in person and n u m - ber,the adjective (participle, pronoun, and nu- meral), whether attributive or forming a part of the predicate (§ 80,also 82,and83),in gender, number, and case. But the substantive, whether in a p p o s i t i o n , or in the predicate, necessarily agrees with the subject only in case; — it agrees with it in gender and number only when it is a literal (not figurative) designation of a person, and hence, has either separate forms for the mas- culine and feminine, or is of the common gender, as : ego scribo ; tu scribis ; rosa floret ; virtus pulchra est ; Tomyris, regina Scythorum, Cyrum, regem Persarum devicit ; but Sci- piones, duo fulmina belli. 2. The adjective or noun in the predicate, with the following verbs, which, like esse, serve as a copula, agrees with the subject according to the principles above stated : a) The verbs of b e c o m i ngijlo (not reddor), evado, eocisto, nascor ; * The Exercises are at the end of the Syntax. 220 AGREEMENT. [§ 81. b) The verbs maneo (I remain), and videor, "I seem, ap- pear" (appareo only poet, and later) ; c) The verbs which mean : I am called, as: ajipellor, vocor, dicor, etc. ; d) The verbs which signify, I am made, chosen, ap- pointed something, as: creor, eligor, etc. ; e) The verbs which mean: I am considered, ac- counted something, I am recognized, found as something, and the like, as : dor, putor, existimor (credor only poet, and late), judicor, habeor, cognoscor, inventor, etc. Brutus Romanorum libertatis vindex exstitit. Nemo doctus nas- citur. Gloria Romanorum aeterna manet. Cicero consul crcatus est. Cicero pater patriae appellatus est Virtus summum bonum judicanda est. Rem. 1. Several other particulars concerning these verbs should be stated: l) All that are given in the Pass, form (except videor) take two Ace. in the active form (§ 89, 7) ; 2) The predicative noun or adjective remains in the Norn, also, with the Infin. of one of these verbs, dependent upon another verb (as : omnes boni esse volunt) ; so too with the Part, when it stands in the Nom. (as : certior /actus) ; 3) When the subject becomes de- pendent and is in the Ace, the predicative noun and Part, are also in the Ace. (as: Ciceronem, consulem factum, Catilina perse- cutus est) ; but the other oblique cases are not found in good wri- ters, except occasionally the ablative absolute; 4) Several of these verbs are found also with adverbs, in which case they are not barely copulas, but have a complete predicative sense (as : bene est ; cliu Romae mansit) ; 5) A change from an antecedent state to another is expressed by ex with a verb of becoming or being made (also with the Act. of facio), as: ex oratore arator f actus ; 6) With esse, videri, liaberi (also, the Act. habere, putare, ducere), pro with the Abl. is used instead of the predicative Nom. to express an equivalent (as, Cato mihi est pro centum milibus ; audacia pro muro habetur) ; 7) We also find expressions of this kind ; aliquis est alicui paren- tis loco ; aliquid habetur prod igii loco; aliquis in hostium numero habetur, existimatur ; aliquem in hostium numero habere, in homi- num numero puiare. 3. The demonstrative, relative, and interro- gative pronouns, whether as subject or predicate, 81.] AGREEMENT. 221 when connected with a substantive by esse or one of the verbs given in No. 2, agree with that substantive in gender, number, and case, where we use but one form for all genders, as : this, that, what, etc. This holds true, when the pronoun is in the Ace. depending upon a word of calling or considering. Hie (this) est omnium fons. Quis est virtu- tis fons ? Qui virtutem praemio metiuntur, nidlam virtutem nisi malitiam putant. Rem. 2. The neuter pronoun is used with a Masc. or Fern, noun, only when the nature of something is inquired after or referred to in a very gen e r a 1 way, as : quid est mulier ? Rem. 3. So also a predicative adjective sometimes stands in the neuter Sing, without regard to the gender and num- ber of the noun, when it refers rather to some general idea (as: thing, property, character, nature, etc.) uppermost in the mind, than to its proper substantive (as : varium, et mu'abile semper est femina). Rut this is very rare in good prose, and confined to a few words, such as commune, proprium, extremum, used almost as nouns. Sometimes a pronoun in the neuter Sing, follows a Masc. or Fern, noun even in the Plur., when it refers rather to the general idea contained in the word, than to the word itself. 4. Sometimes the predicate does not agree with the gram- matical form of the subject, but with a noun implied in it (con- structio ad intellectual). Thus it often happens that after col- lective nouns referring to persons (as, pars, muliitudo, juventus), also after nemo, nullus, uterque, and the like, occa- sionally, too, after the names of cities and countries, used for the inhabitants, a predicate follows, having the gen- der and number implied in the collective, etc., as : pars bestiis objecti sunt ; magna multitudo convenerant. In the same manner a predicate in the masculine follows a neuter n o u n , when it refers to persons, as: capita conjurationis virgis caesi sunt. Rem. 4. A pronoun in the plural often follows a noun in the Sing, referring rather to the class of persons or things represented by the noun, than to the noun itself, as: Democritum omittamus. Nihil est enim apud istos, etc. (i. e. with De- moeritus and those like him, those of his class). 19* 222 AGREEMENT. [§81. Rem. 5. Sometimes a predicate in the Plur. follows a noun in the singular connected by the preposition cum with another noun in the Abl., as : ipse dux cum aliquot principibus capiuntur (instead of the more correct, dux et aliquot principes). A noun in apposition with two nouns thus connected is in the plu- ral. 5. When the subject is the name of a thing, and the predicate is formed by a substantive with esse, or one of the verbs given in No. 2, the predicate, by means of attrac- tion, generally agrees with the noun which stands nearest to it, whether it be the subject, or the predicative noun, as : non omnis error stidtitia est dicenda. But when the sub- ject is a proper name, the predicate must agree with it, whatever its position. Rem. 6. Often also, in comparative sentences, after quam, quantum, nisi, the predicate is attracted into agreement with the subject of the last clause, which stands near- est to it, as : Semproniae cariora semper omnia, quam decus et pudicitia fuit ; quis ilium consulem, nisi latrones putant f So also the similar examples : illorum urbem ut propugnaculum oppositum esse barbaris ; omni ornatu orationis tanquam veste detracta. Rem. 7. When a vocative has a noun in apposition with it, or an attributive adjective referring to it, these also are put in the vocative ; and even when these do not belong to the vocative but to the predicate, the poets sometimes put them in the vocative by attraction. But as the poets sometimes use the Nom. of the noun for the Yoc, so they do of these limit- ing words, as : audi tu, populus Albanus. In the expression : made virtute esto, made has the force of an adverb. 6. A word in the predicate, especially a superlative, connected with a partitive Gen., takes the gender of the sub- ject, and not of the Gen., as : Indus est omnium fluminum maximus (not maximum, after the gender of flumen). Rem. 8. In such expressions, as : servltus omnium malorum postremum (est), postremum is in the neuter according to Rem. 3, or is conceived of nearly as a noun. It is only in the later wri- ters that the gender of the partitive Gen. prevails over that of the subject in determining the gender of the predicate. 7. When a subject has a noun in apposition with it, the predicate properly agrees with the subject and not with the § 81.] AGREEMENT. 223 noun in apposition (as: Tulliola, deliciolae nostrae, munus- culuin tunm fia-jiiat). Still, where the subject is the name of a thing, and the noun in apposition is the more impor- tant ward, the predicate may agree with the apposition. In this case the name of the thing generally precedes the name of the person, as : deliciae meae, Dicaearchiis, de animorum immortalitate disseruit. This construction is common with the words oppidum, urhs, civiias standing in apposition with the names of cities, as : Corioli oppidum captum est. 8. When two or more subjects are connected with each other, there are three cases to be considered : a) The different subjects are conceived as expressing a combined plural idea; in this case the predicate is in the plural, but the predicative adjective varies its gender according as the subjects agree or disagree in gender, or refer to persons or things. — 1) When they agree in gender, the adjec- tive has the same gender (but with feminine names of things the adjective is often in the neu- ter Plur.); 2) When they disagree in gender, in designations of persons, the adjective takes the gender of the M a s c . in preference to that of the Fern., and of the Fern, in preference to that of the neuter subject, but with names of things the adjective commonly stands in the neuter plural; 3) When both names of persons and things are united in the compound subject, the adjective follows the gen- der either of the person or thing, according as the one or the other is to be made the more prominent; but when the personal name is represented as a mere thing, then the adjective is in the neuter. Pompeius, Scipio, Afranius foede perierunt. Caesar et Pom- peius fortissimi fuerunt. Terra et luna sunt globosae. Ira et avaritia imperio potentiora erant. Pater et mater mihi cari sunt Inter se contraria sunt beneficium et injuria. Ipsi (milites) atque signa mililaria obscurati. Natura inimica inter se sunt libera civi- tas et rex (i. e. regia potestas, " the royal power "). 224 AGREEMENT. [§ 81. b) The subjects are conceived as a combined singular idea, in which case the predicate is in the singular. This construction is particularly common with names of things expressing similar ideas, as: mens et ratio et consilium in senibus est. c) Each of the subjects is considered alone and by it- self; in this case the predicate connects itself with one of the subjects and agrees with it. This construction is followed, also, when one of the sub- jects is to be made prominent above the others. There may be three positions of the predicate here : 1. Before all the subjects; 2. After all the subjects; 3. After the first subject. Dubitare visus est Sulpicius et Cotta. Orgetorigis filia atque unus e filiis captus est. Cingetorlgi principatus atque imperium est traditum. Thrasybulus contemptus est a tyrannis atque ejus solitude Rem. 9. Subjects connected by et — et (both — and), aut, vel (or), aut — aut, vel — vel (either — or), nee — nee (neither — nor), may be viewed in each of the three lights described above, and vary their construction accordingly. Rem. 10. The attributive adjective generally agrees with the noun which stands nearest to it (as: Aristo- teles vir summo ingenio, scientist, copia). But when emphasis or perspicuity requires it, the adjective is either repeated with each noun, or agrees with one or all of the nouns, according to one or another of the principles laid down in No. 8. — When the same substantive is to be conceived as repeated to several adjectives, but is expressed but once, it is either put in the plural, or attaches itself to one of the adjectives and stands in the singular, as : placuit, con- sules circa portas Collinam Esquilinamque ponere castra; inter Esquilinam Colllnamque portam posuit castra ; Legio Martia quar- taque rempublicam defendunt. 9. When two or more subjects of different persons have a common predicate, the first person takes pre- cedence of the second, the first and second of the third, and the predicate stands in the plural, as: ego et tu scribimus ; ego et frater scribimus ; tu et frater scribitis ; e«;o et fratres scribimus. § 82.] PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NUMBER. 225 Rem. 11. Here, also, as in the case of the gender and number of the predicate, the person of the predicate some- times follows that of the nearest subject, especially when this is the most important of the subjects, or when (as is particularly the case when connected by et — et, nee — nee, Kern. 9), each subject is to be considered by itself, as : mihi tu, tui, tua omnia maximae curae sunt. Occasionally the person of the predicate is determined by the more remote subject, when it is the most important. § 82. Peculiarities in the Use of Xumher.* 1. The Sing., both of nouns denoting persons and of those denoting things, sometimes has a collective mean- ing and is used for the Plur ., as : miles, eques, hostis, Poenus, Romanus ; villa abundat porco, haedo. ag?io, gallTaa. In such cases the writer often passes from a Sing, to the plural. 2. The plural, which properly belongs to appellatives only, is often used with proper names, names of mate- rials and abstract nouns: a) With proper names, to designate two or more persons having the same name, or else those having the same character or qualities as the person named, as: duo Scijpiones ; ilia aetate vixerunt Catoncs, Phil i. Laelii ; b) With names of materials, to denote the indi- vidual parts, the repeated appearance, the accumulation, or the different kinds of the material, as : nires (snow storms), imbres (showers), vina (different kinds of wine) ; e) With abstract nouns, to denote particular kinds, conditions or repetitions of the abstract idea, or its exhibition in different places and times; also when the abstract idea is extended to the same quality in several different things, as: sunt duae memoriae (two kinds of memory) : claiae * This section may be passed over at first. 226 PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NUMBER. [§ 82. ?nortes (renowned instances of death) ; adolescentium famillaritates (intimacy with young men), so: mentes (ingenia, corpora, etc.) hominum. Remark. The poets often use the Plur. (but only in the Nom. or Ace.) to amplify the expression, i. e. to exhibit more strongly the greatness, elevation and extraordinary character of the subject {plur alls majesticus), as: corpora, pectdra, corda, terga, oi~a, etc. ; ortus, reditus, soles, etc. ; aequora, forties, etc. ; regna, gentes, nomina, etc. The plural often denotes the extension or intensity of the idea, as : silentia, mur- mura, etc. ; or the emotions or a fie c t i o n s of the mind, as : irae, aestus. timbres, etc. ; the plurals , libri, parentes, filii y and other names of kindred, are used of a person, both in poetry and prose, to make the expression more compre- hensive, so as to include all belonging to the particular rela- tion. 3. When several individual things, different relations of things, or a whole conceived of as com- posed of parts is expressed by a neuter adjective, pronoun or numeral, the plural is used in Latin, where we more commonly use the Sing., as : lohat is true (the truth), what is false (the false), each, every, this, that, much, as : vera, falsa dicere (what is true, false) ; omnia humana sunt fragilia (every thing, all that is human) ; haec, ilia, multa (this, that, much) ; ea, quae, etc. But when the neuter form is the same as the Masc, for the sake of perspicuity, res is used in- stead of the neuter of the adjective, etc., as : conditio omnium humanarum rerum (since omnium humanorum, would be am- biguous). The neuter S i n g . of adjectives is used substan- tively, when an abstract idea is expressed as an inde- pendent whole, as: verum (the true, the truth), decorum (the becoming), honestum, utile, etc.; the plural, on the con- trary, denotes a concrete idea, i. e. the different kinds and conditions implied in the abstract, as : bona (goods, kinds of the good), mala (evils). 4. When two or more members of the same family name are spoken of, the family name is put in the plural, com- monly after the personal names, but sometimes before, § 83.] CLASSES OF VERBS. 227 as: Gnaeus et Publius Scipiones ; also. Spurn CassiusetMea- lius. § 83. Classes of Verbs. 1. There are two kinds of verbs, active and passive. In an active verb, the subject appears as a c t i v e, as : rosa floret ; puer epistolam scribit. Those active verbs which take an accusative are called transitive, as: puer epistolam scribit; but the rest are called intransitive, as: rosa floret ; sapiens meminit mortis ; pater tibi favet ; amicus gau- det adventu amici ; eo in urbem. 2. In the passive verb, the subject appears as suffer- ing (receiving the action), as: bonus discipulus laudatur a preceptoribus, malus vituperatur. Rem. 1. Intransitive verbs (except occasionally in the poets) have only an impersonal passive (see § 77, 4), which takes the same case as the active, but is to be translated like a passive verb with a personal subject, as: paret niihi, he obeys me ; paretur mihi, / am obeyed. When the verb takes no case in the active or is followed by a preposition with a case, it has the same construction also in the passive, but in translating it we generally use, one, they, we, as : itur, they go ; pugnatur pro patria, they fight for their country. Rem. 2. Reflexive action, i. e. action which proceeds from a subject and terminates upon it, is expressed in Latin, l) by the active with the oblique cases of the personal pronoun (mei, mihi, me, etc.), as : omnes homi- nes se award; Socrates immortalem sibi peperit gloriam ; 2) by the passive, in which case the reflexive action approaches the intransitive, e. g. congregantur (they assemble themselves), means very much the same as : conveniunt, they assemble. Rem. 3. Many active verbs which express motion, etc., have besides a transitive signification, an intransitive or reflexive mean- ing, as : vertere, mutare, deflectere, and many others. — Of course, the corresponding verbs in English, do not always coincide with the Latin in being transitive or intransitive. 3. Deponent verbs are those which have a passive form but an active (a few are intransitive) signification, as : dux hortatur milites ; morior. But deponents are occasionally, 228 TENSES OF THE VERB. [§ 84. especially in the Perf. Part., used passively, as : adepta liber- tas, liberty having been obtained. So also some deponent Perf. Part, seem at times to be used as Pres. Act. Part. § 84. Tenses of the Verb. 1. The tenses are divided into two classes : a) Principal Tenses: Present, Perfect, and Future: scribo, I write, scripsi, I have written, scribo, I shall write, Fut. Perf. scripsero, I shall have written. b) HistoricalTenses: Imperfect, Pluperfect, and the narrative Perfect : scribebam, I wrote, was writing, scrip- seram, I had written, scripsi, I wrote. Rem. 1. There are the same tenses, also, in the subjunctive mode, — but the Fut. Subj. is in the periphrastic form. See the table of conjugations, § 50. 2. The Pres. Indie, expresses an action as present to the speaker (or writer). The present is often used, also, in animated narration of past events, since what is past is con- ceived of so vividly by the writer, as to appear present (his- torical Pres.). It is used in all respects, as in English. Rem. 2. An action which is past, but continues to the present, either actually or in its effects, is often expressed by the Pres., especially with verbs of perceiving, as: audio, video, accipio, etc. So also in giving the views or expressions of another, which belong to no particular time, as : ut narrat Luci- lius ; Democritus vult. In like manner the present is used with jamdiu, jampridem, jamdudum. So too of the dedication of books, in the phrase, qui inscribitur ("which is dedicated to" i. e. was and still continues to be). Rem. 3. On the contrary, an action merely in progress ("is doing"), or barely conceived as thought of or re- solved upon (" I do it," " think of doing it "), is often express- ed by the present. In the same manner, the Imperf., and Pres. Part, are used of what was taking place (past). 3. The Perf. Indie, not only expresses a past action as completed in the present time of the writer, like our Perf. ; but also, like the Greek aorist, barely as § 84] TENSES OF THE VERB. 229 past, without reference to any other past action (historical or narrative Perf.). In the latter case, the Perf. is translated by, and corresponds to that form of our Iniperf. which is express- ed without a circumlocution ( ft did," u came," etc, not " was doing," "was coming," etc.). Scripsi epistolam, I have written the letter (i.e. the letter is now a written one, in a written state, completed, whether just finished or not). Caesar Pompeium deficit (" conquered," as a mere past occurrence). Rem. 4. As the Perf. exhibits an action not only as past, but as being in a state of completion in the present, the Perf. is often employed, in Latin, to express rather this state of completion, than the idea of the action's being past. In such cases the Perf. must be translated by the Pres. (also the Pluperf by the Imperf), as: memini (literally, I have recollected), / re- member, novi (I have become acquainted with), I know. So also, cognovi, consedi, consuevi, constiti, etc. So fui sometimes means " I have been and still am." For the Perf. instead of the Pres. in subordinate sentences, see R. 10. Rem. 5. The Perf. is sometimes used to express with emphasis a future action, when the writer conceives of something as sure to be done, and hence asserts it as already done. Brutus si conservatus erit, vicimus (" we have conquered," i. e. " shall conquer," " are certain of victory"). Rem. 6. The historical Perf. is sometimes used (mostly by the poets) to express general truths or what is wont to occur, like the Greek aorist, and where we use the Present. In prose this usage is principally confined to verbs connected with multi, nemo, saepe, and the like, where the idea of repetition or being wont is implied, as : hand semper errat fama, aliquando et elegit. 4. The Imperf., like the historical Perf., expresses an action as past, but always as standing related to some other past action (or time), either expressed or to be supplied by the mind. Quum scribebam, in expectatione eranl omnia. Sophistae appellabantur (i. e. by their contempora- ries). Principio rerum, imperium penes reges erat (the cor- responding time is implied in principio). Rem. 7. In expressing general truths, the Imperf. is sometimes used instead of the Pres., the action being referred to the particu- lar time of its occurrence. Pastum animantibus large et copiose natura cum. qui cliique aptus erat, comparavit. 20 TENSES OF THE TEEB, [§84. 5. Hence the Perf. Indie, used in narration, relates the principal events, the Imperf, the accompanying circumstances; the Perf. merely relates, the Imperf. describes. Hence the frequent use of the Imperf. in sub- ordinate clauses. Hence, too, the use of the Imperf. in ex- pressing continued or customary action, while the Perf. represents an action as momentar y. The change from the one to the other of these tenses, in expressing the different shades of ideas denoted by them, imparts great live- liness to the narrative. Caesar urbem intravit, omnes cives laetabantur. Veni, vidi> vicL Germani ve teres venatui stude- bant. Hem. 8, Whether a past action should be expressed by the Im- perf. or by the historical Perf. does not, however, depend upon its being of longer or shorter continuance, but upon its being de- scriptive or narrative. In the former case, whether the ac- tion be longer or shorter in duration, it is expressed by the Im- perf, and in the latter by the Perfect. Rem. 9. In lively description, instead of the Imperf. or histori- cal Perf., the Infin. Pres. (historical Infin.) is often used, especial- ly where several contemporaneous actions, or actions rapidly suc- ceeding each other, are described. Also in subordinate sentences introduced by quum ; and in Tacitus after ubi, ut and postquam, but always with an Imperf. or historical Pres. following it. The subject and attributive qualifications, as with the finite verb, are in the Nom., but when the subject is easily supplied from the con- nection, it is not expressed. — Multum ipse (Catilina) pugnare, saepe hostem ferire. 6. The Pluperf. expresses an action as past (complet- ed) before another past action. Scripseram episto- lam, quum amicus venit. Rem. 10. In many cases, in subordinate clauses (rarely in principal clauses), the Latin uses the Pluperf. or Perf. where we use the Imperf., since the action is really completed before the commencement of the action expressed by the principal clause (as: quum litteras accepissem — or postquam accept — profectus sum, Eng. " when I received the letter, I departed)." This is es- pecially the case after principal sentences which express a cus- tomary action either in the Pres. or Imperf, where we use also the Pres. or Imperf. in the subordinate sentence. Quum hue veni § 84.] TENSES OF THE VERB. 231 hoc ipsum nihil agere et plane cessare dehctat ( u when or as often as I come"). 7. The Fut. expresses an action as future in relation to the present time of the speaker. It is used, 1) In many cases where we use the Pres. in English, as where we say " 1 come to-morrow " (for u I will come ") ; 2) As a milder and modest way of asserting something, since the decision is left to the future ; 3) In subordinate sentences, after the Fut. Imperat. or hortatory Subj. in the principal sentence, where the English commonly uses the Pres. ; 4) C o m- mands, exhortations, admonitions, requests, and in connection with non, prohibitions, are expressed by the second person of the Fut., the performance being left to the person's will. Semper igitur ea (aegritudine) sapiens vacabit. Qui adipisci veram gloriam volet, justitiae fungatur officiis. Valebls meaque negotia videhis. 8. The Fut Perf. expresses an action as past Com- pleted) in the future. On account of its awkwardness, it is much less frequently used in English than in Latin, its place often being supplied by the simple Fut., the Pres. or the Perf. Ut sernenteni/ecem, ita metes (as you sow). Rem. 11. The Fut Perf. is often used to express with empha- sis, what, if not emphatic, would be expressed by the simple Fut This may be translated into English by the simple Fut, or fre- quently by the Perf. with a corresponding emphasis. Tolle hanc opinionem ; luctum sustuleris (" you will take away," or " you have taken away"). Rem. 12. The Fut. Perf. of verbs, which have the meaning of the Pres. in the Perf. (R. 4), should be translated into English by the simple Fut. ; so also the Fut. Perf. of posse, velle, libet, li- cet, placet, which are often found in subordinate clauses- — Especially to be noticed is the use of videro, mostly after mox, post or alias, in putting off the consideration of something for the present, as : tu quidem adhuc meam caussam agis ; sed hoc mox videro. 9. The use of the tenses in the Periphrastic Conjugation (§ 53). agrees entirely with their use in the simple conjuga- tion. There are the following forms : a) The Pres. Part. Act with sum, which expresses the ac- 232 TENSES OF THE VERB. [§ 84. tion as c o n t i n u i n g, as a state or c o n cl i t o n, as : gestus erat non verba exprimens, sed cum sententiis con- gruens. Bat the Part, is often a mere attributive of the subject of sum, instead of forming the predicate with it. b) The Fut. Part. Act. with sum, which expresses an ac- tion as destined, impending or intended. Bellum scriptitrus sum (" I am to write/' " I think of writing," " am about to write," " I will write"). Rem. 13. The periphrastic Fut. Pass, is expressed by futurum est (erat, etc.), followed by ut and the Subj. Rem. 14. The Fut. of the simple conjugation expresses the ac- tion barely as future; while the Fut. Act. Part, with sum 9 represents it as now before the mind, as designed, as impending or destined to happen from its very con- dition or nature, as: scribam, "I will write ;" scripturus sum, " I purpose/* " have in mind," "• think of writing." c) The Perf. Pass. Part, with sum, which expresses a pas- sive state, resulting from a completed action. Ornatus sum ( U I am adorned," "am in an adorned state"). Ar- ma, quae fixa in parietibus ftieranl (" which had been fixed," " which having been fixed, remained so"). Rem. 15. The Perf. Pass. Part, with sum, is used also simply as the passive, in forming the preterite tenses of the common con- jugations (see the Paradigms), in which case the forms fueram, fuissem and fuero are often used instead of eram, essem, ero, in the same meaning. d) The Gerundive with sum, eram, etc., and the Gerund with est, erat, etc., for which see §§ 98, 99. 10. In epistolary writings (especially in the begin- ning and at the end of letters), the Imperf. or Perf. is often used of what was present to the writer (and the Pluperf. of what was completed), since he allowed for the time of the transportation of the letter, and spoke of things as from the time of its reception. § 35.] MODES OF THE VERB. 233 § 85. Modes of the Verb, 1, The Indicative is the mode employed in expressing fa c t s, realities, or things viewed as facts, as : rosa floret. 2. The Subjunctive is the mode employed in expressing what is imagined or barely conceived of in the prin- cipal tenses, as either present or future, and in the his- torical tenses (except in conditional sentences)^ as p a s t. It is used mostly in subordinate or subjoined sentences (hence the name subjunctive) ; but is used in independent senten- ces (whether simple or accompanied by a subordinate clause) in the following cases : — a) The Subj. of the principal tenses, especially of the Pres., is used in independent sentences to express a, supposition, apresumption, a modest asser- tion or opinion, a deliberative question, an encouragement, exhortation, wish. We may translate this Subj. into English either by the Pres. Indie, or by the subjunctive forms with may, can, would, could, or by let with the Infin. Nemo sanus de virtutis pretio dubitet. Quis de animorum immortalitate dubitet ? Eamus ("let us go," or "we would go)." Utinam ami- cus convalescat ! b) The Subj. of the historical tenses is used in in- dependent sentences.: 1) To express a supposition the opposite of what is or is not, as: errares, thou wouldst err (either present or future); er- rasses, thou wouldst have erred (past); si hoc diceres errares, if thou shouldst say this, thou wouldst err ; si hoc dixisses, errasses, if thou hadst said this, thou woiddst have erred. So : non errares, non errasses. 2) To express a wish of which one knows that it will not be re- alized (Imperf ), or has not been realized (Pluperf.), as : utinam amicus convalesceret ! utinam ami- cus convaluisset ! 3) The Subj. Imperf. is used in re- ference to the past, to express an assumption, supposition, concession, an undetermined 20* 234 MODES OF THE VERB. [§ 85. possibility, also demands, requests, and de- liberative questions, as: at dares banc vim M. Crasso (i. e. suppose one had given) ; so crederes, puta- res, cerneres, videres (one might believe, perceive, etc.) ; imifatus esses ipsum ilium Voconium (you should have imitated) ; quid facerem? (what could I have done?). Rem. 1. The Subj. is sometimes used for the Indie., for the purpose of exhibiting a fact as a mere conception; and the Indie, for the Subj., to exhibit a conception as a reality. The Perf. Subj. is often used in a modest way to express an opinion or view, and may be translated by the Pres. (Indie, or Subj.), or by the Perf. or Fut. Indie. Rem. 2. The Subj. in subordinate sentences will be treated of hereafter. The conjunctions which are always accompanied by the Subj. are: ui (that, in order that), ne (that not; but after verbs expressing fear and anxiety, that), quo (in order that thereby), quin (that not ; but after expressions denoting doubt it should be translated that), quominus (that), after verbs of hin- der i n g. — The Subj. is always used, also, in indirect or de- pendent questions (see § 104). Rem. 3. For the succession of the tenses see § 105. 3. The Imperative is used to express commands, as : scribe. The two forms of the second person of the Imperative are thus distinguished : the shorter forms (ama, amate) have a milder, the longer forms (amato, amatote) have, in most cases, a stronger meaning ; hence these last should be translated by should or must, and are used especially in directions and injunc- tions. Ferte misero atque inopi auxilium. Colxto virtutem. Leges ooservantor. Discipulus amato praeceptores. Rem. 4. As impersonal verbs have no Imperat. the Subj. must always be used in its stead, as : ne te tuae vitae pigcat (let it not, it should not). For the Fut. instead of the Imperat. see § 84, 7. Besides, the following circumlocutions, used in expressing com- mands or wishes, should be here noticed: l) fac with the Subj., generally without ut, as : nunc tu fac attentum te praebeas ; 2) velim with the Subj. without ut, as : tu velhn animo sapienti fortique sis ; 3) cura, ut, as : cura, ut valeas. Rem. 5. The negative with the Imperat. and also with the Subj. of wishing, encouraging, and exhorting, is ne § 86.] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 235 (not non), as: ne scribe; ne eamus. However, instead of ne (which, except in poetry, stands only with the second form of the Imper), noli, nolite with the Infin. are more common, as : noli (nolite) scribere (do not write) ; but ne often stands with the second person Subj. Perf., as : ne scripseris (write not). — With the second Pers. Subj. Pres., cave and fac ne are used in urgent dissuasives, as: cave, ne festines (be sure not to hasten); fac, ne quid aliud cures. CHAPTER H. § 86. Of the Attributive Relation in Sentences. 1. An attributive is that which limits, qualifies or more nearly defines a substantive, so as to form a combined idea with it. It may be: 1) An adjec- tive (or participle), as: rosa pulchra, rosa florens ; 2) A noun in the Gen., as: hortus regis; 3) A noun in ap- position, as : Philippus, rex Macedonum. Rem. 1. The attributive Gen. will be treated of under the cases. It may here be remarked, that after ad (also prope, and sometimes ab and in) the nouns aedes or templum are often omitted, and the attributive genitive is left without a noun to depend upon, as : habitabat rex ad Jovis Statoris. So &\so filim and filia are often omitted, leaving the name of the father alone in the Gen., as : Ilasdrubal Gisgonis. 2. The attributive adjective (participle, adjective pronoun and numeral) expresses a quality as already be- longing to a substantive. (For its agreement with its substantive, see § 81.) Rem. 2. When the adjective, either of itself or from the con- nection, plainly expresses the idea of its noun also, the noun is omitted. This occurs especially in the following cases : a) Adjectives (both Sing, and Plur.) which designate per- sons by some quality peculiar to them, as : amicus, ami- 236 ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 86. c#, inimicus (a), odversarius (a),nequdUs, senex, familidris, cogndtus (a), propinquus (a), soddlis, adolescens. These are generally used wholly as substantives, but most of them may also be used as adjectives. b) Adjectives in the plural which designate a class of persons by some common quality peculiar to persons, as : docti, indocti, probi, imprdhi, pit, impii, diserti, divites, perlti, imperiti, calamitosi, etc. ; also in the compara- tive and superlative, as: doctiores, do ctissimi, etc. — But when the adjective expresses an indefinite quali- ty, it cannot be used without its noun, unless the con- nection shows to what it refers, as : magnus, major, minor, tenuis, mediocris, superior, inferior, summus, infimus, etc. These are mostly used in the plural, but sometimes in the singular, especially sapiens. — Gentile adjectives are not used in the Sing, without a noun or pronoun with which they agree except they designate an entire people or class. Hence we find, Romdnus, Graecus, Arpinus ho- rn o ; but Romanus, for milites Bomani. So in Livy, Han- nibal, or some of the Carthaginian generals, is often desig- nated by Poenus. c) The neuter Sing, of adjectives of the second declension (rarely of the third, and only in the Norn, and Ace), used in an abstract sense, as: bonum, malum, decorum, indecorum, ridiculum, contrarium, honestum, verum, falsum, justum, aequum, ambiguum, utile; but those of the third declension often in connection with a preposition. The neuter plural of such adjectives has a concrete meaning (see § 82, 3). d) Certain feminine and neuter adjectives, which natu- rally, or by prevailing usage, refer to particular nouns, as : patria (sc. terra), natdlis (sc. dies), Bachanalia (sc. sacra), hiberna (sc. castra). Also where the reference is obvious from the connection, as : primas, secundas (sc. partes) agere ; frigidam, calidam (sc. aquam) potare ; aliquem re- petundarum (sc. pecuniarum) accusare. Rem. 3. Adjectives referring to a noun in apposition with a proper name (except those given under Rem. 2. a) must take after them homo or vir in apposition. But gentile ad- jectives, and adjectives which have acquired the force of proper names, usually stand after their nouns without taking these words in apposition, as : Aristides Atheniensis, Cato Major, Lae- lius Sapiens (the wise), Crassus Dives. Besides, a proper name § SG.] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 237 is not directly qualified by an adjective, but through the noun in apposition, as: Socrates, sapientissimus homo; Corinthus, am- plissima urbs. Rem. 4. Such substantive adjectives are rarely qualified by any other adjective- word except a numeral or pronoun, as: doctissimi Mi veteres. — Some Perf. Past. Part., as : factum, dictum, inventum, etc., are not only joined as participles with ad- verbs, but as substantives with adjectives, as: praeclare facta and praeclara facta, etc. Rem. 5. Many substantives in tor are used also as adjec- tives, both attributive and predicative, and take a feminine form in trix in reference to a feminine noun, as : victor exercitus ; victrices Athenae. Other substantives are thus used but rarely, as : exercitus tiro, milites tirones. Rem. 6. The Latin often employs an attributive adjective, es- pecially to denote the relation of origin, descent, country, also other relations, where we use the genitive or a preposi- tion with its case, as: Prodicus Ceiis (Prodicus of Cos) ; pugna Marathonia (the battle at Marathon); aliena vitia (the faults of others). 3. The adjectives : primus, idtimus, extremus, postremus, novissvmts, intimus, summits, medius, infimus, imus, reliquus, generally denote the first, last, etc. part of a thing, but agree in gender, number, and case with their nouns, like other attributives, as : extreme Peloponnesio hello (in the last part of the Peloponnesian war). 4. When two or more adjectives refer to the same substan- tive, they are either connected with each other by the con- junctions et, atque, ac, que, or they stand without any connec- tive between them. In the first case the adjectives qualify their noun, each independently of the other, and are said to be coordinate to each other ; in the other case, one of the series of adjectives qualifies the noun directly and the other (or others) qualifies the compound idea thus formed. Their relation here is said to be subordinate. Thus : Socrates fuit sapientissimus et opttmus homo (coordinate) ; praeclarus ille vir (subordinate). Rem. 7. Pronouns and numerals are oftenest employed in a subordinate relation to other adjectives ; but multi (plurimi), ae, a, 938 ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 86. is often connected with the other adjective by a conjunction, when it is not emphatic, as : multi et praecl&ri viri (many great men). 5. Many attributive adjectives, in Latin, do not qualify a subject or object by itself, but only in reference to the predicate. In this way the ideas of place, time, number, the ground or reason, condition, way and m anner, are expressed by adjectives, very much as by adverbs. Adjectives of this kind are : superior, inferior, summits, extremus, inftmus, medius, propior, proximus, etc.; primus, and the remaining ordinals ; also princeps, prior, pos- iremus, wins, solus, totus, omnis, ipse, lihens, invitus, tacitus, etc., as : Philippus proximus accedebat (Philip came up next). Rem. 8. But when the qualifying idea can be referred only to the predicate, and not at the same time to the subject or object, an adverb and not an adjective must be used. Thus we can say, either libens or libenter hunc librum legi, but only suaviter cantas, because it cannot be inferred that one who sings beautifully is himself beautiful : but the poets sometimes use the adjective even in such cases. B,Ex\i. 9. Of the adjective forms primus, solus, unus, idtimus, postremus, and the corresponding adverbial forms primum, uld- mum, etc., the former are used when the meaning is that which is first, alone of all persons or things of the kind (as, "he was the first," "the only one" to do it), and the latter, when "first" (" last," etc.) means for the first time, first in order, for the last time, last in order, as: hanc urbem prhnarn adii (this was the first city which I approached) ; but primum hanc urbem adii (for the first time). Rem. 10. The place of an attributive adjective is often sup- plied by a preposition with its case. 1) Oftenest by cam or sine with the ablative, as : laetitia gestiens est sine ratione animi elatio (a senseless elation of mind) ; cum dignitate otiuin dulce est (a dignified leisure) ; — 2) ex or de with the ablative of (lie origin, extraction, material or whole in rela- tion to a p a r t, as: ex Arcadia hospes (an Arcadian guest) ; ho- mo unus ex; omnibus (a-one-of-many man) ; — 3) Not unfrequently ad, apud, in, adversus, etc. with an Ace, or the name of a place v. ithout a preposition, as : castris ad Bagradam (at the Bagradian camp) ; pietas adversus deos (God-ward piety) ; Alexandrea discessus (the Alexandrian departure) ; — 4) But generally, when § Sb. - ] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 230 the attributive idea is expressed by a preposition and its case, it is accompanied by a participle agreeing with the noun to which the attributive refers, or its attributive character is indicated by its position, as : bellum cum Cartliaginiensihus gestum ; inons prope urbem situs (literally, the-near-the-city-situated mountain) ; Caesaris in Hispania res secundae. 6. A noun is said to be in apposition with another noun, when it is joined to another noun or personal pronoun (whether expressed, or implied in the person of the verb) i n the same case, to qualify or further define it. When it designates persons it also agrees with the noun to which it refers in gender and number, as : Tomyris, re- gina Seytharum, Cyrum, regem Persarum, devicit ; Themisto- cles veni ad te (i. e. ego, Th.). Compare § 81, 1. Rem. 11. In order to give prominence to the word in apposi- tion, dico is sometimes added to it without affecting the construc- tion, as : quam hesternus dies nobis, consularibus dico, turpis il- iuxit ! 7. A noun in apposition, like the attributive adjective (No. 5), is often used to qualify a noun rather with re- ference to the predicate than in itself. In this way the ideas of t i m e, ground, etc., may be expressed by apposition, as : dux proditor patriae interfectus est (while a traitor). So often puer, infans, senex, consul, etc. (while a boy, while a consul, etc.). 8. A word in apposition with a possessive pro- noun is put in the genitive, since the possessive pronoun is equivalent to the Gen. of the personal pronoun, as : tuum studium adolescentis perspexi (" I have observed your zeal, youth!" lit. "the zeal of you a youth"). In the same manner ipsius, ipsorum, ipsarum (own) follow a possessive, as : filius sumn ipsius patrem vituperat. Also omnium, as : vestram omnium vicem ; but generally (always when omnium stands first) the pronoun is put in the Gen. Plur. also, asipraesens omnium nostrum fortuna. So with utriusque, as : verecundia utriusque nostrum (instead of nostra utriusque ver.). 210 OBJECTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 87. Rem. 1 2. In the later historical writers, especially in Tacitus, a noun in ap posit i o n (often with a whole sentence), frequently stands as a d e f i n i t i o n, or expresses an a i m or o b j e c t, as : mine equites, cumulus prosperis aut subsidium laborantibus, duce- bantur ; Vitellius omnes conquiri et interfici jussit, munimentum adpreasens, in posterum ultionem. The case is somewhat different where an Ace. with an accompanying adjective is used as a sort of exclamation after a foregoing sentence, to express an opinion of the subject treated of in that sentence, as : hoc dicto admoneor, ut aliquid etiam de humatione et sepultura dicendum existimem : rem non difficilimem / This is common in Cicero. 9. A substantive expressing a whole, instead of being in the Gen., often stands in the same case as its parts, which are in apposition with it. This is called partitive or distri- butive apposition. Here belong especially, the words : quisque, uterque, alius — alius, alii — alii, alter — alter, pars — pars; alius — album (each one the other), so also alter — alterum, of two things. The subject expressing the whole may be implied in the predicate (we, you, they). Thus: milites pars in agros diiapsi sunt, pars urbes petunt ; amid al- ter alterum amplexi sunt ; alius alium expectantes cunctamini. It is rare that the predicate agrees with the part in apposition, rather than with the whole. CHAPTER III. § 87. Of the Objective Relation in Sentences. 1. As the attributive limits the subject, or more properly, a substantive idea (whether subject or object), so the object limits or forms a nearer definition of the predi- cate (a verbal idea). The object embraces : 1) The cases; 2) The prepositions with their cases; 3) The Infinitive; 4) The participle; 5) The adverb. liE^r. 1. Some verbs require an object after them in order to express a complete idea, as : cupio scribere (" I desire/*-— § 88.] THE GENITIVE. 241 what? "to write"). Others may be followed by an objector r.ot, as : rosa floret, or rosa floret in horto. Objects of this latter kind express only the relations of place, time, degree, means, way and manner. Treatment of the Cases. 2. There are f o u r cases, in Latin, which express an ob- jective relation, the Genitive, Dative, Accusative and Ablative. Of these, the Gen. expresses the object as active (as the cause or author of the action) ; the Ace. as suffering or receiving the action, or as the ef- fect or result of the action; the Dat. as participating in the action, or as its end or aim; the Abl. as an in- strument or means. Rem. 2. These cases are called casus dbliqui, while the Nom. and Yoc. are called casus recti. The Nom. is the case of the su b j e c t, the Yoc. is the case of direct address. § 88. A. The Genitive. The Genitive denotes that which produces, calls forth, embraces or includes an action. It answers the questions : whose ? of whom ? of what ? in consequence of whom or what ? etc., and is used in the following cases : 1. With the following verbs and phrases denoting a feel- ing or affection of the mind: miser eor (poet, miser -es- co), "I pity;" me (aliquem) miser et (rarer miseretur), poem- tet, piget, pudet, taedet and pertaesum est, "It excites my pity" (I compassionate), "I repent," etc. (But pudet sometimes takes the Gen. of the person also.) Me miseret tut. Nunquam primi consilii deum poemtet. 2. TYith the following adjectives expressing feelings of the mind: cupidus, avidas, avdrits, studiosus, aemulus, tnvi- dies, providus, fasti diosiis ; also amicus and inimicus (which, however, when used more strictly as adjectives, take the Dat.). Avida est periculi virtus. Populus potentiae invidus est. Rem. 1. The poets and later writers often employ the Gen. after nearly all adjectives expressing mental states or 21 242 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. emotions of any kind, as: lassus, callidus, doc/ us, cerlus, dublus, laetus, etc. ; also with those denoting removal or s e p- a rati on (properly requiring the Abl.), and even where the Gen. or Abl. of quality (with the adjective agreeing with it), or Abl. of respect, is commonly used, as : lassus viae ; integer vitae scelerisque purus ; ingens anirni, etc. 3. With the following verbs of remembering, forget- ting and reminding: memini, venit mihi in mentem (I think, it occurs to me), reminiscor, obliviscor ; admoneo, com- moneo, commonefacio aliquem ; — also with the following adjec- tives of remembering and forgetting, knowledge and ignorance, experience and inexperience: me- mor, and immemor ; conscius, nescius, inscius ; gnarus, igno> 7ms ; prudens, imprudens ; peritus, imperitus, considtus, rudis ; ins o lens, insolitus, insuttus. Pueri meminerint verecundiae. Cimo prudens rei militaris fuit. Venit mihi Platonis in men- tem. Kem. 2. Memini, reminiscor and obliviscor often, and rccordor, almost always, take an Ace Moneo and commoneo are oftener found with de and the Abl. ; they also, as well as admoneo, take the neuter pronouns hoc, id, illud in the Ace. Rudis and prudens are very often found with in and the Abl. 4. With participles in cms and ens used as adjectives; also (but only in the poets and later writers) with many ver- bal adjectives in ax, as: fcrax, cap ax, (ferax as denot- ing abundance, etc., see No. 7, sometimes takes the Abl.). Homo gloriae appetens saepe a virtutis via deflectit. Nimium retinens libertatis. Justum ac tenacem propositi virum. Terra satis ferax. 5. With verbs (also adjectives) of accusing, crimi- nating, condemning, convicting and acquitting (which in the Act. take also an Ace. with the Abl.), as : accu- so, incuso ; arguo, coarguo, insimulo ; arcesso, poslulo ; convin- co, damno, condemno ; absolvo, libera. Here the charge or crime is put in the Genitive (sometimes in the Abl. both with and without de). Miltiades proditionis est accusatus. (Fannius) C. Verrem insimidat avaritiao et audaciae. § 88.] THE GENITIVE. 243 Rem. 3. The punishment, when it is death (caput, mors) or of the nature of a fine, is generally in the Gen., but sometimes in the Abl. Other punishments are put in the Ace. with ad or in, as : aliquem ad bestias (in metalla) con- demnare. 6. With the following adjectives which denote partici- pation, community (and the contrary), likeness and unlikeness: particeps, expers, consors, exsors, jejunus, ex- hires, immanis (oftener with the Abl.); also the following, which are often found with the dative: communis, socius, afftnis, vicinus, proprius (almost always with the Gen. in Cic), alienus, sacer ; simzlis, dissimtlis (especially with the Gen. of persons), par, dispar, aequalis, super stes (rarely with the Dat.). Bestiae sunt r attonis et orationis expertes. Homo particeps est rationis. 7. With potens, impotens, compos (impos not during the classical period of the language), and adjectives denoting plenty and want, which are also found with the abla- tive, as : plenus, refertus, completus, fertilis, inops, sterilis, indnis, vacuus, egenus ; also with the verbs implere, eg ere, indigere (but these often take the Abl.). Ira, ut insania, impotens sui est. Gallia frugum fertilis fuit. Inops consilii es. 8. The genitive stands with esse and fieri to signify : 1) That to which something belongs or of which it i s (possessive Gen.) ; here also belong the expressions : ali- quid suae (or alicujus) ditionis (potestatis) facere, and aliquid lucri facere (to bring something under one's power, to turn something to one's advantage) ; 2) That to which some- thing belongs as a property or quality, in which case the quality itself is commonly expressed by an infinitive. This last Gen. we translate by : It is the part, manner, cus- tom, characteristic, duty, sign, mark (of some one) ; it is in- cumbent on one, and the like. Omnia quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt (all which belonged to the wife become the part of the husband). Viri probi est verum dicere (it is the part, duty). ^ 244 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. Rem. 4. Verbs of con side r in g, regarding, seeming, also take the Gen. in the last sense, as : multi superstitionem bn- becilli animi putant (the mark of a feeble mind). Rem. 5. Instead of the Gen. of the personal pronouns : mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri (est), meum, tuum, suuin, nostrum, vestrum est are used. 9. The genitive or ablative of a substantive with an adjective agreeing with it, -stands with esse to express the character or quality of an object (Gen. or Abl. of qual- ity). This Gen. or Abl. is also used as an attribute to a noun, without esse. The general distinction between the two cases seems to be, that the Gen. denotes essential qualities, while the Abl. de- notes circumstantial or accidental qualities. 10. The genitive stands as the expression of value (Gen. of price) with verbs of valuing and esteeming; buying and selling (but see also § 91, 4. c), as : aestimo (also with the Abl. magno, etc.), facio, pendo, duco, puto, habeo (also in the Pass.), videor and sum ; emo, vendo, veneo. Of this kind are the Genitives : magni (not multi), pluris (not majoris), maxvmi, plurimi ; parvi, minoris, minimi, tanti, tan- tldem or non minoris, quanti, quanfivis, quanticunque ; nihili, pensi ; jlocci, nauci, assis, teruncii, pili. Divitiae a sapienti viro minimi putantur (are held very low). Quanti emisti hunc librum (for how much, at what price) ? 11. With the impersonal verb interest (rarely refert), "it concerns ;" the person (or thing) whom something concerns, is put in the genitive. Instead of the genitives of the personal pronouns ; mei, tui, etc., the Abl. Sing, of the pos- sessives, viz. : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestra, cuja (sc. caussa) are used, and in this case refert is used as well as interest, and in the same sense. But both these verbs may stand also with- out a personal object, especially refert. How much or how little one is interested in a thing is expressed: l) by adverbs, as: magnopere, magis, maxime, nihil, parum, minime ; — 2) by the adverbial neuters: mul- § 88.] THE GENITIVE. 245 turn, plus, plurimum, minus, minimum, tantum, etc.; — 3) by the genitives: magni, pluris, parvi, tanti, quanti, etc., as above, No. 10. The tJting which interests or concerns one, is rarely expressed by a substantive, but : l) by an infinitive; 2) by the accu- sative with an infinitive; 3) by a subordinate sentence with ut (that), we (that not) and the subjunctive; 4) by an indirect question (in the Subj.). — The general expressions: this, that, what one iPinterested in, are expressed by the accusatives: id, Mud, quod, quid. Interest omnium, recte facere. Quid nostra refert {interest), victum esse Antonium ? Praeceptorum multum interest, discipulos summo studio in litteras incumbere. Magni mea interest {refert), ut te videam. Omnium magni interest feliciter vivere. Rem. 0. That as to which or in what point of view one is interested in a thing, is put in the Ace. with ad, as : magni ad honorem nostrum interest, quam primum ad urbem me venire. 12. Finally, the genitive stands with a substantive as an attributive or nearer definition of it, as : hortus regis (== hortus regius). Rem. 7. Hence the genitive with the substantives : caussd, gratia, ergo, which we render by on account of , for the sake of, and with instar. like. Instead of the genitives mei, tui, sui, nostri, vestri : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestrd, are used with caussd and gra- tia, as : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestrd, caussd or gratia (on my ac- count, thy account, etc.). Rem. 8. The attributive Gen. often takes the place of a noun in apposition, as: urbs Romae (the city of Rome = the city, Rome) ; virtutes continentiae, gravitatis, justitiae. With nomen (cognomen), vox, vocabulum mihi est (manet, datum), the word used to designate the person or thing named is not, in good writers, in the Gen., but either in the Norn, or Dat, as : fons, cui nomen Arethusa est; puero ab inopia Egerio inditum nomen (est). With nomen do alicui (ilico alicui), the Dat, is commonly used, rarely the Ace, as : tardo cognomen pingui dam us. With nomen habeo, a proper name is in the Ace, but a common name in the Gen. 1 3. The attributive genitive, which may be either possessive or objective, according as it expresses s i m- p 1 y the c a u s e, or at the same time the cause and 21* 246 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. the object of the state or action indicated, is used to designate : a) The author or cause, as : conjuratio Catilinae ; desiderium patriae (excited by and terminating upon one's country) ; b) The owner or possessor, as : hortus regis. c) The whole from which a part is separated, as : partes corporis. The partitive genitive is used as follows : 1 ) With comparatives, (as : prior, posterior, etc.) , superlatives (both adjective and adverbial), pro- nouns (as: quis, qui, ullus, hie, Me, etc.), and nume- rals (as: primus, unus, pauci, etc. — but plerique, in the classical period of the language, is not found with the partitive genitive) ; 2) With nouns expressing quan- tity, measure and number, as : modius, libra, pon- do, talentum, etc. ; legio, cohors, etc. ; multitudo, copia, numerus, vis, etc. ; 3) With the neuter singular of adjectives and pronouns expressing quantity, but only in the Nom. and Ace, as : tantum, tantundem, quantum, aliquantum, multum (but not magnum and par- vum), plus, amplius, plurimum, nimium, minus, mini- mum ; aliquid, quid, quicquid ; quicquam, nihil, some- times also, hoc, illud, id, quod, etc. ; 4) With the a d- verbs of quantity used substantively : sat, satis, abunde, affdtim, parum, nimis, partim ; 5) With the adverbs of place: ubi, unde, quo, usquam, nusquam, longe, are used the genitives gentium, terrarum, loci, (also eodem loci), locorum ; and with eo (to this degree), and quo (to what degree), the Gen. of an abstract noun. Duorum fratrum major natu. Cicero omnium Roma- norum prestantissimus est. Ingens multitudo hominum. Aliquid pristini roboris (but instead of multum pecuniae, magna pecunia is used). (Cimo) habebat satis eloquen- tiae. Ubi terrarum (where in the world)? Quo amen- tiae (to what degree of folly)? Rem. 9. Instead of the partitive genitive, ex, de (rarely in) with the Abl. are sometimes found, as : ex omnibus militibus pauci § 80.] ACCUSATIVE. 247 contra liostes decertabant. This is generally the case in prose after unus, when it means one out of a larger number (not one as corresponding to other), as : unus ex fortissimis (not unus fortissi- morum). Rem. 10. But the whole is often put in the same case as the part, especially when the whole is not to be expressly op- posed to its parts. This construction is necessary where the quality of the part belongs to the whole class, as : mortales homi- nes (never : mortales hominum) because each and every man is mortal. When adjectives in the neuter Sing, are used in the at- tributive relation to the above named adjectives of quantity (13, c. 3), those of the third declension are almost invariably put in apposition, but those of the second dec. maybe either in apposition or in the partitive Gen., as: nihil coeleste ; but, nihil divinum or divini. Rem. 11. The attributive Gen. must be translated into English by different prepositions in different cases, as : memoria prae- teriti temporis (of) ; desiderium patriae (for) ; consuetudo amico- rum (with). Sometimes, instead of the Gen., the corresponding prepositions with their case are used, as : amor in (adversus, erga) pairem. — Two genitives expressing different relations may depend upon one noun, as : labor est quadam functio corporis gravioris operis (capability of the body of enduring heavier labor). § 89. E. Accusative. 1. The accusative stands in answer to tbe question, whom? or what? It signifies a passive object, as: rex civita- tem regit, or that which is produced by an action {effect) , as : scribo epistolam. Hence it stands with all tran- sitive verbs, and those used transitively. 2. The simplest case of the accusative of the effect is that of an abstract noun from the same stem as the verb or of a kindred meaning, as: vitam (aetatem) vi- vere. But instead of the kindred noun itself, its attribute is often used, as : olere crocum (== olere odorem croceum) ; agere juventutem (== agere aetatem juventutis). Rem. 1. In prose the ablative of the instrument is commonly used instead of this Ace, as : triumphavit (Papirius) insigni tri- umpho. Rem. 2. The Ace. of the neuter pronouns, after intran- sitive verb;< 5 if of this nature. These accusatives express the aim 248 ACCUSATIVE. [§ 89. or purpose, or object, in a very general way. But when a noun is used in their place it is put in the Gen., Dat, or in the Abl. with or without a preposition, as : quid me accusas ? (why do you accuse — what accusation do you accuse — me of?), but, cujus rei me accusas ? utrumque laetor (I rejoice at each). Such accusatives as alia id genus; homines id aetatis; vicem meam (tuam, etc.), " on my (thy) account;" ceterum, cetera (for the rest, in other respects, but), are of the nature of the Greek Ace. (Ace. by synecdoche). By the poets and later prose writers this synecdochical Ace. was much used as a nearer definition, after adjectives, participles, intransitive and pas- sive v e r b s, in all kinds of expressions, as : vite caput tegitur. Rem. 3. The Ace. Sing, of adjectives (rarely the plur.) is used in this way in poetry, where, in prose, adverbs are commonly used, especially with verbs of shining, sounding, calling, etc., as : immane sonat ; horridum stridens. 3. The following verbs take the accusative (mostly of a per- son) although they might seem from their meaning to require a different case, juvo, adjuvo ; dejicio ; fugio, defugio, effugio, subterfugio ; aequo, adaequo, aequiparo ; sequor and sector ; imi- tor, ae?nulor (but sometimes with Dat.) ; decet (decent), dedecet, praeterit, fallit, lateL "Mabis fugit bonum (fieesfrom = flees.) Pedites equitem cursu aequabant (kept up with). 4. Many intransitive verbs (especially such as ex- press an affection of the mind) are often used tran- sitively and constructed with the Ace.; so also many in- transitive verbs when compounded with prepositions which govern an Ace, as : cives meum casum doluerunt ; accedere locum (also ad 1. and loco). Rem. 4. With many of these compounds the preposition is re- peated, as : inire in urbem (or inire urbem). The preposition is not repeated when the verb is used in a figurative sense, as : adeo aliquem (I visit one). Most compound verbs of this class have a passive form, as : circumvenior, transeor, etc. 5. The Ace. expresses extent of time, space, weight and measure, in answer to the questions : how long? how far? how wide (broad)? how high? how deep? how thick? how many (much)? how great? etc., as : quacdam bestiolae unurn diem vivunt ; turris pedes duccnios alta est. § 89.] ACCUSATIVE. 249 Rem. 5. From this use of the Ace. many adverbial expressions have arisen, as : magnam, majorem, ?naxi?na?n partem (great, greater, greatest part), summum, multum (much, greatly), plus, plurimum, as : multum te amo. Rem. 6. In order to define length of time more exactly, prepo- sitions stand with the Ace, viz. :l)per (through, during) ; 2) intra (within) ; 3) inter (during, in the course of) ; 4) in with the Ace, in answer to the questions: what time? at what time? for how long? 5) ad, to the questions: till when? up to what time? 6) ad, sub, circa (about, towards). Rem. 7. Time how long is rarely expressed by the Abl. in the writers of the best period, but often by Tacitus and the later writers. For the Abl. of measure, and in the questions: how long before? how long after? see under the Ab- lative. Rem. 8. In order to express how long before or after the present time of the speaker an action happened or will happen, ante or abhinc (ago) and post are used with the Ace; but abhinc sometimes stands also with the Abl., as ; ante (abhinc) tres annas amicum vidi ; post paucos dies te videbo ; Roscius litem decidit abhinc annis quattuor (or : ante quattuor annos). See § 91, 12. 6. The Ace (generally with an attributive) is used in ex- clamations; commonly after an interjection, but sometimes without, as : heu me miserum! fallacem hominum spem! Rem. 9. When the exclamation is a direct address to one, it stands in the Yoe after or pro, as : fortunate adoles- cens ! En and ecce always take the Nom. in Cicero ; in other writers the Ace also. 7. A double accusative stands in the following cases : a) With verbs which signify to call (name) ; to make, choose, appoint one something ; to account, consider as, to he some- thing ; to show one's self as something ; to give, take, have as something. Julius Caesar dictatorem se fecit. Homines caecos reddit cu- piditas et avaritia. Romulus urbem ex nomine suo Romam vocd- vit. Ciceronem universus populus consulem declaravit. Sapien- tem beatum habemus. Antistius se praestitit acerrimum propugna- torem communis libertatis. Athenienses Miltiddem sibi imperato- rem sumpserunt. Epaminondas praeceptorem habuit Lysim. Ro- mani Ciceronem patrem patriae appellaverunL 250 DATIVE. [§ 90. Rem. 1 0. The passive of these verbs has a double nom- inative (§ 81, 2), as: pavo superbus dicitur. b) With the verbs : celo, doceo, interrogo ; — oro, rogo, jia- gito ; posco, postulo, and the like. — Also several transi- tive verbs compounded with a d, circum, praeter, trans, Ciceronem Minerva omnes artes edocuit. Ne quid turpe amicum roga ! Ego te sententiam tuam rogo. Nullam rem te celo, Cae- sar exercitum Rhenum transportavit. Rem. 11. But peto (properly: I strive after), I request, entreat, is constructed with a, and quaero (properly : I seek), I ask, with a or ex, as : peto a te librum, quaero a (ex) te sententiam. Many other verbs of asking or demanding are sometimes con- structed with a, and some with de, as also are many verbs of teaching. Rem. 12. With most of the above verbs, in the passive con- struction, the personal object becomes the nominative and the accusative of the thing remains. Cicero a Mi- nerva omnes artes edoctus est. Cato rogatus est sententiam. Still with verbs of demanding, the accusative of the thing be- comes the nominative, and the accusative of the person is changed into the Abl. and governed by the preposition a, as : pecunia a me poscitur, flagitatur. Rem. 13. For the Ace. with propior, proxlmus, propius, proxime see § 90, 1. d, and for the Ace. with verbal adjectives and nouns, see § 98, Rem. § 90. C. Dative. 1. The dative represents an object as sharing or inter- ested in the action, and hence stands in answer to the ques- tions : to whom ? to what ? for whom ? for what ? for whose ad- vantage f for whose disadvantage ? for what end ? It general- ly stands with verbs and adjectives where, in English, the pre- positions to or for are used to govern the case, or where the relation involved is similar to that expressed by these prepo- sitions. There belong here especially the following classes of words : a) Words expressing profit, aid, injury, as: do, pro- sum, obsum, auxilior, etc., (but not juvo, adjuvo, see § 89, 3), utilis (also with ad and Ace), inutilis etc.; b) Pleasing, displeasing, favor and disfavor, § 90.] DATIVE. 251 anger, friendship and hatred, as: placeo, dis- pliceo ; blandior, faveo, irascor, succenseo ; amicus, inimi- cus (which with some other adjectives, when considered as nouns, are sometimes found with the Gen. also), cams, alienus, etc. ; c) Commanding, obeying, serving, trusting, yielding, as: impero, ausculto, pareo, obsequor, servio, morem gero, jido (but see § 91, R. 15), cedo (but see § 91, 10. a). d) Meeting, approaching, nearness, agree- ing, union, community, likeness, compari- son, superiority, and their opposites, as : occurro, obviam eo, obvius, appropinquo ; — propior, proximus, pro- pins, proxime (which also, like prope, are sometimes found with the Ace.) ; — victims, jinitimus ; — congruens, congruenter, conveniens, convenienter, consentaneus ; — con- scius sum, respondeo, misceo ; — communis, junctus, socius, alienus, similis, dissimilis, par, dispar, aequalis, super- stes (some of which, especially similis and dissimilis are found also with the Gen.) ; — compono, confer o, praefero, antefero, postpono, excello, praesto (also Ace.) ; — chiefly in poetry, idem, contendo, pugno, certo, disto, diversus, and other words of ' difference/ ' diversity,' etc. ; e) Fitness, readiness, as: aptus, accommodatus, ido- neus, necessarius, etc. ; (very often also with ad, espe- cially of things, also alienus, sometimes with ab), promp- tus, etc. Rem. 1. All transitive verbs may take together with the Ace. the Dat. of the person (or tiling) who shares in the action (Dat. of the remote object). — But some verbs, as : dono, adspergo, circumdo,exuo, etc. take either the Dat. of the person and Ace. of the thing, or Ace. of the person and Abl. of the thing. Do tibi donum. Epistolam tibi scribo. Non scholae, sed vitae discimus. Litterarum studium liominibus utlllissimum est. Canis lupo similis est. Ratio omnibus liominibus communis est. Natura corpus animo circumdedit. Deus animum circumdedit corpore. Rem. 2. The Dat. (mostly with the later writers,) often denotes 252 DATIVE. [§ 90. the person (or thing viewed as a person) in whose view or character or will, something is so. Hence the use of the Dat. of the personal pronouns of the Jirst and second persons with but little apparent meaning, it being designed merely to indicate in a free and familiar manner the interest or participation of the speaker or the one addressed in the action (Dativus ethicus), as : ecce tibi exortus est Isocrates (lo, there arises Isocrates to thee). Rem. 3. The Dat. of the agent stands regularly with the gerund and the gerundive, and often with the passive (espe- cially the Perf. Pass.), instead of a with the Abl. of the agent or author. But the Dat. retains in this case, as in others, something of its peculiar meaning, and hence represents the agent as at the same time sharing in the action, and not simply as the author. Hem. 4. Datives which seem to be used for the Gen. may al- ways be referred to some of the usages of the dative. Oftenest, perhaps, to the Dat. of the advantage or disadvantage (after nouns), or to the dative of the haver (see No. 4) after verbs used in a sense nearly equivalent to the copula esse, as : exitium pecori (Dat. disadvantage). 2. The following verbs take the dative in Latin, while- in English the corresponding verbs take the objective (Ace.) case : nubo, parco, benedlco, — maledico, supplico, — obtrecto, stu- deo, — arrldeo, invideo, persuadeo, medeor. Most of these verbs also take the Dat. in the Pass, construction, for which see § 83, R. 1. Yenus nupsit Vidcano. Parce mihi. Ne infantibus quidem parcebatur (not even children were spared). Benedicimus (praise) bonis, maledicimus (censure) malts. Donum tuum valde mihi arrisit (please). Probus invidet nemini. Mihi invidetur (I am envied). Omnibus amicis pro te libentissime supplicabo (en- treat). Mali bonis obtrectare (disparage) solent. Nunquam tibi persuadebo. Mihi persuadetur (I am persuaded). Pueri litter is studere debent (study). Omnes homines Ubertati student (strive after). Philosophia medetur animis. 3. The dative stands also with an interjection, as : vae (hei) misero mihi ! Rem. 5. Many verbs by composition with prepositions, espe- cially with the following : ab, ad, ante, cum (con), dc, ex, in, in- ter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub and super, acquire a meaning which makes them take the dative. But most of these verbs, especially § 90.] DATIVE. 253 those compounded with ad, in and con, are found also with the preposition repeated, followed by its ease. Rem. 6. Some verbs in the same or similar sense take at one time the Dat. and at another the Ace., viz. : adulor, acmulor, co- mitor, ardecedo, anteeo, praesto, praecurro, despero, illitdo, insulto, incedo, invddo, praestolor and adjaceo. — Others, again, take dif- ferent cases, but in different senses, as : caveo (Dat., Ace, or Abl. with ab), respondeo (Ace. and Dat., or ad with Ace), incumbo (Dat., also Ace. with ad or in), misceo (Dat., or Ace. and Dat, or Ace. and Abl. of instr. or material), and with similar variations : consido, prospicio, provideo ; convenio, cupio, impono, maneo : me- tuo, timeo, vereor ; modtror, peto, recipio, vaco. The difference of case with these verbs arises from the different points of view in which the writer contemplated the idea in different cases. 4. The dative stands with est, sunt, (abest, deest, c nave not'), to express the person or thing who has or possesses something. The thing possessed stands in the nomina- tive as subject (Dat. of the haver). Suus cuique mos est Semper in civitate [ii], quibus opes nul- lae sunt, bonis invident. Multi mihi sunt libri. Hoc unum illi abfuit (defuit). Rem. 7. The dative of possession with esse differs from the genitive of possession with esse (§ 88, 8), in this : that with the Dat, the idea of possession is less em- phatic, like our have, while with the Gen. it is represented as ab- solute and necessary. Rem. 8. In nomen mihi est (I have the name, am called), the name stands either in the dative or nominative, as : nomen mihi est Carolo (Carolus). 5. The dative of the end (in answer to the question : for what end ?), to which besides, a dative of the person is commonly added, stands : a) With sum, which, in this case, is to be rendered conduce to, serve for ; b) With do, accipio, relinquo, dellgo, constituo, dico, mitto, venio, proficiscor, eo, habeo, etc. ; also with do, duco, tribuo, verto in the meaning : to impute to. Bonum non potest esse cuiquam malo. Virtutes hominibus de- cori gloriaeque sunt. Virtus sola neque datur dono, neque accipi- 22 254 ABLATIVE. [§ 91. tur. Pausanlas ven.it Attlcis auxilio. Viiio mihi dant, quod mor- tem hominis necessarii graviter fero. Rem. 9. The Dat. of the person and the Dat. of the end are each sometimes wanting. Also, instead of the Dat. of the end, the Nom. or Ace. in apposition with the subject or object of the sentence, is often found, especially in the later writers, as : missus est rector juveni (as a guide) ; or it is put in the Ace. with ad or in, as : relicti ad praesidium. §91. D. Ablative. The Abl. expresses the instrumental relation, and hence is used especially in the following cases : 1. To denote the means, instrument or material, in answer to the questions, wherewith ? whereby ? whence ? whereof? (Abl. of instrument or material) : a) In general, in the ordinary instrumental relations, as : oculis videmus ; equo vehi ; ludere pila. Rem. 1. When a person is employed as a means or instru- ment, the Ace. with per is generally used, as : per tuum patrem miseria liberatus sum (also by a periphrasis, as : tui patris auxilio miseria liberatus sum). The accompanying person (except sometimes in expressions relating to military affairs, where the accompanying army or force is in the Abl. without cum) is put in the Abl. with cum, as : cum fratre ambulavi. Rem. 2. With passive and intransitive verbs the personal agent or author is put in the Abl. with the preposition ab, as : mundus a deo creatus est. But with the pas- sive participles: natus, genitus, ortus (poet, satus, editus), the fa- ther or mother (also genere, loco, familia, etc.) stand in the Abl. without ab. b) W T ith words which express the ideas of furnishing, adorning, endowing; enjoying; forming, instructing; being familiar with or ac- customedto, as: instruo, dono, orno, praeditus, etc. ; delecto, oblecto, etc. ; instruo, erudio, instituo, imbuo, etc. ; assuefacio, assuesco, assuetus (the Dat. with these three words is rarer and not so good). Also officio (affects, fills) with the Abl. belongs here. Natura oculos tenuis- simis membranis vestivit. Pater filium litteris erudivit. § 91.] ABLATIVE. 255 Scelerum exercitatione assuefactus erat. Summo gaudio afficior. Rem. 3. But erudire, in speaking of instruction in special arts, is constructed with in and the Abl., as : erudire in jure civili. So exercere or se exercere aliqua re or in aliqua. c) With constare, contineri (both of which, however, are often constructed with prepositions). With verbs of making and framing the material is generally governed by ex. Animo (or ex amino) constamus et cor- pore. Honestas his virtutibus continetur. In qua confine- tur communitas. d) With verbs of nourishing, sustaining, living, as : alo, vivo, etc. , as : Britanni lacte et carne vivunt. e) With expressions of filling, abundance and want, as : abundo, redundo, affluo, circumfluo, scateo ; compleo, expleo, impleo, oppho, repleo, suppleo, saturo, sa- tio,farcio, refercio, conspergo, vesper go, cumulo, onero, ob- ruo ; augeo, locupleto ; egeo, indigeo, careo ; plenus, fe- cundus, fertilis, dives, confertus, refertus, onustus, inops, inanis, etc. Germania abundat Jiuminibus. Miserum est, carere consuetudine amicorum. Rem. 4. The following take the Gen. also, egere and especially indigere; plenus and inanis (both, more frequently than the Abl.), refertus and completus (rarely and only of a person), fertilis, inops (see § 88, 7). Sometimes in poetry, but very rarely in prose, im- pleo, compleo and abundo take the Gen. after the analogy of the Greek. Rem. 5. Augere, also macte (from the obsolete verb magere, " to increase"), whether alone or connected with esto, estote, take the Abl., as : macte virtute esto (lit. " be increased on account of your virtue" = heaven bless thy virtue) ! f) With opus (there is need of), with which the thing needed stands in the A b 1., and the person needing something in the D a t., as : duce nobis opus est (we need a leader). But opus est (especially when the thing needed is expressed by a neuter adjective or pronoun) is often personal, in which case the 256 ABLATIVE. [§91. thing needed stands as subject in the Nom., and est va- ries to suit the number and person of the subject, as : dux nobis opus est ; duces nobis opus sunt ; haec mihi opus sunt. Rem. 6. When the thing needed is a verb, it is express- ed : l) Most commonly by the Ace. with the Infin. (in- stead of the Dat. with the Infin.), or when no person is expressed, by the simple Infin., as : nihil opus est te hie sedere (not tibi) ; 2) By the A b 1. of the P e r f. Pass. Part, both with and without a noun, as : opus est amicis conventis (for amicos con ve- nire) ; 3) Sometimes by the Supine in u, as : quod scitu opus est. Rem. 7. Instead of opus, in writers both before and after the classical period, we find usus, which has the same constructions as opus, but often takes the Gen. instead of the AM. g) With the deponents : utor, fruor, fungor, potior and ves- cor, and their compounds, as : multi deorum benejicio per- verse utuntur. Rem. 8. With expressions denoting the highest power, supreme authority, potiri takes the G e n., as in the common phrase rerum potiri-, also, in other cases, as : Alexander regni Per- sarum potitus est. Rem. 9. These verbs, also, but rarely except in the early wri- ters, take the Ace; hence they form the gerundive, as: utendus, fruendus, etc. h) Finally, with the verbs pluere (also with the Ace), su- dare and manare (poet, also with the Ace.,) and the like, also with verbs denoting a sacrificial offering: sacrijieare, facere, immolare, litare (all except facere with the Ace. also). Sudare sanguine. Decemviri quinquaginta capris in foro sacrificaverunt. 2. The ablative is used to express the measure or standard according to which something is m e a- sured, judged or done (Abl. of reference). Particu- larly : a) With verbs of measuring, judging, conclud- ing, determining, as: metiri, ponder ore, judicare, cxaminare, aestimare, Jinire, dejinire, describerc, dirigcre, § 91.] ABLATIVE. 257 terminare, etc., as : studia nostra naturae regula metia- mur. Hem. 10. The Abl. after these verbs is often found with a preposition, as: ex opinione judicare, ponderare, etc. — Here belong such ablatives as, mea or alicujus opinione, sententia, etc., which also are sometimes governed by ex or de. b) With the comparative, where t h a t w i t h w h i c h another thing is compared is put in the Abl. and gene- rally placed before the comparative, as : pater Jilio doc- tior est. See comparative sentences, § 115. c) With expressions denoting comparison in like- ness or unlikeness, superiority or infe- riority, hence with comparatives and super- latives, the Abl. expresses that as to w h i c h, or in reference to which the comparison is made (AbL of respect or nearer definition}. Epaminondae nemo Thebanus par fuit eloquentia. Maximus natu. Natione Medus fuit. 3. The ablative is used to express the measure or de- gree by which one action or quality exceeds or falls short of another (Abl. of difference). a) With comparatives and superlatives, also words containing the idea of a comparison, as: malo, praesto, supero ; a?ite, post. Here belong espe- cially the neuter adverbs : multo (by much, far), parvo, paidlo, nikilo, tanto, qua?ito, aliqiianto, etc. Sol midtis partibus major atque amplior est, quam terra. Homerus annis multis fuit ante Romulum. b) With the verbs abesse and distare, also some other verbs, to denote the distance by which one object is separated from another, instead of the more common Ace. of distance (see § 89, 5). Aesculapii templum quinque milibus passuum ab Epidauro distat. Rem. 11. When the place from which anything is removed is not expressed, but is to be supplied from the context, the preposi- tion ab is often added, as : positis castris a milibus passuum quin- decim. 22* 253 ABLATIVE. [§91. c) With expressions of buying and selling, cost- ing, hiring, exchanging, as: emo$ vendo, veneo, sto, consto, conduco, muto, per muto, commute, vendlis, ca- nts, etc., the price, and with dignus, indignus and in- dignor, that of which something i-s worthy or unworthy, stands in the Abl. (Abl. of price). Hunc librum parvo pretio emi. Hie liber tribus obolis carus est. Veritas auro digna est. Rem. 12. Here belong the ablatives : magno (for much, dear), parvo (for little, cheap), plurimo, minimo, tanto, quanto, nihilo, nonnihilo (sometimes with pretio, as : magno pretio), with verbs of buying and selling. Instead of the Abl. the Gen. of some of these and other similar words is sometimes used, but in Cicero only : tanti, tantldem, quanti, pluris, minoris, maximi, and these always without pretii, as : maximi hunc librum emi. In a very similar sense, also, the following words are used : bene, me- lius, optime, male, pejus, pessime emere, vendere. With verbs of valuing the Gen. is used, as : aliquem or aliquid magni facio, (only aestimo is occasionally found with magno). But the defi- nite price is always in the Abl. (see 3, c). 4. The ablative is used to express the ground, occa- sion or cause of an action (on what account ? whereby ? whence ?) It stands : a) In the common causal relations, as : caeci avaritid (by avarice) ; officia deserunt molitid animi (from, on ac- count of) ; prelio vicimus. Rem. 13. The cause or ground is often expressed, also, by the prepositions prae, per, ob, propter, de with their cases. b) With expressions denoting an affection of the mind or state of the body, as: laetor, exidto, gau- deo, doleo, detector, fioreo, valeo, laboro, glorior, me jacto ; ardeo, exardesco, fiagro ; laetus, molestus, anxius, super- bus, contentus ; aeger, fessus, etc. ; also in expressions denoting distinction, superiority, excellence, as : excello, praesto, supcro, insignis, excellent, etc. Delicto dolere, correctione gaudere oportet. Parvo est natura contenta. § 91.] ABLATIVE. 251) Rem. 14. The verbs laetor, gaudeo, doleo, moereo, glorior, me jacto are often found with de and the Abl., and instead of me j ac- ta aliqua re or de aliqua re, we also find jacto aliquid. For the Ace. with some of these verbs, see § 89, 4. AVe also find the ex- pressions dolent mihi denies, dolet mihi pes, laboro ex renibus, etc. c) With nitor (I rest upon), Jido, confldo, fretiis, aequiesco* Salus hominum non veritate solum, sed etiam Jama niti- tur. Opulentia fretus* Rem. 15. Acquiesco oftener, and nitor quite often, take in with the Abl. In the sense strive after something, nitor takes the A c c. with ad or in; and as we find nitor re or in re, so also we find stare re and sometime in re, as : stare judicio suo. Fido and con- jido quite as frequently take the D a t, and always when the ob- ject is a person. Diffido almost always takes the Dat, d) With verbs of perceiving or knowing, as: cer- nor, sentio, cognosco, intelligo, scio, etc., which, however, are sometimes constructed with prepositions, as ex or in. Amicitiae caritate et amore cermmtur. o. The ablative, generally having an adjective, pronoun or numeral agreeing with it, is used to express the w a y or manner in which something happens (how ? Abl. of manner). Urbs dolo capta est. Multa casu fiunt. 6. The ablative of manner, always with an adjective, pro- noun or numeral agreeing with it, signifies also, the feeling or state o f m i n d, as well as the outward condi- tion or circumstances, under which something takes place. Id aequo animo fert civitas. Nulla est altercatio clamoribus unquam habita majoribus. Quid hoc populo obti- neri potest ? Rem. 16. The preposition cum is often used with the Abl. of manner, even when it has an attributive agreeing with it, and almost always when it is without an attributive. But dolo, frau- de, casu, vi, ratione, via, online, modo, more, consuetudine, ritu, pe- dibus, navibus, jure, injuria ; animo, mente, pacto, lege, conditione, consilio, corpore (or an Abl. referring to any part of the body) ; also, forti animo, hoc mente, nullo pacto (modo), certa ratione, etc., are used without cum, being little more than adverbs. Rem. 1 7. In a similar way the following ablatives joined to at- 260 ABLATIVE. [§ 9L tributives are used without cum in connection with verbs of going, coming, and the like : copiis, exercitu, legione, legioni- bus, cohortibus, navibus, as : Caesar omnibus copiis ad Ilerdain pro- ficiscitur. Rem. 18. For the ablative of quality, see § 88, 9. 7. Finally, the ablative expresses the time and place of an action. The ablative here, as in other cases, retains its instrumental character, since the time and place, being the sphere and necessary condition of the action, appear, in ti certain sense, as its c a u s e. The Abl. of place expresses both the relation where and whence, as : eodem loco stat (where) ; hostes urbe pulsi sunt (whence). It is used as follows : 8. The ablative of place signifies first, the place in which something happens (where?). This, however, ap- plies mostly to nouns qualified by totus and omnis, or loco, statu, via, itinere qualified by an adjective or pronoun, and the phrase terra marique. In most other designations of place (except names of cities and towns, see § 92), the preposition in is joined with the ablative. Meliore loco res nostrae sunt. Eloquentia peregrinata tota Asia est. Rem. 19. So also with se tenere the ablative stands without in, as : domo (castris, etc.) se tenere. Also with verbs of motion, the place through which the motion is made is in the Abl. without in ; it being conceived of as the instrument, as : amnem vado (at, by a ford) trajecit ; but sometimes it is in the Ace. with per. In like manner we find the ablatives tecto, domo, civitate, urbe, moenibus, mensa, and the like, used with accipere and recipere, and animo with pendere, angi, anxius, moveri (commo- veri), and the like. In poetry the ablative of place is used more extensively. 9. The ablative of place, in the second place, expresses the place or object from which something is sepa- rated or freed (Abl. of separation). It is used : a) With expressions of removing and separation (of which the transitive verbs take also an Ace. with the Abl.), as: moveo, pello, cedo, arceo, prohibco, and many verbs compounded with ab, ex and de, as : abstineo, dc- § 91.] ABLATIVE. 261 sisto, dec e do, dejicio, deturbo, excedo, exclitdo, exturbo, etc Caesar castra loco moviL Milites iiinere destiterunt. Rem. 20. The prepositions ab, ex, de are often joined with ab- latives of this kind, especially when they designate persons. The poets and later writers use this ablative also with absterreo, deterreo, secerno, sepdro, and some verbs compounded with dis, b) With expressions of freeing, clearing, depriv- ing (of which the transitive verbs take also an Ace), as : libera, solvo, a bsolvo, exsolvo, levo, laxo, relaxo, expe- dio, exonero, purgo, vaco, etc. ; — privo, orbo, spolio, nudo, exuo, fraudo, etc ; — liber, vacuus, orbus, nudus, immunis, alienus, etc Rem. 21. The Abl. with libero, vaco, vacuus, laxo, relaxo, expe- dio, absolvo, is sometimes governed by ab ; also with liber and alie- nus, especially when it designates a person. In the sense, " injurious," alienus sometimes takes the D a t, and occasionally the Gen. Rem. 22. The poets sometimes, after the Greek, use the Gem with verbs of removing, separating, freeing, as: de- slno querelarum, desisto pugnae, purus sceleris, etc. 10. The local relation is extended to the time in which anything happens. The where becomes a when. Hence the Abl. is used in answer to the question when f to express the time at or within which an action happens. Epami- nondas die uno Graeciam liberavit. Roscius Romam multis minis non venit. So tempore, memoria, node, vere ; ludis (at the games), comitiis, bello (as: secundo bello Punico, "in the time of, etc") ; initio, principio (also with in), pace, etc Rem. 23. The adding of in to the Abl. is necessary, when the action is represented as repeated within a certain time, as : bis in die eaturum fieri. In is often used with the Abl. also (or intra with the Ace), for the sake of expressing the time with more emphasis. In expressing the periods of life, too, and similar distinctions of time, in is used, as : in pueritia, in omni vita, in ornni puncto temporis, etc. But when only a por- tion of a period of life is expressed, by the addition of an adjec- tive to the noun denoting the period, the preposition is omitted, as : extrenui jjueritia. 262 ABLATIVE. [§ 91. Rem. 24 The simple ablatives : hello, proelio, pace mean, " at the time of the war," " battle," " pence," but when preceded by in (in bello, etc.), they are used in their literal sense, to de- note being in a state of war, peace, etc., or else " dur- ing the war," etc. And when joined with an attributive, the sim- ple Abl, is also used in this latter sense. But in with the ablative of tempus, tempesfas, aetas, dies accompanied by an attributive, is used to express some circumstance or peculiarity of the time, as : in tali tempore (in so peculiar a time) ; in tempore (also simply tempore), "at the proper time." Rem. 25. Time how long (which is generally in the Ace, see § 89, 5.) differs from time within which, as during does from within. 11. The ablative stands with ante and post to express the length of time before or after some point of time defined by the connection. Ante and post are then used as adverbs if they have no ease after them, but if they have, they govern it in the Ace. Numa Pompilius annis permidtis ante fuit, quam Pythagoras. Laelius sermonem de amicitia habuit pancis diebus post mortem African!. Rem. 26. When that before or after which something hap- pens is expressed, ante and post follow the Abl., but when it is to be supplied by the mind, and the time before or after is ex- pressed by a noun and adjective, they may stand either after them both or between them, as: tribus annis ante (post), or tr'ibus ante (post) annis. But simple extent of time here, as in other cases, is expressed by the accusative. Rem. 2 7. The point of past time before or after which something has happened may also be expressed by a sub- ordinate sentence with quam. In this case, in designating the year of the time before or after, whether expressed by the Abl. and antequam (postquam), or by per and the Ace. with quam, the ordinal numbers were used, hence : tertio anno ante (post) quam decesserat, or : ante (j)ost) tcrtium annum, quam decesserat. So also pridie and posiridie quam id factum est. Instead of post- quam we sometimes find a relative pronoun or the con- junction quum, as : paucis diebus, quibus (quum) id factum est (a few days after, etc.). Rem. 28. For ante, post, abliinc with the Ace. of the time before or after the present, see § 89, R. 8. But occa- sionally, contrary to the prevailing usage, the Abl. is used when speaking of time before or after the present, and the Ace. in § 92.] CONSTRUCTION OF THE NAMES OF CITIES. 2G3 speaking of time before or after a time defined in the con- text. Rem. 29. The relations of time, since when ? about what timet are expressed, the first by ah, ex and de, the last by ad, circa, sub with the Ace., or by the Abl. with the adverb fere ; till when t is expressed by ad or in with the Ace. § 92. Construction of the Names of Cities. 1. The names of cities (towns, villages, and small islands, very rarely of countries) of the first and second Dec. Sing. stand, in answer to the question where ? in the genitive ; but the names of cities of the third Dec. and of the Plur. of the first and second Dec. in the ablative, without in. In answer to the question, whither f they all stand in the accusative, and in an- swer to the question, whence ? in the ablative, in each case without a preposition. Ut Romae consules, sic Carthagine quotannis bini reges crea- bantur. Talis Romae Fabricius, qualis Aristides Athenis fuit Pompeius hiemare Dyrrachii et Apolloniae constituerat. Delphis Apollinis oraculum fuit. Cono plurimum Cypri vixit, Iphicrates in Thracia, Timotheus Lesbi. Curius primus Romain elephantos quattuor duxit. Pompeius Lucerid proficiscitur Canusium atque inde Brundisium. Lycurgus Cretam profectus est ibique per- petuum exsilium egit. Aeschines cessit Athenis et se Rhodum contulit. Consul Roma Athenas profectus est. Rem. 1. Even to, as far as, of countries, is expressed by usque ad and the Ace, but of cities, by usque and the Ace. without ad, as : usque ad Aegyptum, or usque Romam profectus sum. — In the question whence ? the preposition ab is sometimes added to the Abl., especially for giving greater perspicuity, as : ab Athenis proficisei in animo habebam. When it is to be expressed that something happened on the way out from a place, ab is invariably used, as : jam a Brundusio bellum gerebat. — Ad is used with the Ace. when an approach to (towards) a city is to be expressed. Also, ab and ad are used when a removal from one place to another is to be expressed emphatically, as : ab Athenis ad Lacedaemonem. Rlm. 2. When an adjective or adjective pronoun belongs to the name of a city of the first or second Dec. Sing., in the question where ? the attributive and noun are both in the Abl. (instead of the Gen.) without a preposition, as : Roma ipsa, tota Roma. But 2G£ USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS. [§ 93. this construction Is rare, since apposition is generally used in- stead of it (see No. 2.). Rem. 3. Domus and rus have the same construction as the names of cities : domi (at home), domi meae, tuae, suae, nostrae, vestrae, alienae (at my house, etc.), domum (to the house), domo (from the house, home) ; — ruri (rarely rure), in the country, rus (into, to, the country), rure (from the country). Besides, humi (on the ground), domi militiaeque or domi bellique (at home and abroad, in peace and in war). 2. The words in apposition with the names of cities, as : urbs, oppidum, caput (chief city), in answer to the question where ? stand in the ablative ; in answer to the question whither •? in the accusative ; in answer to the question whence*? in the ablative, in each of the three cases, mostly without the preposition (in, ab, ex). Archfas poeta Antiochlae natus est, celebri quondam urbe et co- piosa. Cicero profectus est Athenas, urbem celeberrimam. Dem- aratus Corintho, urbe amplissima, Tarquinios fugit. Rem. 4. But when the words urbs, oppidum stand before the name of the city, we find : in urbe, in oppido with the name of the city after it in the Abl. (sometimes in the Gen.), as : in op- pido Citio ; in oppido Athenis ; in oppido Antiochlae. So in the Ace. when an adjective agrees with the name of the town, or the words urbs, oppidum stand with it without an adjective y as : ad doc- tas Athenas ; in oppidum Cirtam. So also with ab and ex, as : ab (ex) urbe Roma. § 93. Use of the Prepositions. 1. Ab and de (from, by, of) differ thus: 1) of place, ab means away from a place, de, down from, or away from. — 2) ab is used with an active object, and hence stands with the agent or doer after passive verbs ; de, on the contrary, is used with a passive object. — Ex properly means out of, and hence from, out from, doivn from, immediately after, accord- ing to. Milites ab urbe profecti sunt. Lucretius de muro se dejecit. De foro cives discesserunt (away from the forum). Multae fabu- lae de Ilercule a poetis fictae sunt (many fables have been invent- § 93.J USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS, 265 ed concerning Hercules by the poets). Malta de te afratre tuo audivi (I have heard much of thee from thy brother). Vapores a sole ex aquis excitantur. 2. Circum is used only of place (not of time), as : terra se circum axem convertit Circa is not so strong as circam, and means about (not all around), 3. The verbs : pono, loco, colloco, constitioo, deflgo, and some others, generally take in with the ablative, where the ac- cusative would seem to be required, since they imply mo- tion. — Super and subter generally take the accusative (rarely the ablative). Rem. 1. Certain other prepositions which are liable to be con- founded may be briefly distinguished as follows : l) ad properly denotes an aim : to, up to, for; apud (particularly of persons) the scene or sphere within which something is: with, among, at, in; 2) juxta (beside, by) without anything intervening ; prope (near, near by) : 3) propter (literally : near by\ means figuratively, on account of, to express an actual ground or reason of something ; ob (literally: before), on account of, to express & conceived cause, or a cause in the view of the mind, whether actual or not ; 4) ante (before), opposed to behind; coram (before), in the presence of; prae (before), openly, ostentatiously, hence in comparison with, also of a hindering cause (on account of) ; pro (before), in front of, figuratively, for, according to ; 5) adversus (towards, against, over against), in both a friendly and a hostile sense ; contra (over against, contrary to); 6) trans ("over," "beyond" something conceived of as an obstacle) ; ultra ("beyond" something as a mere mathematical point or line) ; 7) extra (without), in both senses of " without"; praeter (lit. by before), beyond, contrary to, except. Hem. 2. The prepositions ad, supra and circa are often mere adverbs before numerals, having no influence upon their case, as : occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor ; supra octo milia hominum occisa. In some instances the numeral stands in the Ace. after these prepositions, but is followed by a predicate as though it was in the Norn., as : supra septingentos capti : circa quingentos victo- res ceciderunL 23 26G use of the pronoun. [I 04. CHAPTER IT. Pronouns, Numerals and Participials in both the Attributive and Objective Relations. § 94. Of the use of the Pronoun. 1 . The personal pronouns in the Norn. : ego, ft*, nos, vos are expressed with their verb, only when a particular stress rests upon them, hence, especially in c o n t r a s t s. The pos- sessive pronouns^ also : mens, tuns, etc. are used only in this case, or for the sake of perspicuity. Ego flea, tu rides. Mens frater diligens est, tuns piger. But: Frater me am at (not, frater mens me amat). 2. The genitives nostri and vesfri, like met, tut, sui, are ob- jective (not possessive), but nostrum and vestrum are used partitively. Memoria nostri (of us, terminating upon us). Memor sum vcs~ tri. Quis nostrum haec dixit ? Nemo vestrum sua offiela exple- vit. Besides, we should distinguish : pars nostri, vestri (a part of us, you = of our, your being or nature), e. g. animus est pars nostri, from : pars nostrum, vestrum (a part of us). 3. The pronouns sui, sibi, se ; suits, a, urn, are used when an object (person or thing) stands in the relation of opposition to itself, or as the object of its own action, thought or reference. Omnia animalia se dillgunt. Haec oratio sibi repugn at. Alex- ander, quum interemisset Clitum, familiarem suum, vix a se ma- nus abstinuit. Hannibalem sui cives e civitate ejecerunt. Dux cum militibus suis fugit. Oravi amicum, ut sibi eonsuleret. Rem. 1. In the first and second persons, of course, the oblique cases of the pronouns, ego, tu ; meus, a, um; tuus, a, urn; noster, vesier, etc. must be used instead of sui. 4. When these reflexive pronouns stand as the subject of an Infim, or with a Part., or in dependent clauses and refer to the subject of the leading clause, they may generally be translated § 94.] USE OF THE PRONOUN. 267 into English by, he, she, it, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they, them, to them. But ipse, in this case, is often used instead ofsui, especially where the reflexive might be referred to the s-ubject of the subordinate clause. Animus sentit, se sua vi moveri (the soul is conscious, that it is moved by its own power). Caesar exercitu per se comparato rempublicam liberavit (with an army collected by him). Caesar milites adhortatus est, ut se sequerentur (that they should follow Mm) . 5. The oblique cases of is, ea, id, on the contrary, are used when an object is not opposed to itself (does not seem to think, speak or act upon or about itself), but to another object ; ejus, eorum, and earum, in this case, are translated into English by his, her, their. Pater ei ignovit (him, e. g. his son, or her, e. g. his daughter ; but: pater sibi ignovit, himself). Pater semper ejus memor exit (his, e. g. friends). Pater eum valde diligit. Mater earn valde amat. Dux et milites ejus fugerunt (and his soldiers; but: dux cum militibus suis fugit). Caesar fortissimus fuit : ejus facta ad- miramur (Ms deeds). Hostes multas urbes exciderunt, eurwnque incolas in servitutem abduxerunt (and their inhabitants). Rem. 2. Of hie, zste and ille, the first is used in referring to something belonging to or in some way connect- ed with the speaker, the second of something per- taining to the person addressed, and the third to something remote from the speaker, and thus forms a contrast with hie, which always expresses that which is nearer to the speaker, either in thought, feeling or position, than ille. Besides its appropriate reference to what pertains to the second person, iste is also used in referring to something pre- viously mentioned with emphasis, and often with contempt. 6. Idem (the same, the very same) the aforesaid), is used when a new action or quality is ascribed to a subject of which something has already been asserted (or is about to be assert- ed). When the two qualities ascribed to the subject are in keeping with each other, idem may often be translated by, ' also,' ' in like manner,' ' likewise,' etc., but w hen at variance with each other, by, ' yet,' ' still,' etc 268 USE OF THE PRONOUN. [§ 94. Quicquid honestnm est, idem est (is also) utile. Fuerunt qui- dam, qui iidem ornate ac graviter, ildem versute et subtiliter dice- rent (not only — but also). Multi, qui propter gloriae cupidita- tem vulnera exc^perunt fortiter et tulerunt, ildem omissa conten- tione dolorem morbi ferre now possunt {yet). Eodem loco res est, quasi ea pecunia legata non esset. 7. The pronoun ipse, a, urn (self) often stands with the per- sonal pronouns, either in the same case with the subject, when the subject is contrasted with other subjects, or in the same case as the object, when the object is contrasted with other objects. Ego me ipse vitupero (/ and not another). Ego me ipsum vitu- pero {myself and not another). Saepe ii homines, qui sibi ipsis maxime placent, aliis maxime displicent. De me ipse loquor. l>e me ipso loquor. Memet ipsum (always in the same case as the pronoun with met) consolor. 8. The genitiyes ipsius, ipsorum and ipsarurn^ which often stand in connection with the possessive pronouns, are to be translated into English by own. Mens ipskts pater (my oivn father). Mea ipsius mater (my own mother). Meum ipsius consilium (my own counsel). Tuus ipsius frater. Dux sua ipsius culpa rictus est. Noster ipsormn pater. Vestra ipsorum mater. Duces snd ipsorum culpa victi sunt. So- rores mea sua ipsarum voluntate domi manent. 9. Besides what was said of the difference in usage between the interrogatives quis ? quid ? and qui ? quae f quad ? in § 30, Rem. 3, it should be here stated, that, when quis has a noun with it, the noun is to be regarded as in apposition with it ; that quis inquires barely after the name of the person or thing (what?), qui after its nature (what sort of?), as : quis philoso- phus ? {what philosopher ?) qui philosophus ? {what sort of a philosopher ?). Rem. 3. For the distinction between the double forms of the indefinite pronouns quis, qua, quid, qui, quae, quod, as well as for the usage of quisquam, quispiam ; ecquis and quidam, etc., see § 31. 10. The indefinite pronoun quis {qui), qua {quae), quid {quod), some one, one, is less emphatic than aliquis, etc., and § 94.] USE OF THE PRONOUN. 269 stands most commonly after si, nisi, ne, man quitm, qui, quae, quod, ut, quo or quanto (the, with the comparative). 57 quis de immortalitate animorum dubitat, insanus est. Vide, ne quern laedas. Num quis dubitat hac de re ? Quo {quanto) quis sapientior est, eo (tanto) modestior est 11. When quisque is connected with the pronouns sui, sihi, se, suus, it stands immediately after them. Trahit sua quemque voluptas. Minime sibi quisque notus est. 12. When quisque stands after superlatives, it may be translated by precisely the, the very, and when it stands after ordinal numbers, by each, every. Sapientissimus quisque virtutem maxime amat (precisely the wisest). Quarto quoque anno (every fourth year). 13. Uterque (each of two, both) in connection with a noun, takes the same gender, number and case as the noun ; but when uterque is connected with apronoun, this pronoun stands in the genitive. In both cases the predicate is in the singular. Uterque dux clarus fuit (both leaders were renowned). Uter- que eorum clarus fuit (both these were renowned). Uterque nos- trum, vestrum (we both, you both). Quorum uterque (both of whom). Rem. 4. The plural of uterque (also of uter, alter, neuter, No. 14) is used when two parties are spoken of, to both, or at least, one of which, several belong, or when it stands in connection with nouns used only in the plural, as : utrique duces (the generals, of which there are several on both sides). Utrique, Caesar et hostes. TJtraque castra (both camps). 14. Uter, alter, neuter are used when the discourse is of o n 1 y t w o ; quis, alius, nullus, on the contrary, when the dis- course is of several. Rem. 5. For the usage of nemo, nullus and ullus, see § 81. R. 1. Uter fratrum ad te venit (which of the two brothers) ? Uter vestrum hoc dixit (which of you two) ? Duo sunt fratres : alter (the one) litteris operam dat ; alter (the other) miles est. Neit- 23* 270 OF THE NUMERAL. [§ 95. ter nostrum (neither of us two). When a comparison occurs with uter, alter, neuter, the comparative is used where we sometimes use the superlative, as : uter fortior est ? which of the two is the bravest ? 15. The phrases, alius aliud, alius aliter, etc., are translated: the one this, the other that ; the one in this way, the other in that. Alii aliud probant. Alii aliter vivunt. Rem. 6. The indefinite pronouns, one, they, we are expressed in Latin : a) By the third Pers. Plur. Act., as: dicunt, ferunt, tradunt ; b) By the third Pers. Sing. Pass., as : narratur ; bene vivitur ; c) By the personal Pass., as : amor, one loves me, amaris, one loves thee, sapientes beati existimantur, we account the ivise happy ; d) By the first Pers. Plur. Act. (in this case the speaker must be included under the one, we), as: viro sapienti libenter paremus ; e) By the second Pers. Sing. Act., particularly of the Subj., as : credas (one may believe). § 95. Of the Numeral 1. The plural of unus, a, um is used : 1) in the meaning, some, only, alone, the same, and in connection with alteri (the one — the other) ; 2) With nouns used only in the plural, as : unae litterae, etc. In other cases it is in the singular, even when it forms a part of a compound numeral agreeing with a plural noun, as : unus et viginti homines. 2. Mille (see § 33, Rem. 4) is generally an indeclinable ad- jective, and hence, with few exceptions, is not followed by a noun in the Gen.; but milia (unless followed by a smaller numeral, which stands immediately before the Nom. and agrees with it,) is always followed by the partitive Gen. of the noun it refers to. The poets and the later prose writers, also, use mille with adverbial numeral sin expressing several thousands of anything, as : bis {ter, quater) mille homines, 2000 (3000, 4000). 3. The distributives, which answer the question hoiv many each ? or how many at a time ? are used when one wishes to § 96.] THE INFINITIVE. 271 express, that a number is divided equally among several objects, or a certain number of times. Pater filiis senos libros dat (six books apiece, i. e. the father gives each of his sons six books ; hence, if we suppose three sons, the father divides eighteen books into three equal parts). Sex fossae, qulnos pedes altae, ducebantur (each five feet deep). 4. Besides, the distributives are used for the cardinal num- bers with nouns which have only the plural (and by the poets and later writers, occasionally in other cases), as : Una castra, two camps. For singulis ae, a, in this case, uni, ae, a is used, as : una castra, one camp, unae nuptiae, one wedding, unae lit- terae, one letter, trina castra, three camps (but : terna castra, three camps apiece). JBini is sometimes used also to denote a pair, instead of gemini. Remark. The distributives are generally used for the cardi- nal numbers with milia, especially to express a million, or millions, as : decies centena milia, vicies centena milia, tricies centena milia, centies centena milia, 1, 2, 3, 10 millions. In this case, in reckon- ing money, all but the numeral adverb is generally omitted, as : decies sestertium (for: decies centena milia sestertium), a million sesterces. So in expressing thousands, milia is generally omitted and instead of sestertium (Gen. Plur. Masc.) the neuter form ses- tertia is used. § 96. The Infinitive. 1 . The infinitive is properly a neuter noun expressing the abstract action or state of its verb. Hence it occasionally has a neuter adjective or pronoun agreeing with it as an attribu- tive. Still it governs the same case as its verb. It is used only in the nominative and accusative, as subject or object, thus : a) As subject, as: dulce et decorum est pro patria mori; b) As object, i. e. as that which limits or completes the idea, or that which expresses the aim or result, after verbs (also many nouns, adjectives and pronouns of a similar import) of willing and not willing, beginning, ceasing, being able, being de- 272 THE INFINITIVE. [§ 96. terminedj being accustomed, etc. Especially with the following list of verbs : Volo, nolo, malo, cupio, concupisco, gestio (cirdeo, asper- nor poetic), audeo (sustineo poet.), studeo (qnaero poet.), conor, tento, niior, contendo, intendo, negligo, non euro, omitto, intermitto, supersedeo (parco and fugio poet.), tae- det, piget, poenitet ; — incipio, coepi, instituo, desino, desis- to, maturo, fesfino, propero, accelero, cunctor, dubito, ver- eor (?netuo and timeo poet), recuso (ahiuo poet.), pergo, persevero ; — statuo, constituo, decerno, cogito, agilo (men- te), aggredior, ingredior, adorior (ordior poet.), menu- ni, recordor, obliviscor, paro, paratus sum, animum indu- co, in ammo est, in animo habeo, consilium est, consilium capio, meditor, molior, mihi est propositum, placet (conten- tus sum poet.) ; soleo (amo poet.), consuesco, adsuesco, con- suetus, assueius sum, assuefaceo, prohibeo ; — doceo, disco ; — possum, queo, nequeo (valeo poet.), licet, libet, facile, difficile est, scioj nescio ; — debeo, cogor, oportet, necesse est, opus est, decet, convenit, juvat (gaudeo, delector poetic). Rem. 1. Some of the above verbs take the Ace. with the Infin. (see § 106). Doceo , jubeo, veto, sine, cogo, moneo, hortor, impedio, prohibeo, etc., take an Ace. of the person together with the Infin., as : docebo eum posthac tacere. Rem. 2. Instead of the Fut. Infin. formed from the Fut. Part, of any verb with esse, fore or futurum esse followed by ut and the Subj. of that verb is often used, as : spcro fore ut contingat id nobis. Rem. 3. In the poets and later prose writers (commencing with Livy) the Infin. is used with much greater latitude than in the writers of the classical period ; conforming almost wholly to its use in Greek. Accordingly it is often employed by them (especially after verbs of motion) to express the aim or intention, as : de- scendo promere vina. Rem. 4. For the Infin. with coepi and desino, see § 76, R. 3. — For the Ace. with the Infin., see § 106. 2. In animated description the Latin often uses the Infin. Pres. for the finite verb {historical Infin.), as : multum ipse pugnare, saepe hostem ferire. §§ 97, 98.] THE SUPINE THE GERUND. 273 § 97. The Supine. 1. The Supine in um stands with verbs of going, com- ing, sending, calling, leading, and generally, such as imply motion (but festino, propero, accelero, maturo only with the Infin. § 96), in order to express the end or obj ect of these verbs, as : in urbem migravi habitatum. 2. The Supine in u stands : a) as a nearer definition after adjectives expressing a physical, mental or moral feeling; ease, difficulty, incredibility, as: ju- cundus, injucundus, molestus, suavis, dulcis, acerbus, mollis, du- rus, turpis, foedus, honestus, bonus, nefarius, horrendus, crude- lis (dignus, indignus rare, commonly with qui and the Subj.), etc. ; facilis, difficilis, incredibilis, etc. ; b) with fas est, nefas est, opus est, as : pira dulcia sunt gustatu ; fas est dictu. Remark. Instead of the Supine in u we often find the fol- lowing constructions: l) The Infin. Act. as subject of the sentence, especially with facile, dificile est ; 2) an adverb with a finite verb, particularly with facile, dif cutter; 3) the gerund with ad ; 4) the verbal noun in io. § 98. The Gerund. 1. The gerund in the Nom. in connection with est, as : scri- bendum est, (lit. ' there is a writing'), may be translated into English by : it is to be (written) or: one must, one should (write). The person which must or should do something is put in the dative (but in the Abl. with ah when the object is in the dative). Hence we may translate it into English by: 1, thou, he, she, it must, should (write), we must, should (write), etc. 2. The gerund (even in the Nom. with est) has an active meaning, and like the infinitive, takes the same case as its verb. But instead of the gerund with an object in the accusative, the gerundive is used. See § 99, 1. Obtemperandum est virtu tis praeceptis. Sun cmque judicio uten- dura est (each one must use his own judgment). 274 GERUNDIVE. [§ 99, 3. The remaining cases of the gerund supply the cases of the infinitive. Still the Ace. of the gerund is used only in connection with a preposition. The gerund being of the na- ture of a noun is governed in its different cases in the same manner as a noun. Nom. Nature est utile (swimming is useful). Gen. Natandi ars utilis est (the art of swimming is useful). Na- tandi sum peritus (I am skilled in swimming). Dat. Natando homo aptus est (man is fitted for swimming). Ace. Natare disco (I learn to swim, or swimming) ; hut : ad na- tandum homo aptus est (is fitted for swimming, or : to swim). Inter natandwm (while swimming) ; ob natandurn (on account of swimming). Abl. Natando corporis vires exercentur (by swimming). In na- tando (in swimming) , a natando (by swimming), ex natando, de natando. 4. The gerund in the oblique cases also, like the Infin., takes the same case as its verb. Still, instead of the gerund in the Dat. and Ace. with an object in the accusative, the ge- rundive is used. See § 99, 1. Ars jmeros bene educandi difficilis est. Pauci idonei sunt ad aliis imperandum. Remark. The verbal adjective in bundus sometimes takes an Ace, like the Ger., and the verbal noun in io, the same case as the verb from which it is derived. § 99. Gerundive. 1. When the gerund would take an object in the accusative, the gerundive (or Fut. Pass. Part.) is commonly used instead of the gerund in the Gen. and Abl., and cdways in the Nom., Dat. and accusative. The agent or doer, as with the gerund, stands in the dative. 2. The change of the construction of the gerund into that of the gerundive takes place in the following manner : a) The noun which would stand in the Ace. with the ge- rund, is put in the same case in which the gerund stands ; b) The gerund is changed into the gerundive ; §99.] GERUNDIVE. 275 c) But the gerundive is put in the same case, number and gender as the noun. E. g. If in the phrase : ars pueros educandi 7 one would use the gerundive instead of the gerund, he must : a) put the Ace. pue- ros in the case of the gerund educandi, hence in the Gen. : pue- rorum (ars puerorum) ; b) he must then change the gerund edu- candi into the gerundive educandus, a, um ; c) finally, must put this gerundive in the same gender, number and case as puero- rum. hence educandorum. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Nobis bene educandum est pueros, must be changed into: Ars civitatem gubernandi est difficillima ; for which commonly : Asinus idoneus est onera portando, must be chang- ed into : Puer aptus est ad litteras trac- tandum, must be changed into : Litteras tractando ingenium acultur, for which com- monly : Pueri nobis bene educandi sunt Ars civitatis gubernandae est difficillima. Asinus idoneus est oneribus portandis. Puer aptus est ad litteras tractandas. Litteris tractandis ingenium acultur. Rem. 1. But the gerund in the Gen., Dat. and Abl. is not changed into the gerundive when the object in the Ace. is the neuter of an adjective or pronoun, as : studium vera cognoscendi (not verorum cognoscendorum) ; cupidus sum hoc audiendi (not liujus audiendi). 3. The gerundive stands also with verbs signifying to take, to give, care, attend to, give up, cause and the like, in order to express an intention or end. Urbs a duce militibus diripienda data est (for plundering). Ur- bem dux militibus diripiendam dedit. Perfugam Fabricius redu- cendum curavit (caused to be led back). Rem. 2. The gerundive is often omitted for the sake of brevi- ty, as : equites imperat civitatibus (i. e. cogendos : equites cogen- dos). Rem. 3. The Dat. of the gerundive with a noun, sometimes even the Gen. (especially by Livy), is often used to denote fitness or purpose. 276 THE PARTICIPLE. [§ 100. § 100. The Participle. 1. The participle, which, like the Infin., depends for its time upon the accompanying verb, like that, also, governs the same case as its verb, as : epistolam scribens ; hostibus parcens; and like an adjective, agrees in gender, number and case with its noun, as : puer laudatus ; puella laudata. 2. The participle is used as follows : a) Wholly as an adjective, as : rosa fiorens pulchra est (the blooming rose). Rosa est fiorens (the rose is blooming). b) 'As a limitation of a verb, and agreeing with its ob- ject when it has any: 1) The Pres. Act. Part, with verbs of seeing and hearing, as : video puerum currentem ; 2) The Perf. Pass. Part, with habeo, teneo, possideo, and in poetry and the later prose, do, reddo, eu- ro, aliquid missum facio, often forming a sort of peri- phrasis with the verb, as : locum nobilitas praesidiis fir- matum tenebat ; habeo perspectum (I have perceived) ; sic stratas legiones dabo (thus I will prostrate the le- gions) ; 3) The Perf. Pass. Part, with opus est, as : opus fuit Hirto convento ; maturato opus est ; c) Instead of the relative who, which with some form of the finite verb, as : cives acriter cum hostibus dimicabant ur- bem oppugnantibus {who were assaulting the city) ; d) Instead of the conjunctions, while, as, after, when, if, be- cause, since, although with the finite verb, as : cogitantes coelestia, haec nostra ut exigua et minima contemnimus (when we think upon heavenly things). Hostes, amnem transgressi, castra muniverunt (after they had passed over the river). Rem. 1. The Perf. Pass. Part, agreeing with a case of a noun, dependent on another noun or preposition, may generally be translated by an abstract noun of corresponding meaning, as : ab urbe condita (from the founding of the city). 3. The Part. Fut. Act. is often used in order to express a design or purpose, and in this case is to be rendered by that, in § 100.] THE PARTICIPLE. 277 order that with the finite verb, or by in order to with the in- finitive. Ingens hominum multitudo in urbem convenit ludos publicos spectatura. 4. There are two kinds of participial construction in Latin : the one is called the subordinate participial construction, the other, the independent participial construction^ ablative abso- lute. They express, as the particles employed in their transla- tion indicate, the relations of time, cause, motive or design, con- dition, concession, way and manner. Since we generally translate the participle into English by a subordinate clause, the difference between these two constructions may be ex- plained as follows : a) The subordinate participial construction is used, where (as expressed in English) the subordinate clause has no subject of its own, but has for its subject either the sub- ject or object of the principal clause. In this case, the participle agrees in gender, number and case with this subject or object. Sol oriens pellit noctem (when the sun rises, it (i. e. the sun) chases away the night). Aristldes, patria pulsus, Lacedaemonem fugit (as Aristides had been expelled from his country, he (Aris- tides) fled to Lacedemon). Hostes, vietoriam adepti, in castra se receperunt (after the enemy had obtained the victory, they (the enemy) returned to the camp). Caesar hostes fugatos persecutus est, after the enemy had been put to flight, Caesar pursued them (the enemy). b) The ablative absolute is used, where (as expressed in English) the subordinate clause has its own subject, which is neither the subject nor the object of the princi- pal clause. In this case the subject of the subordinate clause stands in the ablative and the participle is added in the same case. Sole oriente, nox fugit (when the sun rises, the night flees). Recuperatd pace, artes efEorescunt (as soon as peace is regained, the arts flourish). Rem. 2. Very often both the subordinate participle and the ab~ 24 278 THE ADVETCB. [§ 101. lative absolute may be translated by a substantive with or without a preposition, as: the rising of the sun dispels the night; after ob- taining the victory, the enemy returned to the camp ; with the setting of the sun night flees. Rem. 3. Substantives and adjectives, also, are often used in the same way as participles (there being no Pres. Part, of sum, which would generally be required in such cases), as : bellum Galllcum, Caesare imperatore, gestum est (under the conduct of Caesar). Natural duce, errare nullo pacto potest (under the guidance of na- ture). Natus est Augustus, Cicerone et Antonio consulibus (in the consulship of Cicero an Anthony). And sometimes the Part, is found without its noun expressed. Hem. 4. The idea ( since,' ' although,' which are properly ex- pressed by the Part, itself, was often expressed by the later wri- ters, both with the subordinate and absolute Part, by quando, etsi, quanquam, quamvis, etc. CHAPTER V. §101. Of the Adverb. 1. Finally, the objective relation is expressed by the ad- verb. Adverbs express the relations of place, time, way, manner, intensity or degree of a predicate (verb), attribute (adjective) or another adverb. They express very much the same relations as the cases of nouns, and hence are often merely adjectives or nouns in a certain case, as tuto, cito, multum, plurimiim, etc. (See § 26, R. 1.) Rem. 1. In good prose adverbs are rarely used to qualify nouns. But this is often the case with the numeral adverbs : bis, ier, etc., primum, iterum, tertium, etc, in connection with names of office standing in apposition, as: Cajus, bis (iterum) con- sul. So admodum puer (adolescens) ; plane vir. In such cases the noun has something of the meaning of an adjective or participle. The poets use many other adverbs in this way. 2. Besides adverbs of place, time, way, manner and quanti- ty, there are others which affect rather the n a t u r e or mode of the a s s e r t i o n contained in a sentence, than any particu- § 101.] THE ADVERB. 279 lar word in the sentence. These are called modal ad- verbs. They express the certainty or uncertainty, the a f'fi rmation or negation of the assertion, or exhibit it as interrogatory in its character. a) Certainty, assurance, affirmation, confir- mation: profecto (i. e. pro facto, as a fact, with all the certainty of a fact, objective certainty); nae (only at the beginning of a sentence and usually before pronouns — much weaker than profecto) ; certe, certo (the first gives assurance to the whole thought, the second only to the predicate, — both subjective); certe qui- dem (stronger than certe alone) ; saltern (at least) ; sane (used especially in concessions, ironical admis- sions, and affirmative answers); vero ("in truth" takes the second place in a sentence, except in answers, where it takes the first) ; re vera (" in reality/' — opposed to mere appearances) ; — quidem (stands after its word and gives emphasis to it either by way of con- firmat ion, "certainly," or, more frequently, by con- cession, " indeed," " it is admitted"). Rem. 2. Equidem is a strengthened form of quidem, used prin- cipally to express the assurance of the speaker, and hence mostly with the first person singular ; — scilicet, videlicet, nimirum, quippe, nempe (to wit, doubtless, truly). These are pro- perly causal particles ; scilicet (i. e. sci-licet) represents the rea- son as obvious or known; videlicet (i. e. vide licet) , as seen; nimirum (i. e. noli mirari = mi rum ni ita sit), as natural and giving no occasion for wonder; quippe (i. e. quiape), as rea- dily suggesting itself; nempe (i. e. nampe, differs from quippe as nam from quia) is often used ironically in questions. Indeed, all these adverbs are often ironical, and scilicet, espe- cially when followed by quidem, is concessive. b) Uncertainty: fortasse, forsitan (i. e. fors sitan), are used mostly in subordinate sentences, forsan (poetic), fortassis (unclassical), forte (by chance), but with si, ni- si, ne, num it has the meaning perhaps, c) Negation: non (direct negative, with verbs, adjectives and adverbs ; but nihil is sometimes used in its stead, 280 THE ADVERB. [§ 101. mostly with verbs, to express the negation with more emphasis) ; haud (" hardly," " not exactly," subjective negative ; with the exception of the formulas, haud scio (sciam), an, used mostly with adjectives and adverbs) ; ne (used in expressing negative commands, wishes and entreaties, with the imperative and subjunctive) ; also, ne — quidem (separated by the emphatic word, " not even," "never"); nedum (generally after a negative sen- tence and with the Subj., "much less," "not to say") ; finally, modo ne, dommodo ne (if only not). Rem. 3. Non, especially by the poets, is sometimes used for ne ; also neque for neve, and nemo, nihil, nullus, for nequis, etc. On the contrary, neque, nee are sometimes used for et non, and neve or neu instead of et ne, 3. Two negatives in the same sentence destroy each other and leave an affirmative meaning, but with the fol- lowing distinction : When non follows nihil, nullus, nemo, nunquam, nnsquam, the affirmation is complete and e m- p h a t i c ; but wdien non precedes the other negative word, the general negation is destroyed paid only an indefi- nite a f f i rmation is expressed. Hence we have : Nihil non (all), non nihil (something), Nullus non, nemo non (each, non nullus, non nemo (some), every), Nunquam non (ever, always), non nunquam (sometimes), Nusquam non (everywhere), non nusquam (somewhere). Rem. 4. So also the expressions, non possum non, nemo potest non, non ignoro, non nescio, etc., non possum ignorare, non nolo, non nego, non (Jiaud) inutilis, non (haud) indoctus, etc., are affir- mative and stronger than the simple positive. In like manner, non modo (tantum) means, ' not only,' and modo non, ' only not/ Rem. 5. The interrogative adverbs will be treated of under interrogative sentences (§ 116). § 102.] COORDINATE SENTENCES. 281 SEVENTH COURSE. COMPOUND SENTENCES. CHAPTER I. § 102. A. Coordinate Sentences. 1. A coordinate sentence consists of two or more sentences logically independent, but grammatically connected, so as to have a common reference to each other and express a single idea, as : Demosthenes was a great orator and Cice- ro was a great orator, or (in an abridged form), Demosthenes and Cicero were great orators. 2. The relation of coordinate sentences is : a) Copulative, which is expressed: 1) by: et, que (always attached to its word), atone, ac (never before a vowel or h), and ; 2) negatively, by : neque, nee (et non, ac non more emphatic), and not, nor, neve (neu), and tliat not, in dissuading, after ut or ne in the preceding clause ; 3) as an advance upon or a stronger case than that of the pre- ceding clause, by : etiam, quoque (< also/ ' even,' differ from each other as et and que) ; ne — quidem (rarely nee) not even, the parts of the first always separated by the word to be rendered emphatic ; 4) with emphasis and formality, by: et — et; que — que (mostly poetic) J so well — as also,' ' both — and,' neque (nee) — neve (neu), ' neither — nor,' non modo (solum, iantum) — sed etiam (neg. ne — quidem, vix) not only (merely) — hut edso (not even, scarcely), quwm — turn (so ay ell — as especially), the lat- ter being the more important or special circumstance ; 5) partitively or distributively. by : alius — alius, alter — alter, pars — pars, partim — partim, alias — alias, cditer — aliter ; modo — modo, nunc — nunc, jam — -jam, turn — turn, sunid — simid (now — now, at one time — at another); 24* 282 COORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 102. 6) in the simple order of succession, by : primum (pri- mo), delude, turn, postea, demque (first, second, third, etc., in short, last of all). Rem. 1. A negative sentence is sometimes found connected with an affirmative one, in which case the connectives are : neque (nee) — et, or et — neque (nee), or neque — neque non. — In senten- ces usually connected by non modo non (nihil), etc. — sed ne — quidem, when both clauses have the same predicate, the negative (non, nihil, nullus, nunquam, etc.) is generally omitted after modo, etc. — Neque (nee), when followed by enim, vero, tamen, autem, has the force of the simple negative non (non enim is used only when emphasis is to be given to the negation). We also find : neque non, neque vero non (and in fact), neque tamen non (nevertheless), affirmative. Rem. 2. Et is the most general copulative and connects things which are conceived of as independent of each other and equally important ; que adds something which appears as a natural appen- dage to the preceding word or sentence ; while ac is used when the second member contains a nearer definition, an advance upon, or a continuation of the preceding sentence or word. b) Adversative, which is expressed : 1) when a negative clause precedes and is to be wholly excluded by the second, by : sed (but) and verum, 6 but ' (lit. it is true) ; 2) where the second member merely restricts the first, by : sed (but), verum (but, but rather, it is true, the fact is), vero (but, in truth), autem (but, while), at (yet, but yet, at least), tamen (yet, nevertheless, but yet), atqui (now, but now, however) ; sed tamen, veruntamen, at vero (marking a stronger opposition than the simple forms). To sed, verum, tamen and its compounds, the concessive quidem (indeed) often stands opposed in the preceding clause. Rem. 3. These particles in their restrictive use differ thus : sed (restrictive) expresses a simple opposition ; verum opposes some- thing to what precedes as true and certain, like our " but rather ;" vero gives its clause the preponderance over the preceding as something which is truer, but is less adversative than verum ; au- tem is a general adversative particle expressing little more than a continuance, and hence may often be rendered by again, and , at opposes something to the preceding as valid, and hence is used § 102.] COORDINATE SENTENCES. 283 especially in objections, also in quick and lively transitions ; tamen opposes something as unexpected, and atqui something as icell known and admitted, like our u now," " but now," hence it is spe- cially used in the minor premiss of a direct syllogism. Rem. 4. Sometimes the adversative particle is not expressed in its clause, the opposition being sufficiently implied without it. c) Disjunctive, which is expressed : 1) when the exclusion of the idea of one clause by the other is to be represent- ed as real and necessary in the mind of the writer, by : aut — aut (either — or if not, or else, or even) ; 2) when the exclusion is to be represented as simply allowable or optional, by : vel — vet (either — or, i. e. either the one or the other as you choose, not necessarily excluding either) ; 3) when the choice between two* or more things is to be represented as wholly unknown or undecided by the wri- ter, by : sice (sen) — sire (seu), either — or, whether this or that. Rem. 5. The first of each of these pairs of particles is often wanting, leaving the last alone, but their meaning remains sub- stantially the same. However, vel is generally corrective (" or rather*') when standing alone, and sometimes has the sense of even, — The disjunctive particle ve is enclitic and represents the exclu- sion as optional. Rem. 6. Sive — give are used with the Indie, mode. d) Causal, where the reason, ep^ound, explanation, or confir- mation of something is given. It is expressed : 1) by : nam, namque (a strengthened form of nam), enim, etenim (a strengthened form of enim), for, namely, certainly, surely ; 2) where the reason is to be represented as ob- vious and often with some degree of irony, by : nempe, quippe, scilicet, videlicet, nimirum, (to wit, naturally, surely, doubtless, no wonder). Rem. 7. Nam gives a conclusive reason or proof, and is stronger than enim; on the contrary, enim serves especially for introduc- ing explanations and illustrations; still they are sometimes ex- changed — These differ from the subordinate causal conjunctions, quod, rj'iia. etc. (§ 112), by giving more properly the expjlanation or reason Lhan the cause or ground. 284 SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 103. Rem. 8. Enim is strengthened by vera, as : enimvero (in truth), also, vcrum enimvero (yes, in truth) ; it is also joined to at, verum and sed, as : at enim, verum enim, sed enim (but surely). e) Deductive, where conclusions are given. It is expressed : 1) by : igitur (therefore, now), expressing a self -evident conclusion (that which is necessarily involved in what precedes), as in a syllogism ; ergo (consequently, hence), expressing (with more emphasis than igitur) a conclu- sion which follows from what precedes, but rather from the general scope than from any particular sentences ; itaque (and thus), introduces a fact as following from what precedes ; 2) by the demonstrative adverbs : prop- terea, eo, generally ideo (on this account) ; idcirco (there- fore) ; hinc, inde (hence) ; proinde (therefore), used only in commands and exhortations, hence with the Imper. and Subj. ; 3) by the relative adverbs : quapropter, quare, quamobrem,quocirca (wherefore). Rem. 9. Of the different classes of coordinate particles, autem, vero, enim, quoque, que, igitur follow (except occasionally, igitur, enim and vero, when emphatic) one, and, in a few instances, two words of the sentence to which they belong ; the others take the first place. CHAPTER II. § 103. B. Subordinate Sentences. 1. Subordinate sentences are those which complete or de- fine other sentences and hence are dependent. By themselves they make an incomplete sense, and appear both in sense and form subordinate to the principal clause. 2. The sentence to which another belongs as a dependent part, is called the -principal sentence, the dependent sentence or clause, on the contrary, is called the subordinate sentence, and both together are called a compound sentence. E. g. in the compound sentence : " when the spring comes, the trees § 104.] MODES IN SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 285 bloom," the last clause: "the trees bloom," is the principal sentence, and the first " when the spring comes," the subordi- nate sentence. 3. Subordinate sentences are : a) Substantive sentences, i. e. such as are but the expanded idea of some case of a substantive, as : I rejoice, that thou art in health (= I rejoice at thy health) ; b) Adjective sentences, i. e. such as are but the expanded idea of an adjective (or participle), as : the rose, which blooms, is beautiful (== the blooming rose) ; c) Adverbial sentences, i. e. such as are only an expansion of an adverb or an expression of the nature of an adverb, which designates place, time or manner, as : after the enemy was conquered our soldiers returned (= after the conquering of the enemy). Remark. Interrogative sentences do not form a separate class of sentences, but are merely common independent or dependent sentences used in asking questions. But indirect interrogatives occupy the place of a substantive, and hence are properly sub- stantive sentences ; however, for the sake of convenience, they are treated of separately. See § 116. § 104. Of the use of the Modes in Subordinate Sentences. 1. In the subordinate sentences which are introduced by the indefinite relative pronouns : quisquis, quicunque, qualiscunque, quotcunque ubicunque, quocunque, quotiescunque, utcunque, quot- quot, etc (§ 32), the indicative is used in Latin, while we, in English, generally use the pronoun whoever, etc., with the sub- junctive. Sapiens, ubicunque est, beatus est (wherever he may be). Quo- quo modo res sese habet, in sententia mea permanebo (however the thing may be). Quicquid est, ego te non deseram (whatever it may be). 2. The use of the Subj. in subordinate sentences will be more fully explained in treating of particular subordinate sen- tences. For the present the following may suffice : a) Ut (that, in order that), ne (in order that not, that not)> 286 TENSES IN SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 105. quin (after the phrases : it is not doubtful, I do not doubt), that, always take the subjunctive ; b) In questions depending upon another sentence (indirect questions) the Subj. is always used (except occasionally in the poets), as : die mihi, cur rideas (tell me why you laugh). Nescio, ubi fueris (I do not know, where you have been). In this case the Subj. should be translated as an indicative. Remark. The Subj. is used in many cases which it is not easy to refer to particular rules, but which arise from the very nature of the mode, which is employed in setting forth aims, mere conceptions, suppositions or individual views, as opposed to posi- tive and absolute fact or reality. c) In all sentences closely connected with and dependent upon an Ace. with the Infin., as : me scito, dum tu absis, scribere audacius. § 105. Succession of the Tenses in Subordinate Sentences. 1. The following rules may be given for the succession of the tenses in the different clauses of compound sentences united by the subordinating conjunctions or pronouns : a) Upon a principal tense : Pres., Perfect-present and Fut., there follows again a principal tense : Pres., Perfect-present and the Future Periphrastic Present, according as the discourse in the subordinate sentence is of a contemporaneous, completed or future action ; b) Upon an historical tense: Imperfect, Perfect-historical and Plupf., there follows again an historical tense : Im- perf., Plupf. and Future Periphrastic Imperf., according as the discourse in the subordinate sentence is of a con- temporaneous, completed or future action. Scio, quid agas. Scio, quid egeris. Scio, quid acturus sis. Cognovi (I have learned), quid agas. Cognovi, quid egeris. Cognovi, quid acturus sis. Sciebam, quid ageres. Sciebam, quid egisses. Sciebam, quid acturus esses, Cognovi (I learned), quid ageres. Cognovi, quid egisses. Cognovi, quid acturus esses. § 106.] ACCUSATIVE WITH THE INFINITIVE. 287 Audiam, quid a gas, Audiam, quid egeris. Audiam, quid acturus sis. Cognoveram, quid ageres. Cognoveram, quid egisses. Cognoveram, quid acturus esses. Oplo, ut ad me venias. Optabam, ut ad me venires. Te rogo, ne mihi succenseas. Te rogabam, ne mihi succenseres. Non dubito, quin rem tuam bene <7eras. Non dubitavi (I have not doubted), quin rem tuam bene geras. Non dubitabo, quin rem tuam bene gesturus sis. Non dubitabam (dubitavi, I doubted, dubitaveram), quin rem tuam bene gereres (gessisses, gesturus, esses). Rem. 1. But when past actions are conceived and expressed as present by the writer, or as continuing to the present in their effect, purpose, etc. (see § 84, R. 9), a historical may follow a principal tense ; and reversely, when present actions are con- ceived of and expressed as past, or are viewed from a past point of view, a principal may follow a historical tense. Rem. 2. As the Infin. and Part, do not properly express time, but only the circumstances of an action, the tense of the verb which follows is not determined by the Infin. or Part, but by the finite verb upon which they depend. II. Substantive Sentences. § 106. Accusative with the Infinitive. Preliminary Remark. In English, substantive sentences are introduced by the conjunctions : that, that not. In Latin they are expressed by : l) The Ace. with the Infin. ; 2) ut, ne, quo quomi- nus, quin and a finite verb (but when these express a result, the sentences are adverbial) ; 3) quod with a finite verb. The Ace. with the Infin. expresses the object or end more subjectively and indefinitely than ut, etc., while quod expresses it as & fact or cause. After many verbs either of these kinds of sentences may follow, according as it is desired to express the object or end with the one or the other of these shades of meaning. 1. When a sentence, as : rosa floret, is the object of one of the verbs mentioned below (No. 2), in Latin, the subject (rosa) is changed into the Ace. (rosam), and the finite verb into the Infin., as : video rosam florere (I see, that the rose blooms). When the predicate is expressed by an adjective or substantive with the verb sum, fio, etc. (§ 81, 2), the adjec- tive or substantive is also put in the Ace, as : aqua firigidc 288 ACCUSATIVE WITH THE INFINITIVE. [§ 106. est ; sentio aguarn frigidam esse (I perceive that the water is cold). Audimus, Vyrum regem Persarum fuisse (we hear, that Cyrus was king of the Persians). This construction is called the Ace. with the Infinitive, and by a species of attrac- tion, is often extended into a dependent clause, especially when it expresses a comparison, as : te suspicor iisdein rebus, quibus me ipsum commoveri. 2. The Ace. with the Infin. stands after the following classes of verbs and expressions : — a) After verbs and expressions of perceiving, feel- ing, judging, thinking, believing, know- ing, hoping, as: cognosco, intelligo, sentio, video, au- dio, cogito, judico, puto, credo, censeo, spero (but not ex- pecto), despero, scio, nescio, facio (assume), etc.; opinio est, spes est, etc. b) After verbs and expressions of saying, relating, promising, showing, and making known in any way, as : dico, nego, narro, nuntio, concedo, promitto, polliceor, indtco, doceo, certiorem facio, persuadeo, demon- siro,proho, efjicio, simulo, dissimulo, etc. ; apparet, constat, elucet, convenit ; verum, verisiniile, cerium est, sequitur, etc. ; c) After verbs and expressions of willing, desiring, letting, bidding, and their contraries, as : volo, nolo, malo, cupio, studeo (which are sometimes also con- structed with the simple Infin. or Part., or with ut or ne) 9 placet ; sino, potior ; jubeo and veto ; d) After impersonal verbs and expressions denoting pro- priety, necessity, right, as oportet, opus est, necesse est, licet, convenit ; — par, rectum, justum, aequwn, fas est, expedit ; utile, pulchrum, mos, tempus est, etc. (which are also constructed with ut) ; e) After verbs and expressions signifying an affec- tion or feeling of the mind, as: gaudeo, lae- tor, juvat me, doleo, angor, sollicitor, indignor, aegre^ mo- teste, indigne fero, queror, miror, admiror, glorior. These verbs are also sometimes followed by quod and a finite verb. S* § 10.'. § 107."| UT, NE, UT NE, UT NON. 289 Sentlmus caltre ignem, nivem esse o.llxim, dulce met. Ilistoria narrat, Romam a Romulo condltam esse. Yolo ie ex itinere mox redire. Virtus non patitur nos\uxvir\a.eindulgere. Caesar indites castra, munire jussit. Caesar milites pontem rescindere vetuiu Constat inter omnes, Romanos fuisse fortissimos. Rem. 1. When no agent is expressed after juberc, vetare, sinere and pati in the Infin., the Infin. Pass, is used in Latin. Caesar castra muniri jussit. Caesar pontem rescindi vetuit. Caesar urbem dirijd passus est. Rem. 2. With licet (it is permitted) there is commonly found the Dat. (of the person) with the Infin., instead of the Ace. with the Infin., as : quieto esse tibi lic-et. And in the poets and later writers with many other verbs, as : do, concedo, contin- git, liberum est, etc. Rem. 3. Oportet and necesse est are connected either with the Ace. with the Infin. or with the subjunctive without ut, as : oportet nos virtuti studere, or : virtuti studeamus oportet. Necesse est sapientem semper beatum esse, or : sapiens semper beatus sit necesse est. Rem. 4. When the subject of the Infin. is the same as that of the governing verb, and would be one of the pronouns me, te 7 se, nos, ros, (rarely eum, eos), it is often omitted, and then the predicative adjective referring to it is in the nominative, as : cupio esse clemens (or me esse clementem). Rem. 5. With many verbs of perceiving, thinking, declaring, and the like, a personal passive form is commonly used instead of the impersonal, thus making the sub- ject of the Infin. nominative to the governing verb, as : dicor, (instead of dicitur), trador, feror (I am said, it is said that I, they say that I) ; putor, credor, existimor, videor, jubew, vetor, etc. After these verbs, the infinitives esse and^eri take a predicative nomina- tive which agrees with the subject of the governing verb in gen- der, number and c a s e, as : Romulus ad deos transisse creditus est; Alexander -fortissimus fuisse traditur. This construction is called the n omi n ative with the infinitive. Rem. 6. With many verbs under a) and b) the pronouns hoc y id, illud, istud, (also quod sometimes), and sic are often found re- ferring to what is explained in the following Ace. with the Infin., as : sic sentio, non posse animum esse mortalem. § 107. B. Ut, ne 7 ut ne, ut non with the Subjunctive. 1. Ut, "that" (ne 9 wine, u that not," neve (ncu), " and that 2.3 290 UT, NE, UT NE, UT NON. [§ 107. not, nor "), in the first place, is used to express a conceived or designed effect (ut fined), and stands after expressions of making and effecting ; caring and striving ; asking, demand- ing, exhorting, persuading, advising, exciting, urging, commanel- ing (impero), ordering ; wislring, allowing or permitting (con- cept; , permitto), hoping ; finally, after every sentence, in order to express an end or object (ut = " in order that," ne = "in order that not"), as : euro, caveo, video (I care), laboro, operam do, id ago, contendo, consequor, assequor, adipiscor, impetro, teneo, etc ; rogo, oro, peto, postulo, moneo, hortor, auctor su?n, consil- ium do, suadeo, persuadeo, moneo, excito, impello, impero, edtco, mando, praescribo, praecipio, etc. ; opto, coneedo, permitto; — lex est, munus est, and other nouns, generally with est; eo, ideo, idcirco, oh heme causam, etc. Sol efficit, ut omnia jloreant. Ante senectutem curavi, u f . bene viverem ; in senectute, ut bene moriar. Oro te, ut mihi succurras. Te rogo, ne defatigere neu difftdas. Caesar mili- tes hortaius est, ut acriter dimicarent. Dux imperavit, ut mili- tes stationes suas servarent. Edimus, ut vivamus ; non vivi- mus, ut edamus. Vetus est lex, ut idem amici velint. Rem. 1. The verbs volo, nolo, malo, cuplo are more frequent- ly used with the Ace. with the Infin., than with ut and the Subj. Comp. § 106, 2. c). Impero is used with the Aec. with the Infin. only when the Infin. is in the passive, as : dux imperavit urhem diripL Concerning jubeo and veto see § 10G, 2. c) and Kern. 2. Rem. 2. After negative verbs, as: impedlo, proliibeo, recuso, vito, and the like, (also after caveo, commonly), ne, and not ut ne, is used. After verbs of m a king or a f f e e t i n g , ne (ut ne) is used when the effect is merely conceived and earned at, but ut non, when the effect is actual. Rem.. 8. With verbs of directing, asking, exhorting, and the like, ut is often omitted before the Subj., and regu- larly after velim, medhn, nolim, vellem, median, nollem ovq)) Clius from Clio, etc. ; but in : Oedipus, i, polypus, i, the Greek ovg becomes its in Latin ; f) ys is long : l) in words which have an associate form in yn, as : 334 QUANTITY. [§121. Phorcys and Phorcyn ; * — 2) when ys stands by contraction for yes and yas, as : Erinnys. HI. I, m, n, r, d, t final, make the vowel of the final syllable short, as : animal, tectum, circum-ago, carmen, career, amor, aptid, viden (for videsne), nostin (for nostine), Thetin, Pylon, Dion, illucl, caput, amat, monet, regit, audit. To this general rule there are the following exceptions, in which the vowel be- fore these consonants is long : a) I : in Hebrew proper names in el, as : Daniel ; b) n: l) in the Greek Ace. of words in as, es, e, as : Aenean, An- chisen, Calliopen, epitomen ; — 2) in the Nom. of masculine and feminine nouns which come from the Greek, as : titan, hy- men, Salarmn, Pandion (except Lacedaemon and some others), and in the Latin lien ; — 3) in the Greek Gen. Plur. in on (= oof). c) r: in the compounds of par, as : dispar ; and in Greek imparisyl- lables in er, as : aer, aether, crater, Iber (but short in oblique cases, except the two last), 5. Monosyllabic words are long, as : sal, sol, mos, spes, par, hoc, da, sta, re, e, ne (the negative). Exceptions: l) the substantives: ver, mel, fel, 6s (ossis), a bone, (but : 6s, oris, the face), cor, (rarely cor) ; — 2) the pro- nouns : quls, quid, quod ; is, Id ; quot, tot ; hie, this, is generally, and hie, here, always long ; — 3) the adverbs : bis, ter, sat; — 4) the verbal forms in t: fit, sit, scit, dat, det, stat, stet, It; the im- peratives fer, fac, and ts, thou art (but es, thou eatest) ; — 5) the particles: ab, ad, an, at, els, et, In, nee, 6b, per, pol, sed, sub, tit, vel, and the suffixes (enclitics) : que, ve, ce, ne (but : ne, that not y in order that not, except in composition, as : neque, nefas, etc.), te (tute), pte (suopte). § 121. Hexameter Verse.* 1. A verse is a series of poetic feet forming, in general, a line of poetry. The particular feet or members of which it is composed are called metres. * The more complicated metres of Horace are usually described in editions of that author; or may be found in the Greek Grammars, or in Munk's Greek and Uommi metres. § 121.] HEXAMETER VERSE. 335 2. When the last foot of a verse is complete, the verse is called acatalectic ; but when incomplete, catalectic. 3. Every foot or metre consists of an arsis and a thesis. The arsis is that part of the foot (in hexameter verse, the first syllable of the foot), on which the stress or elevation of the voice is placed in pronouncing it. The rest of the foot (whether one syllable or more) is called thesis, and is to be pronounced in a falling tone of voice. The stress of voice laid on the arsis is called the ictus (beat) and may be regarded as the poetic accent ; hence it is often marked as such by the sign (/). A succession of feet pronounced with due regard to arsis and thesis constitutes rhythm. 4. Hence it will be apparent, that a line of poetry, in a given kind of measure, consists of a fixed number of feet and a variable number of words, which, of course, must occasion a disagreement between the terminations of the feet and words. Besides, as rhythm was the leading element in ancient poetry, it was not, except for a given purpose, attempted to produce a coincidence between the feet and words, that it might be ap- parent that the rhythm was independent of the words as such. This division of the feet by the terminations of the words is called caesura, as : Infandum | regina | jubes | renovare [ dolorem. In feet of three syllables, as : - v ~, the word may end either after the arsis (-' j ~ w ) or in the middle of the thesis (-' ~ | -). In the first case it is called the masculine, in the second the feminine caesura. The coincidence of the termination of a word with the termination of a foot is called diaeresis, as : Persequar | et raris habitata, mapalia, tectis. In certain kinds of verse, certain caesuras and diaereses are necessary, and are to be especially observed in reading the verse ; these are called principal caesuras and diaereses. 5. Hexameter verse is measured by six feet which may be either spondees or dactyles, except the last foot, which is a dis- syllabic catalectus (No. 2). A spondee consists of two long 336 SCANSION. § 122. syllables designated thus : - short, designated thus: ---. -; a dactyle of one long and two Hence we have : Seel fugit Adspici intere iint ocu a fugit lis Supe irrepa ri mor rahile talia tempus. justis. Rem. 1. The fifth foot is generally a dactyle; rarely a spondee, and only when the poet wishes to give the line a character of slowness, seriousness and solemnity ; such a verse is called a spon- daic verse, a dactyle usually precedes the spondee and the verse generally closes with a word of three or four syllables, as : Cara deum suboles, magnum Jovis | incre | mentum. Rem. 2. Dactyles often express a rapid and brisk, as spondees do a slow and heavy motion, as : Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungulo campum. Illi inter sese magna vi brachia tollunt. Rem. 3. The principal caesura in Hexameter verse, generally occurs after the arsis of the third foot and sometimes in the thesis of the same foot ; but occasionally also, after the arsis in the fourth foot, in which case another caesura generally precedes, after the arsis of the second foot. Sometimes, also, several caesuras of this kind are found in the same verse ; in which case the sense must determine which is to be observed as the principal one. Besides the principal caesura, there may be other subordinate caesuras, e.g. Sed | fugit interea, 1 1 fugit irreparabile tempus. Dum vires | annique | sinunt, || tolerate labores. Oderunt | peccare | boni, || virtutis | amore. Nudus | ara, | sere | nudus ; 1 1 hiems | ignava | colono. Infandum | regina | jubes || renovare | dolorem. Rem. 4. The commonest and most graceful close of an hex- ameter verse is made by a word of two or three syllables. § 122. Scansion. Scansion is the division of a verse into the feet or members of which it is made up. In doing this, however, the proper terminations of the words must not be wholly overlooked, but § 122.] scansion. 337 should be observed by making a slight pause at each of the caesuras and a marked pause at the principal caesura, as far as this can be done without obscuring the proper division into feet. In scanning, the following things are to be observed : a) A vowel at the end of a word before another vowel or an h in the following word is absorbed (elision), as : Nulla n(e) habes viti(a) ? imm(o) ali(a), haud fortasse minora. Rem. 1. Elision rarely takes place at the end of a line, as: O'mnia M'rcurio similis vocemque colorem*^ E't crines flavos et membra decora juventae. In this case, the last syllable is to be joined to the first of the following line. Such a line is called versus hypermeter. Rem. 2. When elision is neglected in the beginning or middle of a verse, there arises what is called the hiatus (gaping, difficulty of pronunciation). This the poets endeavor if possible to avoid; yet it is allowable before monosyllables, before one of the strong- er punctuation marks, and in a long vowel followed by a short one ; also in the arsis, the hiatus occasions less difficulty of pro- nunciation, as : O' et dd Latia, O e't de gente Sabina. E't succus pecori et lac subducitur agris. Posthabita coluisse Samo : hie iilius arma. Nubibus tsse solet aut purpureae Aurorae. Rem. 3. Occasionally a long vowel in the thesis before another vowel is short, as : I'nsulae I'onio in magno. b) An m at the end of a word with a vowel before it and before a vowel in the following word long by nature or posi- tion, is, together with the vowel before it, omitted in reading (ecthlipsis), as : Quod latet. gnOt (urn) est ; ignoti nulla cupido. Rem. 4. In monosyllabic words which stand in the arsis, prin- cipally before a strong punctuation mark or in the caesura, the ecthlipsis is sometimes omitted. Before a short syllable the ecthlipsis is difficult. 338 scansion. [§ 122. c) When the last syllable of a word ends with a consonant and the following word in the same line begins with a conso- nant, that final syllable is uniformly long, as : Nemo adeo ferus est, ut i\6n mitescere posset. d) The ictus often makes a short syllable long ; still this is generally the case only : a) when the short syllable ends in a consonant, especially r, s or t; — b) when the caesura fol- lows it ; — c) when upon a vowel in the close of a word, a word follows beginning with two consonants ; e. g. O mnia vincit Amor, et nos cedamus Amori. Te canit agricola, | magna quum venerit urbe Nil opus est morte pro roi, sed amore fideque. e) Two vowels in two successive syllables are often con- tracted into one (Synaercsis or Synizesis), as : Phaethon, Thesei, deerunt, vehemens (two syllables), particularly, huic, cui, ii, iidem ; so also, dein, dehinc, deinceps, deinde, proinde, prout ; so also other vowels which are pronounced with more difficulty in one sound, as : quoad, postea, alveo, pueri. f) A short u or * is often rejected before / and m, as : jperz- clum for periculum, tegmen for tegimen or tegumen. g) The letters i and u, having been originally both conso- nants and vowels, when they follow another consonant and are followed by a vowel, make the preceding vowel long by position, as : fluvzorum (= fluvjorum) ; genua (= genva), etc. h) From the necessity of the verse, a long syllable is some- times used as short (Systole), and, on the contrary, a short syllable as long (Diastole). The systole is very common in the third person Plur. Indie. Perf. Act., and in alterius and in names, as : Aeneades ; — the diastole is used especially in the Subj. Perf. Act. and Fut. Perf. Act., (audiveratis), also in names in which three short syllables follow one another, of which the first is then made long by the ictus, as : O'bstupui, steteriintque comae, vox faiicibus haesit. §§ 123, 124.] ABBREVIATIONS. ROMAN CALENDAR. 339 B. §123. ABBREVIATIONS. 1) Personal Names : A. Aldus. App. Appius. G. or C. Gains (or Cains). Gn. or Cn. Gnaeus (or Cnaeus). D. De- cimus. K. (Kaeso). L. Lucius. M. Marcus. M\ Manius. N. Numerius. P. Publius. Q. Quintus. Ser. Servius. Mam. Mameacus. Sex. or S. Sextus. Sp. Spurius. T. TOws. Ti. Tiberius. 2) Appellatives : P. Pater. F. Filius. Fr. Prater, etc. 3) Designations of honor and office : Aed. Aedilis. Cos. Consul. Coss. Consules. Cos. d. (or des.) Consul designa- tus. D. Divus. Imp. Imperator. O. M. Optimus maximus. P. C. Patres conscripti. P. R. Populus Romanus. Pr. Prae- tor. Praef. Praefectus. P. F. Pontifex Maximus. P. S. i%- biscitum. Quir. Quirites. Res. Respublica. S. P. Q. R. aS?w- atus populusque Romanus. S. C. Senatus consultum. Tr. PI. Tribunus plebis. 4) Designations of money and weight : HS. or H-S. >Ses- tertius (Sestertium). L. Libra. LL. Dupondius. 5) Designations of time : A. D. ^4rcte dim. A. U. C. ^45 wrfo condita. C. or K. Calendae (Kalendae). Id. 7<^s. Non. 6) Abbreviations in letters : S. Salutem. S. D. Salutem dicit. S. P. D. Salutem plurimam dicit. S. V. B. E. E. Y. /Si* ra/es, force &s£ ; <^o m&0. C. § 124. ROMAN CALENDAR. 1. Kalendae means the y£rs£ day of each month ; Nonae the seventh day of March, May, July, and October, but the fifth of the remaining eight months ; Idas was the fifteenth of the 340 ROMAN CALENDAR. [§ 124. four months named above, and the thirteenth of the other eight. 2. Since the names of the months are properly adjectives, they generally agree with Kalendae, ISJonae and Idus in gen- der, number and case, and are rarely governed by them in the Gen. as : Calendis Juniis, on the first day of June ; Nonis Octobribus, on the seventh of October ; Idibus Septembribus, on the thirteenth of September. 3. The days lying between the three fixed days just men- tioned, were reckoned backwards from each of these fixed days, as the 1st, 2d, 3d, etc., day before the Kalends, Nones, or Ides, as the case might be, and dies and ante were generally omitted. The day from which one began to reckon (as the Kalends, Nones, or Ides) was always included in the number mentioned, as : Claudius excessit III. Idus Octobres, i. e. tertio die ante Idus Octobres, on the thirteenth of October, Hence, in order to get (according to our mode of reckoning, which does not include the day from which we compute) the true day before one of the divisions, we must subtract one from the number mentioned. Remark. July and August, which were named after Julius and Augustus Caesar, were called respectively, Quinlilis and Sextilis before their time. Pridie and Postridie are sometimes followed by an Ace, and sometimes by a Gen. of the day or division of the month. 4. In determining what day of the previous month any day before the Calends of a given month is, we must know how many days the month has (see table) and reckon back from the Calends of the month mentioned (i. e. the month following), as : tertio Calendas Apriles, on the 30th of March ; tertio Calendas Maias, on the 29th of April; tertio Calendas Martias, on the 27th (28th) of February ; since March has 31, April 30 and February 28 (in leap year 29) days. § 124] ROilAX CALENDAR. 341 I The days' March, May, J anuary, August, April, June, Sept. February (has 28, of our July and October and December and Nov. (have 30 and in Leap Years months. (hare 31 days). (have also 31 days). days) . 29 days). 1 Kalendis. Kalendis. Kalendis. Kalendis. 2 VII IV ) ante III \ Nonas. IV ) ante III ) Nonas. IV ) ante III ) Nonas. 3 V ante 4 IV ► Nonas. Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas. 5 HI Nonis. Nonis. Nonis. 6 Pridie Nonas. VIII] VIII ] VII 1 VIII] 7 Nonis. VII VII 8 VIII] VI ante VI ! ante VI ante 9 VII v fldus. V [Idus. V ' Idus. 10 VI ante IV IV IV 11 V Idus. HI j HI J ni 12 IV Pridie Idus. Pridie Idus. Pridie Idus. 13 III Idibus. Idibus. Idibus. 14 Pridie Idus. XIX ] p XVIII p XVI ] 15 Idibus. XVIII p XVII 3 XV 16 XVII ] p 3 XVII XVI © XIV 1 17 XVI O XVI XV P^ XIII © 18 XV w XV cT XIV ST XII w 19 XIV £- XIV Pj XIII p XI 20 XIII CD P XIII P XII p QQ X © 21 XII P XII 'o* XI o" IX Bi 22 XI CO XI *+i X ► "-^ VIII P 23 x >-ft X CD IX P" CD VII 24 IX s- IX g VIII 5 s VI P". 25 VIII O VIII VII r- V P CO 26 VII g VII | VI B Q IV 27 VI 3 o VI P V P III 28 V V P^ IV £ Prid. Kalendas 29 IV p IV III Martias. 30 III p" III Prid. Kalendas. 31 Prid. Kalendas. Prid. Kalendas. of the fol. of the fol. of the fol. month. month. month. 29* LATIN READING LESSONS. I. FABLES. 1. Lupus et capra. Lupus, capram conspicatus, quae in rupe pascebatur, quum ad earn accedere non posset, earn, ut de rupe descenderet, horta- batur, praedicans, apud se mollia prata ac varias herbas esse. Ei vero capra respondit : Mi amice, non me ad pascua vocas, sed ipse cibi indiges ! 2. Lupus et opiliones. Opiliones aliquot, caesa atque assata ove, convivium agebant. Quod quum lupus, qui praedandi caussa forte stabula circumibat, videret, ad opiliones conversus : Quos clamores, inquit, et quantos tumultus vos contra me excitaretis, si ego facerem, quod vos faci- tis ? Turn unus ex iis : Hoc interest, inquit : nos, quae nostra sunt, comedimus ; tu vero aliena furaris. 3. Vulpes et uva, Yulpes, extrema fame coacta, uvam appetebat, ex alta vite de- pendentem. Quam quum, summis viribus saliens, attingere non posset, tandem discedens : Nondum matura est, inquit ; nolo acer- bam sumere. — Sic saepe homines, quae facere non possunt, verbis elevant. 4. Rusticus et canis jidelis. Rusticus in agros exiit ad opus suum. Filiolum, qui in cunis jacebat, reliquit custodiendum cani fideli atque valido. Arrepsit anguis immanis, qui puerulum exstincturus erat. Sed custos fidelis corripit eum dentibus acutis et, dum necare studet, cunas simul evertit super exstinctum anguem. Mox ex arvo rediit agricola; ut videt cunas eversas cruentumque canis rictum, ira FABLES. 343 accenditur. Teniere igitur custodem filioli interf icit ligone, quern manibus tenebat. Sed ubi cunas restituit, supra angueni occisum reperit puerum vivum et incolumem. Sera turn poenitentia fuit facinoris temere patrati. 5. Leo, asinus et vulpes. Yulpes, asinus et leo venatum iverant. Ampla praeda facta, leo asinuin illam partiri jubet. Qui quum singulis singulas partes poneret aequales, leo euni correptum dilaniavit et vulpi negotium partiendi tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni maximam partem apposuit, sibi vix minimam reservans partieulam. Turn leo subridens ejus prudentiam laudare et, unde hoc didicerit, interrogare coepit. Et vulpes : Hujus me, inquit, calamitas docuit, quid minores potenti- oribus debeant. 6. Asinus pelle leoriina indutus. Asinus fugitivus reperit forte in silva pellem leoninam, eaque indutus territare coepit homines et bestias. Yenit is, qui asinum perdiderat, eumque quaerit. Asinus, quum herum vidisset, hor- rendum in modum rugire coepit, ut ilium quoque falleret. At herus, comprehensis auriculis, quae exstabant: Etiamsi alios, in- quit, fallas, me tamen non falles. Ita eum probe verberat domum- que abigit. 7. Rusticus et Jilii. Inter filios rustici cujusdam grave dissidium ortum erat. Diu frustra operam impenderat pater, hortans, ut pacem atque con- cordiam colerent. Tandem filiis : Yirgulas, inquit, mihi afferte quinquaginta et considlte. Turn omnes virgiilas in unum fascicu- liun colligavit eumque constrictum singulis filiis obtulit hortans, ut frangerent. Illi autem quanquam vim omnem adhibebant, frustra laborarunt, nee quicquam profecerunt. Turn pater nodum discldit singulasque illis virgulas dedit, quas sine ullo labore con- fregeruut. Quo facto, rusticus filios ita allocutus est : Haec res vobis exemplo sit. Tuti eritis ab inimicorum injuriis, quamdiu vos amabitis et Concordes eritis : at, simulac facta erit dissensio atqua discordia, inimici securi in vos irrumpent. 8. Luscinia et cuculus. Luscinia verno quodam die dulcissime canere coepit. Pueri aliquot haud procul aberant in valle ludentes. Hi quum lusui essent intenti, lusciniae cantu nihil movebantur. iSon multo post cuculus coepit cuculare. Continuo pueri, lusu neglecto, ei ac- 34-1 FABLES. clamabant vocemque cuculi identldem iinitabantur. Audisne, luscinia, inquit cuculus, quanto me isti plausu excipiant et quan- topere cantu ineo delectentur ? Luscinia, quae nollet cum eo altercari, nihil impediebat, quomlnus ille suam vocem miraretur. Interea pastor fistula canens cum puella lento gradu praeteriit. Cuculus iterum vociferatur, novas laudes captans. At puella pastorem allocuta : Male sit, inquit, huic cuculo, qui cantui tuo odiosam vocem intermiscet. Quo audito, quum cuculus, in pudorem conjectus, conticuisset, luscinia tarn suaviter canere coepit, ut se ipsam superare velle videretur. Pastor, fistula deposita : Considamus hie, inquit, sub arbore et lusciniam audiamus. Turn pastor et puella cantum lnsciniae certatim laudare coeperunt et diu taciti intentis auribus sedent. Ad postremum adeo capta est puella sonorum dulcedine, ut etiam lacrimae erumperent. Turn luscinia ad cuculum con- versa : Videsne, inquit, quantum ab imperitorum opinionibus pru- dentiorum judicia distent ? Una sane ex istis lacrimis, quamvis muta sit, locupletior tamen est artis meae testis, quam inconditus iste puerorum clamor, quern tantopere jactabas. Monet fabula, magnorum artif Icum opera non vulgi opinione, sed prudentium existimatione esse censenda. 9. Auceps et vipera. Auceps ibat venatum et mox vidit in altissima arbore palum- bem; approperat eum capturus, sed inter eundum premit forte pede altero viperam in herba latentem, quae ilium mordet Me miserum, inquit, dum alteri insidior, ipse dispereo. 10. Mendax. Puer in prato oves pascebat atque per jocum clamitabat, ut sibi auxilium ferretur, quasi lupus gregem esset adortus. Agricolae undique succurrebant, neque lupum inveniebant. Ita ter quater- que se elusos a puero viderunt. Deinde, quum ipse lupus aggre- deretur, et puer re vera imploraret auxilium ; nemo gregi subvenit, et oves lupi praeda sunt factae. Mendaci homini non credimus, etiam vera quum dicit. 11. Formica et columba. Formica sitiens descenderat ad fontem ; sed undae earn abri- puerunt, nee multum aberat, quin misera periret. Quum vero columba sortem ejus videret, misericordia tacta ramulum in aquam injecit. Hunc assecuta est formica in eoque natans effugit mor- tem. Paullo post venator, arcu instructus, illuc venit, colum- DIALOGUES. 3 45 bamque telo suo transfixurns fuit. Periculum sentit formica et, ut piae columbae op em ferret, accurrit atque venatoris talum momordit. Dolore impeditus ille telum non recte misit, et co- lumba incolumis avolavit. — Juva et juvabere ; raro beneficium perit. 12. Vulpes et corvus. Corvus, quum frustum earnis rapuisset, in arbore quadam con- sedit. Quo conspecto, vulpes, carnem cupiens, accurrit eumque callidis verbis adoritur. O corve, inquit, quam pulchra es avis, quam speciosa ! Te decuit esse avium regem. Sane omnes aves regiis virtutibus antecederes, si vocem haberes. His corvus laudi- bus inflatus, ne mutus haberetur, clamorem edidit, sed simul, aperto rostro, carnem amisit ; earn vulpes statim rapuit atque irrldens dixit: Heus, corve ! Nihil tibi deest praeter mentem. H DIALOGUES. 1. Colloquium Jocosum. Andreas. Salve, mi Maurlti. Mauritius. Gratias ago, mi Andrea. Quid affers ? A. Me ipsum. M. Sic rem haud magni pretii hue attulisti. A. At magno constlti patri meo. M. Credo pluris, quam quisquam te aestfmet. A. Sed Ru- dolphus estne domi ? M. Xescio. Pulsa fores ejus et videbis A. Heus, Rudolphe ! domine es ? R. Non sum. A. Im- pudens ! Non ego audio te loquentem ? R. Immo tu es im- pudens. Nuper ancillae vestrae credidi, te non esse domi, quum tamen esses, et tu non credis mihi ipsi ? A. Aequum dicis ; par pari retulisti. R. Ego quidem ut non omnibus dorado, ita non omnibus sum domi. Nunc vero adsum. A. Sed tu mihi videris cochleae vitam agere. Quid ita ? A. Quia perpetuo domi lat- Itas nee unquam prorepis. R. Foris nihil mihi est negotii. A. At serenum coelum nunc invitat ad deambulandum. it. Ita est. Si igitur deambulare libet, te comitabor ; nam per totum hunc mensem pedem porta non extuli. Yocabo Mauritium, ut una nobiscum eat. A. Placet. Sic enim jucundior erit ambulatio. 2. Colloquium ejusdem generis. Syrus. Opto tibi multam felicitatem. Geta. Et ego tibi du- plicatum opto, quicquid optas mihi. S. Quid agis rei? G. Confabulor. S. Quid ? confabularis solus ? G. Ut vides. S. Fortasse tecum. Proinde tibi videndum est, ut cum homine pro- 346 DIALOGUES. bo confabulere. G. Lnmo cum lepidissimo congerrone confabu- lor ; lego enim librum joci plenum. S. Tu perpetuo litteris studes. G. Non est ulla studiorum satietas. S. Yerum ; sed est tamen modus quidam. Non omittenda quidem sunt studia, sed tamen intermittenda nonnunquam. Nihil suave, quod perpetuum. Yoluptates commendat rarior usus. Tu litteris studes noctes ac dies. G. Age, tuo more facis. Bides me, ut soles. Non me fallit tuus jocus. Ipsi codices pulvere situque obducti, loquuntur, quam sim immodicus in studio. S. Emoriar, ni loquor ex an- imo. 3. Lucius. Carolus. Yeni, mi Ludovice ! Ludovlcus. Quo tandem ? C. In hortum ; satis jam legimus et scripsimus ; ludamus quoque. L. Ego pensum meum ante absolvam. C. Nondumne absolv- isti ? L. Nondum omnia. Tune jam omnia didicisti et scrip- sisti, quae praeceptor nos discere et scribere jussit? C. Non omnia. L. Ergo nondum licet ludere. C. Cur non liceat ? Reliqua discam et scribam post ludum. L. Sed praestat, primum discere, deinde ludere. C. Quam morosum sodalem habeo ! L. Non sum morosus, sed facere volo, quae jussa sunt. C, Ergo una ediscamus. Ego tibi recitabo, tu mihi. Deinde, quum omnia didicerimus, statim ad ludum properabimus. L. Placet ; nam peracti labores jucundi sunt. 4. Desurgendo. Fridericus. Heus, heus, Carole ! expergiscere ! tempus est surgere. Audisne ? C. Non audio. F. Ubi ergo habes aures ? C. In lecto. F. Hoc video. Sed quid facis adhuc in lecto ? C. Quid faciam ? Dormio. F. Dormis ? et loqueris tamen mecum ? C. Saltern volo dormire. F. Nunc autem non est tempus dormiendi, sed surgendi. C. Quota est hora ? F. Septima. C. Quando tu surrexisti e lecto ? F. Jam ante duas horas. C. Num sorores meae jam surrexerunt? F. Jam pridem. C. Sed frater meus certe adhuc jacet in lecto. F. Erras. Quum expergefacerem eum statim reliquit nidum suum. C. Mox igitur surgam. 5. Ambulatio. Fridericus. Age, mi frater, ambulemus ; tempestas serena est Augustus. Placet; sed ubi ambulabimus? Num in pratis ? F. Minime ; prata enim pluvia inundavit, et viae lutulentae sunt. Placetne adscendcre in montem quern e fenestra prospicimus ? DIALOGUES. 347 A. PJacet ; jam pridem enim in monte non fiiimus. F. Hiems nos prohibuit ; hieme enini mons glacie et nive tectus erat. Quid stas autem ? A. Duae viae ducunt ad montem : altera recta, altera flexuosa. Utram eligemus ? F. Flexuosam censeo ; est enim umbrosior, et sol fervet. Descendentes altera ibimus et ambulationem variabimus. Yesperi enim sol minus fervet. A. Eamus igitur ! 6. Jussum her lie. Rabinus. Profer ocreas ; nam equitandum est. Syrus. En adsunt. it. Probe quidem abs te curatae ; totae albent situ. Opinor nee detersas, nee unctas hoc anno; adeo rigent prae sic- citate. Deterge uvidulo panno ; mox unge ad ignem diligenter ac macera, donee moiliantur. S. Curabitur. it. Ubi calca- ria ? S. Adsunt. it. Terum ; sed obducta rubigine. Ubi frenum et ephippia ? S. Sunt in promptu. R. Vide, ne quid desit, aut ne quid ruptum sit aut mox rumpendum, ne quid nobis sit in mora, quum erimus in cursu. Propere hoc lorum sarcien- dum cura. Reversus insplce soleas equorum, num qui clavi desint aut vascillent. Quam macri sunt equi, quamque strigosi ! Quoties absterges, aut pectis illos in anno ? *S. Immo quotidie. it. Nimirum res ipsa loquitur. Jejunia colunt, opinor, nonnunquam to turn triduum. £. Minime. it. Xegas tu quidem, sed aliud dicant equi, si loqui liceat : quanquam satis loquuntur ipsa macie. S. Curo sedulo. it. Cur igitur tu habitior equis ? S. Quia non pascor foeno.. it. Hoc igitur restat. Adorna mantlcam celeri- ter. S. Fiet. 7. Monita Paedagogi. Paedagogus. Tu mihi videris non in aula natus, sed in caula : adeo moribus es agrestibus. Puerum ingenuum decent ingenui mores. Quoties alloquitur te quispiam, cui debes honorem, corn- pone te in rectum corporis statum, aperi caput. Vultus sit nee tristis, nee torvus, nee impudens, nee protervus, nee instabilis, sed hilari modestia temperatus ; oculi verecundi, semper intenti in eum, quocum loqueris ; juncti pedes, quietae manus. Neve vacil- les alternis tibiis, neve manus agant gestus, neve mordeto labrum, neve scablto caput, neve fodito aures. Testis item ad decorum componatur, ut totus cultus, vultus, gestus et habitus corporis in- genuam modestiam et verecundam indolem prae se ferat. Puer. Quid, si mediter ? Pae. Fac. Pu. Sicclne satis V Pee. Non- dum. Pu. Quid, si sic ? Pae. Propemodum. Pu. Quid, si sic? Pae. Hem satis est; hoc tone, ne sis inepte loquax, aut 343 DIALOGUES. praeceps. Neve vagetur animus interim, sed sis attentus, quid alter dieat. Si quid erit respondendum, id facito paucis, ae pruden- ter, interdum praefatus honorem, nonnunquam etiam addito cog- normne, honoris gratia; atque identidem modice flectas alterum genu, praesertim ubi rcsponsum absolveris. Neve abeas, nisi praefatus veniam, aut ab ipso dimissus. Nunc age, specimen ali- quod hujus rei nobis praebe ! Quantum temporis abfuisti a maternis aedibus ? Pu. Jam sex ferme menses. Pae. Addendum erat: domine. Pu. Jam sex ferme menses domine. Pae. Non tangeris desiderio matris ? Pu. Nonnunquam sane. Pae. Cupis earn revisere ? Pu. Cu- pio, domine, si id pace liceat tua. Pae. Nunc flectendum erat genu. Bene habet. Sic pergito ! Quum loqueris, cave, ne prae- cipites serinonem, aut haesites lingua, aut palato murmures, sed distincte, clare, articulatim consuescito proferre verba tua. Si quern praeteribis natu grandem, magistratum, saeerdotem. doe- torem, aut omnino virum gravem ; memento aperire caput. In convivio sic te praebebis hilarem, ut semper memineris, quid de- feat aetatem tuam : postremus omnium admoveto manum patlnae. Si quid datur lautius, recusato modeste ; si instabitur, accipe et age gratia s : mox, decerpta particula, quod reliquum est, ilii red- dito, aut alicui proxime accubanti. Si quis praebibet, hilariter illi bene precator, sed ipse biblto modice. Si non sitis, tamen admo- veto callcem labris. Arride loquentibus : ipse cave ne quid lo- quare, nisi rogatus. Ne cui obtrectato, ne cui temet anteponito, ne tua jactato, ne aliena despicito. Esto comis, etiam erga tenuis fortunae sodales. Ita fiet, ut sine invidia laudem invenias et amicos pares. Si videris, convivium extrahi, precatus veniam ac, saluta- tis convivis, subducito te a mensa. Vide, ut horum memineris. Pu. Dabitur opera, mi praeceptor! Numquid aliud vis ? Pae. Adito nunc libros tuos. Pu. Fiet. 8. Venatio. Paullus. Trahit sua quemque voluptas ; mihi placet venatio. Thomas. Placet etiam mihi ; sed ubi canes, ubi venabula, ubi casses ? P. Yaleant apri, ursi, cervi et vulpes ! nos insidiabimur cuniculi^. Vicentius. At ego iaqueos injiciam locustis. Lauren- this. Ego ranas captabo. Bartholus. Ego papiliones venabor. L. DihiLiie est sectari volantia. B. Difficile, sed pulehrum; nisi pulchrius esse ducis sectari lumbricos aut cochleas, quia carent alis. L. Equidem rnalo insidiari piscibus ; est mihi haunis elegans. B. Sed unde parabis escam ? L. Lumbricorum ubi- vis magna est copia. 7i. Est, si tibi velint prorcjtere e terra. L. At ego i\-ox e(li(i:im, ut milia prosiliant. B. Quo pacto? DIALOGUES. 343 incantanientis ? L. Videbis artem. Imple hanc situlam aqua. Hos juglandium summos cortices virentes confractos immittito. Hac aqua perfunde solum. Nunc observa paullisper. Vides emergentes ? B. Rem prodigiosan! video. Sic olim, opinor, exsiliebant armati ex satis serpentis dentibus. Sed plerique pisces delicatioris et elegantioris sunt palati, quam ut esca tam vulgari capiantur. L. Novi quoddam insecti genus, quo talibus insidiari soleo. B. Tu vide, possisne imponere piscibus ; ego ranis facessam negotium. L. Quomodo V reti ? B. Non ; sed arcu. L. Novum piscandi genus. B. At non injucundum. Videbis et fatebere. V. Quid, si certemus nucibus ? P. Nuces pueris relinquamus ; nos grandiores sumus. V. Et tamen nihil aliud adhuc, quam pueri, sumus. P. Sed quibus decorum est ludere nucibus, iisdem non indecorum est equitare in arundine longa. V. Tu igitur praescribito lusus genus ; sequar, quocunque vocaveris. P. Et ego futurus sum omnium horarum homo. 9. Reditus Patris. Petrus. Quid ita laetus es, mi Sigismunde ? Stgismundus. Quia pater domum rediit. P. Ubinam fuit ? S. Lipsiae. P. Cur eo fuerat profectus ? S. Nescisne, mercatum ibi esse habi- tum, eumque frequentari a mercatoribus negotiandi caussa ? P. Utrum pedes, an eques rediit, an in rheda ? S. Equo vectus est. P. Quando advenit ? S. Ante horam. P. Quis tibi tarn cito nuntiavit ? S. Famulus, qui eum jam e longinquo venientem viderat. P. Jamne salutasti ? S. Salutavi, quum vix ex equo descendisset. P. Quid amplius illi fecisti ? S, Calcaria detraxi et ocreas. P. Bene fecisti ; sed miror, te propter adventum ejus non domi mansisse. S. Id nee pater permisisset, nee ego ipse vellem, quum nunc tempus adsit in scholam eundi. P. Id quidem laude dignum est ; sed quomodo valet pater tuus ? S, Optime dei beneficio. P. Ego gaudeo tecum, quod salvus rediit S. Sed alias pluribus colloquemur. Nunc in scholam eamus ! 10. Colloquium scJwlaslicum. Cornelius. Scite tu quidem seribis ; sed charta tua perfluit. Charta subhumlda est ac transmittit a tram en turn, Andreas. Quaeso, ut appares mihi pennam hair.*. C. Dccst mihi scalprum librarium. A. En tibi! C. Hui, quam obtusum ! A. Accipe cotem ! C. Utrum soles scribere cuspide duriore, an molliorc ? A. Accommoda ad manum tuam. C. Ego molliore solco. A. Quaeso, ut mihi describas ordine figuras elementorum. C. Grae- 850 nisTony. cas, an Latinas ? A. Latin as prinium conabor imitari. C. Sup- pedita ehartam. A. Accipe. C. Sed meum atramentum dilutius est saepius infusa aqua. ^4. At meum atramentarium prorsus ex- aruit. Rogabo alicunde. C. Praestat habere domi, quam rogare mutuum. A. Quid est discipulus sine calamo et atramento ? C. Quod miles sine clipeo et gladio. A. Utinam mihi sint digiti tarn celeres ! Ego non possum dictantis vocem scribendo assequi. C. prima eura sit, ut bene scribas ; proxima, ut celeriter. Sat cito, si sat bene. A, Belle ; sed istam cantionem cane praecep- tori, quum dictat : Sat cito, si sat bene. III. HISTORY. 1. Tres Persarum in Graecos expeditiones. (Cf. Corn. Nep. Milt. 4. Justin. 2. 9—15.) 1. Iones, in Asia minore Persarum imperlo subjecti, quum jam diu servitutis jugum aegre tulissent, Aristagora et Histiaeo duci- bus, libertatem recuperare constituerunt (502 — 496 a. Chr.). Ac Atheniensibus et Eretriensibus, soi'iis, adjuti ceperunt quidem Sardes ; sed ingen-tibus Persarum copiis oppressi tandem rursus in eorum dit^onem redacti sunt. Darius, rex Persarum, Graecis ob auxilium Ionibus latum iratus, consilium cepit Graeciae bellum inferre. Prima expeditio, duce Mardonio suscepta (492), foedo usa est exita. Nam classis Persarum maximam partem ad pro- montorium, quod appellatur Athos, tempestatibus deleta est ; ex- ercitus autem pedester a Thraciae gentibus devictus. 2. Duobus annis post (490) Darius alteram in Graecos suscepit expeditionem. Classem quingentarum navium comparavit eique Datim praefecit et Arta])bernem, iisque ducenta peditum, decern milia equitum dedit. JLlli praefecti regis, classe ad Euboeam appulsa, celeriter Eretriam ceperunt omnesque ejus gentis cives abreptos in Asiam ad regem miserunt. Inde ad Attic am accesse- runt ac suas copias in campum Marathonium deduxerunt. Js abest ab Athenis circiter milia passuum decern. Atbenienses, audito Darii adventu, auxilium a Lacedaemoniis, socia turn civi- tate, petiverunt. Quos ubi viderunt quatridui religione teneri, non expectato auxilio, instructis decern milibus civium et Platae- ensibus auxiliaribus mille, adversus sexcenta milia hostium in proe- lium egrediuntur. 3. Miltiadcs et dux belli erat, et auctor non expectandi auxilii. HISTORY. 351 Magna in pugnam euniibus alacritas animorum fuit, adeo, ut, quum mille passus inter duas acies essent, citato cursu ante jac- tum sagittarum ad hosteni venerint. Nee audaeiae ejus eventus defuit. Victi Persae in naves confugerunt ; ex quibus multae suppressae, multae captae sunt. In eo proelio tanta virtus sin- gulorum fuit, ut, cujus laus prima esset, difficile judicium videretur. Inter ceteros tamen Themistoclis adolescentis gloria emicuit, in quo jam turn indoles futurae imperatoriae virtutis apparuit. 4. Cynaegiri quoque, militis Atheniensis, gloria magnis scripto- rum laudibus celebrata est : qui post proelii innumerabiles caedes, quum fugientes hostes ad naves egisset, onustam navem dextra manu tenuit nee prius dimisit, quam manum amitteret : turn quo- que, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit : quam et ipsam quum amisisset, ad postremum morsu navem detinuit. Tanta in eo virtus fuit, ut non tot caedibus fatigatus, non duabus manibus amissis victus, truncus ad postremum et veluti rabida fera dentibus dimicaverit. — Ducenta milia Persae eo proelio sive nau- fragio amisere. Cecldit etiam Hippias, qui, olim tyrannus Athe- niensis, turn regno pulsus, apud Darium in exsilio vivebat et non solum auctor et concltor ejus belli fuerat, sed etiam ducem se Dario adversus patriam suam obtulerat, diis patriae ultoribus poenas repetentibus. Interea Darius, quum bellum instauraret, in ipso apparatu decesset. (480.) 5. Xerxes, qui patri in regno successit, bellum a patre coeptum adversus Graeciam per quinquennium instruxit. Septingenta milia de regno armaverat et trecenta milia de anxiliis, ut non immerito prodftum sit, flumina ab exercitu ejus siccata, Graeciam- que omnem vix capere exercitum ejus potuisse. Naves quoque milia ducentas numero habuisse dicitur. 6. Ut introltus Xerxis (480) in Graeciam terribilis fuit, ita tur- pis ac foedus discessus. Nam quum Leonldas, rex Lacedaemoni- orum, cum quattuor milibus miiitum angustias Thermopylarum occupasset, Xerxes, contempta paueitate, eos pugnam capessere jubet, quorum cognati Marathonia pugna interfecti fuerant : qui, dum ulcisci suos cupiunt, principium cladis fuere : succedente deinde inutili turba, major caedes editur. Triduum ibi cum dolore et indignatione Persarum dimicatum ; quarto die, quum nuntia- tum esset Leonidae, a viginti milibus hostium summum cacumem teneri, tunc hortatur socios, recedant, et se ad meliora patriae tempora reservent ; sibi cum Lacedaemoniis fortunam experien- dam ; plura se patriae, quam vitae, debere ; ceteros ad praesidia Graeciae servandos. Audito regis imperio, discessere ceteri, soli Lacedaemonii remanserunt. Initio hujus belli Delphis oraculum erat datum, aut regi Lacedaemoniorum, aut urbi cadendum esse. 7. Et idcirco rex Leonidas, quum in bellum proficisceretur, 352 HISTORY. ita suos firmaverat, ut ire se parato ad moriendum anirno scircnt. Angustias propterea occupaverat, ut cum paucis aut majore gloria vinceret, aut minore damno reipublieae caderet. Dimissis igitur sociis, hortatur Lacedaemonios, meminerint, quocunque modo proeliaturi sint, cadendum esse ; caverent, no fortius uiansisse, quam dimicasse viderentur ; nee expectandum, donee ab hoste circumvenirentur, sed, dum nox occasionem daret, securis et laetis superveniendum ; nusquam victores honestius, quam in castris hostium perituros. Nihil erat difficile persuade re paratis mori : statim arma capiunt, et sexcenti viri in castra quingentorum mili- um irrumpunt; statimque regis praetorium petunt, aut cum illo, aut, si ipsi oppressi essent, in ipsius potissimum sede morituri. Tumultus totis castris oritur. Lacedaemonii posteaquam regem non inveniunt, per omnia castra victores vagantur, caedunt stern- untque omnia, quum sciant, se pugnare non spe victoriae, sed in mortis poenam. Proelium a principio noctis in majorem partem diei tractum. Ad postremum non victi, sed vicendo fatigati inter ingentes stratorum hostium catervas occiderunt. 8. Xerxes, duobus vulneribus terrestri proelio acceptis, experi- ri maris fortunam statuit. Ante navale proelium miserat Xerxes quattuor milia armatorum Delphos ad templum Apollinis diripien- dum : prorsus, quasi non cum Graecis tantum, sed etiam cum diis immortalibus bellum gereret : quae manus tota imbribus et fulminibus deleta est, ut intelligeret, quam nullae essent homi- num adversus deos vires. Post haec Thespias, et Plataeas, et Athenas vacuas hominibus incendit et, quoniam ferro in homines mm poterat, in aedificia igne grassatur. Namque Athenienses post pugnam Marathoniam, praemonente Themistocle, victoriam illam, de Persis reportatam, non finem, sed caussam majoris belli fore, ducentas naves fabricati erant. Adventante igitur Xerxe, consulentibus Delphis oraculum responsum erat, salutem muris ligneis tuerentur. 9. Themistocles igitur persuadet omnibus, civitatem non in aedificiis, sed in civibus esse positam. Itaque eos melius salutem navibus, quam urbi commissuros. Hujus sententiae etiam Deum auctorem esse. Probato consilio, conjuges liberosque cum pretiosissimis rebus abditis insulis, relicta urbe, demandant ; ipsi naves armati conscendunt. Exemplum Atheniensium etiam aliae urbes imitatae sunt. Itaque quum conjuncta omnis sociorum clas- sis, et intenta in bellum navale esset, angustiasque Salaminii freti, ne circumveniri a multitudine posset, occupasset; dissensio inter civitatium principes oritur. Qui quum, deserto bello, ad sua tu- enda dilabi vellent, timens Themistocles, ne discessu sociorum vires minuerentur, per servum fidelem Xerxi nuntiat, uno in loco eum contractam Graeciam capere facillime posse. Quodsi civitates. HISTORY. 353 quae jam abire vellent, dissiparentur ; majore labore ei singulas consectandas. Hoc dolo irnpulit regem, ut signum pugnae daret. Graeci quoque, adventu hostium occupati, proelium collatis viribus capessunt (480). 10. Interea rex, velut spectator pugnae, cum parte navium in littore remanet; Artemisia autem, regina Halicarnassi quae in auxilium Xerxi venerat, inter primos duces bellum acerrime eie- bat : quippe ut in viro muliebrem timorem, ita in muliere virilem audaciam cerneres. Quum anceps proelium esset, Iones ex prae- cepto Themistoclis pugnae se paullatim subtrahere coeperunt : quorum defectio animos ceterorum fregit. Itaque circumspici- entes fugam pelluntur Persae et mox, proelio victi, in fugam vertuntur. In qua trepidatione multae captae sunt naves, multae mersae ; plures tamen, non minus saevitiam regis, quam hostem, timentes, domum dilabuntur. 11. Hac clade perculsum et dubium Xerxem Mardonius horta- tur, in regnum abeat, ne quid seditionis moveat fama adversi belli, in majus, sicuti mos est, omnia extollens ; sibi trecenta milia armatorum lecta ex omnibus copiis relinquat : qua manu aut cum gloria ejus perdomiturum se Greciam, aut, si aliter even- tus ferat, sine ejusdem infamia hostibus cessurum. Probato con- silio, Mardonio exercitus traditur : reliquas copias rex ipse redu- cere in regnum parat. Sed Graeci, audita regis fuga, consilium ineunt pontis interrumpendi, quern ille Abydo veluti victor maris fecerat, ut, intercluso reditu, aut cum exercitu deleretur, aut des- peratione rerum pacem victus petere cogeretur. 12. Sed Themistocles, timens, ne interclusi hostes despera- tionem in virtutem verterent et iter, quod aliter non pateret, ferro patefacerent, quum vincere consilio ceteros non posset, servum ad Xerxem mittit, certioremque consilii facit et occupare transi- tum maturata fuga jubet. Ille, perculsus nuntio, tradit ducibus milites perducendos ; ipse cum paucis Abydum contendit. Ubi quum solutum pontem hibernis tempestatibus offendisset, piscato- ria scapha trcpidus trajecit. Nee pedestribus copiis felicius iter fuit ; quotidiano enim labori etiam fames accesserat. Multorum deinde dierum inopia contraxerat etiam pestem ; tantaque foedi- tas morientium fuit, ut viae cadaveribus implerentur, alitesque et bestiae, escae illecebris sollicitatae, exercitum sequerentur. 13. Mardonius ad Plataeas in Boeotia a Pausania Lacedae- monio et Aristide Atheniensi de victus est (-179). Castra referta regal is opulentiae capta. Eodem forte die, quo Mardonii copiae deletae sunt etiam navali proelio in Asia sub monte Mycale ad- versus Persas dimicatum est (4 79) et splendida de Persis repor- tata victoria. Ibi ante proelium, quum classes ex adverso starent, fama ad utrumque exercitum venit, vicisse Graecos et Mardonii 854 history. copias occidione occidisse. Confecto beilo, quum de praemiis civitatium ageretur, omnium judicio Atheniensium virtus ceteris praelata est. Inter duces quoque Themistocles princeps civitati- um testimonio judicatus gloriam patriae suae auxit. 2. Brevis conspectus historiae Romanae ah urbe condita usque ad Augustum. (Ex Eutropio, aliis mutatis, aliis omis- sis, nonnullis etiam ex aliis scriptoribus additis. 1. Romanum imperium a Romulo exordium habet, qui Rheae Silviae, Vestalis virginis et Martis filius, cum Remo, fratre gemi- no, urbem condidit, quam ex nomine suo Romam vocavit (753 a. Chr.). Asylo aperto ad numerum civium augendum, ingens hominum multitudo ex finitimis civitatibus Romam confluxit. At viri non habebant feminas. Itaque Romulus ludos solennes instituit invitavitque ad eorum spectaculum vicinas urbis Romae nationes. Quum multi alii convenerunt, turn Sabinorum omnis multitudo cum liberis et conjugibus. Dum ludi eduntur, extemplo Romani discurrunt magnamque virginum partem rapiunt. 2. Propter raptarum injuriam Sabini Romanis bellum intule- runt. Res venit ad pugnam. Utrinque acerrime decertatur. In media acie repente raptae mulieres crinibus passis scissaque veste ausae sunt se inter tela volantia inferre et precibus infestas acies dirimere. Rebus compositis, Romulus centum ex senioribus legit, quorum consilio omnia ageret, quos senatores nominavit prop- ter senectutem. Anno regni tricesimo septimo, quum orta subito tempestate non comparuisset, ad deos transisse putatus est (761), 3. Postea Numa Pompilius, Curibus, urbe in agro Sabinorum, natus, rex creatus est (715 — 673). Qui bellum quidem nullum gessit, sed non minus civitati, quam Romulus, profuit. Nam leo-- ibus moribusque et sacris plurimis constitutis populi barbari et bellicosi mores mollivit. Etiam annum descripsit in decern men- ses. Omnia autem, quae faciebat, se nymphae Egeriae jussu facere dictitabat. Regnavit tres et quadraginta annos. — Huic successit Tullus Hostilius (673 — 640). Is bella reparavit. Bel- lum Albanis illatum, certamine trigeminorum fratrum, qui forte in utroque exercitu erant, nee aetate, nee viribus disparium, finitum est. Deinde etiam Vejentes et Fidenates bello supera- vit. Quum XXX annos regnasset, fulmine ictus cum domo sua arsit. 4. Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex filia nepos, suscepit imperium (640 — 616). Contra Latinos dimicavit, apud ostium Tiberis urbem condidit, quam Ostiam vocavit. Yicesimo quarto anno imperii morbo periit. — Deinde regnum Tarquinius Priscus ni STORY. 3 JO accepit (616 — 578). Is numcrum senatoruin duplicavit ; circum Romae aedificavit ; ludos Romanos instituit. Yicit idem etiam Sabinos nee parum agrorum, iis ademptorum, urbis Romae terri- torio adjunxit. Muros fecit et cloacas ; Capitolium incboavit. Tricesimo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios occisus est, regis ejus, cui ipse successerat. — Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit imperium (578 — 534). Primus omnium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capitum LXXXIII milia civium Romanorum cum iis, qui in agris erant. Occisus est XLV imperii anno scelere generi sui Tarquinii, filii ejus regis, cui ipse successerat, et filiae, quam Tarquinius habebat uxorem. 5. Hie Tarquinius, qui propter superbiam Superbi cognomen accepit, septimus fuit atque ultimus regum (534 — 509). Multas gentes devicit : templum Jovi in Capitolio aedificavit. Postea Ardeam, urbem Etruriae, oppugnans imperium perdidit. Xam quum filius ejus nobilissimae feminae, Lucretiae, eidemque pudi- cissimae, Vim fecisset, eaque de injuria marito et patri et amicis questa fuisset, in omnium conspectu se oceidit, postquam eos obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriam ulciscerentur. Propter quam eaussam M. Brutus, Tarquinius Collatinus aliique in exitium regis conjuraverunt, et, populo concitato, ei imperium ademerunt. Cum uxore et liberis suis fugit, quum XXV annos regnasset. Ita Romae regnatum est per septem reges annos CCXLIV. 6. Hinc consules coepti sunt pro uno rege duo hac caussa creari (509), ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum, habens eandem potestatem, coereeret. Et placuit, ne imperium longius, quam annuum haberent, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis insolenti- ores fierent, sed aequitatem semper servarent, qui se post annum scirent futuros esse privates. Fuerunt igitur anno primo, expulsis regibus, consules L. Junius Brutus, qui maxime egerat, ut Tarquinius pelleretur, et Tarquinius Collatinus, maritus Lu- cretiae. Sed Tarquinio Collatino statim sublata dignitas est. Placuerat enim, ne quisquam in urbe maneret, qui Tarquinius vocaretur. In ejus locum factus est Valerius Publicola consul. 7. Commovit tamen bellum urbi Romae rex Tarquinius, qui fuerat expulsus, et, collectis multis gentibus, ut in regnum posset restitui, dimicavit. In prima pugna Brutus consul et Ancus, Tar- quinii filius, alter alterum se occidcrunt. Romani tamen ex ea pugna vietores discesserunt. Brutum Roman ae matronae, defen- sorem pudicitiae suae, quasi communem patrem, per annum lux- erunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lucretium, Lucretiae patrem, collegam sibi fecit : quo morbo mortuo, iterum Ploratium Pulvil- lum collegam sibi sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules habuit. 8. Etiam seeundo anno (508) iterum Tarquinius, ut recipere- 856 HISTORY. tur in regnum, bellam Romania intulit, auxilium ei ferente Porse- na, Etruscorum rege. Is ne Tiberim transiret, virtute Horatii Coclitis prohibitus est, qui dum alii pontem rescindunt, unus Etruscos sustinuit et, ponte rupto, armatus se in flume n misit et ad suos transnavit. Quum Porsena urbem obsideret, C. Mucius Scaevola, adolescens nobilis, in castra hostium se eontulit, ut Porsenam regem occideret. At pro rege scribam obtruncat, qui propter eum sedebat pari fere ornatu indutus. Turn a regiis satellitibus comprehensus, ante tribunal regis constltutus est. Qui quum tormenta minitaretur, Mucius, dextra accenso ad sac- rificium foculo injecta : En tibi, inquit, quam vile corpus sit iis, qui magnam gloriam vident. Qua animi virtute perculsus rex juvenem intactum inviolatumque dimisit. Turn Mucius, quasi remunerans beneficium, trecentos principes juventutis Romanae in ejus vitam eonjurasse ait. Qua re territus Porsena pacem cum Pomanis fecit. Tarquinius autem Tusculum abiit ibique priva- tus cum uxore consenuit. 9. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos (492) seditionem pop- ulus Romae fecit, questus, se a senatu et consulibus tributis et militia premi. Magna pars plebis urbem reliquit et in montem trans Anienem amnem secessit. Pavor ingens patres occupavit. Placuit igitur oratorem ad plebem mitti Menenium Agrippam, fa- cundum virum et plebi, ex qua ipse ortus erat, carum. Is fabula de membrorum humani corporis contra ventrem conspiratione narrata, flexit mentes bominum. Ad concordiam firmandam tri- buni plebis facti sunt, qui plebem contra senatum et consules de- fenderent. 10. Sequenti anno (49l). Volsci bellum reparaverunt, sed devicti sunt, et Corioli, eorum urbs, capti a Q. Marcio, cui inde cognomen Coriolano fuit. Postero anno idem Coriolanus, quum, fame in urbe orta, infestum se reddidisset plebi, urbe expulsus est. Iratus in Yolscos abiit exsulatum. A quibus benigne exceptus et dux creatus exercitum contra Komanos duxit eosque saepe vicit. Uscme ad quintum miliarium urbis accessit, oppugn aturus etiam patriam, legatis, qui pacem pete bant, repudiatis. Tandem ad eum mater Veturia et uxor Volumnia ex urbe venerunt, qua- rum fletu et deprecatione superatus removit exercitum. Abduc- tis deinde legionibus ex agro Romano, invidia rei oppressus peris- se traditur. 11. Undecim annis post (4 7 7), bello cum Vejentibus exorto, quum Romani graviter ab hostibus premerentur, trecenti nobiles homines, qui ex Fabia gente erant, bellum soli susceperunt, promittentes, se privato sumptu bellum gesturos et confecturos. Quum saepe hostes vicissent, ad Cremeram flumen castra pos- uerunt. lbi Vejentes dolo usi in insidias Fabios pellexe- HISTORY. di>7 vunt et ad unum omnes oecMerunt. Unus omnino super- fuit ex tanta gente, qui per aetatem puerilem duci non poterat ad pugnam. Sequent! anno (476), quum in AlgTdo monte Rom- anus obsideretur exercitus, L. Qulnctius Cincinnatus dictator est factus, qui agrum quattuor jugeruni possidens manibus suis cole- bat. Is quum in opere et arans esset inventus, sudore deterso, togam praetextam accepit et, caesis hostibus, liberavit exercitum. 12. Sex annis post (450) pro duobus consulibus decemviri creati sunt, qui summam potestatem haberent. Sed quum primo anno bene egissent, secundo unus ex iis, Appius Claudius, virgi- nem ingenuam, Yirginiam, corrumpere voluit. At pater ejus, Virginius, centurio, vir erections indolis, quum earn aliter tueri non posset, ne in potestatem Appii veniret, filiam suapte manu occldit et regressus ad milites movit tumultum. Sublata est decemviris potestas, ipsique damnati sunt. 13. Multis annis post Vejentes rebellaverunt (403 — 393). Dictator contra eos missus est Furius Camillus, qui primum eos vicit acie, mox etiam Vejos diu obsidens cepit, deinde etiam Fal- iscos urbem obsidebat. Quae urbs quum acriter a civibus defen- sa capi non posset a Romanis, ludimagister quidam, cujus curae principum liberi demandati erant, eos ex urbe in castra Romano- rum duxit, ut, pueris Camillo traditis, urbem proderet. At Cam- illus, proditione repudiata, proditorem, manibus post tergum vinc- tis, pueris Faliscos verberibus agendum dedit. Qua animi no- bilitate commoti Falisci urbem Romanis tradiderunt. 14. Sed commota est ei invidia, quod praedam inique divisis- set, damnatusque ob earn caussam et expulsus civitate est. Eodem fere tempore Galli Senones ad urbem venerunt et, Roma- nis apud flumen Alliam victis, urbem ipsam occuparunt ; neque defendi quicquam, nisi Capitolium, potuit. Quod quum diu ob- sedissent, et jam Romani fame laborarent, a Camillo, qui in vicina civitate exsulabat, Galiis superventum est gravissimeque victi sunt. 15. Anno CCCLXXXXIV post urbem conditam (358) Galli iterum contra Romanos bellum moverunt et quarto milliario trans Anienem fluvium consederunt. Gallus eximia corporis magnitu- dine, quern Romae virum fortissimum haberet, ad certamen singu- lare provocavit. T. Manlius, accepta provocatione, Galium occl- dit eumque torque aureo, quo ornatus erat, spoliavit. Hinc cog- nomen accepit Torquati. Galli fugam capessiverunt. Novo bei- lo cum Galiis exorto, anno urbis CCCCVI, iterum Gallus, corpo- ris magnitudine insignis, e Romanis qui esset optimus ad certa- men provocavit. Turn se M. Valerius, tribunus militum, obtulit, et, quum processisset armatus, corvus ei supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox commissa pugna, idem corvus alis et unguibus Galli 358 HISTORY. oculos verberavit, ne rectum pc^et adspicere. Ita a Yalerio in- terfectus, non solum vietoriam ei, sed etiam nomen dedit. Nam postea Corvus est dietus. 16. Postea Samnitibus a Rompnis bellum illatum est (300 — 290). In quo bello Romani, T. Yeturio et Spurio Postumio consulibus, ingenti dedeeore affecti sunt. Pontius enim, dux hostium, eos ad Furculas Caudinas in augustias pellexit et, quum inde sese expedire non possent, oranes sub jugum misit. Tandem post cruentissimum undequinquaginta annorum bellum fortissima Samnitium gens a Romanis est devicta. 17. Paucis annis post (281) Tarentlnis, qui in ultima Italia sunt, bellum indictum est, qui legatis Romanorum injuriam feeis- sent. Hi Pyrrhum, Eplri regem, contra Romanos auxilium po- poscerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit. Missus est contra eum consul L. Valerius Laevlnus, qui, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit eos per castra duci, ostendi omnem exercitum tumque dim- itti, ut renunciarent Pyrrho, quaecumque a Romanis agerentur. Commissa mox pugna, quum jam Pyrrhus fugeret, elephantorum auxilio vicit, quos incognitos Romani expaverunt ; sed non proe- lio finem dedit. Pyrrhus Romanos mille octingentos cepit eos- que summo honore tractavit; occisos sepelivit. Quos quum ad- verso vulnere et truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere vidisset, sustulit ad coelum manus dicens, se totius orbis dominum esse potuisse, si tales sibi milites contigissent. 18. Postea Pyrrhus, junctis sibi Samnitibus, Lucanis Bruttiis- que, Romam perrexit, omnia ferro ignique vastavit, Campaniam depopulatus est atque ad Praeneste venit. Mox terrore exerci- tus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campaniam se recepit. Le- gati ad Pyrrhum de redimendis captivis missi ab eo honorifice ex- cepti sunt ; captivos sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis Ro- manorum, Fabricium, sic admiratus est, ut, quum eum pauperem esse cognovisset, quarta parte regni promissa, sollicitare voluerit, ut ad se transirefc ; at contemptus a Fabricio est. Quare quum Pyrrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratione teneretur, legatum misit, qui paeem aequis conditionibus peteret, praecipuum virum, Cine- am nomine, ita ut Pyrrhus partem Italiae, quam jam armis occu- paverat, obtineret. 19. Pax displicuit, responsumque Pyrrho a senatu est, eum cum Romanis, nisi ex Italiae recessisset, pacem habere non posse. Turn Romani jusserunt captivos omnes quos Pyrrhus reddiderat, infames haberi, quod armati capi potuissent, nee ante eos ad vet- erem statum reverti, quam si binorum hostium occisorum spolia retulissent. Ita legatus Pyrrhi revertit. A quo quum quaereret Pyrrhus, qualem Romam comperisset ? Cineas dixit, regain se patriam vidisse ; scilicet tales illic fere omnes, qualis unus Pyrr- HISTORY. 35S bus in Epiro et rcliqua Graecia putaretur. Vlissi sunt contra Pyrrhum duces P. Sulpicius et Decias Mus, consules (279). Certamine commisso Pyrrhus vulneratus est, elepbanti interfecti, XX milia caesa hostium, et ex Romanis tan turn quinque milia. Pyrrhus Tarentum fugatus est. 20. Interjecto anno (278), contra Pyrrhum Fabricius est mis- sus, qui prius inter legatos sollkitari non potuerat, quarta parte regni promissa. Turn, qnum vicina castra ipse et rex haberent, medicus Pyrrhi ad eum nocte venit, promittens, se veneno Pyrr- hum occisurum, si sibi aliquid polliceretur ; quern Fabricius vinc- tum reduci jussit ad dominum Pyrrhoque dici, quae contra caput ejus medicus spopondisset, Tunc rex, admiratus eum, dixisse fertur : Ille est Fabricius, qui dihicilius ab honestate, quani sol a cursu suo averti potest. Turn rex in Siciliam profectus est (277) ; Fabricius, victis Samnitibus et Lucanis, triumphavit. Consules deinde, Curius Dentatus et Cornelius Lentulus, adver- sus Pyrrhum missi sunt ; Curius contra eum pugnavit, exercitum ejus cecidit, ipsum Tarentum fugavit, castra cepit. Eo die caesa hostium XXIII milia. Curius in consulatu triumphavit ; primus Romam elephantos quattuor duxit. Pyrrhus etiam a Tarento mox recessit et apud Argos, Graeciae urbem, occisus est (274). 21. Quum jam clarum urbis Roniae nomen esset, arma tamen extra Italiam mota non fuerant. Anno autem CCCCXC post urbem conditam (262), exercitu in Siciliam trajecto, Ilieronem, regem Syracusarum, devicerunt et Poenis, qui multas eivitatea in ea insula occupaverant, bellum intulerunt. Quinto anno belli Punici (258) primum Romani in mari dimicaverunt. Duiiius, consul Romanorum, commisso proelio navali, Carthaginiensium ducem vicit, XXXI naves cepit, XIV mersit, VII milia hostium cepit, III milia occidit. Xeque ulla victoria Romanis gratior fuit, quod, invicti terra, jam etiam mari plurimum possent. 22. L. Manlio Vulsone, M. Atilio Regulo consulibus (256), bellum in Africam translatum est; contra Hamilcarem, Cartha- giniensium ducem, in mari pugnatum, victusque est. Nam perditis LXIV navibus, se recepit. Romani XXII amiserunt. Sed quum in Africam transissent, primum Clypeam, Africae urbem, in deditionem acceperunt. Consules usque ad Carthaginem pro- cesserunt, multisque vastatis, Alanlius victor Romam rediit et XXVII milia captivorum reduxit ; Atilius Regulus in Africa remansit. Is contra Poenos aciem instruxit ; contra tres Carthagin- iensium duces dimicans, victor fuit; XVIII milia hostium ceci- dit, quinque milia cum XVIII elephantis cepit ; LXXIV civitates in fideni acccpit. Turn victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis petierunt : quam cum Regulus nollet, nisi durissimis conditionibus, dare, Poeui auxilium a Lacedaemoniis petierunt ; et duce Xan- 360 HISTORY. tbippo, qui a Laccdaemoniis missus fuerat, Romanorum dux Regu- lus victus est. Nam duo milia tantum ex omni Romano exercitu refugerunt; quingenti cum imperatore Regulo capti sunt; XXX milia occisa ; Regulus ipse in catenas conjectus. 23. Postea autem Carthaginienses, multis ac gravissimis cladi- bus affecti et terra marique superati, Regulum ducem, quem ce- perant, rogarunt, ut Romam proficisceretur et pacem a Roman- is peteret ac permutationem captivorum faceret. Ille Romam quum venisset, inductus in senatum, nihil ut Romanus egit dixit- que, se ex ilia die, quae in potestatem Poenorum venisset, Roma- num esse desisse. Itaque et uxorem a complexu removit et sen- atui suasit, ne pax cum Poenis fieret ; illos enim, fractos tot casi- bus, spem nullam habere ; se tanti non esse, ut tot milia captivo- rum propter unum se et senem, et paucos, qui ex Romanis captl fuerant, redderentur. Haec sententia vicit. Ipse Carthagi- nem rediit ; offerentibus Romanis, ut eum Romae tenerent, nega- vit, se in ea urbe mansurum, in qua, postquam Poenis servisset, dignitatem honesti civis habere non posset. Regressus igitur in Africam, omnibus suppliciis extinctus est. 24. Anno belli Punici XXIII (242) Lutatio Catulo, alteri consuli Romanorum, bellum contra Afros commissum est. Pro- fectus est cum CCC navibus in Siciliam. Poeni contra ipsum CCCC paraverunt. Contra Lilybaeum, promontorium Siciliae, pugnatum est ingenti virtute Romanorum. Nam LXXIII Cartha- giniensium naves captae sunt, CXXV demersae, XXXII milia hostium capta, XIII occisa ; infinitum auri argentique pon- dus in potestatem Romanorum redactum. Ex classe Komana XII naves demersae. Statim Carthaginienses pacem petierunt, tributaque est iis pax ; captivi Romanorum, qui tenebantur a Carthaginiensibus, redditi sunt. Carthaginienses Sicilia, Sar- dinia et ceterisque inter Italiam et Africam insulis decesserunt omnemque Hispaniara, quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permi- serunt. 25. Anno DXXIY. ab u. c. (299) ingentes Gallorum copiae Alpes transierunt. Sed pro Romanis tota Italia consensit, tradi- tumque est a Fabio historico, qui ei bello interfuit, DCCC milia hominum parata ad id bellum fuisse. Sed res per consulem L. Aemilium apud Clusium, Etruriae urbem, prospere gesta est; XL. milia hostium interfecta sunt. Aliquot deinde annis post contra Gallos in agro Insubrium pugnatum est, finitumque est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Scipione consulibus. Turn Marcellus cum parva manu equitum dimicavit et regem Gallorum, Virdomarum nomine, manu sua occidit. Postea cum colleira ingentes eopias Gallorum peremit, Mediolanum expugna- vit, oTandem praedam Romam pertulit ac t.numphans spolia Galli, stipiti imposita, humeris snis vexit. nisTor.Y. SGI 26. Paullo post (218) bellum Pnnicum secundum Romanis illatum est per Hannibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern, novem annos natum, pater Hamilcar, ad aram abductum jurare iussit, nunquam se in amicitia cum Romanis fore. Is, annum agens vicesimum, patre mortuo, Saguntum, Hispaniae civitatem, Romanis amicam, oppugnare aggressus est. Huic Romani per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret. Is legatos admittere noluit. Romani etiam Carthaginem miserunt, ut mandaretur Hannibali, ne bellum contra socios populi Romani gereret. Dura responsa a Carthaginiensibus reddita. Saguntini interea fame victi sunt. Turn Romani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 27. Hannibal, relicto in Kispania fratre Hasdrubale, Pyrenae- um transiit ; Alpes, adhuc ea parte invias, sibi patefecit. Tradi- tur in italiam LXXX milia peditum, et XX milia equitum, septem et XXX elephantos . adduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. P. Cornelius Scipio Hanni- bali primus occurrit ; commisso ad Ticinum proelio, fugatis suis, ipse vulneratus in castra rediit. Turn Sempronius Gracchus con- flixit apud Trebiam amnem. Is quoque vincitur. Hannibali multi se in Italia dediderunt. Inde in Tusciam veniens Hannibal Flami- nium consulem ad Trasimenum lacum acie devicit (217). Ipse Plaminus intremptus est ; Romanorum XXY milia caesa sunt, ceteri diffugerunt. Jamjam, exercitibus Romanis devietis, Hannibal ipsam urbem Romam aggressurus vibebatur ; at praeter omnem expectationem transduxit copias in Italiam inferiorem. Missus adversus Hannibalem est Q. Fabius Maximus, qui difFerendo pug- nam Hannibalem debilitavit et cunctando res Romanas restituit. 28. L. Aemilius Paullus, P. Terentius Varro, consules, Fabio succedunt (216) ; qui ambos consules 'monuit, ut Hannibalem, calidum et impatientem ducem, non aliter vincerent, quam proeli- um differendo. Verum quum impatientia Varronis, obloquente consule altero, apud vicum, qui Cannae appellatur, in Apulia pugnatum esset, ambo consules ab Hannibale vincuntur. In ea pugna tria milia Poenorum pereunt, magna pars de exercitu Hannibalis sauciatur ; nulio tamen Punico bello Romani gravius accepti sunt. Periit enim in eo Aemilius Paullus consul, consu- lares aut praetorii XX, senatores capti aut occisi XXX, nobiles viri CCC, militum XL milia, equitum III milia et quingenti. In quibus malis nemo tamen Romanorum pacis mentionem fecit. Servi, quod nunquam ante factum est, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 29. Post earn pugnam multae Italiae civitates, quae Romanis paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Hannibal Romanis obtulit, ut capti vos redimerent; responsumque est a senatu, eos cives non esse uecessarios, qui, quum a mati esscnt, capi potuis- 31 362 HISTORY. sent. Ille omnes postea variis supplieiis interfecit et tros moclios aureorum annulorum Carthaginem misit, quos e manibus equitum Romanorum, senatorum et militum detraxerat. Interea in His- pania, ubi frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubai, remanserat cum magno exercitu, ut earn totam Poenis subigeret, a cluobus Scipionibus, Romanis ducibus, vincitur perditque in pugna XXXV milia homi- num. 30. Anno quarto, postquam in Italiam Hannibal venit (215), M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem Cainpaniae, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Hannibal multas civitates Romanorum per Apuliam, Calabriam et Bruttios occupavit : quo tempore etiam rex Macedoniae, Philippus, ad eum legatos misit, promittens auxilia contra Romanos ea conditione, ut deletis Ro- manis, ipse quoque contra Graecos ab Hannibale auxilia accipe- ret. Captis autem legatis Philippi et re cognita, Romani in Macedonian! M. Valerium Laevinum ire jusserunt, in Sardiniam T. Manlium Torquatum, proconsulem. Nam etiam ea sollicitata ab Hannibale Romanos deseruerat. 31. Ra uno tempore quattuor locis pugnabatur : in Italia con- tra Hannibalem; in Hispaniis contra fratrem ejus Hasdrubalem ; in Macedonia contra Philippum ; in Sardinia contra Sardos et alterum Hasdrubalem Carthaginiensem. Is a T. Manlio procon- sule, qui in Sardiniam missus fuerat, vivus est captus, occisa cum eo XII milia, capti mille quingenti, et a Romanis Sardinia subac- ta. Manlius victor captivos et Hasdrubalem Romam reportavit. Interea etiam Philip[jus a Laevino in Macedonia vincitur, et in Hispania a Scipionibus Hasdrubai et Mago, tertius frater Han- nibalis. 32. Decimo anno, postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat (211), P. Sulpicio, Cn. Fulvio consulibus, Hannibal usque ad quartum milliarium urbis accessit, equites ejus usque ad portam. Mox consulum metu, cum exercitu venientium, Hannibal in Cam- paniam se recepit. In Hispania a fratre ejus Hasdrubale ambo Scipiones, qui per multos annos victores fuerant, interficiuntur ; exercltus tamen integer mansit; casu enim magis erant, quam virtute, decepti. Quo tempore (210) etiam a consule Marcello Siciliae magna pars capta est, quam tenere Poeni coeperant, et nobilissimae urbis Syracusanae praeda ingens Romam perlata est. Laevinus in Macedonia cum Philippo, et multis Graeciae populis, et regc Asiae Attalo, amicitiam fecit et, in Siciliam profectus, Hannonem quendam, Poenorum ducem, apud Agrigentum cum ipso oppido cepit, cumque Romam cum captivis nobilibus misit; XL civitates in deditionem accepit, XXVI expugnavit. Ita, om- ni Sicilia recepta, Macedonia fracta, cum ingenti gloria Romam regressua est. Hannibal in Italia Cn. Fulviuin consulem subito agressus rum octo milibus hominum interfweit (240). HISTORY. 3G3 33. Tnterea (209) in Hispanias, ubi, occisis duobus Seipionibus, nullus Romanus dux erat, P. Cornelius Scipio mittitur, filius P. Scipionis, qui ibidem bellum gesserat, annos natus quattuor et viginti, vir Romanorum omnium et sua aetate, et posteriore tem- pore fere primus. Is puer duodeviginti annorum in pugna ad Ticinum commissa patrem singulari virtute servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem multos nobilissimorum juvenum, Italiam deserere cupientium, auctoritate sua ab eo eonsilio deterruit. Vi- ginti quattuor annos natus in Hispaniam missus, die, quo venit, Cathagineni Novam cepit (210) : in qua omne aurum et argentum et belli apparatum Poeni habebant ; nobilissimos quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant ; Magonem etiam, fratrem Hanniba- lis, ibidem cepit, quern Romam cum aliis misit. Romae in gens laetitia post hunc nuntium fuit. Scipio Hispanorum obsides pa- rentibus reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispani ad enm uno animo transierunt. Post quae Hasdrubalem, Hannibalis fratrem, victum fugavit et praedam maximam cepit. 34. Interea in Italia consul Q. Fabius Maximus Tarentum cepit (209), in qua ingentes copiae Hannibalis erant. Turn mul- tae civitates Romanorum, quae ad Hannibalem transierant, rursus se Fabio Maximo dediderunt. In Hispania Scipio egregi- as res gessit. In Italia tamem male pugnatum est. Xam Claudi- us Marcellus consul ab Hannibale occisus est. Desperans Hanni- bal, Hispanias contra Scipionem ducem diutius posse retineri, fra- trem suum Hasdrubalem in Italiam cum omnibus copiis evocavit. 35. Is veniens eodem itinere, quo etiam Hannibal venerat, a consulibus Appio Claudio Nerone et M. Livio Salinatore apud Metaurum fluvium et Senam, Piceni civitatem, in insidias com- positas incidit (207) ; strenue tamen pugnans occisus est; ingen- tes ejus copiae captae aut interfectae sunt ; magnum pondus auri atque argenti Romam relatum. Post liaec Hannibal diffidere de belli coepit eventu. Romanis ingens animus accessit. Itaque et ipsi evocaverunt ex Hispania P. Cornelium Scipionem. Is Romam cum ingenti gloria venit (206). Omnes civitates, quae in Bruttiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. 3G. Scipio anno XIV, postquam in Italiam Hannibal venerat, consul est factus (205) et in Africam missus (204). Ibi contra Hannonem, ducem Poenorum, pugnavit, exercitum ejus interfecit. Secundo proelio (203) castra cepit cum quattuor milibus et quingentis militibus, XI milibus occisis. Syphacem, Numidiae regem, qui se Poenis coniunxerat, cepit. Syphax cum nobilis- simis Xumidis et infinitis spoliis Romam ab Scipione missus est. Qua re audita, omnis fere Italia Hannibalem deseruit. Ipse a Carthaginiensibus redire in Africam jubetur, quam Scipio vastabat. Ita anno XVH ab Hannibale Italia liberata est (202). 364 HISTORY. 3 7. Hannibale compluribus proeliis devicto, bello etiam a Mas- sinissa, rege Nuinidarum, Carthagini illato, pace saepius frustra tentata, pugna ad Zamam comittitur, quails vix ulla memoria fult, quum peritissimi viri copias suas ad bellum educerent. Scipio victor recedit, paene ipso Hannibale capto, qui cum quattuor equitibus evasit. Post id certamen pax cum Carthaginiensibu3 facta est. Scipio Romam recliit (201), ingenti gloria triumphavit atque Africanus ex eo appellari coeptus est. Hannibal metuens, ne Romanis traderetur, primum ad Antiochum, Syriae regem, deinde, eo a Romanis victo, ad Prusiam, Bithyniae regem, con- fugit ; etiam ab eo, per T. Quinetium Flamininum repetitus, quum tradendus Romam esset, venenum sumpsit. Hunc finem cepit secundum bellum Punic um post annum nonum decimum, quam coeperat. 38. Finito bello Punico secundo, Romanorum potentia in dies magis magisque crevit. Pbilippus II., rex Macedoniae, a T. Quinctio Flaminio ad Cynoscephalas acie devictus est (197). Idem T. Quinetius etiam Lacedaemoniis intulit bellum et ducem eorum, Nabldem, superavit. Antioclius Magnus, rex Syriae, ad quern Hannibal confugerat, a L. Scipione, cui frater Scipio Afri- canus legatus erat additus, ad Magnesiam, Asiae civitatem, in- genti proelio fusus est (190). Scipio propter Asiam domltam accipit nomen Asiatici. 39. Philippo, rege Macedoniae, mortuo, filius ejus Perseus re- bellavit, ingentibus copiis ad bellum paratis. Dux Romanorum, P. Licinius, consul, contra eum missus, a rege gravi proelio vic- tus est. Neque tamen Romani, quanquam superati erant, regi petenti pacem praestare voluerunt, nisi his conditionibus, ut se et suos senatui et populo R. dederet. Mox missus contra eum L. Aemilius Paullus consul regem ad Pydnam (168) splendide devicit, XX milibus peditum ejus occisis. Equitatus cum rege fugit. Urbes Macedoniae omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Romanis se dediderunt. Ipse rex, quum desereretur ab amicis, venit in Paulli potestatem. Is triumphavit magnificentissime in curru aureo, duobus filiis utroque latere adstantibus, ductis ante cur- rum duobus regis filiis et ipso Perseo. 40. Tertium deinde bellum contra Carthaginem suscipitur (149), sexeentesimo et altero anno ab urbe condita, L. Manlio Censorino, et M'. Manlio coss., anno LI, postquam secundum Punicum bellum transactum erat. Hi profecti Carthaginem op- pugnaverunt. Contra eos Ilasdrubal, dux Carthaginiensium, dimicabat. Scipio tunc, Scipionis Africani nepos, tribunus ibi militabat. Hujus apud omnes ingens metus et revcrentia erat. Nam et paratissimus ad dimicandum et consultissiinus habcbaLur. Itaque per eum mult a prospere gesta sunt. HISTORY. 365 41. Quum igitur clarum Seipionis nomen esset, juvenis adhuc consul est factus (14 7) et contra Carthaginem missus. Is earn, a civihus acerrime defensam, cepit ac diruit (146). Spolia ibi in- venta, (pae variarum ci vita tin m excidiis Carthago collegerat ; et ornamenta urbium civitatibus Sieiliae, Itaiiae, Africae reddidit, quae sua recognoseebant. Ita Carthago septingentesimo anno, quam condita erat, deleta est (14G). Scipio nomen, quod avus ejus aceeperat, meruit ; scilicet, ut propter virtu tern etiam ipse Africanus junior vocaretur. Eodem anno Corinthus, nobilissima Graeciae civitas, propter injuriam legatorum Romanorum, a Mumio consule capta ac diruta est. 42. Quinque annis interjectis (141), Viriathus qu'dam in Lusi- tania bellum contra Romanos movit. Is primo pastor fuit ; mox latronum dux ; postremo tantos ad -bellum populos concitavit, ut vindex libertatis Hispaniae putaretur. Post XIV annorum bel- lum a suis interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium a Caepione consule peterent, rcsponsum est, nunquam Romanis placuisse, imperatorem a suis militibus internci/ 43. Eodem tempore (141) bellum exortum est cum Numanti- nis, quae Hispaniae civitas fuit opulentissima. Superatus ab iis Q. Pompeius paeem ignobilem fecit. Post eum C. Hostilius Manctnus consul iterum cum Numantinis pacem fecit infamem ; quam populus et senatus jussit infringi atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tradi, ut in illo, quern auctorem foederis habeban^, injuriam soluti foederis vindicarent. Post tantam igitur ignomi- niam, P. Scipio Africanus, qui Carthaginem diruerat, missus est (134). Is primum militem vitiosum et ignavum exercendo magis, quasi puniendo, sine uila acerbitate eorrexit. Turn muitas His- paniae civitates partim bello cepit, partim in deditionem accepit. Postremo ipsam Xumantiam, per XIV annos obsessam aeerrime- que defonsam, fame confecit et a solo evertit ; reliquam provin- eiam in iidem accepit. 44. P. Scipione Nasica et L. Calpurnio Bestia consulibus (110), Jugurthae, Numidarum regi, bellum illatum est, quod Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Mieipsae filios, fratres suos, reges, et P. R. amicos interemisset. Missus adversus eum consul CaJpurni- us Bestia, corruptus regis pecunia, pacem cum eo flagitiosissimam fecit, quae a senatu improbata est. Tandem Q. Caecilius Metei- lus consul (109), exercitu magna severitate et moderatione correc- to et ad disL'iplinam Romanam reducto, Jugurtham variis proeliis vicit multasque civitates ipsas in deditionem accepit. Successit ei C. Marios. Is Jugurtham superavit belloque terminum posu- it, capto Jugurtha j>er quaestorem suum Cornelium Sullam, in- genlem virum. Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum duobus fijiijs ductus vsi vinctus et mox jussu consulis in carcere strangulatus (! p *?|* Stiti HISTORY. 45. Dum bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, Roma- ni consules M. Manlius et Q. Caepio a Cirnbris et Teutonis, alio- rum Germanorum et Gallorum gentibus vieti sunt ad flumen Rbodanurn ; et ingenti internecione attriti, etiam castra sua et raagnam partem exercitus perdiderunt. Timor Romae grandis fuit, qaantus vix Hannibalis tempore Punici belli, ne iterum Galli Romam venirent. Ergo marius iterum consul est factus (104), bellumque ei contra Cimbros et Teutonos decretum est. — Tertio quoque ei et quarto delatus est consulatus, quia bellum Ciuibri- cum protrahebatur. Cum Cirnbris igitur conflixit et duobus proeliis CC milia hostium cecidit. LXXX milia cepit et ducem eorum Teutobodum, propter quod meritum absens quinto con- sul est factus. 46. Interea Cimbri et Teutoni, quorum copia adhuc infinita erat, in Italiam transierunt. Iterum a C- Mario et Q. Catulo contra eos dimicatum est ad Veronam proelio, CXL milia aut in pugna, aut in fuga caesa sunt ; LX milia capta. Romani milites ex utroque exercitu trecenti perierunt (101). Tria et triginta Cirnbris signa sublata sunt. DCLXI nono anno ab urbe condi- ta (91), quum prope alia omnia bella cessarent, in Italia gravis- simum bellum Picentes, Marsi Pelignique moverunt : qui, quum multos annos jam populo Romano obedirent, turn libertatem sibi aequam vindicare coeperunt. Perniciosum admodum hoc bellum fuit. In eo bello maxime excelluit L. Cornelius Sulla, qui, quum alias res egregias gessisset, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, cum magnis copiis fudit ; per quadriennium cum gravi calami tate hoc bellum tractum est. Quinto demum anno finitum est per L. Cornelium Sullam jusque civitatis sociis tributum. 47. Anno urbis conditae DCLXII primum Romae bellum civile commotum est : eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Caus- sam bello civili C. Marius, sexies consul, dedit. Nam quum Sulla consul, contra Mithridatem, regem Ponti, gesturus bellum, qui Asiam et Achaiam occupaverat, mitteretur, Marius ei hunc honorem praecipere conatus est. Qua re Sulla commotus cum exercitu ad urbem venit. Illic contra Marium et Sulpicium dimi- cavit. Primus urbem Romam armatus ingressus est. Sulpicio interfecto, Mario fugato, in Asiam profectus est (86). Ibi pluri- bus proeliis Mithridatem devicit eique tandem ea conditione pa- cem dedit, ut, relictis iis, quas occupaverat, terris, intra regni sui fines se contineret. 48. Sed dum Sulla in Graecia atque Asia Mithridatem vincit, (86) Marius, qui fugatus erat, et, Cornelius Cinna, unus ex con- sulibus, bellum in Italia repararunt et, ingressi urbem Romam, nobilissimos ex senatu et consularcs viros interfecerunt ; multos proscripserunt ; ipsius Sullae domo eversa, filios et uxorem ad HISTORY. 367 fugam compulerunt. Universus reliquus senatus, ex urbe fugiens, ad Sullam in Graeciam venit, orans, ut patriae subveniret. Sulla in Italiam trajecit et, adversariorum hostibus victis, mox etiam urbem ingressus est (82), quam caede et sanguine civium replevit. LXX milia hostiuin in proelio contra Sullam fuisse dicuntur ; XII milia se Sullae dediderunt, ceteri in acie, in cas- tris, in fuga insatiabili ira victoris consumpti sunt. 49. Sertorius, qui partium Marianarum fuerat, timens fortunam ceterorum, qui interempti erant, ad bellum commovit Hispanias. Missus est contra hunc virum fortissimum Q. Caecilius Metellus. filius ejus, qui Jugurtham regem vicit. Postea, quum impar pugnae solus Metellus putaretur, Cn. Pompeius in Hispanias missus est. Ita duobus ducibus adversis Sertorius fortuna varia saepe pugnavit. Octavo demum anno a suis occisus est (72). Omnes prope Hispaniae partes in ditionem populi Romani redac- tae sunt. 50. Mithridates, pace rupta, Bitliyniam et Asiam rursus voluit invadere (74). Ad versus euin ambo consules missi variam habue- re fortunam. Cotta, apud Chaleedonem victus ab eo acie, etiam intra oppidum coactus est et obsessus. Sed quum se inde Mith- ridates Cyzicum transtulisset, ut, Cyzico capta, totam Asiam inva- deret, Lucullus ei alter consul occurrit; ac, dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse eum a tergo obsedit fameque consumsit, et mnltis proeliis vicit; postremo Byzantium (quae nunc Constantinopolis est) fugavit, navali quoque proelio duces ejus Lucullus oppressit. Ita una hreme et aestate a Lucullo cen- tum fere milia regis exstincta sunt. 51. Duobus annis post in Italia novum bellum subito commo- tum est (71 ). Septuaginta enim quattuor gladiatores, ducibus Spartaco, Crixo et Oenomao effracto Capuae ludo, effugerunt et per Italiam vagantes paene non levins bellum in ea, quam Han- nibal moverat, paraverunt. Xam, multis ducibus et duobus si- mul Romanorum consulibus victis. sexaginta fere milium armato- rum exercitum congregaverunt ; victique sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule, et post multas calamitates Italiae tertio anno huic bello finis impositus (70). 52. Eodem tempore L. Lucullus Mithridatis, qui rursus arma contra Romanos moverat, regnum ingressus, regem proelio apud Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno adduxerat Mithridates, superatum fugavit et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque minor, quam tenucrat, eidem sublata est. Susceptus tamen est Mithridates post fugam a Tigrane, Armeniae rege, qui tunc ingenti gloria imperabat. Lucullus, repetcns hostem fugatum, etiam regnum Tigranis ingressus eat : Tigranocerta, civitatem nobilissimam Armeniae, cepit (68); ipsum regem, cum 368 HISTORY. ingenti exercitu venientem, ita vicit, ut magnain partem Armeni- orum deleverlt. 53. Anno post (67) piratae omnia maria infestabant ita, ut Romanis, toto orbe victoribus, sola navigatio tuta non esset. Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio decretum est ; quod intra paucos menses ingenti et felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox (66) ei delatum bellum etiam contra regem Mithridatem et Tigranem : quo suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia minore nocturno proelio vicit, castra diripuit : quadragintamilibus ejus occisis, viginti tantum de exercitu suo perdidit, et duos centuriones. Mitbri- dates cum uxore fugit et duobus comitibus. Neque multo post, quum in suos saeviret, Pharnacis, filii sui, orta apud milites sedi- tione, ad mortem coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc finem habuit Mithridates, vir ingentis industriae consiliique. Regnavit annos sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duo ; contra Romanos bellum habuit annos quadraginta. 54. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit (65). Hie se ei dedit et in castra Pompeii venit ac diadema suum quum procubu- isset ad genua Pompeii, in manibus ei collocavit ; quod ei Pompe- ius reposuit, honorificeque eum habitum, regni tamen parte mul- tavit et grandi pecunia. At is deinde, regibus ac populis sub- actis, inde in Judeam transgressus, Hierosolyma caput gentis, tertio mense cepit (63), duodecim milibus Judaeorum occisis, cet- eris in fidem acceptis. His rebus gestis, in Asiam se recepit et fiheni antiquissimo bello imposuit. 55. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio consulibus (63), L. Sergius Catilina, nobilissimi generis vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam patriam conjuravit cum quibusdam, claris illis qui- dem, sed audacibus viris. A Cicerone urbe expulsus est : socii ejus deprehensi in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero consule, Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus (62). 56. Anno urbis conditae DCXCIII (59) C. Julius Caesar, qui postea imperavit, cum L. Bibulo consul est factus. Decreta est ei Gallia et Illyrlcum cum legionibus decern. Is primo vicit Helvetios, qui nunc Sequani appellantur. Deinde vincendo per bella gravissima usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- muit autem annis novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est et circuitu patet ad bis et tricies centena milia passuum. Britannis mox bellum intu- lit (54), quibus ante eum ne nomen quidem Romanorum cogni- tum erat, eosque vicit ; Germanos quoque trans Rhenum aggres- sus cruentis proeliis vicit. 57. Iisdem fere temporibus (52) M. Licinius Crassus contra Parthos missus est et, quum circa Carras contra omina et auspicia dimicasset, a Surena, Orodis regis duce, victus, ad postremum HISTOitT. 309 interfectua est cum filio, clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene (50). Reliquiae exercitus per C. Cassium quaestorem servatae sunt, qui singulari animo perditas res tanta virtute restituit, ut Persas, rediens trans Euphratem, crebris proeliis vinceret. 58. Hine jam bellum civile successit, quo praeter caiamitates, quae in proeliis aeciderunt, etiam populi Roman i fbrtuna inutata est. Caesar enim, rediens ex Gallia victor, coepit poseere alte- ram consulatum : qui quum ab aliis ei deferretur, oblocuti sunt Marcellus consul, Bibulus, Pompeius, Cato, jussusque, diinissis exercitibus, ad urbem redire (49). Propter quam injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregates habebat, adversum patriam cum exercitu venit. Consules cum Pompeio, senatusque omuis atque universa nobilitas ex urbe fugit et in Graeciam transiit. 59. Dum senatus contra Caesarem bellum parat, hie, vacuam urbem ingressus, dictatorem se fecit (49). Inde Hispanias petiit. Ibi Pompeii exercitus validissimos et fortissimos cum tribus duci- bus, L. Afranio, M. Petreio, M. Varrone, superavit. Inde regres- sus in Graeciam transiit et adversum Pompeium dimicavit Pri- mo proelio victus est et fugatus ; evasit tamen, quia nocte inter- veniente Pompeius sequi noluit ; dixitque Caesar, nee Pompeium scire vincere, et ilio tantum die se potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum, productis utrinque ingentibus copiis, dimicaveruut. 60. Nunquam adhuc Romanae copiae in unum neque mnjores, neque melioribus ducibus convenerant Pugnatum est ingenti. contentione, victusque ad postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus direpta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam petiit, ut a rege Aegyp- ti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat propter juvenilem ejus aetatem, acciperet auxilia : qui, fortunam magis, quam amicitiam secutus, occidit Pompeium ; caput ejus et annulum Caesari misit. Quo conspecto, Caesar etiam lacrimas fudisse dicitur, tanti viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui (48). 61. Mox Caesar Alexandriam venit. Ei quoque Ptojemaeus parare voluit insidias : qua caussa regi bellum illatum est. Vic- tus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus ejus cum lorica aurea. Caesar, Alexandria potitus, regnum Cleopatrae dedit, Ptolemaei sorori. Romam regressus tertio se consulem fecit cum M. Aemi- lio Lepido (46). Inde in Africam profectus est, ubi infinita no- bilitas cum Juba Mauritaniae rege, bellum re para ve rat. Con- tra hos, comisso proelio, post multas dimicationes victor fuit Caesar. 62. Post annum (45) Caesar, Romam regressus, quarto se con- sulem fecit et statim in Hispanias est profectus, ubi Pompeii filii, Gnaeus et Sextus, in gens bellum reparaverant. Multa pro- elia fuerunt; ultimum apud Mundam, rlispaniae urbem, quo adeo 370 HISTORY. Caesar paene victus est, ut, fugientibus snis, se voluerit occklere? ne post tantam rei militaris gloriam in potestatcra adolescentium, natus an dos sex et quinqtiaginta, veniret. Denique, reparatis suis, vicit ; ex Pompeii nliis major occisus est, minor fugit (^5). 63. Inde Caesar, bellis civilibus toto orbe compositis, Romam rediit ; agere insolentius coepit et contra consnetudinem Roman- ae libertatis. Quum ergo et honores ex sua voluntate praestaret, qui a populo antea deferebantur, nee senatui ad se venienti assur- geret aliaque regia ac paene tyrannica faceret, conjuratum est in eum a LX vel amplius senatoribus equitibusque Eomanis. Prae- cipui fuerunt inter conjuratos duo Bruti ex eo genere Bruti, qui primus Eomae consul fuerat et reges expulerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo Caesar, quum senatus die inter ceteros venisset ad curiam, XXIII vulneribus confossus est (44). 64. Interfecto Caesare, bella civilia reparata sunt. Percusso- ribus enim Caesaris senatus favebat. Antonius consul, qui a Caesaris partibus stabat, civilibus bellis opprimere eos conabatur. Ergo, turbata republica, multa Antonius scelera committens, a senatu hostis judica,tus est. Missi (43) ad eum persequendum duo consules, Pansa et Hirtius, et Octavianus adolescens, annos X et VIII natus, Caesaris nepos, quern iile testamento heredem reliquerat et nomen suum ferre jusserat. Hie est, qui postea Augustus est dictus et rerum potitus. Quare profecti contra An- tonium tres duces vicerunt eum. Evenit tamen, ut victores con- sules ambo morerentur. Quare tres exercitus uni Caesari Au- gusto paruerunt. 65. Fugatus Antonius^ amisso exercitu, confugit ad Lepidum, qui Caesaris magister equitum fuerat et tunc copias militum gran- des habebat : a quo susceptus est. Mox, Lepido operam dante, Caesar cum Antonio pacem fecit et,. quasi vindicturus patris sui mortem, a quo per test-amentum fuerat adoptatus, Romam cum exercitu profectus, extorsit, ut sibi XX anno consulatus daretur. Senatum proscripsit cum Antonio et Lepido et republicam armis ten ere coepit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator occisus est, multique alii nobiles. GG. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Caesaris, ingens bellum moverunt (42) ; erant enim per Macedoniam et Orientem multi exercitus, quos occupaverant. Profecti sunt igitur contra eos Caesar Octavianus Augustus et M. Antonius ; (remanserat enim ad defendendam Italiam Lepidus ;) apud Philippos, Mace- doniae urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt Antonius et Caesar ; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cassius : secun- do Brutum et infinitam nobilitatem, quae cum illis bellum gesse- rat, victam interfecerunt. Ac sic inter eos divisa est respublica, ut Augustus Hispanias, Gallias et Italiam teneret; Antonius Asian), Pontum, Orientem. NARRATIVES. 371 67. Paullo post Antonius, qui Asiam Orientemqne tenebat, repudiata sorore Caesaris Augusti Octaviani, Cleopatram, regi- nam Ae, i, m. stag. cesso 1. to cease, neglect, omit. [ers. ceteri, ae, a, the rest, oth- Ceus 3. from the island of Ceus in the Aegean sea. chalybs, ybis, m. steel, charta, ae,/ paper. ehorda, ae,/ string. Chrisms, i. m. Clirist. cibus, i, m.food. cicer, eris, n. chick-pea. Cicero, onis, m. Cicero. ciconia, ae,/ stork. cicur, uris, tame. cieo, Ivi, itum 2. to raise. * Cimber, bri, m. a Cim- brian. Cineas, ae, m. Cineas. cingo, xi, ctum 3. to gird, surround. einis, eris, m. ashes. Ciree, es,/ Circe. cireiter, adv. about. cireuitus, us, m. circuit, extent. circulus, i, m. circle, cir- cuit. circumdo, dedi, datum, da>e, to place around, surround, (c. dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, or c. ace. of pers. and abl. of thing). cireumeo (circueo), li, itum 4. to go around. circumfero, tuli, latum 3. to carry around. circumsedeo, sedi, ses- sum 2. to sit around, circumspicio, spexi, spectum 3. (c. ace.) to look around (after something). circumsto, eti 1. to stand around. circumvenio, veni, ven- tum 3. to go around, surround. circus, i, m. circus, race- course. citatus 3. swift. cito. adv. quickly. civllis, e, ciril ; bellum civile, civil war. civis, is, c. citizen, subject. civitas, atis, / citizen- ship, state ; 2) right of citizenship. 382 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. clades, i$,f. defeat. cogito 1. to think, cons-id- comitia, orum, n. assem- clamito 1, to cry out of- er. bly oj the people. ter. cognatus, i, m. a relation, comltor 1. to accompany. clamo 1. to cry out. cognitio, onis, f. know- commemoro 1. to men- clamor, oris, m. a cry. ledge. tion. clandestlmus 3. secret. cognitus 3. known. commendatio, onis, f. clare, adv. clearly, evi- cognomen, mis, n. fam- commendation. dently. ily name. commendo 1. to recom- clarus 3. clear, renowned, cognosco, novi, nitum mend. classis, is, /.fleet. 3. to become acquaint- committo, mlsi, missum claudo, si. sum 3. to ed with, perceive, un- 3. to commit to; 2) to close. derstand. commit. classus 3. closed. cogo, coegi, coactum 3. commoditas, atis,^cow- clavis, is,f key. to compel. venience. clavus, i. m. nail. cohaereo, si, sum 2. to commodum, i, n. ad- Clazomenae, arum, f. hold together. vantage, use. a city in Ionia. cohors, tis.f. cohort. commodus 3. convenient clemens, tis, mild. cohortor 1. to encourage, commonefacio, feci, fac- Clemens, ntis, m. Cle- incite. turn 3. to remind. meat. collega, ae, m. colleague, commoneo 2. to remind, clementer, adv. mildly, colligo 1. to bind together. admonish. Cleomenes, is, m. (Jleo- colligo, egi, ectum 3. commoveo 2. to move. menes. to collect. communis, e, common, clitellae, arum, f. pack- collis, is, m. a hill. known by all. saddle. colloco 1. in c. abl. to commutatio, onis, f. Clitus, i, m. Clitus. place m t bestow upon change. cloaca, ae, f. drain (for something. como, compsi, comp- streets). colloquium, i, n. confer- turn 3. to comb, adorn. Clodius, i. m. Clodius. rence. comoedia, ae,yi comedy. clypeus, i, m. shield. colloquor, locutus sum compareo, ui 2. to ap- coactor, oris, m. collector. 3. to converse. pear. coalesco, luij litum 3. collum, i, n. neck. compSro 1. to prepare, to grow together, to collustro 1. to illuminate. acquire, coalesce. colo, coltii, cultum 3. compello, ptili, pulsum coaxo 1. to croak. to attend to, cultivate, 3. to drive together, coccyx, ygis, m. cuckoo. revere, honor. drive. cochlea, ae,f. a snail. colonia, &e,f. colony. compenso 1. to make up. Codes, itis, m. Cocks. color, oris, m. color. comperio, peri, pertum codex, icis, m. book. columba, ae,,/ dove. 1. to ascertain. codicilli, orum, m. writ- colus, i,f. distaff. compes, edis, f. a fetter, ing tablet. coma, ae, f. hair of the compesco, cui 3. to curb, coelestis, e, Jieavenly. head ; 2) mane. check. coelum, i, n. heaven. comburo, ussi, ustum 3. complector, exus sum coena, ae, f a meal. to burn up, burn. 3. to embrace. coeno 1. to partake of comedo, edi, esum 3. compleo, evi, etum 2. food; coenatus 3. to eat, consume. to Jill, having eaten. comes, Itis, m. compan- complexus, us, m. em- coenula, ae, f. a spare ion. brace. meal. [gun. cometes, ae, m. comet complico, avi, atum 1. coepi, pisse, to have be- comicus, 3. comic ; poe- to fold together ; com- coerceo 2. to restrain. ta comicus, comic plicatus 3. involved. cogitatio, onis, / reflex- poet. complures, a or ia, gen. tion. comis, e, courteous. ium, very many. cogitato, adv. with reflec- comitas, atis, /. kind- compono, stii, situm 3. tion. ness. to put together, dispose; LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 383 pacem, to establish peace ; se comp. in aliquid. to set one's self right. compos, otis, c. gen. powerful, possessed of compositus 3. composed. comprehendo, di, sum 3. to seize. cornpungo, xi, ctum 3. to prick. concedo, essi, essum 3. to allow, confess ; 2) to surrender one's self concido, cidi 3. to fall together. concilio 1. to conciliate, unite. concino, inui, entum 3. to sing together, sound together. concionor 1. to harangue the people. concipio, cepi, ceptam 3. to conceive, receive; suspicionem, conceive a suspicion. con ci to 1. to excite, raise. coneitor, oris, m. exciter. conclamo 1. to call out. conclave, is, n. room, chamber. concludo, si, sum 3. to include. concordla, ae,y! harmo- ny. concors, rdis, united. concresco, crevi, cretum 3. to grow together. concupisco, pivi, pltum 3. to desire. condemno 1. to condemn ; captis, to death. condimentum, i. n. sea- soning. condio 4. to season. condiscipulus, i, m. fel- low-student. conditio, onis, f condi- tion. condo. idi, Itum 3. to preserve, conceal, found. conduco, xi, ctum 3. to bring together; 2) to hire. confabulor 1 . to chat with. confectio, onis, f mak- ing, composing. confero, contuli, colla- tum 3. to bring tog etfier, join, compare; 2) to confer (e. g. favors); se conferre, to betake one's self. conficio, feci, fectum 3. to perform, con- clude; 2) to impair, consume. confido, Isus sum 3, c. dat. or abl. to trust to, confide in. contirmo 1. to confirm. confiteor, fessus sum 2. to acknowledge, confess. confllgo, xi, ctum 3. to fight. confluo, xi, xum 3. to flow together. eonfodio, odi, ossum 3. to stab. conformo 1. to form. confringo, fregi, frac- tum 3. to break in pieces. •nfugio to take refuge. congero, essi, estum 3. to collect together. congerro, onis, m. com- rade, play -fellow. congredior, gressus sum 3. to meet (with one), fight. >ngrSg congressio, onis,yi meet- ing, engagement. conjicio. jeci, jectum 3. to throw ; in pudorem conjici, to be dis- graced. conjugo, 1. to unite. conjungo, nxi, nctum 3. to join conjuratio, onis, f con- spiracy. conjuratus 3. conspired, a conspirator. conjux, ugis, f wife. connecto, exui, exum 3. to connect. Cono, onis, m. Conon. conor 1. to undertake, venture, try. conquiesco, evi, etum 3. in c. abl. to find consolation in some- thing. consanesco, nui 3. to be- come well. conscendo, di, sum, 3. to mount up, to ascend. conscientia, ae, f con- sciousness, conscience. conscius 3. c. gen. con- scious of. consector 1 . to pursue. consenesco, nui 3. to grow old. consensus, us, m. agree- ment. consentaneus 3. suited to. consentio, nsi, nsum 4. to agree with. consequor, secutus sum 3. to follow, to attain. consero, rui, rtum 3. to join together; ma- num cum allquo. to be hand to hand with some one. consero, sevi, sltum 3. to set with plants. conservatio, onis, f pre- servation. conservator, oris, m ; conservatrix, Icis /. preserver. conservo 1. to preserve. consessus, us, m. assem- big. considero 1 . to consider. consldo, edi, essum 3. to sit down. consigno 1. to note, point out. consilium i, n. counsel, deliberation, purpose, plan, wisdom. consolatio. onis, f con- soling, consolation. consulor 1. to console. consors, tis c. gen. par- taking of. conspectus, us, m. sight. 384 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. conspergo, rsi, rsum 3. to besprinkle, strew. conspicio, exi, ectum 3. to disctMxar. [see. eonspicor 1. to discover, eonspicuus 3 conspicu- ous. conspiratlo, onis, con- spiracy. constanter, adv. with constancy, constantly. constantly, ae, f. stead- fastness. consterno, stravi, stra- tum 3 to strew. constituo, ui, utum 3. to establish, determine, constitute. consto, iti, atum 1. c. abl. or ex c. abl. to consist of; to cost; constat, it is known. constringo, inxi. ictum 3. to draw together, bind together. consuesco, evi, etum 3. to accustom one's self, be accustomed. consuetudo, u\is,f hab- it, intercourse. consul, ulis, m. consul. consuls ris, is, m. one who has been a consul. consulate, us, m. con- sulship. consulo, lui, ltum 3. to deliberate ; c. ace. to consult some one; c. dat. to consult for some one. consul to, adv. designedly. consultus 3. c. gen. ac- quainted with. con sumo, mpsi, mptum 3. to consume. consurgo, rexi, rectum 3. to arise together. contamino 1. to contam- inate. contemno, mpsi, mp- tum 3 to despise. contemplor 1. to consid- er. con tern ptus, us, m. con- tempt. contendo, di, turn 3. to stretch, stretch one's self strive after some- thing ; in locum, to march ; to contend ; ab aliquo, to demand. contentio, onis, f con- tention, struggle. contentus 3. c. abl. con- tented. contero, trlvi, tritum 3. to break in pieces, wear out ; contrltus 3. threshed. conticesco, ticui 3. to be silent. contineo, inui, en turn 2. to hold together; an- imam, to stop the breath, abstain. contingo, tigi, tactum 3. to fall to ones lot. coniinuo, ado. forthwith. contintius 3. continuous. contorqueo. rsi, rtum 2. to hurl, shoot. contra, adv. on the con- trary. contraho, axi, actum 3. to draw together. contrarius 3. opposite. contrecto 1. to handle. contrcmiseo, tremui 3. to tremble. contueor. tuitus sum 2. to consider. contundo, udi, usum 3. to crush, bring to naught. convalesco, lui 3. to re- cover. conveho, exi, ectum 3. to bring together, carry together. covello, velli, vulsum 3. to rend, convulse. convenio, veni, ventum 4. to come together ; c. ace. to visit. converto, rti, rsum 3. to turn around, turn to, turn. con viva, ae, m. guest. convivium, i, n. enter- tainment. convlvor 1. to eat with. convoco 1. io call togeth- er. convolo 1. to fly, hasten together. coorlor, ortus sum 4. to arise, burst forth. copia, ae, f. abundance, multitude ; opportuni- ty ; pi. troops. copiosus 3. abundant ; 2) rich in expression, fluent. copulo 1. to join. coqua, ae,/. a cook. coquo, xi, ctum 3. to cook. coquus, i, m. man cook. cor, cordis, n. heart. Corinthius3. Corinthian. Corinthus, i,f Corinth. corneus 3. of horn. cornu, us, n. horn. corona, ae,/! garland. corporeus 3. corporeal. corpus, oris, n. body. corrado, si, sum 3. to scrape together. correctio, onis, / co?-- reetion. corrlgo, rexi, rectum 3. to correct, improve. corrlpio, ripui, reptum 3. to seize. corrugatus 3. wrinkled. corrumpo. rupi, ruptum 3. to icaste, destroy, corrupt. corruo, ui 3. to rush to- gether. cortex, icis, m. rind, bark. corvus, i, m. a crow. cos, cotis, / wh grindstone. cram be, es.f cabbage. eras, adv. to-morrow. creber, bra, brum, fre- quent. crebro, adv. frequently. credo, didi, ditum 3. to believe, to trust. credulus 3. credulous. Cremera, ae, / river in Etruria. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 885 cremo 1. to burn. creo 1 . to create, choose. crepo. ui, Hum 1. to creak. cresco, crevi. cretum 3.. to increase, grow. Creta, ae,/ Crete. crimen, inis, n. crane. crinis, is, m. hair. crinltus 3. hairy. Croto, onis, m. Croton. cruciatus, as. m. torture. crucio 1. to torment, tor- ture. crudelis, e, cruel crudelitas, atis. f. crud- cruentus 3. bloody. cruor, oris, m. blood. crus, uris, n. shin, leg. crux, ucis,/ cross. cubo, ui, itum 1. to re- cline. cuculo 1 . to coo. cuculus, i, m. cuckoo. cucumis, eris, m. cucum- ber. cullna, ae,/ kitchen. culmen, mis, n. top. culpa, ae./ guilt, fault. cultus, us, m. attention to, clothing, worship. cumulo 1. to heap up, load. curiae, arum,/ a cradle. cunctor 1 . to delay. cunctus 3. the whole; pi. all, all together. cuniculus, i, m. rabbit. cupide, adv. eagerly. cupiditas. atis. / desire. cupldus 3. c. gen. de- sirous. cupio, plvi, pltum 3. to desire, wish. cur, adv. why ? cura, ae,/ care; currae mihi est, / am anx- ious. curculio, onis, m. the corn-worm. Cures, Turn./ chief city of the Sabine s. curia, ae, f. senate-house. Curl us Curii euro 1. to care; c. ace. to be concerned, to look out fur something ; c. gerundivo, to cause. curriculum, i. n. race- course, course. curro, cucurri, cursum 3. to run. currus, us, m. chariot. cursus, us, m. a course. cuspis, idis,/ point. custodia, ae./ watch. custodio 4. to guard, watch, keep. custos, odis, m. keeper. cymba, ae,/ boat. Cynic us, i, n. die Cynic. Cynoscephalae, arum./ a hill in Thessaly. Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus. Cyrenaeus, i. m. Cyren- ian. Cyprus, i,/ Cyprus. D. Damno I. to condemn. damnum, i, n. injury. Darius, i, m. Darius. Datis, is, m. Datis. dea, ae,/ goddess. deambulo 1. to go to walk. debeo 2. to owe, ought, must. debilis, e, weak. debilito 1. to weaken. decedo, cessi, cessum 3. to go away, die. December, bris, m. De- cember. decemviri, orum, m. de- cemvirs, ten magis- trates. decerno, crevi, cretum 3. to determine, discern. deeerpo, psi, ptum 3. to pluck off, break off, take from. deeerto 1. to contend. decet 2. c. ace. it is proper. deciplo, eepi, ceptum 3. to deceive. d claro 1. to declare. 33 de corns . 3 . becom ing ; decorum, propriety. decresco, crevi, cretum 3. to decrease. decus, oris, n. honor. dedecet 2. c. ace. it is not proper. dedecus, oris, n. disgrace. dedico 1. to dedicate. deditio, onis, / surren- der. dedo, idi, itum, 3. to de- liver up. deduco, xi, ctum 3. to lead away. defatigo 1. to weary, to make weary ; pass, to become weary. defectio, onis,/ desertion. defendo, di, sum 3. to defend. defensor, oris, m. de- fender. defero, detuli, delatum, deferre 3. to offer. defervesco, btii 3. to cease boiling, cease raging. defetiscor, fessus sum 3. to become weary, be wearied. [to fail. def Icio, feci, fectum 3. deflgo, xi, xum 3. in c. abl. to fix firmly, fix upon something. deflnio 4. to define. deflagro 1. to burn up.. deflecto, xi, xum 3. to turn from, deviate. defugio, ugi, ugitum 3. c. ace. to escape. degener, eris, degenerate. degusto 1. to taste. deinde, thereupon, then. Deianlra, ae, / Deja- nira. dejicio, jeci, jectum 3. to cast down. delecto 1. to dcligld ; pass. c. abl. to be de- lighted, to rejoice at. deleo, evi, etum 2. to destroy, annihilate. delibero 1. to deliberate^ consider. 386 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. delicatus 3. delicate. delictum, i, n. offence. deligo, egi, ectum 3. to select. Delphi, orum, m. Del- phi. Delphlcus 3. Delphic. delinquo, Iqui, ictum 3. to do wrong. dellro 1. to be silly. delhus 3. silly. delitesco, litui 3. to con- ceal. deludo, si, sum 3. to de- ceive. Delus (os), i f. Delos (an island). demando 1. to commit to. Demaratus, i, m. De- maratus. dernergo, si, sum 3. to plunge under, sink. demeto, ssui, ssum 3. to cut down. demitto, misi, missum 3. to send down, let fall. demo, mpsi. mptum 3. to take aivay. demolior, Itus sum 4. to demolish. demonstrator, oris, m. shower. demonstro 1. to point out. Demosthenes, is, m. De- mosthenes. demulceo, mulsi. mul- sum 2. to soothe; 2) to lick. demum, adv. first, at length. deique, adv. at last, finally. dens, tis, m. tooth. dens us 3. thick. den tat us 3. toothed. denuntio I. to announce. denuo, adv. anew. depasco, pavi, pastum 3. to feed down. dependio, di 2. to hang down. depono, posui, positum 3. to lay down, lay aside. depopulor 1. to lay waste. deprecatto, onis, f entreaty. deprehendo, di, sum 3. to seize, catch. deprimo, pressi, pres- sum 3. to depress. depugno 1. to fight (for life or death), derldeo, Tsi, Isum 2. to deride. descendo, di, sum 3. to descend. deserlbo, psi, ptum 3. to describe, note. desceo, cui, ctum 1. to cut off. desero, rui, rtum 3. to desert. desidenum, i, n. longing, earnest desire. desidero 1. to long for, feel the want of some- thing. desldo, edi 3. to fail down. designo 1. to designate. desmo, sii, situm 3. to cease. desisto, stiti, stitum 3. to desist, cease. desperatio, onis, f. de- spair. despero 1 . to despair of. desplcio, spexi, spectum 3. to despise destituo, ui, utum 3. to desert, leave behind. destruo, uxi, uctum 3. to destroy. desum, fui, esse, to be wanting; c. dat. rei, to neglect. detego, xi, ctum 3. to detect. detergeo, rsi, rsum 2. to wipe off. deterreo 2 to frighten from, deter. detcstabllis, e, detestable. detineo, tinui, tcntum 2. to hold back, detain. detralio. axi, actum 3. to draw from, remove. detnmentum, i, n. inju* ry. detrudo, si, sum 3. to thrust down. deus, i, m. God. devasto 1. to lay waste. devertor, ti 3. to turn in, put up. devinco 3. to conquer. devoco 1 . to call down. devolo 1. to fly fortk t hasten away. devoro 1. to devour. dexter, tra, trum, right. diadema, atis, n. crown. dialectics,, ae.f logic. dialectus, \.f dialect. Diana, ae,y! Diana. dico, xi, ctum 3. to say, call. [tor. dictator, oris, m. dicta- dictito 1. to say often. dicto 1. to dictate. dies, ei, m. day. differo, distuli, dilatum, differe 3. to put off, defer. difficilis, e, difficult. difficultas, atis, / diffi- culty. difficulter, adv. with dif- ficulty. diifido, Isus sum 3. to distrust. diffindo, fidi, fissum 3. to Split. diffugio, ugi, ugttnm 3. to flee asunder (from each other), diffundo, fudi, fusum 3. to diffuse, disperse. digero, essi, estum 3. to separate, digest. digitus, i, m. finger. dignitas, atis, f dignity dignus 3. c. abl. worthy des'.rving. dijudico 1 . to distinguish. dilabor, lapsus sum 3. to glide away, disap- pear. dilacero 1. to tear in pieces. dilanlo 1. to tear in pieces, lacerate. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 387 diligens, tis, diligent diligenter adv. diligently. diligent! a, ae, f. dili- gence, exactness. diligo, lexi, lectum 3. to esteem, love. dilucidus 3. clear. diluo, tii, utum 3. to di- lute, weaken. dimieo 1. to fight (a gen- eral battle). dimidium. i, n. half. dimitto 3. to dismiss. Dionysius, i, m. Diony- sius. [thong. diphthongus, i. f. diph- dirimO; emi, emptum 3. to separate. diripio, ipui, eptum 3. to plunder. diruo, tii, utum 3. to de- stroy. dirus 3. horrible. discedo. cessi, cessum 3. to go away, depart. descessus, us, m. de- parture. discindo, cidi, cissum 3. to tear in pieces, rend. disciplina, ae, f. disci- pline. discipulus, i, m. disciple. discludo, si, sum 3. to separate. disco, didici 3. to learn. discolor, oris, party-col- ored, variegated. discord! a, ae,/ discord. discordo 1 . cum aliquo, to disagree with some one. discrlmen, mis, n. dis- tinction, danger. discurro, curri, and cu- curri, cursum 3. to run from each other, scatter. discutio. ussi, ussum 3. to disperse, to dispel. disertus 3. eloquent. disjlcio. jeci, jectum 3. to scatter. dispar, aris, unequal, di- verse. dispello, puli, pulsum 3. to drive asunder, to dispel. [perish. dispereo, ii. ltum 4. to dispergo, rsi, rsum 3. to disperse, scatter. dispicio, exi, ectum 3. to open the eyes. displiceo 2. to displease. dissensio, onis, f. dis- sension. dissero, rui, rtum 3. to discuss, discourse. dissidum, i, n. dissagree- ment. dissimilis, e, dissimilar. dissipo 1 . to scatter. dissolvo, vi, lutum3. to dissolve. dissuadeo, si, sum 2. to dissuade. distincte, adv plainly. distineo, inui, entum 2. to hold from each other, occupy, detain. distinguo, nxi, nctum 3. to distinguish. distraho, axi, actum 3. to draw asunder, dis- solve, waste. distribuo, tii, utum 3. c. dat. to distribute. ditto, onis,/! rule, power. diu, adv. a long time; diutius, longer. diuturnitas, atis, f. long- continuance. diuturnus 3. long-con- tinued. di versus 3. different. dives, itis. rich. divido, Isi, Isum 3. to divide. divlnus 3. divine. divit!ae, arum, f. riches. do, dedi, datum, dare 1. to give, attribute; lit- te'ras dare, to write a letter. doceo, cui, ctum 2. to teach, inform. doc! lis, e, teachable. doctor, oris. m. teacher. doctrina, ae, f doctrine, instruction, science. doctus 3. learned, versed in. documentum, i, n. proof. doleo 2. to grieve, fed pain. doliarium, i, n. cellar. dolor, oris, m. pain, grief dolus, i, m. fraud. domest!cus 3. domestic. domiciiium, i, n. resi- dence. dominatio, onis, f. do- minion. dominor 1. to reign. dominus, i, m. lord, mas- ter. domo, ui, ltum 1. to subdue. domus, us./ house, pal- ace; domi, at home; domo, from home. donee, conj. until, until that, even until. dono i . to give, present. donum, i, n. present. dormio 4. to sleep. dos. dotis,/. dowry, por- tion. dubito 1 . to doubt. dubius 3. doubtful. duco, xi, ctum 3. to lead t draw, lead away; 2) to consider, regard as something. dulcedo,!nis,/ sweetness, pleasantness. dulcis, e, sweet, lovely. dum, conj. while, so long as; -with subj. until, until that, so (as) long as ; provided that. dumetum, i, n. a thicket. dummodo, conj. with subj. provided that. dupttco 1 . to double. duro 1 . to last, endure. durus 3. hard. dux, ucis, c. leader, gen- eral. Dyrrhachium, i, n. Dyrrhachium. E. Eblandior, Itus sum 4. to gain by flattery. 388 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. eburneus 3. of ivory, elabor, lapsus sum 3. enato 1 . to swim out. ivory. to glide away. Endymio, orris, m. En- ecclesia, ae,/ church. elaboro 1. to bestow dymion. echo, us, f. echo. pains upon; in c. abl. eneco, cui, ctum 1. to edlco, xi, ctum 3. to give to occupy one's self kill by inches, vex to out, command. with something. death. edisco, didici 3. to com- elegans, tis, elegant. enim, for ( § 102. 2. d). mit to memory. elegantia, ne.fi elegance, enltor, Isus or ixus sum edo, edi, esum 3. to eat. elementum, i, n. element, 3. to exert one's self edo, Idi, ltum, 3. to put beginning, elementary strive. forth, proclaim, per- principle, letter (of the ensis, is, m. sivord. form. alphabet). enumero 1 . to enumerate. edoceo, cui, ctum 2. to elephantus, i, m. ele- eo, adv. thither, so far. instruct, inform. phant. eo, Ivi, ltum, ire, to go. ea\o\o l.tohew properly, elevo 1 . to take away ; 2) Epaminondas, ae, m. to square. to disparage. Epaminondas. educo 1 . to bring up. elicio, ui, ltum 3. to Ephesius 3. Ephesian. educo, xi, ctum 3. to draw out, elicit. Ephesus, \,fi. Ephesus. lead forth. elido, Isi, Isum 3. to ephippium, i, n. horse- effector. oris, m. maker. dash, break, weaken. cloth. effeminatus 3. effemi- eligo, egi, ectum 3. to Epicurus, i, m. Epicurus, nate. select out, elect, choose, epigramma, atis, n. epi- effero 1. to render fierce, eloquentia, ae, f elo- gram. effero, extfili, elatum 3. quence. epilogus, i, m. epilogue, to carry forth, bury. eloquor, ctitus sum 3. to epistola, &e,f letter. efficax, acis, effectual. pronounce. [forth, eptilae, arum,^ a meal, efficio, feci, fectum 3. eluceo, xi 2. to shine feast. to effect, make. eludo, usi, usum 3. to epulor 1. to feast, enter- effigies, ei,f figure. elude, deride. tain. effingo, finxi, fictum 3. emendo 1. to improve. eques, itis, m. horseman; to figure, conceive of. ementior, Itus sum 4. to cavalry, knight. emoresco, rtii 3. to state falsely. equidem. adv. indeed. flourish. emergo, rsi, rsum 3. to equitatus, us, m. horse- effodio, odi, ossum 3. to emerge, to work one's manship, cavalry. dig up. self out. equito 1. to ride. effringo, fregi, fractum emetior, emensus sum equus, i, m. horse, steed. 3. to break open, break 4. to measure off; trav- Erechtheus, ei, m. Erec- up. el through. theus. efruglo, fugi, fugitum 3. emico, tii, atum 1. to ergo, con j. there/ ore. q. ace. to flee away. gush forth. Eretri'a, ae,j£ Eretria. efFundo, udi, usum 3. emigro 1 . to move out .. Eretriensis, is, m. an to pour forth, throw emineo, ui 2. to be emi- Eretriam, off. nent. erigo, exi, ectum 3. to effusus 3. unrestrained, emitto, mlsi, missum 3. elevate ; erectus, ele- egeo, ui 2. to want, be in to send forth, thrust rated, lofty. want. out. eripio, ipui, eptum 3. to Egeria, ae,/. a nymph, emo, emi, emptum 3. snatch from. egestas, atis,/. want. to purchase. erraticus 3. wandering. ego, pron. I. emollio 4. to soften. erro I. to wander, err. egredior, gressus sum emolumentum, i, n. ad- error, oris, m error; pi. 3. to depart. vantage. [to die. wanderings. ejielo, eei, ectum 3. to emorior, ortuus sum 3. erudlo 4. to instruct. cast forth. emptro, ums.fi purcka&e. erumpo, rupi, ruptum cjuio i. to complain. en, ad&. heholdl 3. to break forth. ejusmodi. of this kind, cnna.ro 1. to relate eruo. ui, litum 3. to dig of like kind. through. up. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 389 escn, &e,f. food, bait, excidium, i, n. destruc- expedlo 4. to disengage ; esurio 4. to be hungry. tion. {destroy. se exp. to get ready. et, conj. and; et — et, exeido, Idi, Isum 3. to expeditio, onis, f expe- both — and. so (as) excieo, Ivi, Itum 2. or dition. well — as also. excio, Ivi, Itum 4. to expello, puli, pulsum 3. etiam. conj. also. excite, arouse. to expel. etiamsi, conj. even if. exclpio, cepi. ceptum expergefacio, feci, fac- Etruria, ae,/ Etruria. 3. to receive. turn 3. to arouse (from etsi. conj. even if al- excito 1 . to excite, raise. sleep). though. exelamo 1. to cry out. expergiscor, perrectus Euboea, ae,/' Euboea. excludo, usi, usum 3. sum 3. to wake up. Europa, ae, f Europe. to shut out, hatch. experior, pertus sum 4. Eurotas, ae, m. river at exeolo, olui, ultum 3. to ascertain, learn, try. Sparta. to cultivate. expers, rtis, c. gen. des- evado, asi, asurn 3. to exeors, rdis, senseless. titute of. go out. become. excrucio 1. to torment. expeto, Ivi, Itum 3. to evanesco, nui 3. to dis- excusatio, onis, f ex- strive to obtain. appear. cuse. expingo, nxi, ctum 3. evello, velli, vulsum 3. exedo, edi, esum 3. to to paint out. to pluck out. consume, corrode, expleo, evi, etum 2. to evenit 4. it happens. exemplar, aris, n. mod- Jill up, fulfil. eventus, us, m. event, re- el, pattern. explico 1. to explain. suit. exemplum, i, n. exam- explode si, sum 3. to everto. ti, sum 3. to pie, instance. clap off, drive off. overturn, prostrate, de- exeo, li, itum, Ire, to explorator, oris, m spy. siroy. go out, go forth. exploro 1. to search out, evlto 1. to avoid. exerceo 2. to exercise. explore. evoco 1. to call forth. exercitatio, om$,f exer- expono, posui, positum evolo 1. to fly foHli. cise, practice. 3. to explain. evolvo, Ivi, latum 3. to exereitus, us, m. army, exposco, poposci 3. to unfold, bring out. exhaurio, si, stum 4. to demand, request. evomo, ui, itum 3. to exhaust. exprTmo, pressi, pres- belch forth, send forth, exhilaro I. to exhilarate. sum 3. to express. exacuo, ui, utum 3. to exigo, egi, actum 3. to exprobro 1. to re- sharpen, pass (time). proach. exaedifico 1. to build. exiguus 3. little, paltry, expugno 1. to take. exaglto 1. to harass. eximius3. distinguished, exqulro, ism, isltum 3. axamen, liiis, n. swarm. excellent. to examine. examino 1. to examine, existimatio, onis, f es- exsileo, silui, sultum 4. exanimo 1 . to deprive of timation, opinion, judg- to leap forth, spring up. life, to kill. meat. exsilium, i, n. banish- exardesco, arsi, arsum existimo X.toesteem, con- ment. 3. to take fire. sider one something. existo, stiti 3. to arise, exaresco, rui 3. to become exitium, i, n destruction. become, be. di~y. exitus, us. m. departure, exsors, rtis, c. gen. des- exascio 1 . to hew, fashion, exordior, orsus sum 4. titute of [pectation. exaudlo 4. to listen to. to begin. expectatio, onis, f ex- excedo, cessi, cessum 3. exordium, i. n. beginning, exspecto 1. to expect, c. abl. or ex c. abl. to origin. await, ivait. go forth, depart. exorior. ortus sum 4. to exsto, stiti 1. to stand excello, ui 3. to excel. appear, arise. out. project. excelsus 3 elevated. exuro 1. to entreat ear- exstinguo, nxi, netum exeerpo. p.ieccs ; furiosus 3. raring. Gottin^ensis, e, of Got- inoli- frangere, to furo, ui 3 to n:g<>. tiugen. grind. furor, oris, m. rage. gradus, us, m. step. 392 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Graece, adv. in Greek. Halicarnassus, i, f a hirundo, inis,y! swallow. Graecla, &e,f. Greece. city of Caria. Hispanla, ae,/* Spain. Graecus, i, m. a Greek, hamus, i, m. fishing-hook. Hispanus, i, m. a Graecus 3. Greek. Hannibal, alis, m. Han- Spaniard. grammaticus 3. gram- nibal. Histiaeus, i, m. Histiae- matical; grammati- harpago, onis, m. hook. us. cus, i, m. grammarian. grappling-iron. historia, ae,fi history. grandis, e, great ; natu haruspx, icis, m. sooth- historlcus, i, m. historian, grandis, aged. sayer. histrio, onis, m. actor. granum, i. m. a grain. hasta, ae,/ spear. hodie, adv. to-day grassor 1. to walk; in haud, adv. not. Homerus, i. m Homer. aliquid, to rage haurio, hausi, haustum homo, inis, m. man. against something. 4. to draw. honestas, atis,/*. intsgri- grate, adv. gratefully. hebdomas, adis, f. a ty. gratia, ae, f. favor, week. honeste, adv. decently, thank ; gratias agere, hebes, etis, blunt, dull, honorably, virtuously. to thank, give thanks; obtuse. honestus 3. honest, up- gratiam referre, to re- hebesco 3. to become dull, right, honorable, vir- turn a favor; gratia torpid. tuous. (with a foregoing hebeto 1. to stupify, honorifice, adv. honora- gen.), on account of. weaken bly. gratiosus 3. beloved. Hector, oris, m. Hector, honoro 1. to honor. gratulabundas 3. con- Helvetius, i, m. a honos, oris, m. honor, gratulating. Swiss. post of honor, mark of gratulor 1. to congrat- hem, inter j hem ! ah ! honor. ulate. herba, ae,f herb. hora, ae, f. hour. gratus 3. agreeable; 2) Hercules, is, m. Hercules. Ho ratius, i, m. Horace. grateful. hereditas, atis )t /! inheri- hordeum, i, n. barley. gravate, adv. unwillingly. tance. horno, adv. of this year. gravis, e, heavy, difficult ; heres, edis, m. heir. horrendus 3. dreadful. serious. heri, adv. yesterday. horreum, i, n. granary. gra vitas, atis, f serious- herilis, e, of or pertaining horribilis, e, horrible. ness, dignity. to a master. hortor 1. to exhort. graviter, adv. heavily, Herodotus, i, m. Hero- hortulus, i, m. a little violently, forcibly ;gra- dotus. garden; 2) a small viter ferre, to be dis- herus, i, m. master. farm. pleased. hesternus 3. of yesterday, hortus, i, m. garden. grex, gis, m. herd, flock, heus, adv. ho there ! hospes, Ttis, m. a guest. gubernator, oris, m. pi- hibernus 3. belonging to hospitlum, i, n. hospitali- lot. winter. ty. guberno 1. to govern, hie, haec, hoc, this ; hie, hostilis, e, hostile. rule. adv. here ; upon this hostis, is, m. enemy. gusto 1. to taste, relish. occasion. hue, adv. hither. hiemo 1. to pass the hm, inter j. Olalas! H. winter. human! tas, atis, f hu- Habeo 2. to have, hold; hiems, emis,f ivinter. manity. consider; sese habere, Hierosolyma, orum, n. hum an us 3. human. to be; bene habet, it Jerusalem. hum ems, i, m. shoulder. is well. hilaris, e, cheerful. humidus, moist. habito 1. to dwell. hilaritas, atis,j^ hilarity, humilis, ejow. habitus, us, m. habit, hilariter, adv. cheerfully, humo 1 . to bury. bearing, condition. joyfully. h umus, i, f gi'ound. earth. habitus 3. fleshy. hinc, adv. from here, hydrops, opis, m. dropsy. haereo, haesi, haesum hence, since then. Hypanis, i, m. the Hypa- 2. to adhere, to stick. hi unto 4. to neigh. nis. haesito 1. to hesitate. Hippias, ae, m. Hippias. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 393 I. immanis, e, vast, cruel, implore 1. to implore. Ibi, adv. at that place, iinmanitas, atis,/. huge- impono, posui, positum there. ness. 3. to impose upon, lay ibidem, adv. in the same immaturus 3. unripe, im- upon ; with dat. of place. mature, untimely. person, to deceive. ico, ici, ictum 3. to immemor, oris, c. gen. importo 1. to import. strike; (of a league), unmindful. importunus 3. trouble- to conclude. immerito, adv. unde- some. idcirco, adv. on that ac- servedly. impotens, ntis, c. gen. count. immineo, 2. to threaten. not master of. idem, eadem, idem, immitto, isi, issum 3. to imprecor 1. to imprecate. pron. the very same, send in, place in. imprimis, adv. especial- same, immo, adv. yes rather, ly. identidem, adv. repeat- nay rather, on the con- imprimo, pressi, pres- edly. trary. sum 3. to press into, idoneus 3. Jit, fitted. immoderatus 3. intern- impress. igitur, conj. therefore, perate. improbitas, atis,/] wick- hence. immodestus 3. immodest. edness. ignarus 3. c. gen. unac- immodicus 3. excessive, improbo I. to disapprove, quainted with. immortalis, e, immortal, improbus 3. wicked. ignavia, &e,f indolence, immortalitas, atis, f improvlso, adv. unex- cowardice. immortality. pectedly. ignavus 3. indolent, in- immortaliter, adv. in- imprudens, ntis, not active, sluggish, coward- finitely. foreseeing, not know- ly. impar, aris, unlike, un- ing ; c. gen. unac- igneus 3. fiery. equal. quainted with. ignis, is, m.fire. impatlens, ntis, im- impubes, eris, youthful, ignobilis, e, unknown. patient ; impatientia, immature. ignominia, ae, /. dis- ae,/ impatience. impudens, ntis, impu- grace. impedimentum, i, n. dent, shameless. ignoro 1. not to know; hindrance. impurus 3. impure. non ignorare, to know impedio 4. to hinder, inanis. e, empty, vain. perfectly well. impello, puli, pulsum 3. incantamentum, i, n. ignosco, novi, notum 3. to impel. magic influence. to pardon. impendeo 2. to impend, incedo, eessi, cessum 3. ille, a. ud, that. impendo, pendi, pen- to walk upon. illecebra, ae, f entice- sum 3. to bestow. incendium, i, n. confla- ment. imperator, oris, m. gen- gration. illuc, adv. thither. eral emperor. incendo, di, sum 3. to illucesco, luxi 3. to be- imperatorius 3. belonging enkindle, inflame. come light, dawn. to a general. incertus 3. uncertain. illustris, e, distinguished, imperltus 3. inexperi- incesso, Ivi, ltum 3. to imago, Inis,/. image. enced. attack. imbecillus 3. weak. imperfum,i. n. command, inchool. to begin. imber, bris, m. shower, reign, power. ineido, idi 3. to fall up- rain. impero, 1. c. dat. to on. imberbis. e, beardless. reign, reign over, com- incipio. cepi, ceptum 3, imbuo, ui, utum 3. to mand. to begin. immerse; c. abl. to impetro 1. to obtain. incito 1. to spur on, incite, fill with, imbue. impetus, us, m. attack ; incognitus 3. unknown. imitatio, onis, f. imita- 2) vast extent. incola. ae, m. inhabitant. tion. impius 3. impious. incolumis, e, unhurt. imitator, oris, m. imita- impleo, evi, etum 2. to inconditus 3. unarrang- tor. fill. ed. [ted. iraitor 1. c. ace. to imi- implieo, avi, atum 1. to incorruptus 3. uncorrup- tate. involve. incredibilis, e, incredible. 394 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. increpo, ui, itum 1. c. infero, intuli, illatum, injueundus 3. unpleas- ace. to berate, re- inferre, to briny ; bel- wit, disagreeable. proach. lum inferre alicui, to injuria, ae, / injustice, incumbo, cubui, cubi- make war upon one. injury. turn 3. in aliquid, to inferos 3. being below, injuste, adv. unjustly. lay one's self upon, at- low, inferior ; inferi, innascor, natus sum 3. tend to something. the dead in the lower to be implanted. indago 1. to trace out. world. innocens, ntis, innocent. inde, adv. thence. infesto 1. to infest, dis- innocentia, ae, f. inno- indecorus 3. unbecoming. turb; infestus 3. hos- cence. India, ae,/. India. tile. innoxms 3. harmless. indico 1. to indicate. infidelis, e. unfaithful. innumerabilis, e, innu- indlco, xi, ctum 3. to inf Idus 3. unfaithful. merable. announce, declare. infimus 3. the lowest, inopia, ae,/ helplessness, indigeo, ui 2. c. gen, et meanest. need, want, indigence. abl. to be in want. infinltus 3. infinite. inops, opis, he/ pi ess, poor, indignatio, onis/ indig- infirmitas, atis,/ infirm- destitute, needy. nation. [nant. ity. inquam, I say. indignor I. to be indig- infirmus 3. weak. insanus 3. insane. indignus 3. c. abl. un- infllgo, xi, ctum 3. c. insatiabilis, e, insatiable. worthy. dat. to strike upon, in- inscius 3. c. gen. not indoles, is,/! natural dis- flict. knowing, not acquaint- position. inflo I . to inflate. ed with. induce-, xi, ctum 3. to informo 1. to instruct. inscribe-, psi, ptum 3. bring in, induce. infringe fregi, fractum c. dat. to write in, or indulgentia, ae, f. in- 3. to break, infringe. upon something, in- dulgence, infundo, fudi, fusum 3. scribe. indulgeo, lsi, ltum 2. c. to pour in, infuse. insculpo, psi, ptum 3. dat. to give one's self ingenium, i, n. genius, to engrave. to, be indulgent. spirit. insectum, i, n. insect. induo, ui, utum 3. to ingens, ntis, immense, insequor, secutus sum, put on, clothe. very great. to pursue. Indus, i, 77i. an Indian; ingenue, adv. nobly, re- insero, sevi, si turn 3. c. 2) the Indus (a river). spectably. dat. to sow in, ingraft. industria, ae,/ i7idustry. ingenuus, 3. free-born, insidiae, arum,/ ambus- industrius 3. active, in- noble. cade, snares. dustrious. ingigno, gentii, genitum insidior 1. to lie in wait. induttae, arum /. a 3 to implant. insignis, e, distinguished ; truce. ingratus 3. ungrateful; subst. insigne, is, n, ineo, Ivi, itum, Ire, to 2. disagreeable. badge. go in, enter. ingredior, gressus sum insipiens, ntis, unwise. inepte, adv. foolishly. 3. c. ace. to go i7\to, insitus 3. implanted, in- inermis, e, unarmed, de- enter upon. born. fe7iceless. inhaereo T haesi, haesum insolens, ntis, insolent. iners, rtis, unskilled, in- 2. in c. abl. to infiere. insoienter, adv. insolent- active, inhuman us 3. inhuman. ly. inertia, ae, / inactivity, inhumatus 3. unburied. insperans, tis, not expect- infamia, ae, /. infa7ny. inimicitia, ae,/ hostility. ing, contrary to expec~ shame. inimlcus 3. hostile; ini- tation. infamis, e, infamous, micus, i, m. ene77\y. inspicio, exi, ectum 3. shameful. inlque, adv. unjustly. to look into, inspect. infans, ntis, c. a child, inlquus 3. unjust. instabilis, e, unstable. minor. initium, i. n. beginning, instituo, ui, utum 3. to infelix, Icis, unfortunate, injicio, jeci, jectum 3. instruct unhappy ; subst. un- to throw into ; laqueos, institutio, onis, / in- hflppy man. to lay snares. struction ; inst. scho- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 395 lastica, scholastic in- struction. insto, stlti 1. to threaten, press upon, compel (some one). instruo. xi, ctum 3. to furnish ; aciem in- struere, to arrange the line of battle ; bellum instr., to prepare for war. [brians. Insubres, ium, m. Insu- insula, ae,/! island. insusurro 1. to whisper into. intactus 3. untouched. integer, gra, grum, sound. intelligo, exi, eetum 2. to understand. intempestlve. adv. un- timely. intentus 3. stretched; c. dat. or in c. ace. attentive, fixed upon something. interdum. adv. sometimes. intercludo, usi, usuiii 3. to hem in, cut off. interea, adv. in the mean time. intereo, ii. Ttum, Ire, to decay, come to naught. interfector, oris, m. mur- derer. interf Icio, eci, ectum 3. to kill. [time. interim, adv. in the mean- inteiitus, us, m. destruc- tion. intermisceo. scui, stum, or xtum 2. to inter- mingle. interjicio, jeci, jectum 3. to place between, intro- duce ; anno interjec- to, after the lapse of a year. intermitto, misi, missum 3. to intermit. internecio, onis, / utter destruction. internosco, novi. notum 3. to distinguish. interpellator, oris, m. disturber. interpreter 1. to inter- pret, explain. interpungo. nxi, nctum, to distinguish. interrimo, remi, remp- tum 3. to destroy. interrogo 1. to ask. interrumpo, rupi, rup- tum 3. to break down. intersum, fui, esse c. dat. to be in, to be pre- sented at ; interest, there is a difference; c. gen. it concerns one ($89,11). intervenio, veni, ven- tum 4. to intervene, come between. intimus 3. inmost. [ble. intolerabilis, e, intolera- intro 1. c. ace. to go in- to, to enter. introduco, uxi, ctum 3. to introduce. introgredlor, gressus sum, to enter. introitus, us, m. entrance^ intueor, luitus sum 2. to look upon, consider. intus, adv. within, in the house. inultus 3. unrevenged. in undo 1. to overflow. inutilis, e, useless. invado, asi, asum 3. to invade, fall upon. invenio, veni, ventum 4. to find, find out. investlgo 1. to trace out, investigate. invietus 3. invincible. invideo, vldi, visum 2. c. dat. to envy. [tred. invidia, ae, f envy, ha- invidus 3. envious. inviolatus 3. uninjured. invlso, Isi, tsum 3. to visit. invito 1. to invite. invltus 3. unwilling. involvo, vi, utum 3. to involve; involutus 3. difficult to understand. Lines, um, m. Ionians. IphicrStes, is, m. Tphi- crates. ipse, a, um, pron. self ira, ae,/! anger. iracundia, ae, f anger, irascibility. iraseor, iratus sum 3. c. dat. to be enraged. iratus 3. enraged, angry. irrldeo, si, sum 2. to mock, deride. irrumpo, rupi, ruptum 3. to burst in. is, ea, id, pron. he, she, it ; that one ; the same. Isocrates, is, m. Isocrates. iste, a, ud, pron. that. ita, adv. so, thus. Italia, ae,/! Italy. itaque, conj. therefore. item. adv. likewise. iter, itineris, n. course, way, journey, march. iterum, adv. again, the second time. J. Jaceo 2. to lie low. jacto 1. to throw hither and thither, extol. jactura. ae./! loss; jac* turam facere. to suf- fer loss. jactus, us, m. a throw. jaculum, i, n. javelin, dart. jam, adv. now, already. jamjam, even now, al- ready. jam prldem, long since. janiia, ae,/ gate. jecur, jecinoris, n. the liver. jenjunium, i, n. fast; jen junia colere. to keep a fast. jocor, 1. to jest. jocosus 3. sportive. jocus, i, m. a jest. juba, ae,/! m. mane. jubeo, jussi, jussum 2. to bid, order. jucunde, adv. pleasantly, agreeably. jueunditas, ati>,/! jJeas- antness, agreeableness. jucundus 3. pleasant, agreeable. 396 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. udex, icis, m. judge. judicium, i, n. judgment. judico 1. to judge; c. dupl. ace. to consider one something. jugerum, i, n. acre of land. juglans, ndis, f. walnut. jugum, i, n. yoke, top, ridge (of a mountain). Julius (i) Caesar (aris) m. Julius Caesar. jumentum, i. n. beast of burden. jungo, nxi, nctum 3. to join, unite. Junius, i, m. June. Juno, onis,/! Juno. Juppiter, Jovis, m. Ju- piter. uro 1. to swear. us, juris, n. right. us, juris, n. broth, soup. ussum, i, n. command. ussus, us, m. command. ustitia, ae,/ justice. justus 3. just. Juvenalis, is, m. Juve- nal. juvenilis, e, youthful, juvenis, is, m. a youth, young man. juventus, utis,/ youth. juvo, juvi, jutum 1. c. ace. to assist. Labefacto 1. to cause to totter, shake. labor, lapsus sum 3. to fall. labor, oris, m. labor, toil. laboro 1. to labor; c. abl. to suffer from. labrum, i, n, lip. lac, ctis, n. milk. Lacaena, ae, f. Lacede- monian woman. Lacedaemon, onis, f Lacedemon, Sparta. Lacedaemomus, i, m. a Lacedemonian. lacero 1 . to lacerate, tear in pieces. lacesso, Ivi, Itum 3 to provoke. laerima, ae, f. tear. lacus, us, m. lake, pond. laedo, si, sum 3 to hurt. Laelius, in. Laelius. laetitia, &e,fjoy. laetor 1 . c. abl. to rejoice. laetus 3. joyful, delighted. Lamps acus, i, f city in Mysia. laniatus, us. m. a tearing. lapideus 3. of stone. lapis, idis, m. a stone. laqueus, i. m. noose, snare. largior, Itus sum 4. to bestow largely. late, adv. widely. latebrae, arum, f lurk- ing place. latebrosus 3. full of 'lurk- ing places. lateo, ui 2. to be con- cealed. latibulum, i, n. den, re- treat. La tin us 3. Latin. latito 1 . to lie hid, lurk. Latmus, i, m. Latrmts (mountain in Caria.) latro, onis, m. robber. latus, eris, n. side. latus 3. broad. laudabilis, e. praise- worthy. laudo 1 . to praise. laurus, i, or us, f the laurel. lans, dis, /.praise. lautus 3. dainty. lavo, lavi, lava turn 1. to wash. lectus, i, m. bed. legatus, i, m. ambassa- dor; 2) lieutenant gene- ral. lector, oris, m. reader. legio, onis, f. legion. lego, gi, ctum 3. to read. lento 4. to soothe. leniter, adv. mildly. lentus 3. slow. leo, onis, m. lion. lepidus 3. elegant, neat. lepor, oris, m. agrecable- ness. jest. lepus, oris, m. a hare. Lesbus, \,f Lesbos, levir. iri, m. brother-in- law. levis, e, light. le vitas, atis,^ levity. levo 1. to lighten, relieve; c. abl. to free from. lex, egis, flaw, condition, libens, ntis. willing. libenter, adv. willingly, with delight. liber, bri, m. book. liber, era, erum,/ree. libera lis, e,free. liberalitas, atis, f liber- ality. liberal! ter, adv. liberally. libere, adv. freely. liberi, drum, m. children (in relation to their parents). libero 1. to liberate. libertas, atis,/! liberty. libet, uit 2. it pleases. libido, Inis,/! desire, pas- sion, lust. libra, ae, /I a pound. licet, uit 2. it is allowed. lien, enis, m. (old form of splen), the spleen. ligneus 3. wooden, of wood. lignum, i, n. wood. ligo, onis, m. hoe, mat- tock. limpid us 3. limpid, clear. lingua, ae,/! tongue, lan- guage. linter, tris,/! boat, skiff. Lipsia, ae,/! Leipsic. liquefaci'o, feci, factum 3. to melt. [strife. lis, litis, f. civil process, littera, ae, / letter (of alphabet) ; litterae, arum. f. letter, litera- ture. littus, oris, n. sea-shore. ]oco 1. to place, set. locuples, etis, wealthy, rich. locupleto 1. to enrich. locus, i, m. place, situa- tion, room ; />/. loca. locusts, ae,/. locust. longe, adv. few, widely. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 397 longinquitas, atis, /. length, extent. longinquus 3. remote, distant; e longinquo, from afar. longus 3. long. loquacitas, atis,/ loqua- city. loquax, acis, loquacious. loquor, locutus 3. to speak. lorlea, ae, coat of mail. Luceria, ae,/ Luceria. Lucretius, i, m. Lucre- tius. lucrum, i, n. gain, ad- vantage. luctus. us, m. grief. ludibrium i, n. sport. ludiraaster, tri, m. school-master. ludo, si, sum 3. to play. Ludovlcus, i, m. Lewis. ludus, i, m. play, game. lugeo, xi 2. to grieve, la- ment. lumbrlcus, i, m. earth- worm. lumen, inis, n. light. luna. ae./! moon. lupus, i. m. wolf. luscinia, ae, f nightin- gale. lustratio, onis,/. review. lusus, us. m. sport. lutulentus 3. muddy. lux, lucis,/ light. luxuria, ae,/ luxury. Lycurgus, i, m. Lycur- gus. Lysis, is, m. Lysis. M. Mace do, onis, m. a Ma- cedonian. Macedonia, ae,/ Mace- donia. macer, era, crum, lean. maeero 1 . to soak. maehinatio, onis,/ ma- chine ; device, artifice. macies, ei,/ leanness. magis, adv. more. magister, tri, m. teach- er. magistratus, us, m. ma- gistracy, authority ; magistrate. magnifice, adv. magni- ficently. magniflcus 3. magnifi- cent. magnitiido, inis,/ mag- nitude. magnopere, adv. greatly. magnus 3. great; comp. major, us, greater, older. majores, um, m. ances- tors. male. adv. badly. maledlco 3. c. dat. to re- proach. maledlcus 3. slanderous. maleficus 3. doing evil, evil wicked ; subst. evil-doer. malevolus 3. ill-dispos- ed, malicious. malitia. ae, f malice, wickedness. malo, malui, malle, to wish rather, prefer. malum, i, n. apple. malum, i, n. evil, misfor- tune malus, i, f apple-tree. malus 3. evil, bad. mando 1. to commit to. mando, di, sum 3. to chew. U na - mane, adv. in the morn- maneo. nsi, nsum 2. to remain ; c. ace. to await. mansuetus 3. tame. mantlca, ae, f portman- teau. Mantinea, ae, f Manti- nea. manumitto, isi, issum 3. to make free. manus, us, f hand; 2) a company. Marathonius 3. of Mar- athon. Marcellus, i, m. Marcel- lus. Mardonius, i, m. Mar- donius. mare, is, n. sea. margo, inis, m. margin. 34 Marianus 3. Marian. maritimus 3. belonging to the sea, maritime; praedo mar. pirate. maritus, i, husband. Marios, i, m. Marius. m arm or, oris. n. marble. marmoreus 3. of marble, marble. Mars, rtis. m. Mars. Martins, i, m. Mars. mater, tris.f mother. maternus 3. a mother's. mathematlcus, i, m. mathematician. matrona. ae,/. matron. mature, adv. speedily, in season. maturo 1 . to hasten. maturus 3. ripe. Mauritius, i. Maurice. medeor 2. c. dat. to cure. mediclna, ae, / medi- cine, remedy. medieus, i, m. physician. mediocris, e, middling. Mediolanum. i. n. Milan. meditatio, onis, f medi- tation. meditor I . to reflect upon, study into. Medus. i, m. a Mede. Megara. ae./ Megara. mehercule, adv. by Her- cules, indeed. mel, mellis, n. honey. membrana, ae, f. mem- brane. membrum, i, n. limb. memini, isse, c gen, or ace. to remember. memor. oris, c. gen. mindful of. memoria, ae, f memo- ry. remembrance, time; memoria tenere, to hold in remembrance. memoriter, adv. from memory, by heart. memoro 1. to mention, relate. Menander, dri, m. Me- nander. mendax, acis, lying ; subst. liar. men-, lis, f sense, mind, 398 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. understanding, spirit, state of mind. mensa, ae,/ table. mensis, is, m. month. mentio, Onis, f. mention. mentior 4. to lie. mercator, oris, m. trader. mercatus, us, m. a fair. merces, edis, f recom- pense. mereor, meritus sum 2. to deserve; de aliqua re mereri, to deserve of something. merges, itis, f. sheaf of grain. mergo, rsi, rsum 3. to sink. meridianus sol, mid-day sun. meridies, ei, m. mid-day. merltum, i, n. desert. merx, rcis,/. wares. messis, is,/" crop. Metellus, i, ?n. Metellus. metlor, mensus sum 4. to measure. metuo, ui 3. to fear. metus, us, m. apprehen- sion, fear. meus 3. mine. mico, ui 1 . to glitter. migratlo, onis,/'. migra- tion. migro 1. to migrate; c. ace. to transgress. miles, Itis. m. warrior, soldier. militaris, e, military ; res mil. warfare. militia, ae, f. military service. milito 1. to do military service. millianiim, i. n. mile-stone (measure of a thou- sand paces). Miltiades, is, m. Miltia- des. mina, ae, f. a mina (a piece of money worth about 17 dollars). minax, acis, threatening. Minerva, ae./' Minerva. minim e, adv. hast, not at all. mini tor 1. to threaten. minor 1. to threaten. minuo. ui, uturn, to less- en, diminish. minus, adv. less. mirif Ice, adv. wonderful- ly. mirif Icus 3. wonderful. miror 1. to wonder; 2) to admire. minis 3. wonderful, ex- traordinai-y. misceo, scui, stum or xtum 2. to mix, to dis- turb. miser, era, erum, wretch- ed. miserandus 3. pitiable. misere, adv. wretchedly. misereor, misertus or miseritus sum 2. c. gen. to pity. miseret me alicujus rei, it excites my pity for something. miseria, ae, f misery, want. misericordia, ae,/ 'pity. mitesco 3. to render soft, tame. mitigo 1. to soften, miti- gate. mitis, e, soft, mild. mitto, misi, missum 3. to send. mobllis, e, movable. moderator, oris, m. gov- ernor. moderatio, onis, mode- ration. moderatus 3. temperate. moderor 1. c. ace. to govern, rule. modestla, ae, f modesty. modestus 3. modest. modice, adv. temperate- modius. i, m. bushel. modo, adv. only, now; conj. c. Subj if only. modo — modo, now — now. modus, i, m. manner, troy. moeiiln. rum. n. ivalls (as defence). moeror, oris, m, grief sorroiv. Moesla, ae,/ Moesia. mola, ae,/ a mill. moles, is,/, mass. moleste, adv. grievously ; mol. fero, 1 take it ill. molestia, ae, f annoy- ance. molestus 3. troublesome. mollor, Itus sum 4. to prepare, get ready. molllo 4. to soften, make soft, alleviate. mollis, e, soft. mollitla, ae,/ softness. Molo, onis, m. Molon. momentum, i, n. circum- stance. moneo 2. to admonish. monitum, i, n. admoni- tion, instruction. mons, ntis, m. mountain. monumentum. i, n. mon- ument. mora, ae./! delay. morbus, i, m. disease. mordax, acis, biting. mordeo, momordi, mor- sum 2. to bite, to back- bite. morior, morttius sum, mori, to die. moror 1. to delay, re- main; c. ace. to make nothing of morosus 3. morose. mors, tis,/ death. morsus, us, m. bite. mortalis, e, mortal. mos, oris, m. custom, manner ; plur. charac- ter. motus, us, m. movement; motus terrae, earth- quake. moveo, vi, turn 2. to move. mox, adv. thereupon, af- terwards. muliebris, e, effeminate. mulier, eris, / woman, wife. Mullerus, i, m. Mutter. multiplex, ieis, mani- fold. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 399 multitudo, inis, fimulti- old (when the year one, (gen. and abl. not tude. has been specified, used), multo 1. to fine, punish. which in this case nepos, otis, m. grandson, multus 3. much, many. stands in the ace.) nephew. mundus, i, m. world. naufragium, i, n. ship- neptis, is./! granddaugh- municeps, Ipis, m. citi- wreck; naufr. facere, ter. zen of a free city ; 2) to suffer shipwreck. Neptunus, i, m. Neptune. fellow-citizen. nauta, ae, m. sailor. nequeo, Ivi, ltum, Ire, munificentia, ae, f mu- navalis, e, naval, per- not to be able. nificence. taining to a ship ; pug- nequicquam, adv. in munificus 3. munificent. na navalis, sea-fight; vain, to no effect. munio 4. to fortify. bellum navale, naval- nervus, i, m. nerve, sin- munus, eris, n. service; war. ew. 2) present. navigatio, onis, f. navi- nescio 4. not to know. murex, icis, m. a purple gation. nescius 3. not knowing; fish, purple. navigo 1. to navigate. non sum nescius, I murmur, uris, n. mur- navis, is, f ship ; navis know full well. mur. longa, war-ship. neu, conj. and not, neith- murmuro 1. to mutter. ne, adv. not (with Im- er. murus, i, m. wall (as a perat. and Subj. of neuter, tra, tram, neither structure). exhorting). of two. mus, muris, m. mouse. ne, conj. that not; that ni (nisi) , conj '. if not, un- musca, ae,/ a fly. (§ 107, 1 and 3). less. musicus, i, m. must- ne, interrogative particle, nidif ico 1 . to build a nest, cian. (§ 116. 3. b. a.). nidus, i, m. nest. muto 1. to change, ex- ne — quidem, not even, niger, gra, grum, black. change. not also, (has the word nihil (indecl.) n. nothing. mutus 3. dumb. on which the empha- nihilum, i, n. nothing. mutuus 3. reciprocal ; sis rests between its nimlrum, adv. doubtless. mutuum rogare, to parts). nimis, adv. too much. borrow. nebula, &Q,f. mist. nimium, adv. too much, Mycale, es, / promonto- nee (neque), and not, too very. ry and city of Ionia. also not ; nee (neque) ningo, xi, 3. to snow. — nee (neque), nei- nisi, conj. if not; except. N. ther — nor. nitidus 3. shining, splen- Nabis, idis, m. Nobis. necdum, and not yet. did. Nam, namque, conj. for. necessarius 3. necessa- nitor, nisus or nixus nanciscor, nactus sum ry ; related ; homo sum 3. c. abl. to rely 3. to obtain. necessarius, friend. upon something ; ad narratio, onis, f narra- necesse est, it is necessa- aliquid, to strive after tion, narrative. ry (§ 106. R. 3). something ; in aliquid narro 1 . to relate. necessitas, atis, f neces- to strive against some- nascor, natus sum 3. to sity. thing. be born, to spring. neco 1. to kill. nix, nivis,/! snow. natalis, is, m. birth-day. nectar, aris, n. nectar. nobilis, e, known, re- natio, onis, f nation, necto, xui, xum 3. to nowned. tribe. join together, weave. nobilito 1 . to make known, nato 1. to swim. nefarius 3. infamous. renowned. natura, ae,^ nature. nefas, (indecl.) n. wrong, noceo 2. to injure. naturalis, e, natural. negligo, lexi, lectum 3. noctu, adv. by night. natus, us, m. birth; ma- to neglect. nocturnus 3. nocturnal. jor nata, older ; mi- nego 1. to deny, say no. nodus, i, m. knot. nor natu, younger. negotior 1. to pursue nolo, nolui, nolle, to be natus 3 born ; post business, trade. unwilling. Christum natum, af- negotium, i. n. business, nomen, inis, n. name. ter the birth of Christ; nemo (inis) c. nobody, no nomino 1. to name. 400 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. non, adv. not (stands be- nuntio 1. to announce. away, become anti- fore its verb) ; non nuntius, i, m. message, quoted. solum (tantum, mo- news; messenger. obsto, stiti, statum 1. c. do ) — sed etiam, not nuper, adv. lately. dat. to stand against, only — but also. nurus, us,f. daughter-in- in the way of , to be a nondum, adv. not yet. law. hindrance, hinder. nonne % not ? not in- nusquam, adv. no-where. obsum, fui, esse e. dat. deed ? whether not. nutrio 4. to nourish. to be against, injure, nonnunquam,ao?y. some- nutrix, Icis,y! nurse. obtempero 1. to obey. times. nutus, us, m. nod, com- obtero, trlvi, tritum 3. nosco, novi, notum 3. mand. to bruise, grind. to become acquainted nux, nucis,^/: a nut. obtestor 1. to conjure, with. nympha, &e,f a nymph. implore. noster, tra, trum, our. obtineo 2. to maintain. nostras, atis, m. of our 0. obtingo, Igi 3. to fall to country, fellow-coun- Obdormiseo, mlvi, mi- one's lot. tryman. turn 3. to fall asleep. obtrectatio, onis, f de- nota, ae, f mark, sign. obduco, xi, ctum 3. to traction. notio, onis, f. notion. overspread, cover. obtrecto I.e. dat. to dis- notitia, ae, f knowledge, obedio 4. to obey. parage. noto 1. to mark, brand, obeo, Ti, ltum, Ire, to obtrunco 1. to kill. notus 3. known. die. obtusus 3. blunt, dull. November, bris, m. No- obesus 3 fat. obviam, adv. against, to vember. obitus, us, m. departure, meet. novi, isse, to know. death. occasio, onis,yi opportu- novus 3. new. oblecto I. to delight. nity. nox, noctis. f night, oblino, evi, ltum 3. to occasus, us, m. setting, nubes, is,/, cloud* besmear, contaminate. downfall. nubo, psi, ptum 3. c. oblivio, onis, f. oblivion. Occidens, ntis, m. setting dat to marry (of the obliviseor, oblitus sum sun, western regions, woman). 3. c. gen. or ace. to west. nullus 3. no one, no ; forget. occidio, onis, f destruc- nullus non, every one. obloquor, qui, cutus tion. num, interrogative word sum 3. to oppose, gain- occido, cidi, casum 3. (§ 116, 3, b, c). say. to fall. Numa, ae, m. Numa. obrepo, repsi, reptum 3. oeeldo, cidi, clsum 3. to Numantia, ae, f. Nu- c. dat. to creep upon, kill. mantia. steal upon, surprise oceo 1 . to harroiv. numero 1. to number, someone. oceulo, ului, ultum 3. to reckon. obrtio, ui, utum 3. to conceal. numerus, i, m. number, cover over, overwhelm, occul to 1. to conceal. multitude, rhythm. obscuro 1. to obscure. oecultus 3. concealed. Numida, ae, m. a Nu- obscurus 3. obscure. occumbo, cubui, cubi- midian. obsequium, i, n. submis- turn 3. to fall. die. Numidia, ae, f. Nu- sion, obedience. occupo 1. to take posses- midia. obsequor, secutus sum sion of fall upon, to nummus, i, m. money, a 3. c. dat. to obey, com- surprise. sesterce. ply with. occurro, curri and cu- numquis,numqua,num- observo 1 . to observe. curri. cursum 3. to quid, is it possible obses. idis, m. hostage. m?et, come up. that any one? any obsessio, onis, f block- ocrea. ae. f greave (cor- thing ? ade, siege. responding to our nunc, adv. now. obsideo, sedi, sessum 2. boot), nundinae, arum, f mar- tolyesiege. October, bris, m. Octo- ket. obsidio, onis, f. siege. her. nunquam, adv. never. obsolesco, levi 3. to pass oculus, i, m. eye. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 401 odi, isse, to hate. opportune, adv. oppor- pactum, i, n. bargain, odiose, adv. odiously. tunely. • nullo pacto, in no way. odiosus 3. hateful, hated, opprimo, pressi, pres- paedagogus, i, m. private odium, i, n. hatred. sum 3 to oppress. tutor. Odofredus. i, m. Ottfried. oppugno 1. to attack. paene. adv. nearly, al- offendo, di, sum 3. to ops (not used), gen. opis, most. offend. f. aid. palatum, i, n. the palate. offero, obtuli, oblatum, optabilis, e, desirable. pallidus 3. pale, livid. 3. to offtr. optimas, atis m. chief pallium, i, n. cloak. officio, feci, fectum 3. man. pallor, oris, m. paleness. to hinder, prevent. opto 1. to wish. palumbes is, m. wood- officium, i, n. duty, ser- opulentia, ae.f splendor, pigeon. vice. wealth. palus udis, f. marsh, offundo, fudi, fQsum 3. opulentus 3. powerful, pool. c. dat. to flow against ; rich. pando, andi, assum, 3. pass, to spread ones opus eris, n. work. to open. self upon, surround opus est, it is necessary, pango, pepigi, pactum something; c. ace. to [§ 91, 1, b.] 3. to fix in, to fasten, cover. oraculum, i, n. oracle. bargain, agree to on oleum, i, n. oil. oratio, onis, j^ speech. condition. olim, adv. formerly. orator, oris, m. orator panis, is, m. bread. omen, minis, n. omen, orbis, is, m. circle. pannus, i. m. ray. prognostic. ordino 1. to order, ar- papaver, eris, n. poppy. omitto, mlsi, missum 3. range. papilio, onis, m. a but- to let go, pass over, ordior, orsus sum 4. to terfly. postpone. begin. par, aris, equal; par sum omnlno, adv. wholly, al- ordo, inis, m. order, sue- c. dat. / am a match together. cession, rank. for some one. omnis, e, each ; whole ; Orestes, ae. m. Orestes, par, aris, n. a pair. plur. all. Oriens, ntis.m.sunrising, Parapomlsus, i, m. Pa- one ro 1. to load, burden. east, eastern regions. rapomisvs. onus, eris, n. load. orlgo, inis, f origin. paratus 3. prepared, rea- onustus 3. loaded. orior, ortus sum 4. to dy. onyx, ychis. m. onyx. rise, spring from. parco, peperci, parsum opera ae, f. service ren- ornamentum, i, n. orna- 3. c. dat. to spare, for- dered, labor; operam ment, jewel. bear. dare, Harare c dat. to ornatus. us, m. ornament, parens, ntis, c. father or occupy one's self with, orno 1. to adorn. mother ; plur. parents. opes, urn, f. power, pro- oro 1. to speak; caussam pareo 2. to obey. perty, goods, treasures. orare, to plead; 2) to paries, etis.f wall (of a opilio, onis, m. shepherd. entreat. house), oplmus 3. fat, rich. oryx, ygis, m. gazelle. pario. peperi, partum 3. opinio, onis, f. opinion, os, oris, n.face. to bear, produce; ova belief. os. ossis, n. bone ; pi. parere, to lay eggs. opinor 1 . to think. ossa. bones. paro 1 . to prepare! opipare adv. splendid- ostendo, ndi, nsum 3. to parricidium, i, n. parti- ly. show. cide, wicked deed. opitulor 1. to lend aid. ostium, i, n. door. pars, rtis, / part, side, oportet 2. it is necessary otium. i, n. leisure. plur. the characters in [§ 106. R. 3.]. otior 1. to be at ease. a play. opperior, pertus sum 4. ovis, is,/ sheep. parsimonia, ae, / fru- to await, expect. ovum, i, n. egg. 9 a ^^V- oppidum, i, n. town. particeps. cipis, partici- oppleo, evi, etum 2. to P. pafing in. fill vp, fill. Paciscor. partus sum 3. particula, ae, / a parti' oppono 3. to oppose. to make a bargain. cle. 34* 402 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. partira, ado. partly. partior 4. to divide. parum, ado. too little. parvus 3. small. pasco, pavi, pastum 3. to pasture (of herds- men), to feed ; pascor, pastus sum, pasci, to be fed, pastured (of herds). paseuum, i, n. pasture. passim, ado. far and wide. passus, us, m. step, pace. pastor, oris, m. herds- man. patefacio, feci, factum 3. to make known. pateo, ui 2, to stand open. pater, tris, m. father. patienter, ado. patiently. patina, ae,/. a dish. patior, passus sum 3. to suffer, allow. patrla, ae,/! native coun- try. patrocmor 1. c. dat. to protect. paucitas, atis, f fewness. pauci, ae, a, few. paullatim, adv. gradual- ly. paullipser, adv. a little while. paullulum, adv. a little. paullus 3. little; paulo post, a little after. pauper ens. poor. paupertas, atis. flpover- ty. Pausanias, ae, Pausa- nias. pavidus 3. fearful. pavo, onis, m. peacock. pavor, oris, m. fear, fright. pax, pacis, f peace; 2) permission. peccatum, i, n. sin, fault. pecco 1. to sin, do wrong. pecten, inis, m. comb. pecto, xi, xum 3. to comb. pectus, oris. n. breast. pecunia, ae,/! money. pedes, itis, m. footman, foot-soldier. pedester tris, tre, on foot. pejero 1. to swear falsely. pellicio, lexi, lectum 3. to allure, mislead. pellis, is, f skin; pel. le- onina, lion's skin. pello pepuli. pulsum 3. to drive. Pelopidas, ae, m. Pelo- pidas. pelvis, is./! basin, bowl. penates ium, m. penates, household gods. pendeo, pependi, (sup. wanting) 2. to hang. pendo, pependi, pen- sum 3. to pay for, va- lue. penitus, adv. wholly. penna, ae,/! feather. pensum, i, n. thread. peracerbus 3. very bitter, severe, perago, egi, actum 3. to accomplish. peragro 1. to pass through. percello, culi, culsum 3. to strike through, shat- ter. percipio, cepi, ceptum 3. to perceive. percrebesco, crebui 2 to become known. percrepo, ui, itum 1. to resound. percurro cucurri or cur- ri, cur sum 3. to run through. percussor, oris, m. mur- derer. perdo, didi, ditum 3. to ruin, destroy, lose. perdomo, ui, itum 1. to tame, subdue. perduco, uxi, uctum 3. to carry through, con- duct to. peregre, adv. abroad. pereo, li, itum, Ire, to go to ruin, perish. perfectus 3. perfect. perfero, tuli, latum 3. to bear through, endure. perf Icio, feci, fectura 3 to finish, effect. pcrf ulus 3. faithless. pernuo, xi, xum 3. to flow through. perfnngo, fregi, fractum 3. to break through. perfuga, ae, m. deserter. perfugium, i, n refuge. peifundo, fudi, fusum 3. to meet. pergo, perrexi, perrec- tum 3. to go, proceed. periclitor 1 . to be in dan- ger. periculum, i, n. danger. perimo, remi, remptum 3. to destroy. periodus, \,f period. perltus 3. c. gen. expe- rienced, skilled in. permaneo, mansi, man- sum 2. to continue, hold out. permano 1. to flow through. permeo 1. to pass through. permetior, mensus sum 4. to pass over. permitto, Isi, issum 3. to permit. permoveo, movi. mo- turn 2. to move, stir up. permulceo. Isi, lsum 2. to stroke, please, charm, soothe. permultus 3. very many. permutatio, onis, /. ex- change. pernicies, ei, f destruc- tion. perniciosus 3. pernicious, destructive. pernosco, novi, notum 3. to become thoroughly acquainted with. perosus 3. hating greatly, perpetior, pessus sum 3. to endure. perpetro 1 . to perform. pcrpetuitas, atis, /! per- petuity, duration. perpetuo, adv. continual- J y- . , perpetuus 3. continued, constant. perrodo, osi, osum 3. to cat through. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 403 peiTurapo, rupi, ruptam 3 to break through Persa, ae, in. a Persian. persaepe, adv. very often persano 1. to cure whol- iy- persequor, secutus sura 3. to follow up, pursue. Perses, ae, m. a Persian; adj. Persian. persevero I. to hold out. persolvo, vi, utum 3. to pay. persona, ae, f person. persto, iti, atum 1. to persist. perstringo, inxi, ictum 3. to draw through, cen- sure. persuadeo, asi, asum 2. c. dat. to persuade, con- vince. pertaedet, pertaesum est 2. it wearies me (see § 88, 1.) perterreo 2. to frighten, put in fear. pertinax, acis. obstinate. Pertinax, acis, in. Perti- nax. pertineo, 2. to extend; ad aliquem, to pertain to some one. pertraho, axi, actum 3. to draw through. perturbatio, orris, f. dis- turbance, perturbo 1. to disturb. perungo, unxi, unctum 3. to anoint. pervehor, vectus sum 3. to be conveyed off. perverse, adv. perversely. perversitas, atis, f. per- versity. pervideo, Idi, Isum 2. to consider, examine. pes, pedis, m.foot. pestilentia, ae, f. pesti- lence. pestis, is, / pest, destruc- tion. peto, Ivi, Itum 3. c. aec. to strive to obtain, strive after, attack, fetch. pettilans, tis, wanton. petulantia, ae, f wanton- ness, licentiousness. Pharnaces, is, m. Phar- naces. Phidias, ae, m. Phidias. philosophia, ae, f philo- sophy. philosophor 1. to philo- sophize. philosophus, i, m. philo- sopher. Picens, ntis, m. belonging to Picenum. Picenum i, n. Picenum. pie, adv. tenderly, piously. pietas, atis, / piety, filial love, piger, gra, grum, sloth- ful, dull. piget, uit, me alicujus rei. it irks me of some- thing, (§ 88, l.j pigritla, ae,/ inactivity. pilosus 3. hairy, covered with hair. pingo, inxi, ictum 3. to paint ; acu pingere, to embroider. pin us, us. f pine. piper, eris, n. pepper. pirum, i. n. pear. pirus, \,f pear-tree. piseator, oris, m. fisher- man. piscatoria navis, fishing piscis, is, m.fish. piscor I. to fish. pius 3. pious, grateful. placeo 2. to please. placide, adv. gently. placidus 3. gentle. placo 1 . to appease. plane, adv. wholly ; plain- ly. planetes, ae, m. planet. planities, ei, f a plain. planta, &e,f plant. Plataeae, arum, f Pla- tea, a city in Bceotia. Plataeensis, e,from Pla- tea. Plato, onis. m. Plato. plaustrum, i, n. draught- wagon. plausus, us, m. applause. Plautus, i, m. Plautus. plebes, bis.f the common people. plenus 3. c. gen. full. plerlque, aeque, aque, very many, most. plerumque, adv. common- ly. Plinius, i, m. Pliny. ploratus, us, m. com- plaint. plures, a, gen. ium, more, many. plurimus 3. most. plus, uris, n. more. pluvia, 2ie,f rain. pluviosus 3. rainy. poema, atis, n. poem. poena, &e,f punishment; poenas dare, to be pun- ished; 2) revenge. poenitentia, ae,f repen- tance. poenitet me alicujus rei, it repents me of some- thing. Poenus, i, m. a Cartha- ginian. poeta, ae, m. poet. polite, adv. elegantly. pollex, icis, m. thumb. polliceor, citus sum 2. to promise. Pollux, ucis, m. Pollux. Pompeii, orum, m. Pom- peii (a city). Pompeius, i, m. Pompey. Pompilius, i, m. Pom- pilius. pomum, i, n. plur. eata- ble fruit. pondero 1 . to ponder. pondus, deris, n. weight. pono, sui, situm 3. to lay, place; ponere in aliqua re, to set, place upon something. pons, tis, m. bridge. populor 1 . to lay waste. populus, i, m. people. ptfpulus, i,f poplar. porrigo, rexi, rectum 3. to extend. porro, adv. moreover. porta, ae,y. gate. porticus, us, f portico. 404 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. porto 1 • to bear. praeclare, adv. nobly. better ; to bestow ; to portus. us, m. haven. praeclarus 3. noble. pay ; se praestare, to posco, poposci 3. to de- praecludo 3. to shut. show one's self. mand. praeco, onis, m. encomi- praesto, adv. present, at possessio, onis, f. pos- ast. hand. session, possessing. praecordia, orum, n.dia- praesum, fui, esse, to be possideo, sedi, sessum 3. phragm. placed before, preside to possess. praecox, cocis, preco- over. possum, pottii, posse, to cious. praeterea, adv. besides. be able (can). praeda, ae,/ booty. praetereo, ii, ltum, Ire, postea, adv. afterwards, praedico 1. to extol. to pass by before. posteaquam. conj. after praedico 3. to predict. praeteritus 3. past. that. praeditus 3. c. abl. en- praetexta toga, f. a pur- postero die, on the fol- dowed with. pie bordered outer gar- lowing day ; in poste- praedium, i, n.farm. ment. rum diem, till the fol- praedo, onis, m. robber, praetor, oris, m. prae- lowing day. praedor 1. to make booty. tor. postis, is, m. post. praefectus, i, m. prefect, praetormm, i, n. gene- postquam, conj. after praefero, tuli, latum raVs tent. that. ferre 3. to prefer. praetorius, i, m. a man postremus 3. last ; ad praef Icio, feci, fectum, of praetorian rank. postremum, lastly. 3. to place over. prandeo, di, sum 2. to postiilo 1 . to demand. praefor 1 . to premise ; breakfast. potens, tis, c. gen. pow- praefatus honorem, pratum, i. n. meadow. erful, master of. having premised, "with pravitas, atis, f deprav- potentia, a,e,f power. your leave be it said 5" ity. potestas. atis, f. power. praefari veniam, to pravus 3. perverted, bad. potto, onis, f drinking, first ask permission. precatio, onis, f prayer. drink. praeloquor, loctitus sum preces, um,y! entreaties. potior, tltus sum 4. c. 3. to speak before. precorl. to entreat; bene abl. to possess one's self praemium, i, n. reward. pr. alictii, to wish well of. praemoneo, ui 2. to pre- to one. potissimum, adv. espe- admonish. premo, pressi, pressum dally, principally. Praeneste, is, n. city of 3. to press. potius, adv. much more, Latium. pretiosus 3. precious. rather. praeparatio, onis,/! pre- pretium, i, n. price, value. potus, us, m. drink. paration. pridem, adv. long ago ; praealtus 3. very deep. praeparo 1. to prepare. jam pridem, long since. praebeo 2. to afford, praepono, osui, ositum Priene, es, f Priene (a lend; se praebere, to 3. to prefer. city of Ionia). prove, show one's self praepopere, adv. hastily, primo, adv. in the first praebibo, ibi 3. to drink praescrlbo, psi, ptum 3. place. [place. to. to prescribe. primum, adv. in the first praeceps, cipitis, inclin- praesens, tis, present. princeps, Ipis, m. first ; ing, rugged, steep ; pre- praesertim, adv. espe- the first. cipitous. daily. princepatus, us, m. sov- praeceptor, oris, m. praeses, idis, m. presi- ereignty, dominion. teacher. dent. principium, i, n. begin- praeceptum, i, n. pre- praesidium, i, n. aid, ning ; principio, in the cept, prindple. protection, support. beginning. praeclpio, cepi, ceptum praestabilis, e, excellent, priscus 3. old. 3. to anticipate; 2) to superior. pristin us 3. former. direct. praestans, tis, excellent, prins, adv. sooner. praecipito 1. to hasten. praesto, iti, a turn 1. to priusquam, conj. before praecipuus 3. distin- be distinguished ; ali- that, ere, before. guished, excellent. cui, to surpass ; to be privatus 3. private. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 405 probe, adv. excellently, 3. to set out (on a prospicio, spexi, spec- suitably. uprightly. journey), march, de- turn 3. to see before probitas, atis, fi upright- part. one's self. ness. profiteor, fessus sum 2.*prosterno, stravi, stra- probo 1 . to approve ; to acknowledge freely, turn 3. to prostrate. probari alicui, to promise, offer freely. prosum, fui, desse c. dat. please some one. profundo, fudi, fusum to be useful, benefit. probrum, i. n. disgrace. 3. to pour forth ; pro- protervus 3. shameless. probus 3. upright, excel- fusus, profuse, unre- protirms, adv. immedi- lent. strained. ately. Probus, i, m. Probus. profusus 3. unrestrained, proverbium, i, n. prov- procedo, cessi, cessum progredior, gressus sum erb. 3. to proceed, advance. 3. to step forth, advance, providentia, ae, f. fore- procella, 2Le.fi stonn. prohibeo, bui, bitum 2. sight, providence. proceres, um, m. the no- to prevent, keep off. provideo, vldi, visum 2. bles. proinde, adv. therefore ; to foresee ; c. dat. to procerus 3. slim, tall. proinde quasi, just as provide for something ; proconsul, ulis, m. pro- if. 2) to be on one's guard, consul. projicio, jeci, jectum 3. look out. proconsulare imperium, to cast forth. provincia, a.e,fi province. proconsular command promitto, mlsi, missum provocatio, oms,f. prov- or authority. 3. to promise. ocation. procudo, di, sum 3. (of promontonum, i, n. provoco 1. to provoke. money) to coin. promontory. proxime, adv. next. procul, adv. far off, from promptu, in promptu proximus 3. next. a distance. esse, to be ready. prudens, tis, wise, pru- procumbo, cubui, cubi- promptus 3. ready. dent, skilful. turn 3. to fall down. pronuntTo 1. to pro- prudenter, adv. wisely, procuro 1. to take care of. nounce. prudently. procurro, curri and cu- prope, adv. near; 2) prudentia, ae,/! wisdom, curri, cursum 3. to nearly, almost. prudence. rush forth. propemodum, adv. al- prunum, i, n. a plum. prodeo, li, ltum. Ire, to most. prunus, i, f plumtree. go forth, depart. propere, adv. hastily. Pruslas, ae, m. Prusias. prodigiosus 3. wonder- propitius 3. propitious, pubes, eris, grown up. fid. favorable. publice, adv. publicly, on proditio, onis, f. treach- propositum, i, n. pur- behalf of the State, at ery. pose, design. the cost of the State. proditor, oris, m. traitor, proprius 3. own, pecu- publico 1 . to make public. prodo, didi, ditum 3. to liar. publicus 3. public ; in deliver up, betray. propterea, adv. on this publico, in a public produco, xi, ctum 3. to account. street, lead forth, produce. propugnator, oris, m. pudet, duit me alicnjus proelior 1. to fight, con- champion, defender. rei, / am ashamed of tend. propulso 1 . to drive back. something. proelium, i, n. encounter, prorepo 3. to creep forth, pudicitia, -ae.fi modesty. profanus 3. profane. prorsus, adv. entirely. pudlcus 3. modest. profecto, adv. indeed, proscrlbo, psi, ptum 3. pudor, oris, m. shame. truly. to proscribe, banish. puella. ae,/ maid. profero, ttili, latum, fer- prosilio, lui 4. to spring puer, eri, m. boy ; pueri, re 3. to bring forward. forth. children. professor, oris, m. pro- prospecto I. /o look forth. puerlHs, e, childish. fessor. prospere, adv. prosper- pueri tia, ae, /.' childhood. proficlo, feci, fectum 3. ously. puerulus, i, m. little boy. to profit, accomplish. prosperitas, &tis, f. pros- pugna, ae,/ fight, battle. proficiscor, fectus sum parity. pugno 1. tofiglit. 406 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. pulcher, chra, chrum, quamdlu, how long, so quis ? quid Iwho? what? beautiful, fair. long as. quis, qua, quid and qui, pulchre, adv. beautiful- quamvis, conj. with the quae, quod [§ 31, 1)] ly. subj. how much soever, any one. pulchritudo,inis,y!6eew- although. quisnam, quaenara, ty. quando, adv. when. quidnam, who, what pulex, icis, m. a flea. quanquam, conj. with then ? pullus, i, m. the young indie, though, although, quispiam, quaepiam, (of animals), chicken, quanto, (with comp.) quidpiam and quod- pulso 1. to beat. the. piam [§31,2)]. pulvis, eris, m. sand, quantopere, how greatly, quisquam. quicquam dust. quantus 3. how great ; and quodquam, pungo, pupugi, pun- quantum, how much. (scarcely) any one, ctum 3. to sting, to quantuscunque, how [§ 31, 3)]. harass. great soever. quisque, quaeque, quid- Punicus 3. Punic. quare, adv. on which ac- que and quodque punio 4. to punish, cor- count, wherefore. [§ 31, 6)]. red. quarto, for the fourth quisquis, quicquid, who- puppis, is, f the stern of time. ever. (§ 30, E. 2). a ship. quasi, as it were, as if, quo, adv. whither ; quo — purgo 1. to purify, jus- as though. eo, (in com p.) the — so tify. que, conj. and (always much the. purpuratus, i, m. a high attached to its word), quoad, so long as, until, office at court, courtier quemadmodum, adv. in until that, even until. (wearing a purple what manner, as. quocunque, adv. whith- bordered toga). queo ivi, Itum, ire. to be ersoever. purus 3. pure. able (can), quod. conj. that, because. putesco, tui 3. to rot. quercus, us,/ oak. quod si, if now, but if. puto 1. to think, believe, querela, &e,f complaint, quominus, that, (§ 108, consider. plaintive cry. 2). Pydna, ae, f city of queror, questus sum 3. quomodo, adv. how. Macedonia. to complain. quondam, adv. once, for- Pylades, ae, m. Pylades. qui, quae, quod, who. merly. Pyranaeus, i ? m. the Py- qui, how, whence, whereby, quoniam, conj. because. renees. quia, conj. because. quoque, adv. also. Pythagoras, ae, m. Py- quicunque, quaecunque, quot ? how many? thagoras. quodcunque, whosoev- quotannis. adv. yearly, er. quotcunque, however Q. quidam, quaedam, quid- many. Quadriennium, i, n. the dam and quoddam. quotidianus 3. daily. space of four years. [§31.5.)] quoridie, adv. daily. quaero, slvi, sltum 3. to quidem, indeed (is placed quoties, adv. how often. seek, ab or ex aliquo, after its word.) quotiescunque, adv. how- to ask of one. quidni, why not '} ever often. quaeso, I pray, beseech, quies, etis,y! quiet. quotquot, however many. quaestio, onis, f ques- quiesco, evi, etum 3. to quotus 3. what one in or- tion. rest. der. quaestor, oris, m. ques- quietus 3. quiet. quum, conj. when ; as, tor, public treasurer. quin, [§ 108, 3.)] since; quum — turn, qualis, e, of what sort, quinam ? who then? both — and. character ; as. quinto, adv. for the fifth qualiscunque, of what- time. K. ever sort, character. quingennium, i, n. for Babidus 3. mad. quam, adv. how, as; the space of five years, rabies, ei, /! madness^ conj. (with the com- quippe, adv. indeed, rabiosus 3. mad. parative) than. namely, radix, ieis> /! root. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 407 ramulus, i, m. trig. rana, -&Q,fi frog. rapidus 3. tearing away, rapid, raplo, pui, ptum 3. to snatch, carry off. raro, adv. rarely. rams 3 seldom. ratio, onis, f. reason; manner. ravis, is,/! hoarseness. rebello 1. to renew war, rebel. recedo, cessi, cessum 3. to go back, retire. recens, ntis. recent. reclpio, cepi, ceptum 3. to take back, receive; se recipe re, to betake one's self back. reel to 1. to read to. recognitlo, onis,/* recog- nition. recognosco, novi, nitum 3. to recognize. recondo, Idi, itum 3. to conceal. recordatlo, onis,/! recol- lection. recordor 1. c. ace. to re- member, call to mind. recreo 1. to renew, re- fresh. recrudesco, dui 3. to break open afresh. recte, adv. rightly, cor- rectly. rector, oris, m. governor. rectus 3. straight, direct, right ; recta conseien- tia, a good conscience. recumbo, cubui, cubi- tum 3. to lie down again. recupero 1. to recover. recuso 1 . to refuse. redamo 1. to love in re- turn. redarguo, ui, utum 3. to refute. reddo, idi. itum 3. to give back again, give, make. [turn. redeo. Ii. Itum 4. to re- redlmo. derni. demptum 3. to redeem. redigo, degi, dactum 3. to bring back, bring. recitus, us, m. return. reduco, xi, ctum 3. to lead back. redundo 1. to redound. refello, elli 3. to refute. refercio, rsi, rtum 3. to stuff, Jill up. refero, tuli, latum, ferre 3. to bring back, return again ; ?-eguite ; refer to. refert 3. c. gen. it con- cerns. (§ 88, 10). refert us 3. full, stuffed. re form I do 1. c ace. to fear something. refio 1. to flow against. refrico, cui, catum 1. to rub again, renew. refugio, fugi, fugitum 3. to fee back. regalis, e, royal. reglna, ae,/! queen. regio, onis,/! region. reglus 3. royal. regno 1. to reign. regnum, i, n. reign, king- dom. rego, xi, ctum 3. to gov- ern, guide, rule. regredior, gressus sum 3. to go back, return. rejiclo, jeci, jectum 3. to throw away, reject. religio, onis, f religion, conscientiousness. religiose, adv. scrupu- lously. relinquo, Hqui, lictum 3. to leave behind, desert. reliquiae, arum, f re- mains. reliquus 3. remaining. remaneo, nsi, nsum 2. to remain behind, re- main. reminiscor (without the perf) 3. c. gen. or ace. to remember. removeo, ovi, otum 2. to remove. Remus, i, 7??. Remus. ren, (commonly plur. renes, urn, m.) kidneys. renuntio 1. to report. rcor, ratus sum, reri, 2. to be persuaded, think. reparo i. to repair. repente, adv. suddenly. reperio, peri, pertum 4. to find, find out. repeto, Ivi, Itum 3. to call back, retrace. repleo, evi, etum 2. to fill up. replico 1. to repeat. repono, posui, positura 3. to replace. reporto 1 . to bear off. repugno 1. to contend against. reputo 1. to weigh, con- sider. requies, etis, (ace. requi- em),^ rest, relaxation. requiesco, evi, etum 3. (ex) c. abl. to repose. requiro, quislvi, quisl- tum 3. to search after, inquire for. res, rei,/! affair, thing. rescindo, Idi. issum 3. to tear off break off. rescisco, Ivi or ii, Itum 3. to ascertain. reseco, cui, ctum 2. to cut off. reservo 1 . to reserve. resideo, edi, essum 2. to remain behind. resisto, stiti, stitum 3. to resist. resono 1. to resound. resonus 3. resounding, echoing. resplro 1. to breathe. respondeo, di, sum 2. to answer, reply. responsio, onis, f an- swer. responsum, i, n. ansvjer. respubllca, gen. rei pub- llcae,/! state. respiio, ui, utum 3. to reject. restinguo, nxi, nctum 3. to smother, to extin- guish. restis, is,/! rope. restituo, ui, utum 3. to restore. 408 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULABY. vesro, stiti I. to be left; 2) resist. rete, is, n. net, toil. retineo, inui, entum 2. to hold back, retain. reus. i T m. defendant. revelio, velli, vulsum 3. to tear out. revera, adv. in reality. reverentla, ae. f. rever- ence. revertor. Perf. : reverti 3. to return. revlso, Isi, isum 3. to re- visit. revoco 1 . to recall. rex, egis, m. king. Rhea (ae) Silvia (ae), f Rhea Silvia. rhecla, ae,/! wagon. Rhenus, i, m. Rhine. Rhodanus, i, m. the Rhone. Rhodus, i,f. Rhodes. rictus, us, m. mouth. rideo, risi, rlsum 2. to laugh ; c. ace. to laugh at, deride. ridiciilus 3. ridiculous. rigeo, gui 2. to be stiff. ringor, rictus sum 3. to show the teeth, to snarl, be fretful. ripa, ae,/! bank. risus, us, m. laugh. rite, adv. in a proper manner. rivulus, i, m. stream. robur. oris, n. strength. robust us 3. strong. rogo 1. to entreat, ask. Rom anus 3. Roman ; Romanus, i, m. a Ro- man. Romulus, i, m. Romu- lus. rosa. ae,/! rose. RoscTus, i, m. Roscius. rostrum, i, n. beak. rotund us 3. round. ruber, bra, brum. red. rublgo, ginis,/! rust. rudens, tis, m. rope, stay. rudis, e. c. gen. crude, unacquainted with. rudo. Ivi Hum 3. to roar. rTigTo 4. to roar. riiina, ae,/! ruin. rumpo, rupi, itiptum 3. to break, tear. ruo, rui, rutum 3. to rush. rupes, is,/! rock, cliff. rursus, adv. again. rus, ruris, n. country. rusticus 3. rustic ; subst. countryman, boor. rutilus 3. fiery red. S. Sacer, era, cram, sacred; sacra, Oram, n. sacred rites. sacerdos, Otis, c. priest, priestess. \_fice. sacrificium, i, n. sacri- sacrum, i, n. a sacred thing. saeculum, i, n. a hun- dred years. saepe, adv. often. saevio 4. to rage. saevitia, ae,/! cruelty. saevus 3. fierce. sagitta, ae,/! arrow. sal, salis, m. salt ; ivit. Salaminium (i) fre- tum, n. bay of Saia- mis. salio. lui, ltum 4. to leap. Sallustius, i, m. Sallust. saltern, adv. at least. salto 1. to dance. salus, utis, f prosperity, welfare, safety. salutaris, e, salutary. saluto 1, to salute. salve, hail! (Imper. of sa/veo 2. to be well). sal v us 3. safe, well. Samnis, Itis, m. a Sam- nite. sancio, nxi, ncltum 4. to sanction. sancte, adv. sacredly, conscientiously. sanctus 3. sacred. sane, adv. truly. sanguis, inis. m. blood. sanies, ei, f. bloody mat- ter. sano 1 . to heal, cure. sarins 3. sound. sapid ns 3. palatable. sapiens, tu 7 wise; subst. wise man. sapientla, ae, f wisdom* sapio. ui 3. to be wise. sarcio, rsi, Ham 4. to make good again, re- pair. Sardes, dinm, f Sardis. Sardus, i. m. a Sardian. sarmentum, i, n. hhoot, branch. sat. adv. sufficiently, suf- ficient. satietas, a tis./! satiety. satio 1 . to satiate. satlra, ae,/! satire. satis, adv. sufficiently. satisfaeio, feci, factum 3. to make satisfaction, satisfy. Saturnus, i, m. Saturn. saxum, i, n rock. scabo, bi 3. to scratch. scalmus. i, m. thowl pin ; 2) boat. scalprum (i) librariura (i), n. penknife. scateo, ere, c. abl to be full of something. scaturlgo, inis,/! spring. sceleratus 3. wicked. seel ns, eris, n. crime, transgression. scbola, ae,/! school, scholasticus 3. of or per- taining to a school. scilicet, adv. truly, to wit. scindo, idi, issum 3. to tear. scintilla, ae,/! spark. scio 4. to know. scipio, onis, m. staff. Scipio, onis, m. Scipio. sciscitor 1. to inquire. sclte, adv. skilfully. Scopas, ae, m. Scopus, seriba, ae, m. scribe, sec- retary, [nriie. scribo, psi, ptum 3. to scriptor. oris. m. writer. scrobis, is. m. hole, ditch. scrupulus, i, m. scruple. Scytha, ae, m. a Srotect, defend. turn, adv. thereupon, then; al that time. tumeo, ui 2. to swell. tumultus, us. m. tumult. tune, adv. at tfoat time, then, there. tundo, tutudi, tunsum 3. to beat, stun, [merit. tunica, ae, f under-gar- turba, ae,/ crowd. turbo 1. to cause confu- tion, disturb. turgid us 3. swollen. turpis, e, disgraceful, base. turpitudo, inis, f. base- ness. turns, is, f. tower. turtur, this, m. turtle dove. tussis, is,/ cough. tutor, oris, m. teacher. tutus 3. safe. tuus 3. thy, thine. Tyndaridae, arum, m. Castor and Pollux (sons of Tyndarus, king of Sparta, and Leda). tyrannus, i, m. tyrant. Tyrius, i. m. Tyrian. U. Tiber, uberis, abounding in, rich. uber, eris, n. udder. ubertas, atis, f richness l copiousness. ubi, adv. where; 2) conj. as soon as, when. ubicunque, wherever ; ubicunque gentium, where in all the world. ubi nam. adv. where then. Ubius, i, n. a Ubian. ubivis, adv. where you will. ulciscor, ultus sum 3. c. ace. to take revenge upon some one. ullus 3. any one. ulmus, \,f elm. ultimus 3. last; ultima Italia, tJie remotest part of Italia. nit or. oris, w. arnxjtr. umbra, ae, / sAtu/r. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 413 umbractiluin, i, n. shade. umbrosus 3. shady. una, adv. at tlie same time, together. unci a, ae, f. wave. unde, adv. whence. undique, adv. from all sides. ungo (unguo), nxi, nctum 3. to anoint unguis, is, m. nail, claw. uni versus 3. whole. unquam, adv. ever. unus 3. one ; only, alone. unusquisque, unaquae- que, unumquidque and unumquodque, each one (§ 31. 7). urbanus 3. belonging to the city, city-like. urbs, bis,/ city. urgeo, rsi 2. to press, op- press. ursus, i, m. a bear. usque, adv. until. i usus, us, m. use. ut, adv. as, even as. ut, conj. that, in order that, that not (§106); as [§ 111, 1. b)] ; ut prirnum, as soon as. utcunque, adv. however. uter, tris, m. leathern bag. uter, tra, trum, which of the two. uterque, utraque,utram- que, each (of the two), both. u til is, e, useful. utilitas. atis, f use, ad- vantage. utinara, conj. with subj. that. utor. usus sum 3. c. abl. to use. [side. utrinque, adv. on each utrum, interrogative word [§ 116,3,b.d)]. uva, ae, f. grape. uvidulus 3. slightly moist. Vacca, ae,/ cow. vacillo 1. to rock, waver. vacuus 3. c. abl. free from, empty. vae, a 1 as ! vagor 1. to wander. valde, adv. very much. valeo 2. to be well; be sound, strong, able ; va- leat, valeant, adieu to something; 2) to avail. valetudo, Inis, f health. validus 3. strong. vallcs, is,/ valley. vannus, \,f corn-fan. vanus 3. vain. vario 1. to vary. varius 3. various. varix, icis, m. swollen vein. vas, vasis, n. (plur. vasa, orum, n.) vessel, vase. vasto 1 . to lay waste. vates, is, prophet. vectlgal, alis, n. toll, tax, income. vectis, is, m. lever, bolt. ve he in ens, tis, vehement. vehementer, adv. vehe- mently, violently, great- veho, vexi, vectum 3. to carry, bring, equo ve- hi, to ride, be borne off. Vejens, ntis, m. a Vejen- tian. vel, conj. or; even; vel — vel, either — or. velox, ocis, swift. velum, i, n. sail. velut, adv. even as, as. vena, 2^, f. vein. venabulum, i, n. hunting- spear. venalis, e, venal, for sale. venatio, onis, f a hunt. venatus, us, m. a hunt. vena tor, oris, m. hunter. vendo, didi, ditum 3. to sell. venenum, i, n. poison. veneo, li, Ire, to be for sale. veneror 1 . to revere. venio, veni, ventum 4. to come. venor 1 . to hunt. venter, tris, m. the belly. vent us, i, m wind. Venus, eris, f. Venus. 35* venustas, ati.s, / grace- fulness. vepres, is, m. thorn-bush, bramble. ver, veris, n. spring. verber, eris, n. (com- monly plur. verbera), biow%. verbero 1. to beat. verbum, i, n. word. verecundia, ae,/ respect. verecundus 3. respectful, modest. vereor, veritus sum 2. to reverence, have re- spect for. to fear. ventas, atis,/ truth. vermis, is, m. worm. venius 3. vernal; vernus dies, a spring day. vero, conj. but; 2) adv. (as an answer) yes. Verres, is, m. Verrres. versor, 1. in c. abl. to be occupied in a thing. versus, us, m. a verse. verto, rti, rsum 3. to turn; v. in fugam, to put to flight. verum, conj. yet, but. verus 3. true. vervex, ecis, m. a wether. vescor (without perf.) 3. c. abl. to eat. vesper, eri and eris, m. evening ; vesperi, at evening. Ves talis virgo, vestal vir- gin. vester, tra, trum, your. vestigium, i, n. footstep. vestio 4. to clothe, attire. vestis, is, / a garment, cloth. Vesuvius i, m. Vesuvius. veto, ui, Itum 1. to for- bid. vetus, eris, old. vetustas, atis,/ age. vetustus 3. old. vexo 1. to vex, annoy. via, ae,/ way. viator, oris, m. traveller. viclnus, i. m. neighbor. victor, oris, victorious; subst. conqueror. 414 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. victoria, ae,/ victory. victus, us, m.food. vicus, i, m. village. video, vidi, visum 2. to see; pass, seem, appear. vigeo, ui 2. to be vigor- ous. . vigil, His, m. watchman. vigilantia, ae, f. watch- fulness. vigilia, ae,/ watch, night- watch. vigilo 1. to watch. vigor, oris, m. power. vilis, e, vile, evil. villa, ae,/ country seat, vincio, nxi, nctum 4. to bind, restrain. vinco, vici, victum 3. to conquer, vanquish, over- come. vinculum, i, n. bond, chain. vendex, dicis, m. defend- er, avenger. vindico 1. to claim; avenge. vinea, ae, a vine. vinum, i, n. wine. violo 1. to violate. vipera, ae,/ viper. vir, viri, m. man. vireo, ui 2. to flourish. Virgil i us, i, m. Virgil. virgo, mis,/ virgin. viridis, e. green. virltim, adv. man by ma?i. virtus, utis, / virtue, bravery. virus, i, n. poison. vis, (gen. and dot. want- ing; plur. vires, ium), f power, force, multi- tude. viscus, eris, n. (common- ly plur.) inwards. visum, i, n. appearance. Visurgis, is, m. the We- ser. vita, ae,/ life. vitiositas, atis, f vice, viciousness. vitiosus 3. defective. vitis, is,/, vine. vitium, i, n. fault, vice. vito I. to avoid. vitullnus 3. of calf vitulus, i, m. calf. vitupero, 1. to censure. vivo, vixi, victum 3. to live. vivus 3. living. vix, adv. scarcely. vociferor 1. to cry out, screech. voco 1. to call, invite. voltto 1. to fly, flutter. volo 1. to fly. volo, volui, velle, to wish (would). [sci. Yolsci, orum, m. the Vol- volucris, is./ bird. voluntas, atis,/. will. voluptas, atis, / plea- sure, sensuality. volvo, vi, utum* 3. to roll. voveo, vovi, votum 2. to vow. vox, vocis,/ voice. Vulcanus, i, in. Vulcan. vulgaris, e, common. vulgus, i, n. people, the common people. vulnero 1. to wound. vulnus, eris, n. wound. vulpes, is, f fox. vultur, uris, m. vulture. vultus, us. m. expression, feature, countenance. X. Xenophon, ontis, m. Xe- nophon. Xerxes, is, m. Xerxes. Z. Zama, ae, / Zama. Zeno, onis, m. Zeno. zingiber, eris, n. ginger. II. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. A. Abate, mollire. Ability, facultas, atis,/ Able (to be), posse, qui- re, valere ; not able, nequlre. Abode, domicilmm, i, n. Abounding in, abundare, locuples, etis. About, circiter. Above, superus. Abroad, peregre. Absent, absens, tis. Absent (to be), abesse. Absolve, absolvere. Abstain, abstinere. Abundance, abundantia, ae, / copia, ae, /; to have abundare c. abl. Accompany, comitari. Accomplished, erudltus 3. Accounted (to be), exis- timari, haberi. Accuse, accusari Accustomed (to be), so- lere, consuescere. Acknowledge, confiteri, fateri ; freely, pro- fited. Acorn, glans, dis,/ Acquainted with, perltus 3. cons ul tus 3. gna- rus 3. c. gen. Acquainted with, (to be), novisse [§ 76, 3)]; thoroughly, per- noscere. Acquire, parare, compa- rare (sibi). Acre, jugerum, i, n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 415 Act, agere. Actor, histrio, onis, in. Acute, acutus 3. subtl- lis, e. Adapted to, accommoda- tus 3. c. dat. or ad c. ace. Add, addere. Address, alloqui. Adherbal, Adherbal, alis, m. Admirable, admirabilis,e. Admiration, admiratio, onis,/ Admire, admirari. Admonish, monere, ad- monere. Admonition, admonitio, onis,/ Adopt, adsciscere. Adorn, ornare, adornare, comare. Advantage, lucrum, i, n. commodum, i, n. emo- lumentum, i, n. fruc- tus, us, m. Adversity, res adversae. Advise, suadere. JEduan, ^duus, i, m. u^Egypt, iEgyptus. ^Egyptian, iEgypticus 3. JEmilius, ^Emilius, i, m. JEneas, ^Eneas, ae, m. Affair, res, rei,/ Afftcted, affectus 3. Affirm, aio. Afford, praebere. Africa, Africa,/ After that, postquam, c. ind. perf Against (prep.), ad ver- sus. Age, aetas, atis,/ Agesilaus, Agesilaus, i, m. Agree to (on condition), pangere. Agreeable, gratus 3. ju- cundus 3. suavis, e. Agricola, Agricola, ae, m. Agriculture, agricultura, ae,/ Aid, auxilium, i, n. prae- sidium, i, n. Aid, adjuvare c. ace. succurrere c. dat. ; to lend aid, opitulari c. dat. Alas ! vae ! Alcibiades, Alcibiades, is, m. Alexander, Alexander, dri, m. L^e,/ Alexandria, Alexandria, All, omnes, ia. Alliance, societas, atis, / foedus, eris, n. Allobroges, Allobroges, um, m. Allow, jubere. Ally, soclus, i, in. Almost, fere, ferme, pae- ne, prope. Aloe, aloe, es,/ Alone, solus 3. unus 3. Alps, Alpes, ium,/ Already, jam. Also, etiam, quoque. Although, quamvis. Always, semper. Amazon, Amazon, onis, / Ambassador, legatus, i, m. Ambuscade, insicliae, arum,/ Amiable, amabilis, e. Ample, am plus 3. Anaxagoras, Anaxago- ras, ae, m. Ancestors, majores, um. Ancient, antiquus 3. ve- tus, eris, priscus 3. Anciently, antiquitus. Ancus Martins, Ancus MartTus, i, m. And, et, ac, atque, que. And not, neque (nee). Anger, ira, ae, / iracun- dia, ae,/ Angry, iratus 3. Announce, annuntiare. Annoy, vexare. Announcement, oracu- lum, i, n. Another (of several), alius, a, ud. Another's, alienus 3. Answer, respondere. Antiochus, Antiochus, i, m. Antiquity, antiquitas, atis, / ( = ancient- ness), vetustas, atis,/ Anvil, incus, udis,/ Anxious (am), curae mi- hi est. Anxiously, anxle. Any, uiius 3. Ape, simia, ae,/ Apollo, Apollo, inis, m. Appear, apparere, vi- de ri. Appease, placare. Applaud, applaudere c. dat. Apple, malum, i, n. Apple-tree, malus. i,/ Apply ones self to some- thing, incumbere in or ad aliquid. Apprehend, vereri, me- tuere. Apprehension, metus, us, in. Approach, appropin- quate, adventare. Approach, aditus, us, m. Approbation, approbatio, onis,/ Approve, approbare, pro- bare. Arch, fornix, icis, m. Archimedes, Archime- des, is, m. Ardea, Ardea, ae,/ Ardor, ardor, oris, m. Ariovistus, Ariovistus, i, in. Arise, surgere, coorlri, exorlri. Aristides, Aristides, is, m. Aristotle, Aristoteies, is, m. Arms, arma, orum, n. Army, exercitus, us, in. Arpinum, Arpinum, i, n. Arpinum (of), subst. Ar- plnas, atis, in. Artist, artlfex, icis, m. and/ Arrange (line of battle), aciem instruere. Arrival, adventus, us, m. Arrogance, arrogantia, ae,/ Arrow, sagitta, ae,/ 41 G ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Art, ars, tis,/ Augustus, Augustus, i, it becomes, de- Artaxerxes, Artaxerxes, m. cet; it does not is, /n. Autumn, autumnus, i, m. become, dedecet (§89, Artificer, artifex, ids, in. Avail, valere. 3). and/. Avarice, avaritla, ae, / Becoming, decorus 3. As, ut,^ quum, velut, Avaricious, avarus 3. c. Before, ante, prius, an- quomodo, queraad- gen. tea, antequam, prius- modum, ac (atque). Avenge (one's self on quam; that, an- As if, quasi, ac si, tan- one), ulcisei. tequam, priusquam. quam. Avert, avertere. Beget, gignere. As often as, quoties. Avoid, vitare, evltare. Begin, inclpere, ordlri, As soon as, ubi, simul- Await, opperlri. exordlri. atque, [§ 111,2)] Axe, securis, is,/ Begun (to have), cepis- As well — as (also), et Axle, axis, is, m. se. — et. Beginning, iuitium, prin- Ascend, ascendere. B. cipium, i, n. Ascertain, experlri, res- Babylon, Babylon, onis, Beggar, mendieus, i, m. ciscere, comperlre. f [3 Behold, adsplcere, tueri, Ashes, einis. eris, m. Babylonian, Babvlonius spectare, Asia, Asia, ae,/ Bad, malus 3. " Belief, opinio, onis,/ Ask, quaerere (ex, ab, Badge, insigne, is, n. Believe, credere, putare. aliquo), interrogare, Bake, torrere. Bellows, follis, is, in. rogare (aliquem). Band, agmen, inis, n. Belly, alvus, i,/ Ass, asinus, i, m. man us, us,/ Belong to some one, esse Assassin, sicarius, i, m. Banisher, expultrix, alicujus (§ 88, 8). Assault, oppugnare. icj^ /; Bend, ttectere. Assemble (transit.), con- Bank (of a river), ripa, Beneficence, beneficus. voeare ; (intransit.) ae ,/ BenejU, utilitas, a tis,/ congregare,confluere. Bargain (to make), pa- BenejU, prodesse. Assembly, coetus,_us, m. cisci. Beset, circumsedere. Assent to, assentiri. Bargain, pangerc. Besides, porro. Assiduously, assidue. Base, f'oedus 3. turpis, e, Besiege, obsldsre, cir- Assign, tribuere. sordidus, a. urn. cuinsedere. Assist, juvare, adjuvare Baseiu, foede.' Besmear, oblmere. c. ace. ; succurrere, Battle, pugna, ae,/ Bestow, largiri, adhibe- auxiliari c. dat. proelium, i, n. ' re, praestare ; Assyria, Assyria, ae,/ Be, esse ; in some- upon, coiiocare in c. Athenian (a. and s.) thing, versari in ali- abl. Atlieniensis, is, m. qua re ; present. Betake ones self, se con- Attach ones self to some ad esse, interesse ; ferre ; back, se one, se applicare ad wanting, desse, reeipere. aliquem. deficere. Betrcujing, proditio, onis, Attack, impetus, us, m. Bear, portare, gestare, /: Attack, aggredi, adoriri. ferre ; off', repor- B 'id, jubere. Attacking, oppugnatio, tare. Bind, vinclre. onis,/ Beard, barba, ae,/ Binding (to make), ad- Attain, assequi. Beast, bestia, ae,/ stringere. Attalus. Attalus, i, m. Beat, ferlre. Bird, avis, is,/ Attempt, conari, mollri, Beautiful, pulcher, chra, Birds of passage, volu- suscipere. chrum cres adventitial. Attend to, attendere. Beauty, pulehritiido, Birthdaij, nataiis, is, m. Attention to, cultus,us, in. inis,/ Bite, mordere. Attentive, attentus 3. Beautifully, pulebrc. Bithynia. Bithynia, ae,/ Attentively, attente. Because, quia, quod, quo- Bitter, am a r us 3. acer- Atticus, Atticus, i, m. niam. bus 3. Attic, Atticus 3. Become, fieri, evadcrc ; Black, niger, gra, grum. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 417 Blind, coecus 3. Blockade, obsidio, onis, Mood, sanguis, inis, m. Bloody, atrox, ocis. Bloom, florere. Blooming, florens, tis. Blows, verbera, n. Boar, aper, pri, m; urild. aper, pri, m. Boat linter, tris,/ Body, corpus, oris, n. Bodily powers, corporis vires. Boeotian (s.), Boeotus, i, m. Bold, audax, acis. Boldness, audacia, ae, f. Bolt, vectis, is, m. Bone, os, ossis, n. Book, liber, bri, m. co- dex, icis, m. Booty, praeda, ae,/ Border, finis, is, m. Born (to be), nasci. Born, natus 3. Both — and, et — et. Bow, arcus, us, m. Boy, puer, eri, m. Bracelet, spinther eris, n. Bramble, sentis, is, m. vepres, is, m. Brand, notare. Brass, aes, aeris, n. Brave, fortis, e. Bravely, fortiter. Bravery, fortitudo, inis, / virtus, utis,/ Bread, panis, is, m. Break down (= over- come), frangere. Break down, rescindere ; forth, erumpere, coorlri ; in, ir- rumpere: break out afresh, denuo erumpere : through, perrumpere. Breakfast, prandere. Breast, pectus, oris, n. Bridge, pons, tis, m. Bright, (= clear), sere- nus 3. Bring, ferre, arcessere ; about, emcere ; forward, affer- re : up, educare : back, referre. Bring war upon some one, bellum inferre alicui. Britain, Britannia, ae,/ Broad, latus 3. Brother, frater, tris, m. Brutus, Brutus, i, m. Build, aedificare. Building, aedeficium, i, n. Bundle, fascis, is, m. Burn, ardere. flagrare: up, deflagrare, comburere. Bushel, modius, i, m. Busily, sedulo. Business, negotlum, i, n. Business, it is the business of some one, est alicu- jus. Busy, sedulus 3. Buy, emere. But, autem, sed, at (§ 102,*2. b). But if, sin. Butter, butyrum, i, n. Butterfly, papilio, onis, Cabbage, crambe, es, f. caulis, is, m. Caesar, Caesar, aris, m. Call, appellare, vocare, nominare, dicere ; to mind, recorda- ri c. ace. or gen. : togethei\ eonvocare. Called (to be), vocari, nominari. appellari. (§81, 2. c). Callisthenes, Callisthe- nes. is. m. Camel, camelus, i, m. Camillus, Camillus, i, m. Camp, castra, pi. Can, posse, quire. Cannot, nequlre. Canal, canalis, is, m. Capital punishment, sup- plieium, i, n. Capitol, Capitolium, i, n. Caprice, libido, inis, f arbitrium. i, n. Captive (to take ), capere. Capture, expugnare. Care, cura, ae,/ Care, take care, curare, cavere. Cure for, consulere, pro- videre. c. dat. Careful, diligens, tis. Carefully, diligenter. Carefulness, diligentia, ae,/. Caria, Caria. ae,/ Carpenter, faber ligna- rius. Carrot, siser, eris, n. Carry, portare, ferre ; on, gerere 5 — over, trajicere ; forth, efferre. Carthage, Carthago, inis, / Carthaginian, Carthagi- niensis, is, m. Cassius, Cassius, i, m. Catch, capere, deprehen- dere. Catiline, Catillna, ae, m. Caio, Cato, onis, m. Cause, causa, ae,/ Cause (to do something), curare with gerun- dive. Cautious, cautus 3. Cease, deslnere, desis- tere. Celebrate, celebrare. Censure, vituperatio, onis,/ Censure, vituperare. Cerberus, Cerberus, i, m. Ceres, Ceres, eris,/ Certain, certus 3. [m. C'habrias, Chabrias, ae, Chain, vinculum, i, n. Chain, vine ire. Chalcis, Chaleis, idis,/ Chance, casus, us, m.; by chance, fortulto. Change, vieis, is,/ Change, mutare. Character, mores. um,7«. Charge one with some- thing, insimillare ali- quem alieujus rei. Charles. Carol us, i, m. Chatter, garrlre. 418 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Check, compesci. Cheer, exhilarare, delec- tare. Cheerfully, hilariter, se- rene. easeus, 1, m. Cherish, fovere. Cherry, cerasum, i, n. Cherry-tree, cerasus, i, / Chicken, pullus, i, m. Chick-pea, cicer, eris, n. Chief-city, caput, itis, n. Childish, puerllis, e. Children (in reference to their parents), liberi, orum,w.; (with- out such reference), pueri, m. Choice, voluntas, atis,/ Choose, eligere, creare ; rather, malle. Christ, Christus, i, m, Church, ecclesia, ae,/ Chrysogonus, Chrysogo- nus, i, m. Cicero, CicSro, onis, in. Cimon, Cimo, onis, m. Cinna, Cinna, ae, m. Circe, Circe, es,f. Circle, orbis, is, m. Circle of the earth, orbis terrarum. Circuit, circuitus, us, m. Citadel, arx, cis,/ Citizen, civis, is, c. Citizenship, ci vitas, atis,/. City, urbs, bis,/ Civil, civllis, e. Civil war, bellum civile. Class, classis, is,/ Claw, unguis, is, m. • Clear, limpidus 3. Clear (not cloudy), se- renus 3. Cleomenes, Cleomenes, is, m. [f Cleopatra, Cleopatra, ae, Cliff, rupes, is,/ CUtus, Clitus, i, m. Clodius, Clodius, i, m. Close, claudSre. Clothe, vestlre. Cloud, nubes, is,/ Club, fustis, is, m. Coalesce, coalesc&re. Coelius, Coelius, i, in. Coin, procudere. Colchis, Colchis, idis,/ Cold, frigid us 3. Cold (s.), frigus oris, n. Collect, colligere. Colony, colonla, ae,/ Color, color, oris, m. Comb, pecten, inis, in. Come, venire ; desire to come, acclre ; out, evadere, fugere, effugere ; to, ad- venire ; together, convenlre ; — to pass, fieri, incidere. Command, imperare c. dat. Commence, aggrSdi, aus- picari. Commit, committere ; to, committere. Common, communis, e. Companion, socius, i, m. Compare, comparare, conferre. Compel, cogere. Complain, queri ; — of, accusare. Complain (=weep),eju- lare. Comply with, obsSqui. Composed, compositus, 3. Composition, confectio, onis,/ Conceal, occultare, occu- lare, celare, c. dupl. ace. [§ 89, 7]. Concealed, occultus 3. Concede, concedere. Concern, cura, ae,/ Conclude (of a league), icere. Condemn, damnare, con- demnare ; to death, capitis. Condescending, submis- sus 3. Condition, conditio, onis, / Conduce to something, for some one, esse c. dupl. dat. [§ 90, 5. b)]. Confer, conferre. Confess, confiteri. Confidence (to have), fi- dem habere, c. d. Confidently, audacter. Confirm, confirmare. Conflagration, incendl- um, i, n. Confused, dissonus 3. Confusion, confusio, onis, Con nfusion (to throw in to), pertubare. Connect, connectere. Conqueror, victor, oris, nu Conscience, conscientia, ae,/ ; a good conscience^ conscientia recta. Conscious, conscius 3. Consciousness, conscien- tia, ae,/ Consider, intueri, pervi- dere, reputare. Consider as, existimare, habere, judlcare, ar- bitrary ducere c. dupl. ace. [§ 89, 7. a.)] Consist of (in),constare. Consolation, solatium, i, n. consolatio, onis,/ Consort, uxor, oris,/ Conspiracy, conjnratio, onis,/ Conspirator, conjuratus, i, m. Constitute, constituere. Consul, consul, ulis, m. Cbnsult, consultary Consume, absumere, ex- edere, comedere. Contain, continere. Contempt, contemptlo, onis,/ Contend, certare, decer- tare. Contented, contentus 3. Continue, pergere. Continuous, continuus 3. Contracted, angustus 3. Contrary (on the), con- tra. Conversation, sermo. onis m. Convict, convince're. Convince, persuadere c. dat. Corinth, Corinthus, i, / Corinthian, Corinthius 3. Cork-tree, suber, Sris, n. Corn (a), granum, i, n. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 419 Cornelius Nepos, Corne- lius (i) Nepos (otis), m. Corn-fan, vannus, i,/ Corpse, cadaver, eris, n. Correct, corrigere. Correctly, recte. Corrode, exedere. Corrupt, corrumpere. Cost, stare, cons tare. Costly, pretiosus 3. Cover, tegere; up, obruere. Covetous, avarus 3. Cough, tussis, is,/ Counsel, consilium, i, n. Countenance, os, oris, n. vultus, us, m. Country, terra, ae, f. re- glo, onis,/ rus, ruris, n. ager, gri, /».; — (as a residence), patria, ae,/ Countryman, rusticus, i, m. Courage, animus, i, m. Courageously, aequo ani- mo. Course, cursus, us, m. Cow, vacca, ae, f. bos, bovis, c. Cowardice, ignavia, ae,/ Cowardly, ignavus 3. Crassus, Crassus, i, m. Creak, crepare. Create, creare. Creator, creator, oris, m. Crime, scelus, ens, n. Croak, coaxare. Croesus, Croesus, i, m. Crop, messis, Is,/ seges, etis,/ Croton, Croto, onis, m. Crow, corvus, i, m. Cruel, saevus 3. imma- nis, e. Crwe/^crudelitas, atis./ Crush, eontundSre. Cry, clam are. Cry (plaintive), quere- la, ae./ [m. Cucumber, cucumis, ens, Cultivate, colore, exco- lere. Cultivation, culture, cul- tus. iis, m. Cunning, astutia, ae,/ Cup, calix, icis, m. Curb, continere, compe- scere, perdomare. Cure, curatio, onis,/ Cure, sanare, c. ace. ; me- deri c. dat. Curius, Curius, i, m. Custom, mos, oris, m. Customary, usitatus 3. Cut off, resecare, desS- care. Cyrus, Cyrus, i, m. D. Dagger, sica, ae,/ Daily, quotidie. Dance, saltare. Danger, periculum, i, n. Dare, audere. Darius, Darius, i, m. Darkness, callgo, Inis,/ Dart, telum, i, n. Datamas, Datamas, an- tis, 771. Daughter, filia, ae,/ Dawn, illucescere. Day, dies, ei, m. ; by day, interdiu. Dead body, cadaver, eris, n. Dear, carus 3. : to hold dear, carum habere. Death, mors, tis,/ Decay, interlre, occidere, Deceive, fallere, delu- dere. Desember, December, bris, 77i. Decrease, decrescere. Dedicate, dedicare. Deed, factum, i, n. Deep, altus 3. Defend, defendgre. Defender, vindex, Icis, c. Delay, cunctari. Deliberate, deliberate, consultare. Deliberately, consulto. Delicate, tenuis, e. Delight, oblectamentum, i, n. Delight, delectare. obiec- tare, perm ulcere. Delight (with), libenter. Delightful, jucundus 3. suavis, e. Delightfully, suaviter. Deliver from something, liberare aliqua re, le- vare c. abl ; up, tradere. Delphi, Delphi, orum, m. Demand, postulate, pos- cere, deposcere ; back, reposcere. Demaratus, Demaratus, i, m. Demolish, evertere. Demosthenes, Demos- thenes, is, 771. Dense, densus 3. Deny, negare. Deplore, deplorare. Deprive, privare, spoli- are c. abl. [dere. Deride, derldere, irrl- Descend, descendere. Descendant, proles, is, / Desert, deserare, relin- quere. Desert, men turn, i, n. Deserve, mereri, dignum esse ; of something, mereri de aliqua re. Designedly, consulto. Desire, cupldo, inis, /, eupiditas, atis,/. ap- petltus, us, 77i., ardor, oris, m. ; unre- strained, libido, mis,/. Desire, concupiscere, cu- pere. [dus 3. Desirous, avldus 3. capi- Despair, desperare. Despise, contemnere. Destitute, inops, opis , of, expers, rtis, exsors, rtis, c. gen. Destroy, del ere, destru- ere, diriiere, evertere, excldere. Destruction, exitium, i, n. pernicies, ei,/ [3. Destructive, perniciosus Detect, detegere. Deter, deterrere, abste- rere. Determine, constitute, decern ere. D traction, obtrectatto, 420 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Deviate, denectere. Disperse, dispergere. nus eris, n. ; it is the Devote one's self, se de- Displease, displlcere. duty of some one, ali- dere. Disprove, redarguere. cujus est. Devour, devorare. Disputation, disputatio, Dwell, habitare. Dialect, dialectus, \,f. onis./ Diamond, adamas, antis, Disquiet, exagitare. E. m. Dissatisfied (to be) with Each, omnis, e, quisque. Diana, Diana, ae,/ something, indignari c. Each of two, uterque, Dictator, dictator, oris, ace. 5 I am dissatisfied utraque, utrumque. m. with something, poeni- Eager, avidus 3. Die, mori, obire. [m. et me alicujus rei. Eagerly, avide, cupide. Dionysius, Dionysius. i, Dissent, dissentire. Eagle, aquila. ae,/ Different, diversus 3. Dissolve, dissolvere. Ear. auris, is,f. Difficult, difficilis, e. Dissuade, dissuadere. Early, maturus 3 ; too gravis, e, arduus 3. Distaff, colus, i,f. early, praematurus 3. Difficulty, difficultas, Distinction, discrlmen, Early (adv.), mature. atis,/ Inis, n. Earth, terra, ae,/teHus, Difficultly, with difficulty, Distinguish, dijudicare. uris,/ humus, i, /. difficiliter. distinguere ; one's Earthly, terrestris, e. Diffuse, diffundere. self, excellere. Earthquake, terrae mo- Dig, defod^re ; out Distinguished, insignis, e, tus. or up, effodere, eruere. clarus 3. Easily, facile. Dignity, dignitas, atis,/ Distribute, distribiiere, Easy, facilis, e. amplitudo, mis, f. dispertlre, dividere c. East, oriens, ntis, m. gravitas, atis,/ dat. Eat, edere, vesci ; Diligence, diligentia, ae, Distrust, diffldere. down, depascere. f Disturb, turbare, sollici- Echo, echo, us,/ Diligent, diligens, tis, in- tare. Edifice, aedificium, i, n. dustrius 3. Disturbance, perturbatio, Effect, efficere, creare. Diligently, diligenter, onis,/ Effectual, efficax, acis. studiose. Divine, divlnus 3. Effeminate, effeminatus Diminish, deminugre, Do, agere, facere. 3. comminuere, minti- Dog, canis, is, c. Effort, studium, i, n. ere. Dollar, thalerus, i, m. Either — or, aut — aut } Diphthong, diphthongus, Domestic, domesticus 3. vel — vel. \,f Dominion, dominatio, Elbe, Albis, is, m. Disadvantage, incommo- onis,/ impenum. i, n. Elect, ellgere, deligere. dum, i, n. damnum, i, Door, fores, pi./ Elegant, eligans, tis. n. Doubt, dubitare. Elegantly, eleganter. Disagreeable, injucundus Doubtful, dubius 3. an- Elephant, elephantus, 3. ingratus 3. insua- ceps, cipitis. i, m. vis, e. Dowry, dos, dotis,/ Elicit, elicere. Discharge, fungi. [/ Draught, potus, us, m. Elm, ulmus, i,/ Discipline, disciplina, ae, Draw, trahere, ducere, Eloquence, eloquentia, Discord, discordia, ae,/ haurlre ; forth, ae,/ Discover, prospicere. elicere ; together, Eloquent, disertus 3. Discourse, loqui. contrahere. Embrace, amplecti, com- Discourse, oratio, onis,/ Dream, somnmm, i, n. plecti. Disease, morbus, i, m. Dress, vestlre. Embroider, acu pingere. Dishonorable, inhonestus Drink, potus, us, m. Eminent (to be), emi- 3. Drink, bibere. nere. Dismiss, dimittere. Drive back, propulsare. Emit, evomere. Disparage, obtrectare c. Drive off, explodere. Emotion, perturbatio dat Drunken, ebrius 3. onis./ Dispel, discutere, ab- Duck, anas, atis,/ Emperor, imperator stergere. Duty, officium, i, n. mu- oris, m. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 421 Emulate, aemulari. Encompass, cingere. Encounter, proeliiun. i, n. Encourage, hortari, atl- hortari, cohortari. End, finis, is, m. End, finire. Endeavor, studere. Endowed, praeditus 3. Endure, ferre, tolerare, sustinere, perferre ; (= last), du- ra re. Enemy, hostis, is, m. in- imlcus, i, m. Enfeeble, hebitare, di- luere, elldere. Enigma, aenigma, atis, n. Enjoy, frui, perfrui c. abl. Enjoyment, fructus, tis, at. Enough, sat, satis. Em-aged, irritates 3. Enrich, augere. Enter, intrare. Enter upon, ingredi. Enticement, illecebra. ae,/ Entreat, rogare, precari, petere (ab aliquo). Entreaty (to obtain by), exorare. Envy, invidia, &e,f. Envy (to), invidere. Epaminondas, Epami- nondas, ae, m. Ephesian, Ephesius 3. Ephesus, Ephesus, \,f Epicurus, Epicurus, i, m. Spirits, Epirus, i, f Equal, aequalis, e, par, paris. Equally, aeque. Equanimity, aequus ani- mus. Ere, antequam, prius- quam. Erectheus, Erectheus. ei, m. Erect, aedificare, stru- ere. Err, err a re. Error, error, oris. m. Escape, effugere c. ace. Establish, cavern Estate, res familiaris. Esteem, aestimare (mag- ni, etc.), diligere. Estimate, aestimare, cen- sere. Eternal, aeternus 3. sem- piturnus 3. Eternity, aetemitas, atis, /■ Etruria, EtrurTa, ae,f Eumenes, Eumenes, is, m. Eurystheus, Erystheus, ei, m. Europe, Europa, &e,f Evening, vesper, eri and eris, m. Even if, etiam si. Ever, unquam. Every \ omnis, e, (§ 94, 12). Evidently, plane. Evil, malus 3. Evil (s.), malum. Evil-doer, maleficus, i, m. Examine, exquirere. Example, exemplum, i, n. ExceU excellere. Excellence, praestantia, Excellent, praestabilis, e, eximius 3. praestans, tis. Excite, excitare, exciere and exclre. Exercise, exercitatio, onis, f Exercise, exercere. Exert one's self, conten- dere, intendere. Exertion, contentio, o- nis,y! labor, oris, m. Exhaust, exhaurlre ; entirely, enecare. Exhilarate, exhilarare. Exhort, hortari, adhor- tari. Exist, esse. Expect, expectare. Expel, extermmare. abi- gere, pellere. [ae, f. Experience, experientaa, Explain, explicate, in- terprets ri. 36 Exploits, res gestae. Explore, explorare. Express, exprlmere. Expression, vultus, us. m. Extend, tendere. Extirpate, exstirpare. Extinct (to become), ex- tin gui. Extinguish, extinguere. Extol, praedicare. Extracts (to make from), excerpere. Exult, laetitia exultare. Eye, oculus, i, m. Fabius, Eabius, i, m. Fable, fabula, &e,f Fabricius, Eabricius, i, m. Faculty, facultas, atis, f. Fail, def icere. Fair, pulcher, chra, chrum. Faithful, fidus 3. Faithless, perfidus 3. Fall, \&bi; (in war), occidere ; down, procumbere ; to one's lot, contingere, obtingere alicui. False, falsus 3. Far, longe. Fate, fatum, i, n. fortu- na, &e,f Father, pater, tris, m. Father-in-law, socer, eri, m. Fault, vitium, i. n. pec- actum, i, n. Fault (to commit), pec- care. Faustulus, Eaustulus, i, m. Favor, beneficium, i, n. benefactum, i, n. Favor (to do), gratiam faeere. Favor, favere. Favorable (to be), favere. Fear, metus, us, m. ti- mor, oris, m. pavor, oris, m. Fear, timere, vereri, metuere, reformidare. Fear exceedingly, exti- mescere. 422 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Fear {to put in), perte- rere. Feel, sentlre. Feeling, sensus, us, m. Fell caedere. Fencer, gladiator, oris, m. Fetter, eompes, idis, f. Fever, febris, is,/ Few, pauci, ae, a, pi. Fidelity, fides, ei, f. Field, ager, gri, m. Field-mouse, sorex, icis, m. Fierce, saevus 3. Fiery, igneus 3. Fight, pugna, ae,/! Fight, pugna re, diml- care, confilgere, con- gredi. Fill, implere, complere, refercire; up, ex- plore, opplere. Finally, denlque. Find, invenlre, reperlre. Find satisfaction in, ac- quiesce re c. abl. or in c abl., conquiescere c. abl. Finger, digitus, i, m. Finish, finire. Fire, ignis, is, m. Firm (to make), confir- mare. [f. Firmness, constantia, ae, First, at first, primum. Fish, piscis, is, m. Fit, aptus 3. idoneus 3. Fitted, aptus 3. idone- us 3. Fitly, apte. Flame, flamma, ae, f. Flatter, adulari, blan- dlri. Flatterer, assentator, o- ris, m. Flax, carbasus, \,f. Flaxen, flavus 3. Flee, fugere c. ace. Fleet, classis, is,/ Fleeting, fluxus 3. Flesh, caro, carnis,/ Flight, fuga, ae,/ Flight (to put to), fu gare. Flock, grex, gis, m. ag- men, Tnis, n. Flourish, virere. Flow together, confluere. Flower, flos, floris, m. Fluency of speech, facun- dia, ae, f. Fly, musca, ae,/ Fly, volare. Follow, sequi, consequi c. ace. Folly, stultitia, ae,/ Food, cibus, i, m. Fool, stultus, i, m. Foolish, stultus 3. in- sipiens, ntis. Foot, pes, pedis, m. Footman, soldier, pedes, itis, m. Forbear (can not), fa- cere non posse quin. Forbid, vetare. Force, vis, vim./! Forehead, irons, ntis,/ For how much ? (with verbs of buying and selling), quanti. Foreign, alienigena, ae, m. alienus 3. Foresee, providere. Foresight, providentia, ae,/ Forget, oblivisci c. gen. or ace. Form, conformare, fin- gere. Former, pristinus 3 ; in former times, antiqui- tus. Formerly, quondam. Forthwith, continuo. Fortify, muni re. Fortuitous, fortultus 3. Fortunate, beatus 3. fe- lix, Icis, prosper, era, erum. Fortunately, feliciter. Fortune, fortuna, ae, f. Fortune (gifts of), for- tunae. Foul, foedus 3. teter, tra. trum ; ( = filthy), sordidus 3. Foul died, flao-itium, i, n. Found, con d ere. Foundation, fundamen- tum, i, n. [m. Founder, conditor, oris, Fountain, fons, ntis, m. Frail, fragilis, e. Frailty, fragilitas, atis,/ Free, libera re. Freedom, libertas, atis,/ Freely, libere. Freeze, frlgere, algere. Frenchman, Francogal- lus, i, m. Frequent, frequentare. Frequented, celeber, bris, bre. Friend, amicus, i, m. Friendship, amicitia, ae, / Frighten, terrere, per- terrere. Frightful, horribilis, e, atrox, ocis. Frog, ran a, ae,/ Fruit, fructus, us. m. Fruitful, ferax, acis c. gen. Fulfil, explere. Full, plenus 3. Full (to be), scatere. Fulvia, Fulvia, ae,/ Furniture, suppellex, ec- tilis,/ Future, futurus 3. G. Gain, lucrum, i, n. quaestus, us, m. Garden, hortus, i, m. Garland, corona, ae,/ Garment, vestis, is,/ Gate, porta, ae,/ Gaul, Galius, i, m. Gazelle, oryx, ygis, m. General, imperator, oris, m. dux, cis, c. Generally, plerumque. Genius, genius, ii, m. in- genium, i, n. Gentle, placidus 3. German, Germanus, i, m. Germany, Germania, ae, / Get one's self ready, ex- pedlre. Giant, gigas, nntis, m. Ginger, zingiber, eris, n. Give, dare, tribuere ; attention, atten- EXGLI5H-LATIX VOCABULARY. 423 cay, ce- dSre ; one's self Green (to be), virere. up to, indulgere c. Grief, moeror, oris, m. lactus, US. 111. Grieve, dolere. Grotto, specus, us, m. Ground, solum, i, n. Grow, crescere ; old, consenescere. Guard, custodlre ; be on one's guard, cavere. Guide, regere. Guilt, culpa, ae,/ Gymnastic, gvmnicus 3. dat dere. Glide away, dilabi, ela bi. Glory, glonari. Go, ire, pergere ; around, cireumire back, recedere forth, exire out, excedere to, accedere again, re dire away, abire. Goad, stimulus, i, m. God, deus, i, m. Gold, aurum, i, n. Golden, aureus 3. Good, bonus 3. Good (s.), bonum, i, n H. Hadrian, Hadrianus, i, m. Hair, crinis, is, m. ca- pillus. i, m. Hairy, pilosus 3. Half dimidium. i. n. Goodness, bonitas, atis,/ Halicamassus, Halicar- Goose, anser, eris, m. nassus. i,f Gordius, Gordius, i, m. Hand, manus, us,/ Gorgias, Gorglas, ae, m. Hand in hand, manum Govern, gubernare, mo- conserere cum aliquo. derari. Hannibal, Hannibal, Governess, moderatrix, alis, m. icis,/ Happen, accidere, even- Government, imperium, Ire, cadere ; it hap- i, n. pens, accidit, contin- Governor, moderator, git. oris, m. rector, oris, m. Happily, feliciter. Grain, frumentum, i, n. Happy, felix, Icis, bea- Grammar, grammatica, tus 3. ae,/ Hard, durus 3. Grand-son, neyos, oris. m. Hardship, aerumna, ae, Grand-daughter, neptis, f is,/ Hare, lepus, oris, m. Grand-father, avus, i, m. Harrow, occare. Grape, uva, ae,/ Hasten, accellerare ; Grappling-iron, harpa- up, advolare, go, onis, m. Hastily, propere, prae- Gravity, gravitas, atis,/ propere. Great, magnus 3 ; Hatch, excludere. very, ingens, ntis. Hate, odisse (§ 77. 3). Greatly, valde, vehe- Hated greatly, perosus 3. menter, admodum. Hating greatly, perosus 3. Greatness, magnitudo, Hatred, odium, i, n. inis,/ Have, habere, esse (§ 97. Greece, Graeci a, ae,/ 4): in, tenere; Greedy, avidus 3. Greedily, avide. Greek (s.), Graecus, i, 7??. Greek, Graecus 3. Green, viridis. e. m use, uti c. one's self abl.; sese habere Haven, portus, u?. m He, she, it, is, ea, id. Head, caput, iris, n. Health, valitudo, inis. f Hear, aiullre. Heart, cor, cordis, n. animus, i. m. Heat, calor. oris, m. Heaven, coelum, i. n. Heavenly, coelestis, e. Heavy, gravis, e. Hedge around, seplre. Height, altitudo. mis,/. Heir, haeres, edis, c Helmet, cassis, idis, f Helplessness, inopia, ae, Hen, galllna, ae./ Hence, hinc. Hephaestion, Hephaes- tio, onis, m. Herb, herba, ae,/ Hercules, Hercules, is, m. Herd, grex, gis. m. Hesitate, dubitare c. inf. Hew, exasciare. High, altus 3. ; very Mgh, praealtus 3. Highest, summus 3. Hill, collis, is, m. Himself of himself sui, etc. Hindrance, impedimen- tum, i, n. Hindrance (to be), ob- stare, impedimento esse. Hipparchus, Hippar- CUUS, i, 771. His. her. its. suus, ejus (§ 94. 3-5). Hiss off, exsibilare. History, historia, ae./ Hoarseness, ravis. is./ Hold, tenere, obtmere ; back, retinere. Home (at), domi (§ 92. R. 3.). Homer, Homerus, i, m. Honor, honos, oris, m. decus, oris, n. Honor, honorare, colere. Honorable, honestus 3. honorificus 3. Hope, spes. ei, f Hope, sperare. Horace, Horatius, i, m. Horn, cornu, us. n. 424 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Horse, equus, i, m. Immediately, extemplo, niciosus 3. damnosus Horseman, eques, itis, m. statim, protlnus. 3. Hostile, hostllis, e. Immense, ingens, ntis. Injury, injuria, ae,/ of- Hour, hora, ae,/ Immoderate, immodera- fensio, onis,/ House, domus, us, /. tus 3. Inmost, intimus 3. aedes, ium, pi. Immodesty, immodestia, Innocence, innocentia, ae, How, qui. ae,/] f> How long, quamdiu. Immortal, immortalis, e. Insolence, temeritas, atis, How many ? quot ? Immortality, immortal- f. How much ? quantum % itas, atis,/ Innumerable, innumer- How often 1 quoties ? Impious, impius 3. abilis, e. However much ? quam- Implant, igignere. Inquiry, quaestio, onis, vis. Import, importare. f. disputatio, onis,/] Human, humanus 3. Impress, imprimere. Institution, institutum, i, Humanity, humanitas, Improve, emendare. n. atis,/ Impunity, impunitas, Instruct, erudlre, infor- Humble, humilis, e. atis,/ mare, edocere. Hump, tuber, eris, n. Impute, dare, ducere, Instruction, institutio, Hunger, fames, is, f. vertere c. dupl. dat. 6ms,f. Hunger, esurlre. In like manner — as, ae- Instructress, magistra, Hunt, venari. que — atque (ac). ae,/ Hunter, venator, oris, m. Inborn, insitus 3. Intellect, mens, tis, f. in- Hunter*s-net, cassis, is Incite, incitare. genium, n. (commonly plur.), m. Include, continere. Intelligent, prudens, tis. Hurt, laedare. Income, vectigal, alis, n. Intercourse, consuetudo, Husbandman, agricola, Inconsiderateness, teme- inis,/ ae, m. rustlcus. i, m. ritas, atis,/ Interest, one is interested Hut, casa, ae,/ Inconsiderately, temere. in, interest, refert Inconstancy, inconstan- (§ 88, 10). I. tla, ae,/ Intermix, admiscere. 2", ego. Increase, augere, accres- Invent, invenlre, repe* Ice, glacies, ei,/ cere. rlre. Ides, Idus, ium,/ Incredible, incredibilis, e. Inventress, inventrix, Idle, otiosus 3. Incumbent on someone (to Icis,/ If, si. be), esse alicujus. Investigator, indagatrix, If not, nisi. Indeed, quidem (stands icis,/ If also, etsi, tametsi, after the word to Invincible, invictus 3. etiamsi. which it refers.) Invite, invltare. Ignoble, illiberalis, e, in- Indicate, indicare. Involve, complicate, im- honestus 3. Indignant (to be), indig- plicare. Ignominy, ignominia, ae, nari. lo, Io, us,/ / Indolence, ignavia, ae, / Irascible, iracundus 3. Ignorance, ignorantia, pigritia, ae,/ inertia, Irascibility, iracundia, ae, ae,/ ae,/ segnities, ei,/ / Ignorant, ignarus 3. Indolent, piger, gra, Ireland, Hibernia, ae, / Ignorant (to be), igno- grum, tardus 3. igna- Iron, ferrum, i, n. rare, nescire. vus 3. Iron, of iron, ferreus 3. /// (adv.), male. Indulgent to (to be), in- Irruption (to make), ir- /// disposed, malevolus 3. dulgere c. dat. rumpere. Illuminate, collustrare. Industry, industria, ae,/ Is it possible that ? num Image, imago, inis,/ Inflame, accendere, in- [§ 116. 3. b. c)]. Imitate, imitari c. ace. cendere. Isocrates, Isocrates is, m. (§ 89, 3). Inform, edocere. Issus, Issus, i./ Imitation, imitatio, onis, Inhabitant, incola, ae, m. It is the part of some one, f. Injure, nocere, obesse. est alicujus. Immature, immaturus 3. Injurious, noxms 3. per- Italy, Italia, ac,/ ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 425 Ivory, of ivory, eburneus 3. J. Jest, lepor, oris, m. Jot 1 1 together^ conjun- gere. Joint, articulus, i. m. Journey, iter, itineris, n. Jourmy. proficisci. Joy, laetitia, ae,/ Joy ful or joyous, laetus 3. Judge, judex, leis, m. Judge i judicare, existi- mare, sentlre. Judgment, judicium, i, re. Jugartha, Jugurtha, ae, in. Julia, Julia, ae../! Julius Caesar, Julius, i, Caesar, aris, m. June. Junius, i, m. Junius, Junius, i, m. [m. Jupiter, Juppiter, Jovis, Just, Justus 3. Justly, recte, juste. Just as, ut, sicut. Just so many, totidem. Just so much, adv. (with verbs of valuing, es- teeming, buying, sell- ing), tan tide m. Justice, jus, uris, n. K. Keep, servare. Keep from, arcere. Key. elavis, is,/! Kill, oceldere, exani- inlrc. necare ; outright, enecare. Kind, genus, eris, n. Kind, benignus 3. Kindly, bene vole. Kindness, beneficium, i, n. benefactum, i, n. King, rex, regis, m. Kingdom, regnum, i, n., imperium, i, n. Knee, genu, us, n. Knot, nodus, i, m. Know, scire ; per- ftctly well, non ignor- are, non esse nescius : not to know, iguorare, ncscire. Knowledge, peritia, ae,/! cognitio. onis, f. Known, cognitus 3 : it is known, constat. Labor, labor, oris, m. Labor (to bestow on something), operam navare alicui rei, ope- ram collicare in ali- qua re. Labor, laborare, elabo- rare. Lacedtmon, Lacedae- mon, onis,/ Lacedemonian, Lacedae- momus, i. m. Lake, lacus, us. m. Lament, lugere. Land, ager, i. m. ; — by land and by sea, terra marl que. Language, lingua, ae, f o ratio. b~nis,f. Lark, alauda. ae.y! Last extremus 3. Lasting, diuturnus 3. Later, posterior. Latin, Latlnus 3. Latium, Latium, i. n. Laudable, laudabllis, e. Laugh, ridere. Laugh, risus, us, m. Law, lex, gis,/! Lawgiver , legislator, oris, w. Lay before, propone re ; open, aperlre ; — waste, devastare, po- pulari. Lead, plumbum, \. n. Lead, ducere ; back, reducere ; out, educere. Leader, dux, cis, m. Leafy, frondosus 3. League, foedus, eris, n. Leap, sallre ; down, desiilre ; over, transillre. Learn, discere. Learned, doctus 3. Leave hhind, destituere, relinquere. Lea. cms, uris, n. 36* Legion, legio. 6nis,y! Leisure, otium, i, n. Length [of time), lougin- quitas, atis, f Less (adv.), minus. Letter (epistle), epistola, ae,/! litterae, arum,/ Letter (of the alphabet), littera, ae. f. Level, ad acq u a re. Liar, mendax. ads. Liberal, ingenuus 3. Library, bibliotheca, ae, J- . Licentious, petulans. tis. Licentiousness, petulan- tia. ae, f. Lie. situm esse ; by, adjacere. Lie (to state a false- hood), mentlri. Life, vita, ae,/ Light, lux, lucis, /! Lightning, fulgnr, uris, n. fulmen, inis. re. Like, siimlis, e. Limb, mem brum, i, n. artus, us, m. Line (of battle), acies, ei, f ; to arrange in a line, aciem instruere. Lion, leo, onis, m. Listen to, exaudlre. Literature, litterae, arum, /• Little, exiguus 3; very little, perexigims 3. Little (adv.) paullulum. Little (to esteem), parvi aestimare. Live, vivere. versari. Lively, alacer. eris. ere. Liver, jecur, jecinoris. n. Living being, animans, antis. Livy. Livius, i, m. Load, onus, eris, n. Loathe, I loathe something, me taedet alicujus rei. Lofty, excelsus 3. [m. Loiterer, cunctator, oris, Long, longus 3 : of long continuance, diuturnus 3. Longing, desiderium, i, 42G ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Look out for something, curare c. ace, curam habere c. gen. prospi- cere, providere, con- sulsre c. dat. Look upon, intueri; into, in spice re. Loose, solvere. Loquacious, loquax, acis, garrulus 3. Loquacity, garrulitas, atis./ Lose, perdere, amittere. Loss, damnum, i, n. Lot, sors, tis, / Love, amor, oris, m. ca- ritas, atis,/ Ljove, amare, diligere ; in return, reda- mare. Low, humilis, e., infer- us 3. Low state (to be in), ja- cere. Lower regions, inferi, orum, m. Lowery, tristis, e. Lucilius, Lueilius, i, m. Luxiu iously, luxuriose. Luxury, luxuria, ae,/ Lycurgus, Lycurgus,i, m. Lydia, Lydia, ae,/ Lying, mendax, acis. Lysander, Lysander, dri, M. Macedonia, Macedonia, ae,/ Macedonian, Macedo, onis, m. Magian, magus, i, m. Magnesia. Magnesia, ae, / Magnificent . magnificus 3. super bus 3. Make, facere, reddere; good, praestare ; war upon, inferre bellum alicui. Malice, malitia, ae,/ Malicious, malevolus 3. Man, liomo, Inis, m. vir, viri, in. Man by wan, virltim. Manage, administrare. Mane, julm, ae, f. Man/ 7 us, Manlius, i, m. Manner, modus, i, m. ; (Avith a moral reference), mos, oris, m. Many, multi, orum ; very many, complures, a and ia. plures, a, g.en. ium. Maple-tree, acer, eris, n. Marathon, Maratho, o- nis, m. Marble, marmor, oris, n. Marble, of marble, mar- moreus 3. [m. Marcellus, Mareellus, i, March, iter, itineris, n. March, proiicisci, iter facere. Marcus Agrippa, Mar- cus, i, Agrippa, ae, m. Margin, margo, Inis, m. Marsh, palus. udis,/ Marry (of the woman), nuberc c. dat. Massagetes. Massagetes, ae, m. Master, not of im- pos, otis, impotens, ntis. Matter (affair), res, rei,/ Maturity, maturltas, atis,/ Means, opes, um, f. fa- cultates, um,/ Measure, consilium, i, n. Measure, metiri. Meet (adv.), obviam. Membrane, membrana, ae,/ Memory, memoria, ae,/ Metal, metallum, i, n. Mefellus, Metellus, i, m. Mid-day, meridies, ei,m. Migrate, migrare. Mild, mitis, e; — — to become, mitescere. Milesian, Milesius, i, m. Milk, lac, ctis, n. Milo, Milo. onis, m. Miltiades, Miltiades, is, m. Mind, animus, i, m. ; state of, mens, tis,/ Mindful, mem or, oris. Minerva, Minerva, ae,/ Misfortune, calamitas, atis,/ malum, i, n. Mist, nebula, ae,/ Mistress, domina, ae,/ Misuse, abuti c. abl. Mithridates,RiithYid%.tes, is, m. Mix, miscere. Model, exemplura, i, n. Moderately, modlce. Moderation, moderatio, onis, / without moderation, intemper- anter. [dleus 3. Modest, modestus 3. pu- Modestly, modeste. Modesty, modes tia. ae./ Molon, Molo, onis, m. Money, pecunia, ae,/ Month, mensis, is, m. Monument, monumen- tum, i, n. Moon, luna, ae,/ More (adv.), magis. More, plus, plures, a ; gen. mm. Mortal, mortalis, e. Most, plurlmus 3. Most (adv.), plurime. Mother, mater, trig,/ Move, movere, comma- vere ; out, emi- grare. Mound, ager, gri, m. Mountain, mons, ntis, m. Mouse, mas, maris, m. Mow, metere. Much, multus 3 ; for much, (with verbs of buying and selling), magni (§ 89, 10). Much (with verbs of val- uing and esteeming), magni. Multitude, multitudo, Inis,/ copia, ae,/ J) fun if cent, munificus 3. Murderer, interfector, oris, m. Must, debere. N. Name, nominare. [m. Napoleon, JSIapoleo, onis, ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 427 Narrative, narratio. onis. Narrow pass, angustiae, arum,/ Nation, natio, onis,/ Natural, naturalis, e. Nature, natura, ae,/ Navigate, navigare. Navigation, navigatio, onis. f. Near, prope. Nearly, prope, paene. Neat, lepidus 3. Necessary (it is), opor- tet, opus est res or re. Neck-chain, torquis, is, m. Need, indigere c. abl. ; there is need of, opus est. Needy, mops, opis. Neglect, negllgere. Neigh, hinnlre. Neighbor, proximus, i, m. Neither (of two), neu- ter, tra, trum. Neither — nor, nee (ne- que) — nee (neque). Nero, Nero, onis, m. Nerve, nervus, i, m. Never, nunquam. Nevertheless, tamen. News, nuntius, i, m. Next, proximus 3. Nicomedes, Nicomedes, is, m. Night, nox, noctis, f.; by night, noctu. Nightingale, luscinla, ae, Not \o (a.) nullus 3. nemo (inis) c. No, see § 116, 5; no, nay, rather ; (inopp.), immo (§ 116, 5). Noble, praeclarus 3. Noble (= noble born) ingenuus 3. Nobly, praeclare. Nobody, nemo (gen. and abl. not used). Nocturnal, nocturnus 3. Noise, fremitus, us, m. Nola, Nola, ae,/ No one, nullus 3. nemo (inis) c. Not, non ; (with Imper. and Subj. of encour- aging), ne. Not merely — but also, non solum — sed etiam. Not even, ne-quidem. Not only — but also, non modo (tantum) — sed etiam. Not yet, nondum. Nothing, nihil. Notion, notio, onis,/ Nourish, nutrlre, alere. November, November, bris, m. Now, nunc, jam. Now — now, modo — modo. Nowhere, nusquam. Noxious, noxius, a, um. Numa Pompilius, Numa (ae) Pompilius (i), m. Numantia, Numantia, ae,/ Number, numerare. Nurse, fovere. 0. 0, that! utinam c. Subj. Obey, obedire, obsequi, obtemperare, parere c. dat. Object, res, e\,f. Oblivion, oblivio, onis, / Obscure, obsctirare. Obscure, obscurus 3. Observe, observare. Obtain, adipisci. Occasion, occasio, onis, f. Occupy one's self zealous- ly with something, stu- diosus esse alicujus rei, studere alicui rei, operam navare alicui rei. Ocean, oceanus, i, m. Offended (to be), suc- censere, irasci c. dat. Offer, deferre. Office, munus, eris, n. Offspring, proles, is,/ Oftener, saepius 5 very often, saepissime. Oil, oleum, i, n. Old man, sencx, sen is, m. Old age, senectus, utis,/ Older, major, major na- tu. On account of, causa (§ 88, R. 7).' One, unus 3. One of the two, alteruter, utra, titrum. One, the one — the other, alter — alter. Onyx, onyx, ychis, m. Open, aperlre : to stand open, patere. Opinion, opinio, onis, / sententia, ae, / exis- timatio. onis,/ Opposite, adversus 3. contrarius , Oppress, urge\„ Or, aut ; (in a double question), an; or not, nee ne, annon. Oracle, oraculum, i, n. Oration, oratio, onis,/ Orator, orator, oris, m. Order, ordo, inis, m.; of battle, acies, si,/. Order, jubere. Order, in order that, ut ; in order that not, ne. Orestes, Orestes, ae, m. Origin, orlgo, inis,/ Ornament, ornatus, us, m. Ornately, ornate. Orpheus, Orpheus, 8i, m. Ostentation, ostentatio, onis,/ Other, alius, a, um ; of two, alter, era. erum. Otherwise, aliter. Ought, debere, oportet. Our, ours, noster, tra, trum. Outliving, susperstes, itis c dat. Overcome, superare. Ovid, Ovidius, i, m. Owe, debere. Own, proprius 3. ipsius, ipsorum, ipsarum (§ 94, 8). Ox, bos, ovis, c. 428 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. P Perhaps, fortasse. Plain, campus, i, m. Pace, passus, us, m. Pericles, Pericles, is, ro. Plan, consilium, i, n. Pain, dolor, oris, m. Period, periodus, i.f. Plant, planta, ae,/ Paint, pingere ; Perish, perlre. Plato, Plato, onis, m. out, expingere. Permit, sinere. P lay, ludere. Palace, domus, us,/! Permitted (it is), licet. Pleasant, amoenus 3. Palate, palatum, i, n. Pernicious, perniciosus Please, placere, probare Pale, pallidus 3. 3. alicui, arridere. Pardon, venia, ae,/ Persevere, permanere, Pleasure, voluptas, atis. Parents, parentes, uim, perstare. Plough, arare. c. Persia, Persia, ae,/ Pluck, evellere. Parian, Parius 3. Persian (s.), Persa, ae, Plumtree, prunus, \,f Parricide (a), parriclda. m. Plunder, diripere. ae, c. Persian, Persicus 3. Plutarch, Plutarehus, i, Parricide, parricidium, Persian tear, bellum m. i, n. Persicum. Poem, carmen, inis, n. Part, pars, rtis,/ Persist, perseverarc. poema, atis, n. Partaking of, particeps, Pest, pestis, is,/ Poet, poeta, ae, m. cipis. Phaedo, Phaedo, onis, Point out, consignare, Partner, socius, i, m. m. describere. Pass over, translre, prae- Philip, Philippus, i, m. Poison, venenum, i, n. terlre. Philippi, Philippi, orum, virus, i, n. Pass (time), agere, exi- m. Pompey, Pompeius, i, m. gere. Philosopher, philoso- Pond, iacus, us, m. Passion, cupidltas, atis, phus, i, m. Pool, palus, udis,/*. f. appetltus, us, m. li- Philosophise, philoso- Poor, pauper, eris, inops, bldo, inis,/ phari. opis. Past, praeteritus 3. Philosophy, philosophia, Poplar f populus, \,f. Pasture, pasci. ae ^./- P°PPy-> papaver, eris, n. Path, callis, is, m. Phocion, PhocTo, onis, m. Portico, porticus, us,/. Patiently, patienter. Phoenician, Phoenix. Posidonius, Posidonius, Pausanias, Pausanias, leis, m. i, m. ae, m. Physician, medicus, i, m. Possess, tenere, habere ; Pay, pendere, praestare. Piety, pietas, atis,/ esse c. gen. Peace, pax, pads,/! Pilot, gubernator, oris, Possess one's self of, po- Peace (to make), pacem, m. tlri c. abl. componere. Pindar, Pindarus, i, m. Possessed of, compos, Peaceful, beatus 3. Pine, pinus, \, f otis c. gen. Peacefully, beate. Pisistratus, Pisistratus, Possession, possessio, Peacock, pavo, onis, m. i, m. onis,/ Pear, pyrum, i, n. Pitch (of a camp), po- Possible (it is), fieri po- Pear-tree, pyrus, i,/. nere. test; it is not possible Peculiar, proprius 3. Pity-, misericordia, ae,/ but that, fieri non po- Peeuliarity, it is a pecu- Pity (it excites my), me test quin. liarity of some one, ali- miseret (alicujus). Post, postis, is, m. cujus est. Pity, misereri c. gen.; Post (of honor), honos, Pedestal, basis, is,/ to have pity, misereri. oris, m. Pelopidas, Pelopidas, Place, locus, i, m. Pound, libra, ae,/ ae, m. Place upon, ponere, in Pour forth, effundere. People, populus, i, m. c. abl. Poverty, inopla, ae, / gens, ntis,/; common Place something around paupertas, atis,/ people, vulgus, i, n. something, or surround Powei', vis, (nom., ace. Pepper, piper, eris, n. something with some- and abl. ; plur. vires, Perceive, agnoscere. thing, circumdare ali- ium); vigor, oris, m. Perform, fungi, perpe- quid alicui, or ali- potentia, ae. / opes, trare. quern aliqua re. um,/. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULAKY. 429 Powerful, potens c. gen. opuleutus 3, Practice, exereitatlo, onis, f. ( — habit), consuetudo, mis,/ Praise, laus, d\s,f Praise, laudare, eollau- dare, bene dicerc c. dat. Prayers, preces, um,/ Precede some one, prae- cedere alicui. PrecepU preceptum, i, n. Precious, pretiosus 3. Precipitately, praepro- pere. Predict, praedlcere. Preeminence, virtus, utis, / Prefer, praeferre, ante- ponere. Preferable, potius. Prepare, parare. Preparation, praepara- tio, onis,/ Present praesens, tis ; to be, adesse. Present, donum, i, n. munus, eris, n. Present with, dona re. Preserve, servare 5 ( = protect), conservare. Preside over, praestare, praeesse c. dat. Press, pre mere. Pretence, simulatio, onis, Pretor, praetor, oris, m. Prevail upon by entreaty, exorare. Prevent, impedlre, pro- hibere ; obstare c. dat. Previously, prius. Prick, pungere. Pride, superbia, ae, f. Principle, preceptum, i, 71. doctrlna, ae, f. Proceed, proficisd. Produce, gignere. Productive, fecundus 3. frugifer, era, erum, fertilis, e. Progress (to make), pro- ficere. Promise, promittere, pol- liceri, profited. Pronounce, pronuntiare, eloqui : — — one hap- py, fortunatum prae- dicare aliquem. Proper, it is proper for me, decet c. ace. ; it is not proper, dedecet. Properly, rite, probe. Prophet, rates, is, m. Propitious, propitius 3. Proportionately, aequa- biliter. Propose, proponere. Propriety (of conduct), honestas, a tis,/ Prosperity, res secundae, fortuna, ae,/ Properous, prosper, era, erum. Prostrate, prosternere. Protect, custodlre. Protection, tutela, ae, f. praesidium, i, n. Proud, superbus 3, Provided that, modo, dummodo. Providence, providentla, ae,/. Provident, cautus 3. Province, provincia, ae, / Provoke, lacessere. Prudence, prudentia, ae, / Prudent, prudens, tis. Ptolemy, Ptolemaeus, i, m. Pungent, acerbus 3. Punic, Pumcus 3. Punish, punlre, multare. Punishment, poena, ae,/ supplicium, i, n. Purple fish, murex, Icis, m. [n. Purpose, propositum, i, Pursue, persequi, con- sectari ; some- thing earnestly, studi- osum esse alicujus rei : literature, literas tractare. Pursuit, tractatio, onis, / stadium, i. ;/. Pylades, Py lades, ae, m. Pyramid, pvrainis, idis, / Pyrenean, Pyrenaeus 3. Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, i, m. Pythagoras, Pythagoras, ae, m. Q- Quantity, numerus, i, m. vis (gen. and dat. wanting, plur. vires, 111m), / Queen, regina, ae,/ Question, quaestio, onis, / Quickly, cito. Quiet (s.), quies, etis./ Quiet (a.), quietus 3. tranquil lus 3. Quiet, sedare. Quietly, quiete, tran- quiile. R. Race, genus, eris, n. Rage, saevlre. Rain, imber, bris, m. Raise, perciere or pcr- clre. Rank, ordo, inis, m. Rapid, rapidus 3. Rare, rarus 3. [/. Rashness, temeritas, atis, Rate, censere. Rather, potius. Reach to, pervenlre. Read, legere ; through, perlegere 5 to, recitare. Reading, lectio, onis,/ Ready, promptus 3., pa- ratus 3. Readiness, promptus, us, m. Reap, metere. Reason, ratio, onis,/ Reason, there is no reason that, non est quod, ni- hil est quod ; without reason, tern ere. Recall, revocare. Receive, accipere, susci- pere. Received, exceptus 3. Recently, nuper. Recollect, recordari. Recompense, merces, edis,/ 430 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Recover, convalescere. Red, ruber, bra, brum. Redound, redundare. Refer, referre. Reflect upon, cogitare. Reflection, cogitatio, o- nis,/. Refresh, recreare. Refuge, receptus, us, m. Region, regio, onis,/! Reject, rejicere, respue- re. Reign, regnum, i, n. Reign, regnare, domi- nari, imperare. Rejoice, delectari, gau- dere. Relate, narrare, memo- rare. Relieve, lev are. Religion, religio, onis, f Religiously, religiose. Remain, manere, rema- nere. Remarkable, insignis, e. Remedy, remedium, i, n. Remedy, mederi. Remember, reminisci, memini, recordari c. gen. or ace. [ae,/! Remembrance, memorla, Remind, commonere, commonefacere. Remove, resecare. Removed (to be), abesse. Remus, Remus, i, m. Renew, refricare. Renown, fama, ae, f. gloria, ae,/' Renowned, clarus 3., no- bilis, e. Repair, sarclre. Repel, pellere, repellere. Repent, poenitere ; / re- pent of something, poe- nitet me alicujus rei. Report, fama, ae,/! Repose, rcquies, etis,/! Reproach, probrum, i, n. opprobrium, i, n. tur- pitudo, inis./! Reproach, maledicere. Reprove, castigare. Reputable, honestus 3. Request, petere, rogare (ab aliquo). Resist, resistere. Resound, resonare. Resounding, resonus. Resources, opes. urn. Responsible, to become re- sponsible, spondere. Rest, quics, etis,/! Rest upon something, niti c. abl. Restore, reparare, recu- perare. Restrain, coercere. Retain, retinere. Retire, recedere, disce- dere. Return, reditus, us, m. Return, redire, reverti, remeare. Reverence, vereri. Revile, maledicere c. dat. Reward, praemium, i, n. Rhine, Rhenus, i, m. Rhodes, Rhodus, \,f Rich, dives, itis, locu- ples, etis. Riches, divitiae, arum,/! Ride, equitare. Ridge (of mountains), jugum, i, n. Ridiculous, ridictilus 3. Right, jus, juris, n. Right (a.), rectus 3. Rightly, recte. Ripe, maturus 3. Rise, orlri. Rising, ortus 3. River, flitvius, i, m. am- nis, is, m. flumen, Inis, n. Roar, rude re. Rock, rupes, is, f, sax- um, i, n. Rome, Roma, ae,/! Roman (s.), Romanus, i, m. [3. Roman (a.), Romanus Romulus, Romulus, i, m. Roof tectum, i, n. Rope, restis, is,/! Rough, asper, era, erum. Round, rotuudus 3. Rout, fandere. Royal, regius 3. Rub off, detergere. Rub thoroughly, pcrfri- care. Rude (= unskilful), rn- dis, e, c. gen. Ruin, to go to, dilabi. Rule (a carpenter's), amussis, is,/! Rule, regere, gubernare. Rule over, imperare c. dat. Run, currere ; into, cliffluere ; through, percurrere. Rush in, irruere S. Sacred rites, sacra, oruin, n. Sacredly, sancte. Sacredness, sanctitas, atis,/ Sad, tristis, e. Safe, tutus 3. sospes, itis. Safety, salus, utis,/! Saguntum, Saguntum, i, n. Sail, velum, i, n. Sailor, nauta, ae, m. Salt, sal, salis, m. Salutary, salutaris, e. saluber or bris, bre. Same, is, ea, id ; very same, idem, eadem, idem ; at the same time, simul, una. Samnite (s.), Samnis, Itis, m. Sanction, sancire. Sapid, sapidus 3. Sappho, Sappho, us, f. Satirize, perstringere. Save, parcere c. dat. Save from something, ser- vare ex or ab aliqua re. Say, dicere, inquam (§ 77. Rule). Scarcely, vix. Scatter, disjicere. Scholar, discipulus, i, m. Scholastic instruction, in- stitutio scholastica. School, schola, ae,/! Scipio, Seipio, onis, m. Scrape together, corra- dere. Scruple, scrupulus, i, Mi. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 431 Scrupulously, sancte, re- ligiose. Scythian (s ), Seytha, ae, m. Sea, mare, is. n. Season, in season, mature. Seasoning, condimen- tum, i, n. Seat, sedes, is./ Sedition, seditio. onis. m. Seditious, seditiosus 3. See, videre, conspicari, cernere. Seek, quaerere, studere. Seize, deprehendere, comprehendere, ea- pere. oceupare, capes- sere. Self, ipse (§ 94, 7). Self -confidence, audacia, ae,/ Sell, vendere. Senate, senatus, us, m. Send, mitt ere ; for, acclre. Sense, sensus, us, m. mens, tis,/ Sensible, prudens, tis. Sentiment, sententia, ae, / Separate, separare, dis- eludere, secernere. Sepulchre, sepulcrum, i, n. Serious, gravis, e. Serve., servlre. Service, omcium, i, n. Servitude, servitus, utis, / Set out on a journey, pro- ficisei. Several, plures. a, com- plures. a and ia. Severe, gravis, e. Severity, severitas. atis, / Shake. convellere, labe- factare. Shame. I am ashamed of something, me pudet alicujus rei (§ 88, 1 ). Share with some one. com- municare cum aliquo. Sharing in, particeps, ipis. eonsors. tis. Shear, tondere. radere. Shepherd, pastor, oris, m. Shin, eras, cms, n. Shine forth, elueere. Ship, n avis. is. / Sh ip wreck, n anfragi u m , i, it. Short, brevis. e ; in short time, brevi (sc. tem- pore). Short time, paulisper. Should, debere. Shout, clamor, oris. m. Show one's self se prae- bere, se praestare. Shun something, aversari. Shut, claudere. Sicily, Sicilia, ae ; / Sick, aegcr, gra. grum. Sickness, aegritudo, mis, J- Side (on the other), con- tra. Siege, obsidlo, onis, / obsessio. onis./ Sight, conspectus, us, m. Sign, signum, i, n.; it is the sign of some one, est alicujus. Silence, silentia, ae, / Silent (to be), tacere. Silkworm, bombyx, yds, in. Silver, argentum, i, n. Simple, simplex, icis. Sin, peccatum, i, n. Sin, peccare. Since, quum. Sing, eantare, canere. Sink, demergere: down, desidere ; under, succumbere. Sister, soror. oris./ Sit, sedere ; at table, ace ab are. Situation, locus, i. m. Size, magnitude-, mis,/ Skilful, pcritus 3., pru- dens, tis c. gen. Sky, coelum. i. n. Slave, servus, i. m. Slay, oecidere, interfi- cere. Sleep, somnus, i, m. Sleep, dormlre. Slender, gracilis, e. Slim, procerus 3. Small, parvus, 3. Smell, olf acere. Smile upon, arrlcere. Smith, faber, bri, m. [/ Snares, insidiae, arum, Snow, nix, nivis,/ So, ita : so — as, tarn — quam .; great, tan- tus 3 : long, tam- diu ; long as, dum. quamdiu, quoad [§ 111, 4)]; many. tot, indecl. ; soon as, ubi, simulac (at- que) [§ 112,2)]. Socrates, Socrates, is. m. Soldier, miles, itis, wi. Solicitude, sollicitudo. mis, / Solid, solidus 3. Solon, Solo, onis, m. Some, nonnulli. Some one, aliquis, a, id. Sometime, aliquando. Sometimes, interdum. Son, films, i, m. Son-in-law, gener. eri, m. Soon, mox, brevi (tem- pore). Sooner, prior ; adv. prius. Soothe, lenlre. Sophist, sophista, ae, m. Sorrow, aegritudo, inis, Soul, animus, i, m. Sound, integer, gra, grum. Sow. serere. Spain, Hispania, ae,/ Spaniard, Hispanus, i, m. Spare, parcere c. dat. Sparta. Sparta, ae./ Speak, dicere. loqui. Spectator, spectator, oris, m. Speech, sermo, onis, m. oratio. onis,/ Spirit, animus, i, 7??. mens, tis, / ingen- liira, i. ». Spirited, acer, is, e, Spiritedly, acriter. Splendid, splendidus 3. nitidus 3. [m. Splendor, splendor, oris, 432 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Split, diffindere. Sport, Indus, i, m. Spread, pandere ; — ( = cover), oblinere Sprint/, orlri, nasci, ex- orlri. Spurn, spernere, asper- nere, fastldlre. Spy', explorator, oris, to. Stab, confodere. Stability, stabilitas, atis, f perpetuitas, atis, f Stadium, stadium, i, n. Staff, scipio, onis, to. Stand, stare. Star, stella, ae,/ State, respublica, rei- publicae, f. civitas, atis ; at the cost of the State, publice. Station, statio, onis,/ Statue, statua, ae,/ Stature, statura, ae,/ Stay (= large rope), rudens, tis, to. Steel, chalybs, ybis, to. Steep, praeceps, cipitis, arduus 3. Step, passus, us, to. Stern, puppis, is,/ Stick, haerere. Still, adhuc, porro. Stone, lapis, idis, to. [3. Stone, of stone, lapideus Stork, ciconia, ae,/ Storm, procella, ae, f tempestas, atis,/ Strength, see power. Strengthen, firm are. Stretch, tendere Strife, lis, litis, f Strike, ferlre. Strive after, studere, c. dat., petere c. ace., niti ad aliquid, ten- dSre, contendere; — against, reluctari ; — against something, niti in aliquid: to ob- tain, peteYe, expetere, sectari. Strong, validus 3. Study, studium, i, n. Subdue, domare, perdo- mare. Subject, civis, is, c. Subjugate, s a! >igere. Succeed, succedore. Stch, talis, e; is, ea. id. Sudden, subitus 3. Suddenly, subito. Suffer, pati, perpeti ; — — from, laborare c. abl. [satis. Sufficiently, or sufficient, Suitable, idoneus, a, um. Sulla, Sulla, ae, m. Summer, aestas, atis,/ Sun, sol, solis, m. Superstition, superstitio, onis, f Suppliant, supplex, ici 3 . Supplicate, supplicare. Supply, suppeditare. Support, fulclre. Supremacy, principatus, us, to. summum im- perium. Surely, certe, sane. Surface, aequor, oris, n. Surpass, praestare, c. dat. Surprise, obrepere, c. dat. Surrender, tradere. Surround, circumdare, cingere, amblre ; of- fundi alicui rei. Surviving, superstes, Itis c. dat. Sustain, sustentare. [f. Swallow, hirundo, inis, Swear, jurare. Sweat, sudare. Sweet, dulcis, e. Swift, celer, eris, ere, velox, ocis. Swiftly, celenter, cito. Swiftness, celentas, atis, / Swollen, turgidus 3. Sword, gladius, i, m. en- sis, is, m. ferrum, i, n. Syracuse, Syracusae, arum,/ Syria, Syria. ae,/ /Syrian, Syus, i, to. T. Table, tabula, ae,/. Table (to sit at), accu- bare. Take, capere, adimcrej away, toilere, au- ferre, demure, ad- Imere ; jire, ex- ardescere ; from, eripere ; one's self off, facessere ; pos- session of, occupare ; up, toilere-, — — upon one's self, susci- pere. Talent, (sum of money), talentum, i, n. Tame, cicur, uris. Tame, domare. Tanaquil, Tanaquil, ilis,/ [n. Tarentum, Tarentum, i, Tarquin, Tarquinius, i, TO. Tarquinius Superbus, Tarquinius Super- bus, TO. Tarquinius Collatinus, Tarquinius Collati- nus, TO. Taste, gustare, degus- tare. Teach, docere c. dupl. ace. [89, 7. b)]. Teachable, docilis 3. Teacher, praeceptor, oris, to. magister, tri, TO. Tear in pieces, lacerare, dilacerare. Tell, dicere. Temple, templum, i, n. aedes, is,/ Tender, tener, era, erum. Tenderly, pie. Terrible, terribilis, e. Territory, finis, is, to. Thales, Thales, is, to. Thames, Tamesis, is, to. Than, quam. Thanks (to give), gra- tias agere. That, ille, a, ud ; is, ea, id ; iste, a, ud. That, that not, see § 106 —109. The — so much the (with the comparative), quo — eo, quanto — tan to. Theban, Thebanus, i, to. ENGLISH-LATIK VOCABULARY. 433 Thebes, Thebae, arum,/ Tongue, lingua, ae,/ Themistocles, Themisto- Too much, nimium. cles, is, m. Tooth, dens, tis, m. Then, turn, deinde. Torment, cruciare, vex- Thence, illinc, inde. are, torquere. Theophrastus, Theo- Torrent^ torrens, tis, m. phrastus, i, m. There, ibi. There are, sunt; is, est. Thermopylae, Thermo- pylae, arum,/ Thick, crassus 3. Thicket, frutex, icis, m. Thing, res, rei,/ Torture, cruciatus, us, m. tormentum, i, n. Torture, cruciare, tor- quere. Touch, tangere, attin- gere, contingere. Tomer, turris, is,/! Trace, vestigium, i, n. Track, vestigium, i, n. Think, putare, arbitrari, Trader, mercator, oris, existimare, cogitare; - — of, meditari. Thirst, sitis, is,/. Thirst, sitlre. This, hie, haec, hoc. Thornbush, sentes, ium, m. Thou, tu. Traitor, proditor, oris, m. Trajan, Trajanus, i, m. Transgress, migrare c. ace. Transported (to be), ges- tlre. Travel through, emetlri. Thought, cogitatio, onis, Treachery, proditio,onis, Thoughtless, levis, e. Treason, proditio, onis,/ Threaten, minari ; Treat, tractare. (= impend), impen- Tree, arbor, oris,/ dere, imminere. Tremble, contremiscere. Threatening, minax, acis. Trench, fossa, ae, / Three-headed, triceps, Tribune of 'the people, tri- cipitis. btinus plebis. Thrust down, detrfldSre; Trojan, Trojanus 3. out, extrudere. Troop, agmen, mis, n. Thumb, poilex, Icis, m. Thunder, tonitru, u, n. Thunder, tonare. Thus, ita. Thy or thine, tuus, a, um. Tiberius, Tiberius, i, m. Time, tempus, oris, n. Time, long time, diu. Timid, timidus 3. Timoleon, Timole'on, ntis, m. Timotheus, Timotheus, i, m. Tire out, defatigare, de- fetisei. Titus, Titus, i, m. Together, una. Toil, labor, oris, m. opera, Tomi, Tomi, orum, m. To-morrow, eras. Troops, copiae, arum,/ Trouble, molestia, ae,/ aerumna, ae,/ Trouble, angere ; one's self about some- thing, curare aliquid, operam dare. Troublesome, molestus 3. importunus 3. Troy, Troja, ae,/ Truce, indutiae, arum,/ True, verus 3. Trunk (of a tree), cau- dex, icis, m. Trust in, fidere c. abl. Trust one, credere, fi- dere, fidem habere alicui. Truth, Veritas, a tis,/ Try, tentare, conari, ex- perlri. 37 Tullus Hostilius, Tullus Hostilius, m. Turn out, evadere; out well, contingere ; towards, conver- tere ; upon some" thing, deflgere in c. abl. Twisted, tortus 3. Tyrant, tyrannus, i, m. Tyrian (s.), Tyrius, i, m. U. Udder, uber, eris, n. Ulysses, Ulixes, is, m. Umbrenus, Umbrenus, i, m. Unacquainted with, ig- narus 3. imprudens, ntis. Unarmed, inermis, e. Uncertain, incertus 3. anceps, cipitis. Uncover, detegere. Understand, intelligSre, tenere. Understanding, mens, tis,/ Undertake, suscipere, moliri. Unexpected, inexpectar tus 3. Unfavorable, inlqiius 3. Unforeseen, improvisus 3. Unfortunate, calamito- sus 3. miser 3. Ungrateful, ingratus 3. Uninjured, integer, gra, grum. Unintelligent, imprudens, tis. Unite, eonjungere, con- ciliare. Unjustly, injuste. Unknown, incognitas. Unless, nisi. Unlike, dissimilis, e. Unmindful of, immemor c. gen. Unprofitable, inutflis, e. Unrestrained, effusus 3. Unripe, immaturus 3. Unskilful, imperitus 3. Until, donee, quoad, dum. 434 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Untimely (adv.), intem- pestlve. Unwise, insipiens, tis. Unworthy, indignus 3. c. abl. " [estus 3. Upright, probus 3. hon- Uprightly, probe. Uprightness, probitas, atis,/ honestas, atis,/ Use, usus, us, m. Use, uti c. abl. Useful, utilis, e. Useless, inutilis, e. Utica, Utica, ae,/ y. Vain, irritus 3. [quam. Vain, in vain, nequic- Valuable, carus 3. Value, pretium, i, n. Value, aestimare, cen- sere (magni, etc.). Vanish, avolare. Vanquish, vincere, de- vincere. Vapor, vapor, oris, m. Variance (to be at), dis- cordare. Variegated, discolor, oris. Various, varius 3. Vein (swollen), varix, icis, m. Venison, caro ferina, car- nis ferlnae. Verres, Verres, is, m. Versed in, perltus 3. con- sultus 3. Very, ad mod urn, valde. Very often, persaepe. Vespasian, Vespasianus, i, m. Vessel, vas, vasis, n. Vesta, Yesta, ae,/ Vesuvius, Vesuvius, i, m. Vex, angere, negotium facessere ; vex to death, enecare. Vexation, angor, oris, m. Vice (— viciousness), vitiositas, atis, f. Vice, vitium, i, m. Vicissitude, vicis, vicis,/ Victory, victoria, ae,/ View, conspectus, us, m. View (= sentiment), sententia, slq,/. Vigorously, strenue. Vine-branch, tradux, u- cis, m. Violate, violare. Violent, violentus 3, ve- hemens, tis, atrox, ocis. Violently, graviter. Virgil, Virgilius, i, m. Virgin, virgo, inis,/ Virtue, virtus, utis,/ Virtuous, honestus 3. Voice, vox, vocis,/ Volcanic, ignivomus 3. Vow, vovere. Vulture, vultur, uris, m. W. Wages, stipendium, i, n. Wait, expectare. Walk (to take), ambti- lare ; go to walk, ambtilare. Walk upon, incedere. Wall (of a house), pa- ries, etis,/; (as a protection), moe- nia,ium, w.; (as a structure), murus, i, m. Wander, errare. [m. Wandering, error, oris, Want, egestas, atis, f. inopia, ae,/ Want, carere c. abl. War, bellum, i, n. Warfare, res militaris. Wares, merx, rcis,/ Warlike, bellicosus 3. Warm, calidus 3. Wash, lavare. [cere. Waste, atterere, confi- Watch, vigilare ; keep watch, excubare. Water, aqua, ae,/. Waver, vacillare. Way, via, ae,/ iter, iti- neris, n. Way ( = manner), mo- dus, i, 77?. Way (to stand in), ob- stare, officere c. dat Waywardness, petulan- tia. Weak, infirmus 3. im- potens, tis. Weaken, diluere. Weakness, infirmitas, a- Wealthy, locuples, etis. Wearied, fessus 3. Weary (to be), defetisci, defatigari. Weather, tempestas, atis, Weep, flere. Welfare, salus, litis, f Well (to be), valere. Weser, Visurgis, is, m. West, occidens, ntis. Wether, vervex, ecis, m. What, qui, quae, quod ; (in number or order) % quotus % 3. When, quum. Whence, unde. Where, ubi. Wherewith, qui. Whether (in indirect questions), num, ne, utrum. Whetstone, cos, cotis,/ Which of the tivo, uter, tra, trum. While, dum. Whither, quo. Who, qui, quae, quod. Who ? inter, quis, quid ! Whoever you please, qui- libet. Whole, universus 3. om- nis, e. Wholly, omnino. Why, cur. Wicked, impius 3. sce- leratus 3. improbus 3. malef leus 3. Wickedly, improbe. Wickedness, pravitas, atis,/. Wide, amplus 3. Widely, late. Wife, uxor, oris,/ Wild, ferus & Will, testamentum, i, n. voluntas, atis,/ Will, velle ; not to will, nolle. Willingly, libenter. Willow, siler, eris, n. Wind, ventus, i, m. Wine, vinum, i, n. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 435 Winter^ hiems. emis. f. Wisdom, consilium, i. n. Wise, sapiens, tis, pru- dens, tis Wisely, sapienter, pru- denter. Wise man, sapiens, tis, m. Wish, optare, Telle, cu- pere. Wit, sal, salis, m. Without (to be), carere. Wolf, lupus, i, m. Woman, mulier, eris, f femina, Sie.fi Wonder, mirari. Wood, lignum, i, n. Wood (a.), silva, ae, f. Wooden, of wood, lig- neus 3. [is, m. Wood-pigeon, palumbes, Word, verbum, i, n. Work^ opus, eris, n. World, mundus, i, m. Worm, vermis, is, m. Worthy, dignus 3. e. abl. Wound. vulnus, eris, n. Wrest from, extorquere. Wretched, miser, era, erum. Wretchedness, miseria, ae. f. aerumna, ae./l Write, scribere, Writei\ scriptor, oris, m. Writing, scriptum, i, n. Writing-tablet, codicilli, orum, m. Wrong, injuria, &e,f Wrong (to do), delin- quere. X. XenocrateS) Xenocrates, is, 772. [ontis, m. Xenophon, Xenophon, Xerxes, Xerxes, is, m. Year, annus, i, m. this year (adv.), homo. Yes, see § 116, 5. Yes (to say), aio, [§ 76, "Yesterday, heri. Yet, at, tarn en. Young iimn, juvenis, is, m. Young woman, virgo, inis, / Younger, natu minor. Your, vester, tra, tram. Youth, juventus, utis, f. adolescentia, &e,f Youth (a.), adolescens, tis, m. adolescenttilus, i, m. juvenis, is, m- Z. Zeal, studium, i, n. Zealously, naviter. END, vhillips, Sampson S$ Company's Publication*. LIBRARY EDITION OP STANDARD POETICAL WORKS. IX UNIFORM STYLE. TUPPER'S POETICAL WORKS; embracing Proverbial Philosophy, Thousand Lines, Geraldine, Haetenus, and Miscel- laneous Poems. Complete in 1 vol., 12mo, muslin, fine portrait, Price ^1,00. COWPER'S POETICAL WORKS ; with Life ; a new edi- tion, 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. POPE'S POETICAL WORKS ; new edition, containing a Life of the Author. Price #1,00. BYRON'S POETICAL WORKS ; with a Sketch of his Life, in 1 vol., 12mo, and embellished with a portrait. Price #1,00. MOORE'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entirely new edition, in 1 vol., with portrait. Price #1,00. BURNS'S POETICAL WORKS; embracing a Life of the Au- thor, Glossary, and Notes. A new edition, 1 vol., 12mo, with fine portrait Price #1,00. SCOTT'S POETICAL WORKS ; with a Memoir of the Au- thor, embellished with a portrait. Price #1,00. LIFE, GEMS, AND BEAUTIES OF SHAKSPEARE ; all embraced in 1 vol., 12mo, containing six fine engravings and portrait. Price #1,00. POETICAL REMAINS OF HENRY KIRKE WHITE ; con- tai ing a Memoir of the Author, with an introductory chapter on b* religious and poetical development, by Rev. John Todd. 1 e #1,00. Phillips, Sampson # Company's Publications* BIOG RAPHIE S, &JT" Life of George Washington, Co7nmander~in- Chief of the American Army through the Bafr olvtionary War, and the first President of the United States. BY AARON BANCROFT, D. D. Illustrated with Engravings. 12mo., Muslin, $100. LIFE AND CAMPAIGNS OF NAPOLEON BONAPARTE; Giving an account of all his engagements, from the Siege of Toulon to the Battle of Waterloo ,* also, embracing accounts of the daring exploits of his marshals, together with his public and private life, from the commence ment of his career to his final imprisonment and death on the rock of St. Helena. Translated from the French of M. A. ARNAULT AND C. L. F. PANCKOUCKE. Numerous Engravings. 12mo., Muslin, $1,00. HEROES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION; Comprising the Lives of Washington, and his generals and officers who were the most distinguished in the War of the Independence of the United States ; also embracing the Declaration of Independence, and Signers' Names, the Constitution of the United States, and Amendments; together With the Inaugural, First Annual, and Farewell Addresses of Wash- ington. Four Portraits, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. PICTORIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND, BY HUME AND SMOLLETT. Abridged and continued to the accession of Victoria. BY JOHN ROBINSON, D. D. Engravings, 12mo., Muslin, $1,00. The Life of our Blessed Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; To which is added, the Lives and Sufferings of his Holy Evangelists, Apostles, and other primitive Martyrs. BY THE REV. JOHN FLEETWOOD, D. D, Numerous Engravings, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, FROM THIS WORLD TO THAT WHICH IS TO COME. BY JOHN BUNYAN. With Notes, and a Life of the Author, BY THE REY. THOMAS SCOTT, Late Chaplain to the Lock Hospital. Illustrated, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. Phillips, Sampson % Company's Publications. MUSIC BOOKS. White's Church Melodist. A new Election of Psalm and Hymn Tunes, adapted to the wants of Choirs, Singing Schools, &c. By Edward L. White, Editor of «* The Mod- ern Harp," " Melodeon," " Sacred Chorus Book," &c. American Collection; OR, SONGS OF SACRED PRAISE. BY EDWARD HAMILTON, ESQ. The greater portion of the music in this book is entirely new, and of a very high order j and Choirs will find it a rich accession to their musical libraries. Congregational Singing Book ; OR, VESTRY COMPANION. The music in this book is composed entirely of old choice standard tunes ■uch as will be familiar to all. They were carefully collected and edited by Asa Fitz, Esq. Common School Song Book. This will be found to contain a very choice collection of simple, and for the most part, familiar airs, beautifully adapted to the wants of Juvenile Choirs, the Private Circle, or the School Room. Edited by Asa Fitz, Esq. Sabbath School Minstrel. volume is especially adapt e Sabbath School. It has been used. Edited by Asa Fitz, Esq. This little volume is especially adapted, in its Music and Hymns, to the service of the Sabbath School. It has been much admired wherever it ha* Greek Course of Studies. Crosby's Grammar of the Oreek Language. Crosby's Xenophon's Anabasis. Crosby's Oreek Lessons ; consisting of selections from Xenophon's Anab- asis with directions for the study of the Grammar, Notes, Exercises in Translations from English into Greek, and a Vocabulary. The above aro already in very extensive use in the colleges and classical schools, and are very highly recommendod Phillips, Sampson § Company's Publicatiotis. Advice to Young Ladies ON THEIR DUTIES AND CONDUCT IN LIFE. BY T. S. ARTHUR. Right modes of thinking are the basis of all correct action. It is from this cause that we shall, in addressing our young friends on their duties and conduct in life, appeal at once to their rational faculty. To learn to think right is, therefore, a matter of primary concern. If there be right modes of thinking, right actions will follow as a natural consequence. — Extract from the Author's Introduction. Price 75 Cents. Advice to Young Men ON THEIR DUTIES AND CONDUCT IN LIFE. BY T. S. ARTHUR. The aim of the author of this volume has been to lead young men to just conclusions, from reflections upon what they are, and what are their duties in society, as integral parts of the common body. Satisfied that those who read it as it should be read cannot fail to have their good purposes strength- ened, and their minds elevated into sounder views of life than usually pre- vail, the writer dismisses it from his hands, and turns to other matters de- manding his attention. — Author's Preface. Price 75 Centa The Young Lady's Offering; OR, GEMS OF PROSE AND POETRY. The above is prepared especially as a gift book for young ladies, embracing a choice arrangement of prose and poetic combination, adapting it particu- larly, as its title indicates, as an acceptable offering to young ladies. Price $1,00. The Young Man's Offering; COMPRISING PROSE AND POETICAL WRITINGS OF THE MOST EMINENT AUTHORS. This work is intended to be, as its title indicates, a useful and entertain- ing companion to young men, which may cheei them in hours of languor and of sickness, and when the mind, exhausted by its efforts, seeks, in amuse- ment, for the restoration of its wonted powers. Illustrated with numerous engravings. Price $1,00. Phillips, Sampson 6f Company's Publications. Representative Men. BY RALPH WALDO EMERSON. 1 vol., 12mo. Cloth, Si. 00. Philo; An Evangeliad. TALE OF THE REAL AND IDEAL. BY THE AUTHOR OF " MARGARET." \ 1 volume, 12-110. Cloth, S3 cts. ; full gilt, SI. 25. The Second Advent. BY ALPHEUS CROSBY, Late Professor of the Greek Language and Literature in Dartmouth College. 1 volume, 12mo. Cloth, 50 cts. History of the French Revolution of 1848. BY ALPHONSE DE LAMARTINE. Translated by Francis A. Duiirage and Win. S. Chase* 1 vol., 12mo., with a portrait. 75 cts. Hume's History of England. BOSTON LIBRARY EDITION. Complete in Six Volumes, with an Index* Price 62 cents a volume. Macaulay's History of England. BOSTON LIBRARY EDITION. 2 vols. Price 62 cents a volume. Henry Kirke White's Poems. New edition* frith an Introduction by Rev. John Todd* 1 vol., 12mo. Cloth,. $1.25 ; full gilt, 51.75. Wordsworth's Poems. 5 volum?, 12mo. Cloth, Si. 25 ; full gilt, $1.75 PMllips, Sampson & Company s Publication*. a ' i — ^— LIBRARY OF NATURAL HISTORY, ILLUSTRATED "WITH 40© ENGRAVINGS. This work was carefully compiled by A. A. Gould, M. A., from the works of Cuvier, Griffith, Richardson, Geoffrey, Lacepede, Buffon, Goldsmith, Shaw, Montague, Wilson, Lewis and Clarke, Audubon, and other eminent writers on Natural History. It is all comprised in one imperial octavo volume of about 1000 pages, hand- somely bound, and is in itself, as its title indicates, a c- naplete library on this subject. Price $3,00. SHAKSPEAHE'S DRAMATIC WORKS; Complete in seven volumes, imperial octavo, of nearly 550 pages each , forming in all nearly 4000 pages. The above edition of the great dramatist is known as the " magnificent Boston edition,' 1 being celebrated for its tran- scendent beauty of typography j and in this regard altogether the finest Amer- ican edition extant. PROVERBIAL PHILOSOPHY, A BOOK OF THOUGHTS AND ARGUMENTS ORIG- INALLY TREATED. BY MARTIN FARQTJHAR TTTPPER, M. A. First and second series, complete in 1 vol., 12mo, with fine portrait, aad oound in the various styles of plain, full gift, &c. THE MECHANIC'S TEXT BOOK, AND ENGINEER'S PRACTICAL GUIDE? Containing a concise treatise of the nature and application of mechanical forces ; action of gravity 5 the elements of machinery ; rules and tables for calculating the working effects of machinery ; of the strength, resistance, and pressure of materials ; with tables of the weight and cohesive strength of iron and other metals. Compiled aad arranged by Thomas Kelt, of the Gloucester City Machine Company. Complete in 1 vol., 12mo. To the careful mechanic, the above will be found a work of invaluable daily reference. Price $1,00. Phillips, Sampson $ Company's Publications* LIBRARY EDITION OF STANDARD POETIC AL WORKS. IN UNIFORM STYLE. HEMANS'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entire new edition, in 1 vol., and illustrated with steel engravings. Price #1,00. HOWITT, COOK AND LANGDON'S POETIC AL WORKS ; a new edition, 1 vol., 12mo, neat muslin. Price #1,00. MILTON AND YOUNG; containing Paradise Lost, and Young's Night Thoughts, a new edition, complete in 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. CROLY'S BRITISH POETS ; combining the beauties of the British Poets, with introductory observations by Rev. George Croly, 1 vol., embellished with fine steel engravings. Price #1,00. THE POEMS OF OSSIAN; a new edition, containing ten 6teel engravings, and printed on fine paper, 1 vol., 12mo. Price #1,00. THOMSON AND POLLOK ; containing the Seasons, by James Thomson, and Course of Time, by Robert Pollok, com plete in 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. WORDSWORTH'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entirely new edition, from plates just stereotyped, complete in 1vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. CAMPBELL'S POETICAL WORKS; including his Pleas- ures of Hope, Theodoric, and Miscellaneous Poems, many of which are not contained in the former editions. Complete in 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. The above poetical works are uniform in size and binding, and are sold separately, or together. Their size and style considered, they are the cheapest library editions of the same authors before the American public. Phillips, Sampson tf- Company's Publications. Bennett's Complete Poultry-Book. ®t)e pntUrg-jBook anh lowl-Bveebtf* ©tribe. Being a Treatise on the BREEDING, RAISING, And General Management of Domestic Fowls ; With numerous original descriptions and Portraits from life j BY JOHN C. BENNETT, M, D. Thi3 work will be found to contain more practical and useful matter in regard to Fowl Breeding, than is contained in all other American works to- gether. It is illustrated with nearly SEVENTY-FIVE PORTRAITS AND ENGRAVINGS of the most choice varieties of American and Foreign Fowls, some forty of which are from life, from drawings taken especially for this work, of the most important breeds, and several of them from Fowls very recently imported. The publishers have spared no expense in getting up this work; the por- traits of the fowls, taken from life, having been drawn and engraved by the first artists. Printed on fine paper, one handsome volume, duodecimo. Price 75 cents. -&S * 40 fe % V x ^. T7TT vO' V x vA ^ V^ v © 1 * ''■■ -v. « *+ Deacidified using the Bookkeeper pro Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide Treatment Date: July 2006 PreservationTechnoloc ,v o o x ^ v* 1 \ A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVE 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township, PA 16066 (724)779-2111 '<** > x ^ o x ■v^ ,0> <^ V- v \ ^. •^ -/-_ : % ,,x r^ " «**% : ^ **■ V HBHf fmlu WMmmwm WBmK ■■■■■■■■■■■■■.: ■■■■-■■'■■'■- ■ ■■-■ IHHi iPHI A <*dHH m